RCS-985A Generator Protection Instruction Manual (EN - YJBH2011.0086.0002)

RCS-985A
Generator Protection
Instruction Manual
NR Electric Co., Ltd.

RCS-985A Generator Protection
Preface
Introduction
This guide and the relevant operating or service manual documentation for the equipment provide
full information on safe handling, commissioning and testing of this equipment.
Documentation for equipment ordered from NR is dispatched separately from manufactured

goods and may not be received at the same time. Therefore, this guide is provided to ensure that
printed information normally present on equipment is fully understood by the recipient.
Before carrying out any work on the equipment, the user should be familiar with the contents of
this manual, and read relevant chapter carefully.
This chapter describes the safety precautions recommended when using the equipment. Before
installing and using the equipment, this chapter must be thoroughly read and understood.
Health and Safety
The information in this chapter of the equipment documentation is intended to ensure that
equipment is properly installed and handled in order to maintain it in a safe condition.
When electrical equipment is in operation, dangerous voltages will be present in certain parts of
the equipment. Failure to observe warning notices, incorrect use, or improper use may endanger
personnel and equipment and cause personal injury or physical damage.
Before working in the terminal strip area, the equipment must be isolated.
Proper and safe operation of the equipment depends on appropriate shipping and handling,
proper storage, installation and commissioning, and on careful operation, maintenance and
servicing. For this reason, only qualified personnel may work on or operate the equipment.
Qualified personnel are individuals who:
Are familiar with the installation, commissioning, and operation of the equipment and of the
system to which it is being connected;
Are able to safely perform switching operations in accordance with accepted safety
engineering practices and are authorized to energize and de-energize equipment and to
isolate, ground, and label it;
Are trained in the care and use of safety apparatus in accordance with safety engineering
practices;
Are trained in emergency procedures (first aid).
Instructions and Warnings
The following indicators and standard definitions are used:
NR ELECTRIC CO., LTD.

i
DANGER!
It means that death, severe personal injury, or considerable equipment damage will occur if safety
precautions are disregarded.
WARNING!
It means that death, severe personal, or considerable equipment damage could occur if safety
precautions are disregarded.
CAUTION!
It means that light personal injury or equipment damage may occur if safety precautions are
disregarded. This particularly applies to damage to the device and to resulting damage of the
protected equipment.
WARNING!
The firmware may be upgraded to add new features or enhance/modify existing features, please
make sure that the version of this manual is compatible with the product in your hand.
WARNING!
During operation of electrical equipment, certain parts of these devices are under high voltage.
Severe personal injury or significant equipment damage could result from improper behavior.
Only qualified personnel should work on this equipment or in the vicinity of this equipment. These
personnel must be familiar with all warnings and service procedures described in this manual, as
well as safety regulations.
In particular, the general facility and safety regulations for work with high-voltage equipment must
be observed. Noncompliance may result in death, injury, or significant equipment damage.
DANGER!
Never allow the current transformer (CT) secondary circuit connected to this equipment to be
opened while the primary system is live. Opening the CT circuit will produce a dangerously high
voltage.
WARNING!
Exposed terminals
Do not touch the exposed terminals of this equipment while the power is on, as the high voltage
generated is dangerous

ii
Residual voltage
Hazardous voltage can be present in the DC circuit just after switching off the DC power supply. It
takes a few seconds for the voltage to discharge.
CAUTION!
Earth
The earthing terminal of the equipment must be securely earthed
Operating environment
The equipment must only be used within the range of ambient environment detailed in the
specification and in an environment free of abnormal vibration.
Ratings
Before applying AC voltage and current or the DC power supply to the equipment, check that they
conform to the equipment ratings.
Printed circuit board
Do not attach and remove printed circuit boards when DC power to the equipment is on, as this
may cause the equipment to malfunction.
External circuit
When connecting the output contacts of the equipment to an external circuit, carefully check the
supply voltage used in order to prevent the connected circuit from overheating.
Connection cable
Carefully handle the connection cable without applying excessive force.
Copyright
Manual: R1.01 NR ELECTRIC CO., LTD.
P/N: EN_YJBH2011.0086.0002 69 SuYuan. Avenue, Nanjing 211102, China
Copyright NR 2011. All rights reserved
Tel: 86-25-87178185, Fax: 86-25-87178208
We reserve all rights to this document and to the information Website: www.nari-relays.com
contained herein. Improper use in particular reproduction and Email: NR_TechSupport@nari-relays.com
dissemination to third parties is strictly forbidden except where
expressly authorized.
The information in this manual is carefully checked periodically,

and necessary corrections will be included in future editions. If
nevertheless any errors are detected, suggestions for correction or
improvement are greatly appreciated.
We reserve the rights to make technical improvements without
notice.

iii
Table of contents
Preface .............................................................................................................................................. i
Introduction .............................................................................................................................. i
Health and Safety ..................................................................................................................... i
Instructions and Warnings...................................................................................................... i
Table of contents ........................................................................................................................... iv
Chapter 1 Introduction ................................................................................................................... 1
1.1 Application ......................................................................................................................... 1
1.1.1 Typical applications ............................................................................................... 1
1.1.2 Constitution of the scheme ................................................................................... 3
1.2 Functions ........................................................................................................................... 5
1.3 Features ............................................................................................................................. 8
1.3.1 High performance hardware .................................................................................. 8
1.3.2 New philosophy used in RCS-985A ...................................................................... 9
1.3.3 Intellectuality ......................................................................................................... 12
Chapter 2 Technical Data ............................................................................................................ 15
2.1 Electrical Specifications................................................................................................. 15
2.1.1 Power supply ........................................................................................................ 15
2.1.2 Analog current input ratings ............................................................................... 15
2.1.3 Analog voltage input ratings ............................................................................... 15
2.1.4 Binary input ........................................................................................................... 16
2.1.5 Binary output ........................................................................................................ 16
2.1.6 Power supply output for Optical isolators......................................................... 16
2.2 Mechanical Specifications ............................................................................................. 16
2.3 Atmospheric Environment tests ................................................................................... 17
2.4 Communication Interface ............................................................................................... 17
2.5 Type test........................................................................................................................... 18
2.5.1 Environmental tests ............................................................................................. 18
2.5.2 Mechanical tests ................................................................................................... 18

iv
2.5.3 Electrical tests ...................................................................................................... 18
2.5.4 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) ................................................................. 18
2.6 Certifications ................................................................................................................... 19
2.7 Protective functions ....................................................................................................... 19
main transformer differential protection ......... 19

2.7.1 Generator-transformer unit
2.7.2 Generator differential protection, split phase transverse differential

protection and differential protection of exciter ........................................................ 20
2.7.3 Stepdown transformer and excitation transformer differential protection .... 21
2.7.4 High sensitive transverse differential protection.............................................. 22
2.7.5 Longitudinal zero sequence voltage protection for turn-to-turn fault ............ 22
2.7.6 Earth fault protection of stator ............................................................................ 23
2.7.7 External voltage injecting earth fault protection of stator ............................... 23
2.7.8 Earth fault protection of rotor ............................................................................. 24
2.7.9 Overload protection of stator .............................................................................. 24
2.7.10 Negative sequence overload protection .......................................................... 24
2.7.11 Overload protection of excitation winding (AC quantity) .............................. 25
2.7.12 Overload protection of excitation winding (DC quantity) .............................. 25
2.7.13 Loss of excitation protection of generator ...................................................... 25
2.7.14 Out-of-step protection of generator ................................................................. 26
2.7.15 Voltage protection of generator ........................................................................ 26
2.7.16 Over excitation protection ................................................................................. 27
2.7.17 Power protection of generator .......................................................................... 27
2.7.18 Frequency protection of generator................................................................... 27
2.7.19 Accident energization protection of generator ............................................... 28
2.7.20 Startup/shutdown protection of generator ...................................................... 28
2.7.21 Low impedance protection ................................................................................ 28
2.7.22 Voltage controlled directional overcurrent protection ................................... 28
2.7.23 Directional zero sequence overcurrent protection ......................................... 29
2.7.24 Gap protection .................................................................................................... 29
2.7.25 Pole disagreement protection ........................................................................... 29

v
2.7.26 Mechanical protection ........................................................................................ 29
2.7.27 Measurements and Recording Facilities ......................................................... 29
Chapter 3 Description of Operation Theory .............................................................................. 31
3.1 Software Structure .......................................................................................................... 31
3.2 Fault detectors ................................................................................................................ 31
3.2.1 Using fault detector improves the security of tripping .................................... 31
3.2.2 Differential protection of generator-transformer unit and main transformer 32
3.2.3 Backup protection of main transformer ............................................................. 33
3.2.4 Differential protection of stepdown transformer .............................................. 34
3.2.5 Backup protection of stepdown transformer .................................................... 34
3.2.6 Fault detector of differential protection, phase-splitting transverse differential

protection of generator ................................................................................................. 35
3.2.7 Interturn fault protection of generator ............................................................... 36
3.2.8 Earth fault protection of stator of generator ..................................................... 37
3.2.9 Generator rotor earth fault protection ................................................................ 37
3.2.10 Generator stator overload protection............................................................... 37
3.2.11 Negative sequence overcurrent protection of generator ............................... 37
3.2.12 Generator loss-of-excitation protection ........................................................... 38
3.2.13 Generator out-of-step protection ...................................................................... 38
3.2.14 Generator overvoltage protection .................................................................... 38
3.2.15 Generator over excitation protection ............................................................... 38
3.2.16 Generator reverse power protection ................................................................ 38
3.2.17 Generator frequency protection ....................................................................... 38
3.2.18 Generator accident energization protection.................................................... 38
3.2.19 Startup and shutdown protection of generator............................................... 39
3.2.20 Differential and overcurrent protection of excitation transformer or exciter

......................................................................................................................................... 39
3.2.21 Overload protection of exciter winding............................................................ 39
3.2.22 Mechanical protection ........................................................................................ 39
3.3 Theory of protective elements ....................................................................................... 39

vi
3.3.1 Preparation knowledge of transformer .............................................................. 39
3.3.2 Preparation knowledge of generator .................................................................. 42
3.3.3 Generator-transformer Unit/Main Transformer/Stepdown

Transformer/Excitation Transformer Differential Protection .................................... 42
3.3.4 Generator Differential Protection/Generator Phase-splitting Transverse

Differential Protection and Exciter Differential Protection ....................................... 51
3.3.5 DPFC Current Differential Element ..................................................................... 55
3.3.6 Backup Protection of Main Transformer ............................................................ 57
3.3.7 Interturn fault protection of generator ............................................................... 64
3.3.8 Backup protection of generator .......................................................................... 68
3.3.9 Earth fault protection of stator ............................................................................ 72
3.3.10 20 Hz Voltage Injecting Stator Earth Fault Protection .................................... 75
3.3.11 Earth fault protection of rotor ........................................................................... 79
3.3.12 Generator stator overload protection............................................................... 81
3.3.13 Negative sequence overload protection .......................................................... 83
3.3.14 Loss-of-Excitation protection............................................................................ 85
3.3.15 Out-of-step protection ........................................................................................ 90
3.3.16 Voltage protection .............................................................................................. 91
3.3.17 Overexcitation protection .................................................................................. 92
3.3.18 Power protection ................................................................................................ 94
3.3.19 Frequency protection ......................................................................................... 95
3.3.20 Accidental energization protection .................................................................. 96
3.3.21 Generator startup and shutdown protection ................................................... 98
3.3.22 Excitation winding overload protection ........................................................... 99
3.3.23 Excitation transformer and exciter protection .............................................. 100
3.3.24 Stepdown transformer backup protection..................................................... 103
3.3.25 Pole Disagreement Protection ........................................................................ 104
3.3.26 CT circuit failure alarm ..................................................................................... 106
3.3.27 VT circuit failure alarm ..................................................................................... 108
3.3.28 Mechanical protection ...................................................................................... 108

vii
Chapter 4 Supervision, Metering and Recording ................................................................... 111
4.1 Supervision.................................................................................................................... 111
4.1.1 Start-up self-testing ............................................................................................ 111
4.1.2 Continuous self-testing ..................................................................................... 112
4.1.3 List of alarm messages ...................................................................................... 113
4.2 Metering ......................................................................................................................... 125
4.2.1 Measured voltages and currents ...................................................................... 126
4.2.2 Sequence voltages and currents ...................................................................... 126
4.2.3 Rms. voltages and currents .............................................................................. 126
4.2.4 Differential current and relevant quantities ..................................................... 126
4.2.5 Phase angles ....................................................................................................... 126
4.2.6 Measurement display quantities ....................................................................... 126
4.2.7 All metering data displayed on LCD ................................................................. 126
4.3 Signaling ........................................................................................................................ 144
4.3.1 Enabling binary inputs of transformer ............................................................. 145
4.3.2 Enabling binary inputs of generator................................................................. 145
4.3.3 Enabling binary inputs of excitation and stepdown transformer protection147
4.3.4 Binary inputs of mechanical protection ........................................................... 148
4.3.5 Auxiliary binary input ......................................................................................... 148
4.3.6 Fault detector flag generated internal .............................................................. 149
4.3.7 Other Binary Inputs ............................................................................................ 151
4.4 Event & fault records .................................................................................................... 151
4.4.1 Introduction ......................................................................................................... 151
4.4.2 Event & Fault records......................................................................................... 151
4.4.3 Type of event ....................................................................................................... 152
4.4.4 Change of state of binary inputs ...................................................................... 152
4.4.5 Relay alarm conditions ...................................................................................... 154
4.4.6 Protection element pickup and trips ................................................................ 156
4.4.7 Viewing event records via RCSPC support software ..................................... 158
4.5 Disturbance Record ...................................................................................................... 159

viii
4.6 Time Synchronization................................................................................................... 159
Chapter 5 Hardware Description .............................................................................................. 163
5.1 Hardware overview ....................................................................................................... 163
5.1.1 Front view ............................................................................................................ 163
5.1.2 Rear view ............................................................................................................. 165
5.1.3 Functional block diagram of RCS-985A ........................................................... 165
5.2 Standard connectors and terminals ........................................................................... 167
5.2.1 General description ............................................................................................ 167
5.2.2 Pins definition of 1A connectors. ................................................................... 167
5.2.3 Pins definition of 1B connectors .................................................................... 168
5.2.4 Pins definition of 2A connectors .................................................................... 169
5.2.10 Pins definition of 5A connectors .................................................................. 177
5.2.11 Pins definition of 5B connectors .................................................................. 178
5.2.13 Pins definition of 7B, 8B connectors ......................................................... 181
5.2.15 Pins definition of 9C connectors .................................................................. 183
5.2.16 Pins definition of 10B connectors ................................................................ 184
5.2.17 Pins definition of 10C connectors ................................................................ 185
5.3 Output............................................................................................................................. 189
5.3.1 Tripping outputs ................................................................................................. 189

ix
5.3.2 Signaling outputs ............................................................................................... 191
5.3.3 Alarming outputs ................................................................................................ 193
5.3.4 Other outputs ...................................................................................................... 193
Chapter 6 Software Overview ................................................................................................... 195
6.1 Software Overview ........................................................................................................ 195
6.2 System services software ............................................................................................ 195
6.3 Platform software .......................................................................................................... 196
6.3.1 Record logging ................................................................................................... 196
6.3.2 Settings database ............................................................................................... 196
6.3.3 Database interface .............................................................................................. 196
6.3.4 Protection and control software ....................................................................... 196
6.4 Software downloading.................................................................................................. 199
Chapter 7 Settings ...................................................................................................................... 205
7.1 Equipment parameters ................................................................................................. 205
7.1.1 Setting list............................................................................................................ 205
7.1.2 Setting instruction of the parameters .............................................................. 205
7.1.3 Setting path ......................................................................................................... 207
7.2 System Settings ............................................................................................................ 207
7.2.1 Logic settings of configuring functions........................................................... 207
7.2.2 Transformer system parameters ...................................................................... 211
7.2.3 Generator system parameters........................................................................... 213
7.2.4 Stepdown transformer system parameters ..................................................... 216
7.2.5 System parameters of excitation transformer or exciter ............................... 219
7.2.6 Implicit configuration settings .......................................................................... 221
7.3 Protection Settings ....................................................................................................... 228
7.3.1 Settings of differential protection of generator-transformer unit ................. 228
7.3.2 Settings of differential protection of main transformer ................................. 230
7.3.3 Settings of phase to phase fault protection of main transformer ................. 234
7.3.4 Settings of earth fault protection of main transformer .................................. 241
7.3.5 Settings of over excitation protection of main transformer .......................... 247

x
7.3.6 Settings of differential protection of generator............................................... 250
7.3.7 Settings of splitting-phase transverse differential protection of generator 253
7.3.8 Settings of turn-to-turn fault protection of generator .................................... 255
7.3.9 Settings of phase to phase fault backup protection of generator ................ 257
7.3.10 Settings of earth fault protection of stator windings ................................... 261
7.3.11 Settings of earth fault protection of rotor ...................................................... 265
7.3.12 Settings of thermal overload protection of stator......................................... 266
7.3.13 Settings of negative sequence overload protection of stator ..................... 268
7.3.14 Settings of Loss-of-Excitation protection of generator ............................... 271
7.3.15 Settings of out-of-step protection of generator ............................................ 277
7.3.16 Settings of voltage protection ......................................................................... 280
7.3.17 Settings of overexcitation protection of generator ...................................... 282
7.3.18 Settings of power protection of generator .................................................... 285
7.3.19 Settings of underfrequency and overfrequency protection of generator .. 286
7.3.20 Settings of startup and shutdown protection of generator ......................... 290
7.3.21 Settings of accidental energization protection of generator ....................... 292
7.3.22 Settings of differential protection of excitation transformer or exciter ..... 294
7.3.23 Settings of backup protection of excitation transformer or exciter ........... 296
7.3.24 Settings of overload protection of excitation ................................................ 298
7.3.25 Settings of differential protection of stepdown transformer ....................... 299
7.3.26 Settings of backup protection at HVS of stepdown transformer ................ 301
7.3.27 Settings of backup protection at LVS of stepdown transformer ................ 303
7.3.28 Settings of mechanical protection.................................................................. 307
7.3.29 Settings of pole disagreement protection of circuit breaker....................... 308
7.4 Calculated parameters ................................................................................................. 309
7.4.1 Calculated parameters of primary rated current ............................................. 309
7.4.2 Calculated parameters of secondary rated current ........................................ 311
7.4.3 Calculated parameters of secondary rated voltage ........................................ 313
7.4.4 Calculated parameters of differential coefficient ............................................ 314
Chapter 8 Human Machine Interface ........................................................................................ 319

xi
8.1 User interfaces and menu structure ........................................................................... 319
8.2 Introduction to the relay ............................................................................................... 319
8.2.1 Front panel .......................................................................................................... 319
8.2.2 LCD ....................................................................................................................... 321
8.2.3 LED indications................................................................................................... 337
8.2.4 Keypad ................................................................................................................. 338
8.2.5 Menu ..................................................................................................................... 339
8.2.6 Operation instruction of Menu .......................................................................... 342
Chapter 9 Communications ...................................................................................................... 365
9.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................... 365
9.2 Rear communication port of EIA(RS)485 ................................................................... 365
9.2.1 Rear communication port EIA(RS)485 interface ............................................. 365
9.2.2 EIA(RS)485 bus ................................................................................................... 366
9.2.3 Bus termination .................................................................................................. 366
9.2.4 Bus connections & topologies .......................................................................... 366
9.3 IEC60870-5-103 communication .................................................................................. 367
9.3.1 Overview of IEC60870-5-103 .............................................................................. 367
9.3.2 Messages description in IEC60870-5-103 protocol type ................................ 367
9.4 MODBUS protocol ......................................................................................................... 374
9.4.1 Overview .............................................................................................................. 374
9.4.2 Fetch real time status (Binary) .......................................................................... 375
9.4.3 Fetch metering values of equipment ................................................................ 380
9.4.4 Fetch settings value of equipment ................................................................... 388
9.4.5 Diagnostics (Function Code: 08H).................................................................... 405
9.4.6 Exception Responses ........................................................................................ 406
9.5 EIA(RS)232 Interface..................................................................................................... 406
9.6 Communication with printer ........................................................................................ 407
9.7 Communication with External GPS pulse Source ..................................................... 407
Chapter 10 Installation ............................................................................................................... 409
10.1 Receipt of Relays ........................................................................................................ 409

xii
10.2 Handling of Electronic Equipment ............................................................................ 409
10.3 Storage ......................................................................................................................... 410
10.4 Unpacking .................................................................................................................... 410
10.5 Relay Mounting ........................................................................................................... 410
10.5.1 Rack Mounting .................................................................................................. 410
10.5.2 Panel mounting ................................................................................................. 412
10.6 RELAY WIRING............................................................................................................ 413
10.6.1 Medium and heavy duty terminal block connections................................... 413
10.6.2 EIA (RS) 485 port .............................................................................................. 413
10.6.3 IRIG-B connections (if applicable) .................................................................. 414
10.6.4 EIA(RS)232 front port of downloading/monitoring ....................................... 414
10.6.5 Ethernet port (if applicable) ............................................................................. 414
10.6.6 Test port............................................................................................................. 415
10.6.7 Earth connection .............................................................................................. 415
Chapter 11 Commission ............................................................................................................ 417
11.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................. 417
11.2 Precautions.................................................................................................................. 417
11.3 Relay commission tools ............................................................................................. 418
11.4 Setting Familiarization................................................................................................ 419
11.5 Product checks ........................................................................................................... 419
11.5.1 With the relay de-energized ............................................................................. 419
11.5.2 With the relay energized .................................................................................. 422
11.5.3 Setting Testing .................................................................................................. 431
11.5.4 Rear communications port EIA(RS) 485 ........................................................ 432
11.5.5 On-load checks ................................................................................................. 432
11.5.6 Final check ........................................................................................................ 433
11.6 Use of assistant test software RCSPC ..................................................................... 433
11.6.1 Function summary of RCSPC communication software ............................. 433
11.6.2 Connection way of protection equipment and personal computer ............ 434
11.6.3 Configuration of PC and the software before use ........................................ 434

xiii
11.6.4 Operation instruction of the software ............................................................ 435
Chapter 12 Maintenance ............................................................................................................ 437
12.1 Maintenance period .................................................................................................... 437
12.2 Maintenance checks ................................................................................................... 437
12.2.1 Alarms ................................................................................................................ 437
12.2.2 Binary Inputs ..................................................................................................... 437
12.2.3 Binary output .................................................................................................... 437
12.2.4 Analog inputs .................................................................................................... 437
12.3 Method of Repair ......................................................................................................... 438
12.3.1 Replacing the complete relay .......................................................................... 438
12.3.2 Replacing a PCB ............................................................................................... 439
12.4 Changing the relay battery ........................................................................................ 439
12.4.1 Instructions for replacing the battery............................................................. 440
12.4.2 Battery disposal ................................................................................................ 440
12.5 Cleaning ....................................................................................................................... 440
Chapter 13 Decommissioning and Disposal ........................................................................... 443
13.1 Decommissioning ....................................................................................................... 443
13.2 Disposal ....................................................................................................................... 443
Chapter 14 Ordering Form......................................................................................................... 445
14.1 Loose Equipment ........................................................................................................ 445
14.2 Panel installed ............................................................................................................. 446
Chapter 15 Manual Version History.......................................................................................... 447

xiv
Chapter 1 Introduction
1.1 Application
RCS-985A is a kind of microprocessor based generator-transformer unit protection relay
integrated main and backup protection. It provides complete electrical protection for large-sized
generators-transformer unit of various types, which usually comprise generator, main transformer,
stepdown transformer and exciter or excitation transformer. It also can meet the requirements of
power plant automation.
RCS-985A suits connection of generator-transformer unit with stepdown transformer, two-winding

main transformer (220 kV or 500 kV), generator with capacity 100 MW or above, one stepdown
transformers with at most three windings or one winding-split stepdown transformer and excitation
transformer or exciter.
For a large scale generator-transformer unit, two sets of RCS-985As can be used and then main
protection, abnormal operation condition protection and backup protection can be duplicated.
Operating circuits and mechanical protection equipment (RCS-974 series) are installed on a
separated panel. Independent CT groups are used by these two RCS-985As while main and
backup protection elements in a RCS-985A share one CT group. Outputs of the protection
correspond to independent trip coils. Therefore, the following features can be achieved:
Clear design and arrangement of the secondary circuits;
Convenient, reliable and secure for operation of equipment and requirements of accident
prevention;
Convenient for configuration, testing and maintenance.
RCS-985A relay is suited to be flush mounted into a control panel. Figure 1.1-1 and Figure 1.1-2
show typical applications of RCS-985A.
1.1.1 Typical applications

Figure 1.1-1 or Figure 1.1-2 typical protection configuration schemes consist of three protection
panels, in which panels A and B comprises separately one set of electrical protection of
generator-transformer unit (RCS-985A). Different groups of CT are used for them respectively.
Panel C (RCS-974 series) comprises mechanical protection as well as pole disagreement
protection, circuit breaker failure initiation and circuit breaker interposing relay set if needed. In the
figure, polarity mark is marked out for panel A, which is also suit for panel B.
RCS-985A can be suited for the scheme in which exciter is replaced by excitation transformer
without any modification on protection software or hardware.

1
Figure 1.1-1 Typical application scheme 1 of RCS-985A

2
220kV
Busbar VT
Panel A Panel B Panel C
CZX-12
RCS-985A RCS-985A
RCS-974A
Main
transformer
VT1
VT2
VT3
Excitation
transformer
Stepdown
transformer
Gennerator
Figure 1.1-2 Typical application scheme 2 of RCS-985A
1.1.2 Constitution of the scheme

1.1.2.1 Differential protection
Scheme1: For a large-sized generator-transformer unit with capacity over 300MW, panel A and B
are both equipped with differential protection of generator-transformer unit, main transformer,
generator and stepdown transformer. Usually, the whole stepdown transformer is included in the
overall generator-transformer differential protection zone. However, user can decide whether or
not the stepdown transformer is included in overall differential protection by configuring the CT
used in overall differential protection.
Scheme2: For a large-sized generator-transformer unit with capacity between 100MW and
300MW, panel A and B are both equipped with differential protection of main transformer,
generator and stepdown transformer.

3
For differential protection of generator-transformer unit, main transformer and stepdown

transformer, there are two kinds of discrimination principle for inrush current: secondary harmonic
discrimination and waveform discrimination. It is recommended that one set of RCS-985A adopts
secondary harmonic discrimination and the other one adopts waveform discrimination.
In RCS-985A, two kinds of percentage differential protection (variable slope percentage

differential protection and DPFC percentage differential protection) are equipped to get high
performance not only in speed but also in security.
1.1.2.2 Backup protection
Panel A and B are equipped with integral set of backup protection of generator respectively and
use two groups of independent CTs.
(1) For zero sequence overcurrent protection, if there is only one group of zero sequence CT, it
can be connected to panel A. While panel B can adopt calculated zero sequence current from
bushing CTs. Protection zone of these two kinds of zero sequence current protection are different
with each other. Their settings shall be calculated and set separately.
(2) As to earth fault protection of rotor, two sets of such protection cannot work simultaneously,
otherwise influence between them will appear. Only one set of earth fault protection of rotor can be
enabled during operation. If the other set will be switched over sometimes, this one shall be
disabled firstly.
1.1.2.3 20HZ voltage-injecting earth fault protection for stator
If 20Hz voltage-injecting earth fault protection for stator is considered, special facilities should be
equipped, such as 20Hz power supply source, filter, inter current transformer, shunt resistance,
load resistance, and so on. All these auxiliary facilities can be integrated into one additional panel.
1.1.2.4 Current transformer
(1) Panels A and B adopt different groups of CTs.
(2) Main protection and backup protection adopt one group of CT.
(3) Currents at the terminal of generator are included in generator and main transformer
differential protection. Therefore, these two kinds of differential protection can use one common
group of CT at terminal of generator without any influence. In fact, two groups of CT input
channels are provided in RCS-985A. One of them is reserved for special case.
(4) Current sampled at HV side of stepdown transformer is shared both by differential protection
of main transformer and differential protection of stepdown transformer. Since capacities of these
two transformers are different to each other significantly, in order to ensure performance of
differential protection, it is better to adopt two groups of CT for them. One CT with big ratio is
prepared for differential protection of main transformer, and the other with small ratio is for
differential protection of stepdown transformer.
(5) On 220 kV side, there shall be one group of CT to be adopted dedicatedly for circuit breaker
failure protection and pole disagreement protection.

4
1.1.2.5 Voltage transformer
(1) Panel A and B shall adopt different VTs or their different windings if possible.
(2) For turn-to-turn fault protection of generator, in order to prevent unwanted operation due to VT
circuit failure on HV side used dedicatedly for this protection, one set of protection shall adopt two
groups of VT. However, if we consider adopting only independent VT windings, too much VTs will
be installed at generator terminal. It is not reasonable. So it is recommended to equip three VTs at
generator terminal, named VT1, VT2 and VT3. Panel A adopts voltage from VT1 and VT3 while
panel B from VT2 and VT3. During normal operation, panel A adopts VT1 and panel B adopts VT2
while VT3 is as a backup VT to both of them. If circuit of VT1 or VT2 fails, VT3 will be switched
over automatically by software.
(3) For zero sequence voltage, there are no two independent windings adopted by two sets of
protection equipments simultaneously in general. So the only one zero sequence voltage can be
used by two panels.
1.1.2.6 Circuit Breaker Failure Initiation
Circuit breaker failure initiation is very important to power plant. In general, generator protection
tripping contact is an essential condition to circuit breaker failure initiation. Considering importance
of such protection, it is recommended to realize it as follows:
(1) Only one set of circuit breaker failure initiation shall be equipped.
(2) In order to make it more reliable, circuit breaker failure initiation function cant be integrated
into one equipment with electrical protection relays.
1.2 Functions
Table 1-1 Protective functions for generator
No. Protection function overview for generator IEEE

1. Current differential protection 87G
2. Unrestrained instantaneous differential protection 87UG
3. DPFC current differential protection 87G
4. Spilt-phase transverse differential protection 87G
5. High sensitive transverse differential protection 87G
6. Longitudinal zero sequence overvoltage protection for turn-to-turn fault 59N/60
7. DPFC directional protection for turn-to-turn fault 7/67
8. Two stages phase-to-phase impedance protection 21G
9. Voltage controlled overcurrent protection 51V
10. Terminal high-current blocking function
11. Fundamental zero sequence overvoltage protection for stator earth fault 64G1
27/59TN,
12. Third harmonic protection for stator earth fault
64G2
13. Two stages of one-point-earth fault protection of rotor 64R
14. Rotor two-point earth fault protection (Optional) 64R

5
No. Protection function overview for generator IEEE

15. Definite and inverse time stator thermal overload protection 49S
46/50, 46/51,
16. Definite and inverse time negative sequence overload protection of rotor
49R
17. Loss-of-excitation protection 40
18. Out-of-step protection 68/78
19. Two stages phase-to-phase overvoltage protection 59G
20. Phase-to-phase undervoltage protection 27G
21. Two stages definite time over-excitation protection 24
22. Inverse time over-excitation protection 24
23. Reverse power protection 32G
24. Sequent-tripping reverse power protection 32G
25. Four stages underfrequency protection 81G
26. Two stages overfrequency protection 81O
27. Startup/shutdown protection of generator
28. Accidental energization protection 50/27
29. Pole disagreement function 92PD
30. Voltage balance function 60
31. Voltage transformer supervision 47,60G
32. Current transformer supervision 50/74
Table 1-2 Protective functions for excitation
No. Protection function overview for excitation IEEE

1. Current differential protection for excitation transformer 87T
2. Current differential protection of AC exciter 87G
3. Overcurrent protection 50P/51P
4. Definite and inverse time thermal overload protection for exciting
87G
windings
5. Current transformer supervision of excitation set 50/74
Table 1-3 Protective functions for stepdown transformer
No. Protection functions for stepdown transformer IEEE

1. Differential protection 87T
2. Composite-voltage-blocking overcurrent protection 51V
3. Under voltage blocking overcurrent protection of branch 1 51/27G
4. Under voltage blocking overcurrent protection of branch 2 51/27G
5. Zero sequence overcurrent protection of branch 1 50P, 51P
6. Zero sequence overcurrent protection of branch 2 50P, 51P
7. Zero-sequence voltage alarm of LV side branch 1
8. Zero-sequence voltage alarm of LV side branch 2
9. Overload alarm 49
10. Cooling pickup 49

6
11. Overcurrent output function

12. Voltage transformer supervision 47,60G
13. Current transformer supervision 50/74
Table 1-4 Protective functions for main transformer
No. Protection function overview for main transformer IEEE

1. Generator-transformer unit current differential protection 87GT
2. Transformer current differential protection 87T
3. Unrestrained differential protection 50/87UT
4. DPFC current differential protection 87T
5. Impedance protection at HV side 21T
6. Voltage controlled overcurrent protection at HV side 50P/ 51P
7. Voltage controlled zero-sequence overcurrent protection at HV side 50N/ 51N
8. Voltage controlled directional zero-sequence overcurrent protection at HV
67N
side
9. Zero-sequence overvoltage protection at HV side (Gap overvoltage) 59N
10. Zero-sequence overcurrent protection at HV side (Gap overcurrent) 50N/51N
11. Overexcitation protection 24
12. Thermal overload protection 49
13. Cooling initiation function 49
14. Zero-sequence voltage alarm of branches at LV side 59G
15. VT circuit failure supervision
16. CT circuit failure supervision
17. CT saturation detection
Table 1-5 Mechanical protection of RCS-985A
No. Mechanical protection function overview for generator IEEE

1. Mechanical protection 1
2. Mechanical protection 2
1 Mechanical protection 3
2 Mechanical protection 4
Table 1-6 Other functions of RCS-985A
Other functions overview

Relay hardware supervision and secondary
Automatic self-supervision
circuit supervision
Metering 24 samples per cycle
CPU module 32 latest fault reports, 8 latest fault waveforms
Fault recording 4 or 8 seconds continuous oscillogram function
MON module
for latest fault
Event recording self-supervision report 32 latest abnormality reports

7
Other functions overview

binary input chang report 32 latest binary status input change reports
One normal operating waveform triggered
Present recording
manually
Loacal HMI LCD and keypad
RCSPC software or substation automation
Remote HMI
system software
Front communication port (RS232) for software RCSPC with local protocol
Rear four RS-485 ports
Ports type
communication (two can be configured as fiber port)
ports to host Protocol type IEC 60870-5-103/MODBUS
Rear communication port to printer one RS-485 or RS-232
Time synchronisation port IRIG-B (optional)
Voltage and current drift auto-adjustment
1.3 Features
1.3.1 High performance hardware
1.3.1.1 Parallel calculation of double CPU system
The hardware of any one CPU system comprises a 32-bit microprocessor and two digital signal
processors (DSP). Two CPU systems can operate in parallel companied by fast A/D converter.
The 32-bit microprocessor performs logic calculation and the DSPs perform the protection
calculation. High performance hardware ensures real time calculation of all protection relays within
a sampling interval.
On the premise of 24 samples per cycle, all data measurement, calculation and logic
discrimination could be done within one sampling period. The event recording and protection logic
calculation are completed simultaneously.
1.3.1.2 Independent fault detectors
There is a set of independent fault detectors in the CPU processor in the RCS-985A relay. Its
operation supervises the tripping outputs. They will connect power supply to output relays when
operate. There are different fault detectors in the CPU module used for various protective
functions. The relay could drive a tripping output only when the fault detectors in the CPU module
and the fault detectors in the MON module operate simultaneously. This kind of independent
supervision of tripping outputs using fault detectors can avoid any maloperation possibly caused
by any hardware component fails. This highly increases the security.
1.3.1.3 Integration of main and backup protection
Main and backup protection are integrated in one set of protection equipment. Protection
information such as sampled data and binary inputs are shared by all protective elements and no
more than one group of CTs or VTs at same side of the transformer need to be input into the
equipment for different protective element. Shunt connection of VT and serial connection of CT

8
that usual seen in secondary circuit before can be avoided, which greatly reduce the possibility of
circuit failure. Whilst the equipment can gather all information of any fault and record, all relevant
waveforms of it for offline analysis.
1.3.1.4 Flexible configuration of output
Elaborately designed tripping logic makes it possible of operation circuit to suit for various circuit
breakers.
1.3.2 New philosophy used in RCS-985A

1.3.2.1 Variable slope percentage differential protection
The percentage differential protection adopts variable slope restraint characteristics and actual
unbalanced differential current effect can be simulated. In order to prevent unwanted operation of
differential protection due to CT saturation, countermeasures to discriminate CT saturation are
provided by means of waveform identification of phase current at each side.
1.3.2.2 DPFC percentage differential protection
DPEC percentage differential protection reflects only deviation components of differential current
and restraint current and is not affected by load current. It can detect small fault within generator.
Besides, it is insensitive to CT saturation since its restraint coefficient is set comparatively higher
than that of conventional differential protection.
1.3.2.3 Ratio corrected by software for differential protection
Current from CTs of each side with different ratios are corrected to a single standard before
calculation.
1.3.2.4 Provide two inrush current distinguishing methods
Two discrimination principles for inrush current are provided: harmonics restraint and waveform
distortion restraint.
1.3.2.5 CT saturation detection
Based on the operation sequence of DPFC restraint current element and DPFC differential current
element of differential protection, external fault with CT saturation or internal fault can be
distinguished correctly. In case of internal fault, the relay will operate immediately. While in case of
external fault with CT saturation, the criterion of current waveform is adopted then. The relay will
not operate in case of persisting external fault if only CT saturation occur no less than 5ms after
the fault detectors pickup, but operate quickly when evolving external to internal fault occurs.
1.3.2.6 High sensitive transverse differential protection
Transverse differential protection adopts percentage phase current restraint and floating threshold
to get high sensitivity in internal fault and high security in external fault. In addition, by adopting
techniques of the frequency tracking technique, digital filter technique and Fourier transformation
technique, the filtration ratio of third harmonic component can reach more than 100. All these
countermeasure guarantees the reliability of the protection in all occasions as mentioned as
below:
9
Advantages of percentage restraint by phase current:
(1) The transverse differential protection can get reliable restraint effect because the faulty phase
current increases greatly while transverse differential current increases less in external fault
situation.
(2) The protection has very high operation sensitivity because transverse differential current
increases comparatively large whereas phase current change not too observably in slightly
interturn fault situation.
(3) The high-setting stage of transverse differential current protection will operate quickly and
reliably when severe interturn fault occurs in stator winding.
(4) In case of phase-to-phase fault of stator winding, not only transverse differential current but
also phase current increase greatly, therefore just low percentage restraint by phase current
guarantees the reliable operation of transverse differential protection against the fault.
(5) As for other increment of transverse differential unbalanced current in normal operation
condition, transverse differential current protection uses float threshold technique to avoid
unwanted operation.
1.3.2.7 Performance of percentage restraint interturn protection
By adopting techniques of the frequency tracking technique, digital filter technique and Fourier
transformation technique, the filtration ratio of third harmonic component can reach more than
100.
New criteria of generator current percentage restraint technique:
(1) Fault current increase greatly while longitudinal residual voltage increase less in external
three-phase fault, therefore the protection tends to be reliably restrained thanks to current
increment as restraint quantity.
(2) If external asymmetric fault occurs, phase current increases greatly with negative sequence
current, but the longitudinal residual voltage has a little bit increment, therefore the protection
tends to be reliably restrained by the mixing quantity of current increment and negative-sequence
component.
(3) The protection has very high operation sensitivity because longitudinal residual voltage
increases comparatively large whereas phase current hardly changes in slightly interturn faulty
situation.
(4) The high-setting stage of transverse differential current protection will operate quickly and
reliably when severe interturn fault occurs in stator winding.
(5) As for other increment of unbalanced longitudinal residual voltage in normal operation
condition, the protection uses floating-threshold technique to avoid unwanted operation.
1.3.2.8 Stator earth fault protection performance
(1) By adopting techniques of the frequency tracking technique, digital filter technique and
Fourier transformation technique, the filtration ratio of third harmonic component can reach more
10
than 100.
(2) The sensitive stage of fundamental residual voltage protection operates and issues trip
command only if the dual criterias of residual voltages of generator terminal and neutral point are
met at the same time.
(3) The ratio settings of third harmonic of generator terminal to that of neutral point used in third
harmonic ratio criteria will automatically suit to the change of ratio fore-and-aft incorporating in
power network third harmonic voltage of the plant unit. This automation adjustment function
ensures the correctness of signals generated and issued by the third harmonic voltage criteria
even during incorporation or isolation course of generator.
(4) The ratio and phase-angle difference of third harmonic voltage of generator terminal to that of
neutral point keeps almost stable when the generator is in normal operation condition; also it is a
slow developing course. Through real time adjustment of coefficient of amplitude value and phase,
RCS-985 makes differential voltage between generator terminal and neutral point as 0 in normal
operation condition. When stator earth fault occurs, the criteria tend to operate reliably and
sensitively.
1.3.2.9 Performance of stator earth fault protection with 20Hz voltage injection priciple
(1) The protection adopts digital technology to calculate earth fault resistance accurately;
(2) Settings configured two stage are provided. One stage operates to alarm, and the other stage
operates to trip;
(3) The residual current protection is free from impact of 20Hz power, which provides mainly
protection for comparatively severe stator earth fault
1.3.2.10 Performance of rotor earth fault protection
A. Sampling-switch type rotor earth fault protection
Rotor earth fault protection adopts sampling-switch (ping-pong type) principle. Direct current is
inputted by high-performance isolated amplifier. Via switching two different electronic switch
RCS-985 solves four different ground-loop equations to compute rotor winding voltage, rotor
ground resistance and earthing position on real time and display these information on LCD of the
protection.
If one point earth fault protection only issues alarm signals instead of tripping after operation, then
two-points earth fault protection will be put into service with a certain fixed delay automatically and
will operated to trip when two-point earth fault of rotor occurs.
B. Rotor earth fault with injection principle
The rotor earth fault protection has the task to detect high- or low-resistance earth faults in the
excitation circuit of synchronous generators. RCS-985 computes rotor ground resistance and
earthing position on real time by calculting the leak current in two different cases of square wave
voltage injection, and display these information on LCD of the protection.
The use of a low-frequency square-wave voltage as displacement voltage eliminates the influence

11
of the rotor-earth capacitors and ensures at the same time a sufficient margin against interference
signals from the interference frequencies of the excitation system.
1.3.2.11 Performance of loss-of-excitation protection
Loss-of-excitation protection adopts optimizing protection scheme in which stator impedance

criteria, reactive power criteria, rotor voltage criteria, busbar voltage criteria and criteria of stator
active power decrement, could be optionally combined to meet various demands of operation of
the unit for different generator.
1.3.2.12 Performance of out-of-step protection
Out-of-step protection adopts three-impedance element (got from positive-sequence current and
positive sequence voltage of generator) to distinguish out-of-step from steady oscillation. More
than that, the protection can accurately locates the position of oscillation center and record
oscillation slid numbers of external and internal oscillation respectively in real time.
1.3.2.13 VT circuit failure supervision
Two groups of VT inputs are equipped at generator terminal. If one group fails, the equipment will
issue alarm and switch over to the healthy one automatically. It doesnt need to block protective
element relevant to voltage.
1.3.2.14 CT circuit failure alarm and blocking
This function adopts percentage differential principle. Detection ability of CT circuit failure can be
enhanced significantly and unwanted operation can be avoided then.
1.3.3 Intellectuality
1.3.3.1 Friendly HMI interface
The HMI interface with a LCD and a 9-button keypad on the front panel is very friendly to the user.
Real time, connection diagram, phase current, differential current and voltage can be displayed on
LCD during normal condition.
1.3.3.2 Transparency
More than 500 sampled data including differential current and phase angle etc. can be displayed
on LCD. Meanwhile more than 1500 internal data of the equipment can be supervised through
dedicated auxiliary software RCSPC, which provides user with great convenience to know about
the operation situation of RCS-985.
1.3.3.3 Perfect fault recording function
CPU module: latest 32 groups of fault data and event sequence, 8 groups of fault oscillograms, 32
changes of binary input status and 32 self-supervision reports can be recorded.
MON module: when the equipment picks up, oscillograms of all analog sampling quantity,
differential current and operation of the protection equipment can be recorded with duration up to 4
seconds or 8 seconds.
The file format of event or fault report is compatible with international COMTRADE format.
12
1.3.3.4 Communication ports
One front RS232 port (For RCSPC software)
Two rear RS-485 ports with IEC 60870-5-103 protocol or MODBUS protocol, which can be
re-configured as optical fiber ports.
One rear RS-485 with clock synchronization,
One rear RS-232 or RS-485 with printer.
1.3.3.5 Various clock synchronizations
Various GPS clock synchronizations: second/minute pulse via binary input or RS-485, message
via communication ports and IRIG-B synchronization.

13

14
Chapter 2 Technical Data

2.1 Electrical Specifications
2.1.1 Power supply
Rated Voltage (Un) 24Vdc, 110Vdc, 125Vdc, 220Vdc, 250Vdc
Variation (80% ~ 120%)Un
Ripple in the DC
Max 15% of the DC value. Per IEC 60255-11
auxiliary voltage
Voltage dips and Per IEC 61000-4-11IEC 60255-11:1979
voltage short 20ms for interruption without de-energizingdips 60% of Un
interruptions without reset up to 100ms
Quiescent
<40W
condition
Burden
Operating
<70W
condition
Backup battery type 1/2AA, 3.6V, 60mAh
2.1.2 Analog current input ratings

Rated frequency 50Hz, 60Hz, 10%
Phase rotation ABC
Rated Current (In) 1A 5A
40In (Transformer related) 40In (Transformer related)
Linear to
20In (Generator related) 20In (Generator related)
(non-offset AC current)
2In (for metering CT) 2In (for metering CT)
continuously 3In 3In
Thermal for 10s 30In 30In
withstand for 1s 100In 100In
capability for half
250In 250In
a cycle
Burden < 0.2 VA/phase @ In < 0.5 VA/phase @ In
2.1.3 Analog voltage input ratings

Standard Per IEC 60255-6, IEC 60288
Rated Voltage (Un) 100V/3, 110V/3 100V, 110V 200V
linear to 100V 173 V 230V
Thermal continuously 120 120 V 200V
withstand 10s 200 200 V 350V
capability 1s 250 250 V 400V
Burden <0.2 VA/phase @ Un <0.5 VA/phase @ Un <2.5VA/phase@ Un

15
2.1.4 Binary input

Rated Voltage 110VDC 125VDC 220VDC 250VDC
Pickup voltage 77VDC 87.5VDC 154VDC 175VDC
Dropout voltage 60.5VDC 68.8VDC 121VDC 137.5VDC
Maximum permitted 150V 150V 300V 300V
voltage
Withstand 2000Vac
Resolving time for <1ms
logic input
2.1.5 Binary output

Item Used for tripping contact Used for signal contacts
Output model potential free contact
Max system voltage 250VAC/DC
Test voltage across
1000VAC rms fro 1min
open contact
Making Capacity 30A
Breaking capacity 0.4A resistance 0.2A resistance
(L/R=40ms at 250VDC) 0.2A inductive(L/R=40ms) 0.05A inductive (L/R=40ms)
Continuous carry 8A 5A
Short duration current 50A for 200ms 50A for 200ms
Pickup time(Typ/Max) 5ms/10ms 10ms/15ms
Dropout time(Typ/Max) 8ms/10ms 8ms/10ms
Bounce time 1ms 1ms
loaded
100,000 operations minimum 100,000 operations minimum
contact
Durability
unloaded
10,000,000 operations minimum 10,000,000 operations minimum
contact
2.1.6 Power supply output for Optical isolators

Rated Voltage 24V
Rated current 200mA
Max current 500mA
2.2 Mechanical Specifications

Enclosure dimensions 482.6mm(W)532.6mm(H)285 mm(D)
Trepanning dimensions 450mm(W)534mm(H)M6 screw
Mounting Way Flush mounted
Weight per device Approx. 30kg
Small control module: 5 LED indicators, a 9-key Keypad and a
Local control panel
320240-dot LCD
Display language English

16
Housing material Aluminum

Housing color Silver grey
Location of terminals Rear panel of the device
Front side: IP51
Protection class
Rear side, connection terminals: IP20
(per IEC60529:1989)
Other Sides: IP30
2.3 Atmospheric Environment tests

Standard IEC60255-6:1988
Operating temperature -25C~+55C
Transport and storage
-40C~+70C
temperature range
Permissible humidity 5% ~ 95%, condensation not permissible
2.4 Communication Interface

Communication
Parameters
medium
Interfaces for communicating with RTU/SCADA
Port number 2
Baud rate 4800 ~38400bps
Transmission distance < 1000m@4800bps
Electrical Maximal capacity 32
Twisted Pair Screened twisted pair cable
Protocol IEC60870-5-103:1997
Safety level Isolation to ELV level
Port number 2
Connector type ST
Baud rate 4800 ~ 38400bps
Transmission standard 100Base-FX,
RS-485
Transmission distance <1500m
(EIA)
Optical Fiber Type Multi-mode Fiber
Wavelength 850/820nm
Optical Fiber size 62.5/125m (core DIA/cladding DIA)
(Optional) Protocol IEC60870-5-103:1997
Transmission distance < 1500m
Optical Fiber Type Multi-mode or single-mode
853/1310nm for multi-mode
Wavelength
1310/1550nm for single-mode
Fiber size 62.5/125m (core DIA/cladding DIA)
Protocol IEC60870-5-103:1997 or IEC61850

17

Rear interface for local HMI with personal computer via RCSPC software
Port number 1
Local human-machine communication
Application
Download program of protection relay
RS-232 (EIA)
Connector type 9 pin D-type female connector
Interfaces for communicating with a printer
Port number 1
RS-232 (EIA)
Printer type EPSON LQ-300K
2.5 Type test

2.5.1 Environmental tests
Dry heat test IEC60068-2-2:1974, test Ad for 16 h at +55C
Dry cold test IEC60068-2-1:1990, test Bd for 16 h at -25C
IEC60068-2-30:1980, test Db, two (12+12 hours) cycles, 95%RH,
Damp heat test, cyclic
low temperature +25C, high temperature +55C
2.5.2 Mechanical tests

Vibration IEC60255-21-1:1988, Class I
Shock and bump IEC60255-21-2:1988, Class I
2.5.3 Electrical tests

Dielectric tests IEC60255-5:2000, test voltage: 2kV, 50Hz, 1min
IEC60255-5:2000, test voltage: 5kV, unipolar
Impulse voltage tests
impulses, waveform 1.2/50s, source energy 0.5J
Insulation
IEC60255-5:2000, insulation resistance >100M, 500Vdc
measurement
2.5.4 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)

1MHz burst disturbance tests IEC60255-22-1:1988
(idt IEC61000-4-2:1995), Class III
- Common mode 2.5kV
- Differential mode 1.0kV
Electrostatic discharge tests IEC60255-22-2 :1996 (idt IEC 61000-4-2)
Class IV
-For contact discharge 8.0kV
-For air discharge 15.0kV
Radio frequency interference tests IEC60255-22-3:2000 (idt IEC

18
61000-4-3:1995 ) class III

Frequency sweep
-Radiated amplitude-modulated 10V/m(rms), f=801000MHz
Spot frequency
-Radiated amplitude-modulated 10Vm(rms), f=80MHz/160MHz
/450MHz/900MHz
- Radiated pulse-modulated 10Vm(rms), f=900MHz
Fast transient disturbance tests IEC60255-22-4:2002 (idt IEC 61000-4-4)
Class IV, 4kV, 2.5kHz, 5/50ns
- Power supply, I/O & Earth terminals Class IV, 2kV, 5.0kHz, 5/50ns
- Communication terminals
Surge immunity tests IEC60255-22-5:2002 (idt IEC
61000-4-5:1995) , Class III
- Power supply, AC inputs, I/O terminals 1.2/50us,
2kV, line to earth;
1kV, line to line
Conducted RF electromagnetic disturbance IEC60255-22-6, Class III
- Power supply, AC, I/O, Comm. terminal 10V(rms), 150kHz~80MHz
IEC61000-4-8:1993, Class V
Power frequency magnetic field immunity 100A/m for 1min
1000A/m for 3s
IEC61000-4-9:1993, Class V
Pulse magnetic field immunity 6.4/16 us
1000A/m for 3s
IEC61000-4-10:1993, Class V
Damped oscillatory magnetic field immunity
100kHz & 1MHz 100A/m
2.6 Certifications
ISO9001: 2000
ISO14001:2004
OHSAS18001: 1999
ISO10012:2003
CMMI L3
EMC: 89/336/EEC, EN50263:2000
Products safety(PS): 73/23/EEC, EN61010-1: 2001, EN60950: 2002
2.7 Protective functions

main transformer differential protection
2.7.1 Generator-transformer unit
Pickup setting of percentage differential current fault detector

19
Scope: 0.1 Ie 1.5 Ie
Setting accuracy: 2.5% or 0.02In whichever is greater
Setting of unrestrained instantaneous differential protection
Scope: 2 Ie 14 Ie
Setting accuracy: 2.5%
Setting of the first slope of percentage differential protection
Scope: 0.00 0.10
Setting of the maximum slope of percentage differential protection
Scope: 0.40 0.60
Operation time of percentage differential protection
25 ms (Id2[I_Pkp_PcntDiff_ GTU(Tr)])
Operation time of unrestrained instantaneous differential protection
20 ms (Id1.5[I_InstDiff_ GTU(Tr)])
Note:
Inrated secondary current of CT
Ie rated secondary current of generator or transformer,
Iddifferential current
2.7.2 Generator differential protection, split phase transverse differential

protection and differential protection of exciter
Setting accuracy: 5% or 0.01In whichever is greater
Scope: 2 Ie 10 Ie
Scope: 0.05 0.50

20
Scope: 0.50 0.80
25ms (Id2[I_Pkp_Pcnt(SPT)Diff_Gen])
20 ms (Id1.5[I_Inst(SPT)Diff_Gen])
Note:
Inrated secondary current of CT
Ie rated secondary current of generator or exciter
Iddifferential current.
2.7.3 Stepdown transformer and excitation transformer differential protection

Setting accuracy: 5% or 0.01In whichever is greater
Scope: 2 Ie 14 Ie
Scope: 0.10 0.50
Scope: 0.50 0.80
Secondary harmonic restraint coefficient
Scope: 0.10 0.35

21
35 ms (Id2[I_Pkp_Diff_Exc(ST)] )
25 ms (Id1.5[I_InstDiff_Exc(ST)])
Note:
Inrated secondary current of CT.
Ie rated secondary current of stepdown or excitation transformer.
Iddifferential current.
2.7.4 High sensitive transverse differential protection

Current setting of transverse differential protection [I_SensTrvDiff_Gen]
Scope: 0.5A 50A
High setting of transverse differential protection [I_InsensTrvDiff_Gen]
Scope: 0.5A 50A
Additional delay of transverse differential protection [t_TrvDiff_Gen]
Scope: 0.5 2.0
Setting accuracy: 1% setting + 40ms
Operation time of transverse differential protection
Scope: 35 ms (at 1.5current setting)
2.7.5 Longitudinal zero sequence voltage protection for turn-to-turn fault

Longitudinal zero sequence voltage setting [V_SensROV_Long1_Gen]
Scope: 1 V 20 V
Setting accuracy: 2.5% or 0.05V whichever is greater
Longitudinal Zero sequence voltage high setting [V_InsensROV_Long1_Gen]
Scope: 2 V 20 V
Phase current restraint coefficient [Slope1_ROV_Long1_Gen]
Scope: 0.1 2.0
Time delay setting [t_ROV_Long1_Gen]

22
Scope: 0.1 s 10 s
Setting accuracy: 1% setting+40 ms
Operation time of longitudinal zero sequence voltage protection
Scope: 40 ms (at 1.5setting)
Operation time of DPFC directional protection
Scope: 40 ms
2.7.6 Earth fault protection of stator

Zero sequence voltage setting [V_SensROV_Sta]
Scope: 1 V 20 V
Zero sequence voltage high setting [V_InsensROV_Sta]
Scope: 1 V 30 V
Ratio setting of third harmonic voltage protection [k_3rdHRatio_PreSync(PostSync)_Sta]
Scope: 0.5 10
Setting accuracy: 5%
Slope setting of third harmonic voltage differential protection [k_V3rdHDiff_Sta]
Scope: 0.1 2.0
Setting accuracy: 5%
Time delay setting [t_V3rdH_Sta]
Scope: 0.1 s 10 s
2.7.7 External voltage injecting earth fault protection of stator

Resistance setting [R_Alm_Inj_EF_Sta], [R_Trp_Inj_EF_Sta]
Scope: 10 1000
Setting accuracy: 5%setting or 0.5 whichever is greater
Zero sequence current setting [I0_Inj_EF_Sta]
Scope: 0.02A 1.50A

23
Setting accuracy: 5% or 0.001A whichever is greater
Time delay setting [t_Alm_Inj_EF_Sta], [t_Trp_Inj_EF_Sta]
Scope: 0.1 10s
Setting accuracy: 1% setting +1S
2.7.8 Earth fault protection of rotor

One point ground resistance setting [R_1PEF_RotWdg]
Scope: 0.1 100 k
Setting accuracy: 10% setting or 0.5k whichever is greater
Great power resistance setting for v
Scope: 0.1-100k
Setting accuracy: 10% setting or 0.5k whichever is greater
Power cycle setting for rotor earth fault protection with injection principle
Scope: 0.1-10s
Time delay setting
Scope: 0.1s 10s
Setting accuracy: 1% setting +1S
2.7.9 Overload protection of stator

Definite time current setting 0.1 A 100 A
Definite time delay setting 0.1 s 10 s
Inverse time initiating current setting 0.1 A 10 A
Heat capacity of rotors winding 1 100
Heat emission factor 0.1 2.0
Accuracy of definite and inverse time current setting
2.5% or 0.01 In
Accuracy of time delay setting 1% setting+40 ms
2.7.10 Negative sequence overload protection

Definite time negative sequence current setting
0.1 A 100 A

24
Inverse time initiating negative sequence current setting
0.05 A 10 A
Heat constant of rotor 1 100
Continuous tolerable negative sequence current of generator
0.05 A 10 A
Accuracy of definite and inverse time negative sequence current setting
2.5% or 0.01 In whichever is greater
2.7.11 Overload protection of excitation winding (AC quantity)

Definite time current setting 0.1 A 100 A
Inverse time initiating current setting 0.1 A 10 A
Heat capacity factor 1 100
Reference current 0.1 A 10 A
2.7.12 Overload protection of excitation winding (DC quantity)

Definite time current setting 0.1 kA 30.0 kA
Inverse time initiating current setting 0.1 kA 10 kA
Heat capacity factor 1 100
Reference current 0.1 kA 10 kA
2.7.13 Loss of excitation protection of generator

Impedance setting Z1 0.1 100
Impedance setting Z2 0.1 100
Reverse reactive power setting 0 50% Pn

25
Under voltage setting of rotor 1 V 500 V
No-load voltage setting of rotor 1 V 500 V
Under voltage factor setting of rotor 0.1 10
Under voltage setting of busbar 10 V 100 V
Reduced active power setting 10%50%Pn
Time delay setting of stages 1/2/3 0.1 s 10 s
Time delay setting of stage 4 0.1 min 60 min
Accuracy of impedance setting 2.5% or 0.1 whichever is greater
Accuracy of rotors voltage setting 5% or 0.1Un whichever is greater
Accuracy of power setting 1% Sn or 0.2% Sn whichever is greater
Accuracy of busbar voltage setting 2.5% or 0.1 V whichever is greater
Note:
Pn: rated active power of generator.
Un: rated voltage of generator.
2.7.14 Out-of-step protection of generator

Impedance setting ZA/ZB/ZC 0.1 100
Phase angle setting 60 90
Interior angle setting of lens 60 150
Interior angle setting of alarm lens 10 90
Number of pole slipping setting 1 1000
Tolerate tripping current setting 0.1 A 10 A
Accuracy of impedance setting 2.5% or 0.1 whichever is greater
Accuracy of current setting 2.5% or 0.01 In whichever is greater
Accuracy of angle setting 3
2.7.15 Voltage protection of generator

Overvoltage setting 110 V 170 V
Under voltage setting 10 V 100 V
Time delay setting 0.1 s 10 s

26
Accuracy of voltage setting 2.5% or 0.05 V whichever is greater
2.7.16 Over excitation protection

Definite time V/F setting 0.5 2. 0
Inverse time V/F setting 0.5 2. 0
Time delay of inverse time protection 0.1 s 3000 s
Accuracy of V/F measurement 2.5% or 0.01 whichever is greater
Accuracy of definite time delay setting 1% setting+40 ms
2.7.17 Power protection of generator

Reverse power setting 0.5% - 10% Pn
Underpower setting 1% - 200% Pn
Power setting of reverse power sequent trip protection
0.5% - 10% Pn
Time delay of reverse power protection 0.1 s 600 s
Time delay of underpower protection 0 min 300 min
Time delay of reverse power sequent trip protection
0.1s 10s
Accuracy of reverse power setting 10% or 0.002 Pn whichever is greater
2.7.18 Frequency protection of generator

Setting of under frequency stage 1-4 45 Hz 50 Hz
Setting of over frequency stage 1-2 50 Hz 55 Hz
Time delay of frequency protection (accumulated) *
0.1 min 300 min
Time delay of frequency protection (not accumulated) *
0.1 s 600 s
Accuracy of frequency setting 0.02 Hz

27
2.7.19 Accident energization protection of generator

Current setting 0.1 A 100 A
Blocking frequency setting 40 Hz 50 Hz
Time delay of unwanted closing protection 0.01 s 10 s
Negative sequence current setting 0.1 A 50 A
Time delay of circuit breaker flashover protection
0.01 s 10 s
2.7.20 Startup/shutdown protection of generator

Blocking frequency setting 40 Hz 50 Hz
Differential current setting 0.2 Ie 10 Ie
Overcurrent setting in low frequency 0.1A 100A
Zero sequence voltage setting 5 V 25 V
Accuracy of differential current setting 5% or 0.02 In whichever is greater
Accuracy of zero sequence voltage setting 5% or 0.2 V whichever is greater
Accuracy of differential current setting 5% or 0.02 In whichever is greater
Frequency range 15 Hz 65 Hz
2.7.21 Low impedance protection

Forward impedance setting 0.1 100
Reverse impedance setting 0.1 100
Accuracy of impedance setting 2.5% or 0.1whichever is greater
2.7.22 Voltage controlled directional overcurrent protection

Negative sequence voltage setting 1 V 20 V
Under voltage setting 10 V 110 V

28
Directional definition 0 point to transformer, I point to system
Accuracy of voltage setting 2.5% or 0.05 V whichever is greater
Accuracy of time delay 1%setting +40 ms
2.7.23 Directional zero sequence overcurrent protection

Zero sequence overcurrent setting 0.1 A 100 V
Zero sequence overvoltage setting 1 V 100 V
Directional definition 0 point to system, I point to transformer
Accuracy of zero sequence voltage setting 2.5% or 0.05 V whichever is greater
Accuracy of zero sequence current setting 2.5% or 0.02 In whichever is greater
Accuracy of time delay 1%setting + 40 ms
2.7.24 Gap protection

Gap zero sequence overcurrent setting 0.1 A 100 V
Gap zero sequence overvoltage setting 10 V 220 V
Accuracy of zero sequence voltage setting 2.5% or 0.05 V whichever is greater
Accuracy of zero sequence current setting 2.5% or 0.02 In whichever is greater
Accuracy of time delay 1%setting + 40 ms
2.7.25 Pole disagreement protection

current setting accuracy 2.5% or 0.02 In whichever is greater
delay setting accuracy 1% + 40 ms
2.7.26 Mechanical protection

Time delay setting 0 s 600.00 s
Accuracy of time delay 1%setting +40 ms
2.7.27 Measurements and Recording Facilities

Measurements
29
Current: 0.05 20In
Accuracy: 1.0% of reading or 0.02In whichever is greater
Voltage: 0.052Vn
Accuracy: 1.0% of reading or 0.02Un whichever is greater
Performance
Real time clock accuracy: < 2 seconds/day
External clock synchronization: Conforms to IRIG standard 200-98, format B

30
Chapter 3 Description of Operation Theory

3.1 Software Structure
The RCS-985A protection is composed of current differential protection as main protection, kinds
of protection mentioned in Table 1-1 and Table 1-2 as backup protection and abnormal operation
protection. VT supervision (VTS) and CT supervision (CTS) function is also included.
Every protective element has its own fault detector element in CPU and DSP respectively. When
the fault detector in CPU picks up, power supply of output relays will be connected. When both
two detector elements and operational element pick up, the protection element will operate to trip.
3.2 Fault detectors

3.2.1 Using fault detector improves the security of tripping
The additional output blocking circuit controlled by general fault detectors calculated in MON
module makes the output circuit more secure, because not only the relationship between tripping
command sending and additional output blocking circuit is logic and in software, but also they
keeps the logic and relationship in hardware. It is displayed in below figure.
+ 24 V FD
controlled by fault
+ 24 V
detectors in MON
module
trip
relay R
tripping G1
commands tripping
=1
from CPU transistor
module
Figure 3.2-1 Logic relationship of CPU and MON module
QDJ contact is controlled by general fault detectors calculated independently in MON module.
When the contact closes, the DC source of tripping relay is provided. The function of gate G1 is to
receive tripping commands sent from CPU module. When a tripping command arrives at the gate
G1, the driving transistor will be activated, and the trip relays contact will close to trip the breaker.

31
The general fault detectors calculated in MON module and operation elements calculated in CPU
module use their independent data sampled by themselves, so the equipment will not operate by
mistake due to any of modules data channels failure.
3.2.2 Differential protection of generator-transformer unit and main transformer

3.2.2.1 Fault detector of differential current of generator-transformer unit
I d max > [I_Pkp_PcntDiff_GTU] (Equation 3.2-1)
Where:
I d max is the maximum value of three phase differential currents of generator-transformer unit.
[I_Pkp_PcntDiff_GTU] is the setting of phase differential currents of generator-transformer unit. It

is used to release differential protection of generator-transformer unit.
3.2.2.2 Fault detector of differential current of main transformer
I d max > [ I _ Pkp _ PcntDiff _ Tr ] (Equation 3.2-2)
Where:
I d max is the maximum value of three phase differential currents of main transformer.
[I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Tr] is the setting of phase differential currents of main transformer.
It is used to release differential protection of main transformer.
3.2.2.3 Fault detector of DPFC differential current of main transformer
I d > 1.25I dt + I dth

(Equation 3.2-3)
I d = I 1 + I 2 + ... + I m
Where:
I dt is the floating threshold value which will arise automatically and gradually according to
increasing of the output of deviation component. In order to ensure that the threshold value of
current is slightly higher than the unbalance output, multiple 1.25 of the deviation component is
reasonable.

I 1 . I m are the DPFC current of each side of transformer respectively.

32
I d is the half-cycle integral value of differential current.
I dth is the fixed threshold.
This fault detector is not influenced by the direction of power flow and so it is very sensitive. The
setting is fixed and need not to be set.
It is used to release DPFC percentage differential protection.
3.2.3 Backup protection of main transformer

3.2.3.1 Fault detector of phase current of main transformer
I max > [ I _ OC1(2) _ Tr ] (Equation 3.2-4)
Where:
[I_OC1(2)_Tr] is the setting for stage 1 or 2 of overcurrent of main transformer.
This fault detector will operate if maximum value of three phases current is greater than its setting
value.
It is used to release stage 1 or 2 of overcurrent protection.
3.2.3.2 Fault detector of DPFC of phase current of main transformer.
I > 1.25I t + I th (Equation 3.2-5)
Where:
I t is the floating threshold which will arise automatically and gradually according to increasing
of the output of deviation component. In order to ensure that the threshold current is slightly
higher than the imbalance value, multiple 1.25 of the deviation component is reasonable.
I is the half-wave integral of phase-to-phase current. I th is the fixed threshold of 0.2In and
need not to be set case to case.
This fault detector is used to release the distance protection at relevant side.
3.2.3.3 Fault detector of zero sequence current of main transformer
3I 0 > [ I _ ROC1(2,3) _ Tr ] (Equation 3.2-6)
Where:
3I 0 is calculated zero sequence current, 3I 0 = I&A + I&B + I&C .

33
[I_ROC1(2,3)_Tr] is the setting of overcurrent stage 1, 2 or 3 of main transformer.
This fault detector will operate if the zero sequence current is higher than its setting value.
It is used to release calculated zero sequence overcurrent protection with stage 1, 2 or 3 at

relevant side.
3.2.3.4 Fault detector of Gap zero sequence voltage of main transformer
3U 0 > [V_ROV_Gap_Tr] (Equation 3.2-7)
This fault detector will operate if the zero sequence voltage of open-delta VT is higher than its
setting value.
It is used to release zero sequence overvoltage protection of gap.
3.2.4 Differential protection of stepdown transformer

Fault detector of differential current of stepdown transformer.
I d max > [ I _ Pkp _ PcntDiff _ ST ] (Equation 3.2-8)
Where:
I d max is the maximum value of three phase differential currents of stepdown transformer.
[ I _ Pkp _ PcntDiff _ ST ] is the setting of phase differential currents of stepdown transformer.
It is used to release differential protection of stepdown transformer.
3.2.5 Backup protection of stepdown transformer

3.2.5.1 Fault detector of HV side phase current of stepdown transformer.
I max > [ I _ OC1(2) _ ST ] (Equation 3.2-9)
Where:
I max is the maximum value of three phase currents at HV side of stepdown transformer.
[I_OC1(2)_ST] is the setting of overcurrent stage 1 or 2 at HV side of stepdown transformer.
This fault detector will operate if maximum value of three phases current is higher than its setting
value.
It is used to release overcurrent protection at HV side.

34
3.2.5.2 Fault detector of LV side overcurrent protection of stepdown transformer
I max > [I_OC1(2)_ Br1(2)_ST] (Equation 3.2-10)
Where:
I max is the maximum value of three phase currents at LV side of stepdown transformer.
[I_OC1(2)_Br1(2)_ST] is the setting of overcurrent stage 1 or stage 2 at LV side of stepdown

transformer.
This fault detector will operate if maximum value of three phase currents of branch of auxiliary
stepdown transformer is higher than its setting value.
It is used to release overcurrent protection of branch of stepdown transformer.
3.2.5.3 Fault detector of HV side or LV side residual overcurrent of stepdown transformer
3I 0 > [ I _ ROC1 _ LVS ( HVS ) _ ST ] (Equation 3.2-11)
Where:
3I 0 is directly-input zero sequence current of branch of stepdown transformer.
This fault detector will operate if the zero sequence current is higher than its setting value.
It is used to release branch zero sequence overcurrent protection of stepdown transformer.
3.2.6 Fault detector of differential protection, phase-splitting transverse

differential protection of generator
This fault detector of differential protection will pick up when any one of the following two elements
is satisfied.
3.2.6.1 Fault detector of differential current of generator
I d max > [ I _ Pkp _ PcntDiff _ Gen] (Equation 3.2-12)
Where:
I d max is the maximum value of three phase differential currents of generator.
[I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Gen] is the setting of phase differential currents of generator.
It is used to release differential protection of generator.

35
3.2.6.2 Fault detector of DPFC differential current of generator

(Equation 3.2-13)
I d = I 1 + I 2 + ... + I m
Where:
I dt is the floating threshold value

I 1 . I m are the DPFC current of each side of generator respectively.
I d is the half-cycle integral value of differential current.
I dth is the fixed threshold.
This fault detector is not influenced by the direction of power flow and so it is very sensitive. The
setting is fixed and need not to be set on site.
It is used to release DPFC percentage differential protection of generator.
3.2.6.3 Fault detector of phase-splitting transverse differential current of generator
When the phase-splitting transverse differential current reaches pickup value of generator
phase-splitting transverse differential protection [I_Pkp_PcntSPTDiff_Gen], the fault detector of it
picks up.
It is used to release phase-splitting transverse differential protection of generator.
3.2.7 Interturn fault protection of generator

3.2.7.1 Fault detector of transverse differential current of generator
The fault detector will operate when the transverse differential current is greater than the setting
[I_SensTrvDiff_Gen].
3.2.7.2 Fault detector of longitudinal zero sequence voltage of generator
The fault detector will operate when the longitudinal zero sequence voltage is greater than the
setting [V_SensROV_Longl_Gen].
3.2.7.3 Fault detector of DPFC direction of generator
The fault detector will operate when the calculated directional element is met operating condition.

36
3.2.8 Earth fault protection of stator of generator

3.2.8.1 Fault detector of zero sequence overvoltage element
The fault detector will operate when the calculated zero sequence voltage is in excess of the
setting [V_SensROV_Sta].
3.2.8.2 Fault detector of third harmonic ratio of stator
The fault detector will operate when the ratio of 3rd harmonics voltage between neutral point
voltage and generator terminal voltage is greater than its ratio setting
[k_V3rdHRatio_PreSync_Sta] or [k_V3rdHRatio_PostSync_Sta].
3.2.8.3 Fault detector of deviation of third harmonic of generator
The fault detector will operate when the differential 3rd harmonic voltage of neutral point and 3rd
harmonics voltage at the terminal of generator is greater than its setting [k_V3rdHDiff_Sta].
3.2.8.4 Fault detector of injection voltage scheme against stator earth fault protection
The fault detector will operate when the calculated grounded resistor is less than the resistor
setting [R_Alm_Inj_EF_Sta].
3.2.9 Generator rotor earth fault protection

3.2.9.1 Fault detector of one-point earth fault of generator
The fault detector operates when grounded resistance of rotor is less than its setting
[R_1PEF_RotWdg].
3.2.9.2 Fault detector of two-point earth fault of generator
The fault detector operates when change of location of ground point of rotor is greater than its
internal setting.
3.2.10 Generator stator overload protection

3.2.10.1 Definite time overload fault detector
The fault detector operates when maximum value of three phase currents is higher than its setting
[I_OvLd_Sta].
3.2.10.2 Inverse time overload fault detector
The fault detector operates when inverse time accumulated value is higher than its setting
[I_InvOvLd_Sta].
3.2.11 Negative sequence overcurrent protection of generator

3.2.11.1 Definite time negative sequence overload fault detector
The fault detector operates when maximum value of negative sequence current is higher than its
setting [I_NegOC_Gen].

37
3.2.11.2 Inverse time overload fault detector
The fault detector operates when inverse time accumulated value is higher than its setting
[I_InvNegOC_Gen].
3.2.12 Generator loss-of-excitation protection

The fault detector operates when locus of calculated impedance enters into impedance circle.
3.2.13 Generator out-of-step protection

The fault detector operates when locus of calculated impedance leaves boundary of impedance
operation zone.
3.2.14 Generator overvoltage protection

The fault detector operates when maximum value of three phase-to-phase voltage is higher than
its setting.
3.2.15 Generator over excitation protection

3.2.15.1 Definite time over excitation Fault detector
The fault detector operates when measured U/F is higher than definite time setting.
3.2.15.2 Inverse time over excitation Fault detector
The fault detector operates when over excitation inverse time accumulated value is higher than
inverse time setting.
3.2.16 Generator reverse power protection

When measured reverse power is greater than setting, the fault detector of reverse power of
generator picks up.
3.2.17 Generator frequency protection

3.2.17.1 Under frequency fault detector
The fault detector operates when frequency is lower than its setting for a specified time interval.
3.2.17.2 Over frequency fault detector
The fault detector operates when frequency is higher than its setting for a specified time interval.
3.2.18 Generator accident energization protection

3.2.18.1 Fault detector of unwanted closing
The fault detector operates when maximum phase current of generator is higher than setting of
unwanted closing protection.
3.2.18.2 Fault detector of circuit breaker flashover
The fault detector operates when negative sequence current of generator is higher than setting of
circuit breaker flashover protection.

38
3.2.19 Startup and shutdown protection of generator

The fault detector operates when differential current of generator or excitation transformer is
higher than its setting, or zero sequence voltage of generator is higher than its setting.
3.2.20 Differential and overcurrent protection of excitation transformer or

exciter
3.2.20.1 Fault detector of differential current of excitation transformer or exciter
The fault detector operates when maximum value of three phase differential currents is higher
than its setting.
3.2.20.2 Fault detector of overcurrent of excitation transformer or exciter
The fault detector operates when maximum value of three phase currents is higher than its
setting.
3.2.21 Overload protection of exciter winding

3.2.21.1 Fault detector of definite time overload of exciter winding
The fault detector operates when maximum value of three phase currents of exciter winding is
higher than its definite time setting.
3.2.21.2 Fault detector of inverse time overload of exciter winding
The fault detector operates when inverse time accumulated value is higher than inverse time
setting.

The fault detector operates when duration of operation of mechanical protection is higher than its
delay setting.
3.3 Theory of protective elements

Notes:
In following logic diagrams, all logic inputs starting with En_** represent enabling logic settings
which will be explained in Chapter 7, all logic inputs starting with EBI_** represent enabling
binary inputs from panel, and those starting with Flag_** represent internally generated flags
indicating whether or not a certain element is met.
3.3.1 Preparation knowledge of transformer

By applying the Ampere-turn balance on different transformer connections, the RCS-985A relay
forms the current differential equations.
During the normal operation, the magnitude and angle of secondary currents at each side of
transformer are different due to different CT ratios, different voltage levels and different
transformer connection groups. This kind of current differentiations shall be eliminated under
normal operation and compensated in fact by a built-in compensation method.

39
3.3.1.1 Calculate rated primary current at each side of transformer
Sn
I b1n = (Equation 3.3-1)
3U b1n
Where:
S n is the maximum rated capacity of all windings(i.e. [Sn_Tr]).
U b1n is the rated phase-to-phase voltage at the calculated side of the transformer (i.e.
[U1n_HVS_Tr] or [U1n_LVS_Tr].)
3.3.1.2 Calculate rated secondary current at each side of transformer
I b1n
Ib 2n = (Equation 3.3-2)
nbLH
Where:
I b1n is the rated primary current at the calculated side of transformer.
nbLH is the ratio of CT at the calculated side of transformer.
3.3.1.3 Calculate the correction coefficient of each side of transformer
I b 2 n b
K ph = (Equation 3.3-3)
I b 2n
Where:
I b 2 n is the rated secondary current at the calculated side.
I b 2 nb is the rated secondary current of base side.
The currents used in the following analysis have been corrected, that means the currents are the
products of the original secondary current of each side multiplying its own correction coefficient
( K ph ).
3.3.1.4 Phase shift compensation
By defining which particular connection group the protected transformer belongs to, the proper
calculation routine will be applied.

40
The following transforming method is based on the assumptions listed here:
CTs at each side of transformer are connected in star type.
Secondary currents of each CT are connected to the equipment directly.
The positive polarity of CT at HV and MV side is at busbar side and that at LV side is at branch
side or generator side.
Polarity of each secondary winding of CT is as same as shown in Figure 1.1-1 to Figure 1.1-2.
The secondary current phase shift compensation for all CTs are achieved by software, Y
transform method is used for this purpose. For connection Y/-11, the correction equations are as
follows:
At side Y0:
'
I A = (I A I B ) / 3
'
I B = (I B I C ) / 3 (Equation 3.3-4)
'
I C = ( I C I A ) / 3
At side :
'
I a = I a

'
I b = I b (Equation 3.3-5)

'
I c = Ic
Where:

I A , I B , I C are the secondary currents of CT at side Y.

I ' A , I ' B , I ' C are the corrected current of each phase at side Y.

I a , I b , I c are the secondary currents of CT at side .

I ' a , I ' b , I ' c are the corrected currents of each phase at side ;
For other connection typethe current can be calculated according to the equations listed above.
The connection type can be selected by following logic settings (refer to chapter 7 power system
parameters).
[Yd11_Conn]

41
[Yyd11_Conn]
Note:
If your actual transformer connection group is not included in above two groups, please let us
know before you make the order.
3.3.2 Preparation knowledge of generator

3.3.2.1 Calculate rated primary current of generator
Pn / cos
I f 1n = (Equation 3.3-6)
3U f 1n
Where:
Pn is the rated capacity of generator ([Pn_Gen]).
cos is the power factor of generator ([PF_Gen]).
U f 1n is the rated voltage at the calculated side of generator (i.e. [U1n_Gen] or
[U1n_VT_NP_Gen].)
3.3.2.2 Calculate rated secondary current of generator
I f 1n
I f 2n = (Equation 3.3-7)
n fLH
Where:
I f 1n is the rated primary current at the calculated side of generator.
n fLH is the ratio of CT at the calculated side of generator.
3.3.3 Generator-transformer Unit/Main Transformer/Stepdown

Transformer/Excitation Transformer Differential Protection
3.3.3.1 Percentage differential protection(SPDP)
Figure 3.3-1 shows operation characteristic of this percentage differential protection.

42
Id
Operation area Kbl2
Restraint area
Icdqd Kbl1
0
Ie nIe Ir
Figure 3.3-1 Operation characteristic of percentage differential protection
Operation criterion of this percentage differential protection is
I d > K bl I r + I cdqd ( I r < nI e )
K bl = K bl1 + K blr ( I r / I e )
I d > K bl 2 ( I r nI e ) + b + I cdqd ( I r nI e )
K blr = ( K bl 2 K bl1 ) /(2 n)

b = ( K bl1 + K blr n) nI e
(Equation 3.3-8)
I1 + I 2 + I 3 + I 4 + I 5
I r =
2

I = I 1 + I 2 + I 3 + I 4 + I 5
d
Where:
I d is differential current,
I r is restraint current,
I cdqd is pickup value of differential current fault detector
I e is rated current.

43
K bl is percentage differential restraint factor and K blr is its increment.
K bl1 is the first slope of percentage differential with setting range 0.05 0.15. 0.10 is applicable
usually.
K bl 2 is the second slope of percentage differential with setting range 0.50 0.80. 0.70 is
applicable usually.
n is the multiple of restraint current at the second slope and is fixed at 6.
Note:
For differential current of generator-transformer unit and main transformer, definition is different
for different program versions and can be found on individual project document.
In this application, for generator-transformer unit differential protection, I1 and I2 represent

currents of HVS1 and HVS2 of main transformer, I3 represents current of HVS of stepdown
transfoemer, I4 represents current of neutral point of generator, I5 is not defined; But for
differential protection of main transformer, I1 represents current got from HVS backup CT of main
transformerfor, I2 represents the current of HVS of stepdown transformer, I3 represents the
current of LVS of main transformer, I4 and I5 is not defined.
For differential current of stepdown transformer, I1 , I 2 and I 3 are currents of HV side,
branches A/B on LV side of stepdown transformer respectively. I 4 have no definition yet.
For differential current of excitation transformer, I1 and I 2 are currents of HV side and LV side
respectively. I 3 and I 4 have no definition yet.
3.3.3.2 High setting percentage differential protection element(HSDP)
A percentage differential protection with high percentage and high setting is equipped with the
equipment to prevent delayed operation of percentage differential protection caused by CT
saturation and other factors during serious internal fault. This protection is blocked only by inrush
current criterion i.e. second harmonic of differential current or waveform discrimination. It can
prevent influence of steady state and transient CT saturation during external fault and can operate
correctly and quickly during internal fault even if CT is in saturation condition. Operation criterion
of this high setting percentage differential protection is:
I d > 1.2 I e
(Equation 3.3-9)
I d > 1.0 I r

44
Where
I d is differential current as mentioned above.
I r is restraint current as mentioned above.
Figure 3.3-2 Operation characteristic of steady state high setting percentage differential protection
When fault occurs, the operation criterion will be discriminated phase by phase and percentage
differential protection will operate if the criterion is met. For more detailed operation characteristic
please see Figure 3.3-3.
Note:
Parameters of this protection have been fixed in program and do not need to be configured by
user.
3.3.3.3 Unrestrained instantaneous differential protection element(UIDP)
The aim of unrestrained instantaneous differential protection for transformer is to accelerate the
trip speed for transformers inner fault. So the element does not need any block element, but the
setting should be greater than maximum inrush current.
Its operation criterion is:
I d max > [I_InstDiff _ Tr ] (Equation 3.3-10)
Where:
I d max is the maximum value of three-phase differential currents.
[I_InstDiff_Tr] is the setting of the unrestrained instantaneous differential protection of

transformer.

45
Note:
All the settings mentioned below are from main transformer for example.
Figure 3.3-3 shows operation characteristic of unrestrained instantaneous differential protection.
3.3.3.4 Operation characteristic of current differential protection
Figure 3.3-3 Operation characteristic of current differential protection
The meanings of I cdqd , I d , I r , I e , K bl1 and K bl 2 are described above.
I cdsd is the setting of unrestrained instantaneous differential protection [ I_InstDiff_Tr].
(1) Steady state percentage differential protection element (described in section 3.3.3.1) will not
send tripping signal after CT saturation, CT circuit failure (optional), inrush current and
overexcitation. It can ensure sensitivity of protection and avoid unwanted operation when CT is
saturated during external fault. Its operation area is tint shadow area.
(2) High setting percentage differential protection element (described in section 3.3.3.2) will not
send tripping signal only due to CT circuit failure (optional) and inrush current. It eliminates
influence of transient and steady saturation of CT during external fault and ensures reliable
operation even if CT is in saturation condition during internal fault by means of its percentage
restraint characteristic. Its operation area is deep shadow area.
(3) Unrestrained instantaneous differential protection element (described in section 3.3.3.3) will
send tripping signal without any blocking if differential current of any phase reaches its setting. Its
operation area is over the above two areas with no shadow.

46
3.3.3.5 Inrush current detection element
Second harmonic restraint principle
In the equipment, the second harmonic of differential current can be used to distinguish inrush
current. Its operation criterion is:
I 2 nd > K 2 xb I1st (Equation 3.3-11)
Where:
I 2 nd is the second harmonic of each phase differential current.
I1st is the differential fundamental current of corresponding phase.
k 2 xb is the setting of restraint coefficient of second harmonic [k_Harm_PcntDiff_Tr]. k 2 xb = 0.15
is recommended.
Waveform distortion discrimination principle
During internal fault, differential currents of various sides transferred by CT are basically
fundamental sinusoidal wave. But when the transformer is energized, lots of harmonics occur.
The waveform is intermittent and unsymmetrical. A special algorithm can be used for
discrimination of the inrush current.
During internal fault, following relation exists:
S > kb*S +
(Equation 3.3-12)
S > St
Where:
S is the full cycle integral of differential current;
S + is full cycle integral of the sum of instantaneous value of differential current and that of half
cycle before.
kb is a fixed constant.
St is a threshold value which can be represented as follows:
S t = * I d + 0 .1 * I e (Equation 3.3-13)
Where:

47
I d is the full cycle integral of differential current.
is a proportional constant.
I e is the secondary rated current of transformer.
If any one of three phases can not meet above equation, the differential current can be
considered as inrush current and percentage differential relay will be blocked.
In this protection equipment, logic setting [Opt_Inrush_Ident_Tr] is provided for user to select the
restraint blocking principle. If the logic setting is set as 0, discrimination by harmonics is enabled.
Otherwise, discrimination by waveform distortion is enabled.
3.3.3.6 CT saturation detection element
In order to prevent unwanted operation of steady state percentage differential protection caused
by transient or steady state saturation of CT during external fault, composite harmonics of
secondary differential current is used for the protection equipment to discriminate saturation of CT.
The expression is as following:
I cop > K nxb I1 (Equation 3.3-14)
Where:
I cop is the composite harmonics of phase differential current.
I1 is the fundamental component of corresponding phase differential current.
k nxb is proportional coefficient.
When fault occurs, if DPFC of restraint current and DPFC of differential current appear
simultaneously, this is an internal fault. If DPFC of restraint current appears before DPFC of
differential current, this maybe an external fault and criterion of CT saturation shall be adopted in
this case. So unwanted operation of percentage differential protection due to CT saturation can
be prevented.
3.3.3.7 Differential current abnormality alarm and CT circuit failure blocking function
Differential current abnormality alarm with percentage restraint (see section 3.3.26.2) and instant
CT circuit failure blocking function (see section 3.3.26.3) are equipped with the equipment.
CT circuit failure blocking function can be configured by logic setting [Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Tr].

When such failure occurs and is discriminated, issuing alarm signal only or blocking percentage
differential protection is optional. If the logic setting is set as 1, percentage differential protection
will be blocked immediately.

48
3.3.3.8 Overexcitation detection element
When a transformer is overexcited, the exciting current will increase sharply which may result in
unwanted operation of differential protection. Therefore the overexcitation shall be discriminated
to block the current differential protection. The fifth harmonic of differential current is used as
criterion of overexcitation discrimination.
I 5th > k5 xb * I1st (Equation 3.3-15)
Where:
I1st is fundamental component of differential current.
I 5th is fifth harmonic of differential current.
k5 xb is the fifth harmonic restraint coefficient, it is fixed at 0.25.
Note:
High setting percentage differential protection is not blocked by fifth harmonic of differential
current.

49
3.3.3.9 Logic scheme of steady state differential protection
[Flag_UIDP]
[EBI_Diff_Tr] & & [Op_InstDiff_Tr]
[En_InstDiff_Tr]
[FD_Diff_Tr]
[Flag_Inrush_Tr]
[Flag_HSDP_Tr]
&
[EBI_Diff_Tr] & &
[En_PcntDiff_Tr]
[Flag_CTS]
[FD_Diff_Tr]
[Flag_CTsat] 1 [Op_PcntDiff_Tr]
[Flag_Inrush]
[Flag_SPDP_Tr]
& & &
[EBI_Diff_Tr]
[En_PcntDiff_Tr]
[Flag_CTS]
[Flag_OvExc_Tr]
[FD_Diff_Tr]
Figure 3.3-4 Logic diagram of differential protection
Note:
The above logic diagram is also suit for differential protection of generator-transformer unit(GTU)
and stepdown transformer.
Where:
[FD_Diff_Tr]: fault detector of differential protection of main transformer.
[Flag_UIDP _Tr] is the flag indicating whether or not the criterion of UIDP element is met.
[Flag_HSDP _Tr] is the flag indicating whether or not the criterion of HSDP element is met.
[Flag_SPDP _Tr] is the flag indicating whether or not the criterion of SPDP element is met.
[Flag_CTS] is the flag indicating whether or not the CT circuit fails.
[Flag_CTsat] is the flag indicating whether or not the CT is in saturation state.
[Flag_Inrush] is the flag indicating whether or not the criterion of inrush current detection is met.
[Flag_OvExc_Tr] is the flag indicating whether or not the transformer is in overexcitation state.

50
[EBI_Diff_Tr]: binary input for enabling differential protection of transformer
[En_PcntDiff_Tr]: logic setting for enabling percentage differential protection of transformer
[En_InstDiff_Tr]: logic setting for enabling unrestrained instantaneous differential protection of

transformer
[En_Diff_Tr]: general logic setting for enabling differential protection of transformer.
[Op_InstDiff_Tr]: operation of unrestrained instantaneous differential protection of transformer.
[Op_PcntDiff_Tr]: operation of percentage differential protection of transformer.
3.3.4 Generator Differential Protection/Generator Phase-splitting Transverse

Differential Protection and Exciter Differential Protection
3.3.4.1 Percentage differential protection(SPDP)
Operation characteristic of this percentage differential protection is as shown as Figure 3.3-5.
Id unrestraint operation area

Icdsd
Operation area Kbl2
Restraint area
Kbl1
Icdqd
0
Ie nIe Ir
Figure 3.3-5 Operation characteristic of percentage differential protection
Operation equation of this percentage differential protection is

51
K blr = ( K bl 2 K bl1 ) /(2 n)

(Equation 3.3-16)

I 1+ I2
Ir =
2

I d = I 1 I 2
Where:
I d is differential current,
I r is restraint current,
I cdqd is pickup value of differential current
I e is rated current of generator.
K bl is percentage differential restraint coefficient and K blr is its increment.
K bl1 is the first slope of percentage differential with setting range 0.05 0.15. 0.05 is
recommended usually.
K bl 2 is the second slope of percentage differential with setting range 0.30 0.70. 0.50 is
recommended usually.
n is the multiple of restraint current at second percentage restraint coefficient and is fixed at 4.
For differential protection of generator and exciter, I1 and I 2 are currents of terminal and neutral
point respectively.
3.3.4.2 High performance blocking technique during CT saturation
In order to prevent unwanted operation of steady state percentage differential protection due to
CT transient or steady state saturation during external fault, discrimination of waveform of
differential current principle is adopted as criterion of CT saturation.

52
When fault occurs, the equipment decides firstly whether it is internal or external fault. If it is
external fault, criterion of CT saturation is enabled. If any phase differential current of differential
protection meets the criterion, it is decided that this differential current comes from CT saturation
and the percentage differential protection will be blocked.
3.3.4.3 High setting percentage differential protection(HSDP)
A percentage differential protection with high percentage coefficient and high pick-up setting is
equipped with the equipment to prevent operation of percentage differential protection delayed by
CT saturation and other factors during serious internal fault. It can prevent influence of steady
state and transient CT saturation during external fault due to its percentage restraint characteristic
and can operate correctly and quickly during internal fault and CT being saturated. Operation
criterion of this high setting percentage differential protection is
I d > 1.2 I e
(Equation 3.3-17)
I d > 1.0 I r
Where:
Differential current I d and restraint current I r are the same as mentioned above.
differential protection will operate if the criterion is met.
Parameters of this protection are configured during manufacturing and not need to be configured
in site.
3.3.4.4 Unrestrained differential protection(UIDP)
This protection will operate and trip immediately if differential current of any phase is higher than
its setting.
3.3.4.5 Differential current abnormality alarm and CT circuit failure blocking function
Differential current abnormality alarm with percentage restraint (see section 3.3.26.2) and instant
CT circuit failure blocking function (see section 3.3.26.3) are equipped with the equipment.
CT circuit failure blocking function can be configured by logic setting

[Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Gen]. When such failure occurs and is discriminated, issuing alarm
signal only or blocking percentage differential protection is optional. If the logic setting is set as 1,
percentage differential protection will be blocked immediately.

53
3.3.4.6 Logic diagram of percentage differential protection
Figure 3.3-6 Logic diagram of percentage differential protection of generator or exciter
Where:
[Flag_UIDP _Gen] is the flag indicating whether or not the criterion of UIDP element is met.
[Flag_HSDP _Gen] is the flag indicating whether or not the criterion of HSDP element is met.
[Flag_SPDP _Gen] is the flag indicating whether or not the criterion of SPDP element is met.
[En_PcntDiff_Gen]: logic setting for enabling percentage differential protection of generator
[En_InstDiff_Gen]: logic setting for enabling unrestrained instantaneous differential protection of

generator
[Op_InstDiff_Gen]: operation of unrestrained instantaneous differential protection of generator.
[Op_PcntDiff_Gen]: operation of percentage differential protection of generator.
[EBI_Diff_Gen]: is enabling binary input for all kinds of differential protection of generator.
[En_Diff_Gen]: general logic setting for enabling differential protection of generator.
[FD_Diff_Gen]: fault detector of differential protection of generator.

54
[Flag_CTS] is the flag indicating whether or not the CT circuit fails.
[Flag_CTsat] is the flag indicating whether or not the CT is in saturation state.
3.3.5 DPFC Current Differential Element

If slight fault occurs in generator or transformer, steady state differential protection may not
response sensitively due to influence of load current. DPFC percentage differential protection of
generator and transformer is equipped with the equipment for that and it can significantly improve
sensitivity of the protection during small current internal fault of generator and transformer.
3.3.5.1 Operation characteristic of DPFC
The operation criteria of DPFC percentage differential are as follows:

I d > 0.6I r I r < 2 I e
I > 0.75 I 0.3I I r > 2 I e
d r e
(Equation 3.3-18)
I r = I1 + I 2 + I 3 + I 4

I d = I 1 + I 2 + I 3 + I 4

Where:
I dt is floating threshold which increases progressively along with DPFC increasing. Take its
multiple as 1.25 can ensure threshold voltage always a bit higher than imbalance current. So that
unwanted operation of the equipment can be avoided during power swing and frequency
deviation conditions.
Generally, for differential protection of main transformer, I1 , I 2 , I 3 and I 4 are DPFCs of
currents of sides 1 and 2 at HVS of main transformer, generator terminal and HV side of stepdown
transformer respectively. But for some specific design, I1 can represents the HVS current of
transformer derived from backup CT and I 2 has no definition.
For differential protection of generator, I1 and I 2 are currents at the terminal of generator
and neutral point respectively. I 3 and I 4 have not specified.
For split phase transverse differential protection, I1 and I 2 are currents of two branches of
neutral point.

55
I d is DPFC of differential current. I dth is fixed threshold. I r is DPFC of restraint current
whose maximum value is taken for actual restraint.
Note:
Calculation of restraint current of DPFC percentage differential protection is different from the
steady state percentage differential protection, it is difficult to test this function on site, so we
recommend only qualitative function test on site.
DPFC differential protection is equipped to each phase of generator, but user should know that
the restraint DPFC quantity for every phase is the same maximum value among the three phases.
The following figure shows operating characteristic of DPFC percentage differential protection.
differential current
Figure 3.3-7 Operating characteristic of DPFC percentage differential protection
differential protection will operate if the criterion is met. For DPFC percentage differential
protection of main transformer, second harmonic or waveform inrush current blocking and fifth
harmonic over excitation blocking are adopted. It can prevent influence of steady state and
transient CT saturation during external fault due to its percentage restraint characteristic.
This protective element has high ability to eliminate the effect of transient and steady saturation of
CT during the external fault because the restraint coefficient is set at a higher value.

56
3.3.5.2 Logic scheme of DPFC differential protection
Figure 3.3-8 Logic diagram of DPFC percentage differential protection
In the figure:
[Flag_DPFC_Diff_Gen] is the flag indicating whether or not the criterion of DPFC differential
element is met.
[Op_DPFC_Diff_Gen]: operation of DPFC differential protection of generator.
[EBI_Diff_Gen]: is enabling binary input for all kinds of differential protection of generator.
[En_Diff_Gen]: general logic setting for enabling differential protection of generator.
[Flg_IntanCTS] is the internally generated flag indicating that CT supervision program detects
failure of CT circuit with no delay considered into account.
Settings of DPFC percentage differential protection is are fixed and need not to be set on site.
3.3.6 Backup Protection of Main Transformer

3.3.6.1 Phase-to-phase impedance protection
3.3.6.1.1 Operation characteristic of impedance protection
Impedance protection is used as backup protection of generator-transformer unit. Three kinds of

impedance characteristic can be selected, i.e., circular impedance, directional circular impedance
and drifted circular impedance characteristics. Circular impedance characteristic suits case of
forward setting of a zone being equal to its reverse setting. Directional circular impedance
characteristic suits case of reverse setting of a zone being set as 0. Drifted circular impedance
characteristic suits case of forward setting of a zone being higher than its reverse setting. Reach
angle of impedance protection is 78. Positive direction of the impedance protection is
configurable and generally points to transformer.
Figure 3.3-9 shows operation characteristic of impedance element. In this figure, I is phase
current, U is corresponding phase-to-phase voltage, Zn is reverse impedance setting, Zp is
forward impedance setting.

57
jX

I Zp

U I Zp
m
U
R

U + I Zn
I Zn
Figure 3.3-9 Operation characteristic of impedance element
Operation criterion:

(U I Z P )
90 o < Arg
< 270 o (Equation 3.3-19)
(U + I Z n )
The fault detector of impedance protection adopts DPFC of phase current and negative sequence
current. Initiation of the fault detector will be lasted for 500 ms and will be kept if impedance relay
operates during this time interval. Operation criterion of the fault detector is
I > 1.25I t + I th (Equation 3.3-20)
Where:
I t is floating threshold which increases progressively along with DPFC increasing. Take its
multiple as 1.25 can ensure threshold current always a bit higher than imbalance current. So that
unwanted operation of the equipment can be avoided during system swing and frequency
deviation conditions.
I th is the fixed threshold. When DPFC of phase-to-phase current is higher than 0.3 Ie, the fault
detector operates.
The impedance protection will be disabled automatically if the VT circuit failure is discriminated.

58
3.3.6.1.2 Logic diagram of distance protection of transformer
[Flag_VTS ]
[Flag_Z1_HVS_Tr] &
[Op_Z1_HVS_Tr]
&
[En_PPF_Tr]
t
&
[EBI_PPF_Tr ]
[FD_Dist_HVS_Tr]
Figure 3.3-10 Logic diagram of distance protection of transformer
Where:
[Flag_Z1_HVS_Tr] is internally generated flag indicating whether or not zone 1 of distance protective
element of transformer operates.
[EBI_PPF_Tr] is enabling binary input of phase-to-phase backup protection of transformer which

including phase-to-phase distance protection and voltage-controlling overcurrent protection. 1
means enabled.
[En_PPF_HVS_Tr] is enabling logic setting of phase-to-phase backup protection of HV side which

including phase-to-phase distance protection and voltage-controlling overcurrent protection. 1
means enabled.
[Flag_VTS] is flag indicating whether or not the VT circuit fails. 1 means failure.
3.3.6.2 Voltage controlled overcurrent protection of main transformer
Function of overcurrent protection with composite voltage blocking is equipped with RCS-985A.
This protection, consisting of 2 stages and 2 time delays per stage, is used for phase-to-phase
backup protection of main transformer. Of which, function of composite voltage element can be
enabled or disabled by logic setting.
3.3.6.2.1 Voltage control element
The voltage control element is an element which will operate if phase-to-phase voltage is lower
than the setting [Vpp_VCE_Tr] or negative sequence voltage is greater than its setting
[V_NegOV_VCE_ Tr]..
Criteria:
Upp< [Vpp_VCE_Tr] Or U 2 > [V_NegOV_VCE_ Tr] (Equation 3.3-21)
Where:
Upp is phase-to-phase voltage of local side.
U 2 is negative sequence voltage of local side.
[Upp_VCE_Tr] is setting of undervoltage control element of local side.

59
[U_NegOV_VCE_Tr] is setting of negative-sequence overvoltage control element of local side.
All two stages of definite time overcurrent protection can be controlled by voltage element by
configuring related logic settings [En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_Tr] and [En_VCE_Ctrl_OC2_Tr].
Meanwhile, User can decide by which side voltage overcurrent protection be controlled by
configuring related settings. For example, if the setting [En_LVS.VCE_Ctrl_OC_Tr] is set as 1,
then the overcurrent protection is controlled not only by HV side voltage element but also by LV
side voltage element.
3.3.6.2.2 Function of current memory
For self and parallel-excited generator, current will decrease so quick during fault that it may be
lower than overcurrent setting before tripping. So memorized function for fault current is equipped
with this protection. Logic setting [En_Mem_Curr_Tr] is used for configure of this function.
Note:
When logic setting [En_Mem_Curr_Tr] is enabled, the overcurrent must be controlled by voltage
element.
3.3.6.2.3 Influence of VT circuit failure on voltage control element
When VT on one side is under maintenance or bus-tie breaker is used for the transformer but its
VT has not been switched over to the protection equipment, VT circuit failure is detected. Logic
setting [Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Tr] is used to configure performance of voltage control element during
VT circuit failure. When this logic setting is set as 1, if VT circuit failure is detected, the voltage
control element cannot pick up and the protection will not operate. When this logic setting is set as
0, if VT circuit failure is detected on this side, voltage control element is forced to be satisfied,
then the voltage controlled directional overcurrent protection controlled by voltage will becomes a
pure overcurrent protection.

60
3.3.6.2.4 Logic diagram of voltage controlled overcurrent protection of transformer
Upp< [Vpp_VCE_Tr]
=1
U2>[V_NegOV_VCE_ Tr] &
[Flag_VCE_Tr]
[Flag_VTS] =1
&
[Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Tr]
&
[En_Mem_Curr_Tr]
[Flag_Ocn_Tr] =1
& [Op_OCn_Tr]
[Flag_VCE_Tr] & t
=1
[En_VCE_Ctrl_OCn_Tr]
[En_PPF_Tr]
&
[EBI_PPF_Tr]
[FD_OCn_Tr]
Figure 3.3-11 Logic diagram of voltage controlled overcurrent protection of transformer
Where:
[Flag_VTS]: is the internally generated flag indicating whether or not the VT circuit fails.
[Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Tr] is the setting to configure the VCE mode under VT circuit failure.
[En_Mem_Curr_Tr] is the setting to enable/disable the function of current memory.
[Flag_OCn_Tr] is flag indicating that stage n of overcurrent element is met (n=1,2)
[En_VCE_Ctrl_OCn_Tr] is the setting to enable/disable the VCE element in stage n of overcurrent

protection of transformer.
[En_PPF_Tr] is the setting to enable/disable phase to phase fault protection.
[EBI_PPF_Tr] is the binary input to enable/disable phase to phase fault protection.
[Op_OCn_Tr] indicates that whether or not the stage n of overcurrent protection operates.
3.3.6.3 Zero sequence directional overcurrent protection of transformer
Zero sequence overcurrent relay is mainly used as backup protection of ground fault for
transformer with neutral point earthed. Two stages and two time delays zero sequence
overcurrent relay is equipped with RCS-985A. The zero sequence current is usually adopted from
neutral point CT.
By setting logic settings, following functions of any stages of this protection can be selected:
Whether it will be controlled by directional relay;
Whether it will be controlled by zero sequence voltage;
Whether it will be enabled or disabled.

61
3.3.6.3.1 Direction element
The direction of zero sequence overcurrent protection points to system definitely with the reach
angle 75. If the VT failure at HV side occurs, the directional element will be out of service.
The voltage used by directional relay is definitely the calculated voltage. The direction mentioned
above is based on the CT positive polarity for calculated zero sequence current being at the side
of busbar. The details are shown in Figure 1.1-1 to Figure 1.1-2.
Figure 3.3-12 shows operating characteristic of directional protection in which the hatched area is
operation zone.
Figure 3.3-12 Operating characteristic of zero sequence directional overcurrent protection
3.3.6.3.2 Zero sequence voltage element
Zero sequence voltage element uses definitely the open-delta voltage of VT.

62
3.3.6.3.3 Logic diagram of zero sequence overcurrent protection
3U0>[V_ROV_VCE_Tr]
=1
[En_VCE.ROV_Ctrl_ROCn_Tr]
[Flag_Dir_ROC_Tr]
=1 & [Op_ROCn_Tr]
[En_Dir_Ctrl_ROCn_Tr] & t
[Flag_ROCn_Tr]
&
[En_EF_Tr]
[EBI_EF_Tr]
[FD_ROC_Tr]
Figure 3.3-13 Logic diagram of zero sequence overcurrent protection of transformer
Where:
[En_VCE.ROV_Ctrl_ROCn_Tr] is used to select whether zero sequence overcurrent relay will be

blocked by zero sequence overvoltage. If the logic setting is set as 1, it will be blocked by zero
sequence overvoltage.
[En_Dir_Ctrl_ROCn_Tr] is used to select whether stage n of zero sequence overcurrent relay is

control by directional relay. If this logic setting is set as 1, the stage n of zero sequence
overcurrent protection will be controlled by directional relay.
[Flag_Dir_ROC_Tr] is flag indicating that whether or not the criterion of directional element is met.
[Flag_ROCn_Tr] is flag indicating that the zero sequence current is above the setting.
[En_EF_Tr] is the setting to enable/disable the earth fault protection of transformer.
[EBI_EF_Tr] is the binary input to enable/disable the earth fault protection of transformer.
[Op_ROCn_Tr] indicates that the stage n of zero sequence overcurrent protection operates.
3.3.6.4 Gap zero-sequence overcurrent/overvoltage protection
Gap zero-sequence protection is used for backup protection of main transformer with neutral point
grounded through gap. Gap zero sequence overvoltage protection is used for backup protection
of main transformer with neutral point ungrounded or grounded through gap.
RCS-985A provide one stage with time delays of gap zero-seuqence overcurrent protection and
one stage with time delays of gap zero-seuqence overvoltage protection.
During the gap broken down, gap zero-sequence overcurrent and gap zero-sequence overvoltage
will appear alternatively. Once gap zero-sequence overcurrent protection or gap zero-sequence
overvoltage operates, the protective device will keep the operating signal interactively so that the
protective device can operate reliably.

63
Gap zero-sequence overcurrent and overvoltage protection can be enabled by enabling binary
input from the protection panel as well as external contact input. If the setting
[En_BI_Ctrl_ROC_Gap_Tr] is set as 0, Gap zero-sequence overcurrent and ovevoltage
protection are controlled by the enabling binary input only. If the setting
[En_BI_Ctrl_ROC_Gap_Tr] is set as 1, the Gap ROV protection is enabled only when both the
enabling binary input is energized and binary external input (BI_Reserved) is 1.
3.3.6.5 Zero sequence voltage alarm at LV side of main transformer
According to the case that circuit breaker is equipped at the terminal of generator, a zero
sequence voltage alarm can be provided on main transformer LV side as the supervision of
earthing fault. The voltage setting is usually set as 10V to 15V. The alarm can be enabled or
disabled by logic setting [En_Alm_ROV_LVS_Tr]. The function outputs alarm signals. To
RCS-985A, AC voltage input is from connectors (10B19, 10B20).
3.3.6.6 VT circuit failure supervision
VT circuit failure supervision principle refers to section 3.3.27.
3.3.6.7 Protection of other failures
Overload alarm and initiate cooling are equipped as backup protection of HV side of main
transformer. Overload alarm and initiate cooling can be enabled or disabled by logic settings
[En_OvLd_Tr] and [En_InitCool_OvLd_Tr]. Outputs of initiate cooling are three normal open
contacts.
3.3.7 Interturn fault protection of generator

3.3.7.1 High sensitive transverse differential protection
Transverse differential protection installed on connection between two neutral points of generator
is used as main protection of interturn fault of generators stator winding, open circuit fault of
branches and short circuit fault between phases.
Since this protection adopts frequency tracing, digital filtering and full cycle Fourier algorithm, the
third harmonic can be reduced to 1/100 within the frequency tracing range and the protection can
response the fundamental component only.
This protection comprises two stages: unsensitive stage (high setting stage) and sensitive stage.
3.3.7.2 High setting stage of the protection
This stage is equivalent to traditional transverse differential protection. When the transverse
differential current is in excess of the setting [I_InsensTrvDiff_Gen], the protective element
operates.
3.3.7.3 Sensitive stage of the protection
Phase current percentage restraint principle is used for this stage. The operation criterion is

64
I d > I hcZD I MAX I e

I MAX I e
when
I > (1 + K (Equation 3.3-22)
hcZD ) I hcZD when I MAX > I e
d
Ie
Where:
I d is the transverse differential current ,
I hcZD is the transverse differential current setting [I_SensTrvDiff_Gen],
I MAX is the maximum value of three phase current of generator,
I e is the rated current of generator
K hcZD is the restraint coefficient.
Phase current percentage restraint transverse differential principle can ensure no unwanted
operation during external fault and sensitive operation during internal fault. As this principle is
adopted, current setting of the transverse differential protection shall be only higher than
unbalance current during normal operation and much less than that of traditional transverse
differential current protection. Sensitivity for interturn fault of generator can be enhanced then.
This protection has also a floating threshold for high transverse differential unbalance current
during other normal operation conditions.
Operation of the high sensitive transverse differential protection will lead a tripping immediately.
When rotor of generator is grounded at one point, a configurable time delay [t_TrvDiff_Gen] will
be inserted in the tripping course. Figure 3.3-14 shows logic diagram of this protection.
3.3.7.4 Logic diagram of sensitive transverse differential protection
Figure 3.3-14 Logic diagram of transverse differential protection of generator
Where:
65
[Flag_1PEF_Rot] is internally generated flag indicating the one-point earth fault protection of rotor
operates.
[EBI_1PEF_Rot] is enabling binary input of one-point earth fault protection of rotor. 1 means
enabled.
[EBI_IntTurn_Gen] is enabling binary input of interturn protection of generator, including

transverse differential protection, longitudinal zero sequence voltage protection and directional
DPFC protection. 1 means enabled.
3.3.7.5 Longitudinal zero sequence voltage protection
Longitudinal zero sequence voltage protection is configured for inter-turn fault of stator winding of
generator. It uses open-delta voltage of dedicated VT at the terminal of generator as the criterion.
Since this protection adopts frequency tracing, digital filtering and full cycle Fourier algorithm, the
third harmonic can be reduced to 1/100 within the frequency tracing range and the protection can
response the basic wave component only.
This protection comprises two stages: unsensitive stage (high setting stage) and sensitive stage.
High setting stage of the protection
Setting of this stage shall be higher than maximum unbalance voltage during external fault, whilst
directional flag indicating internal fault must be satisfied. When measured longitudinal zero
sequence voltage is in excess of the setting [V_InsensROV_Longl_Gen] and lasts for longer than
the delay setting [t_ROV_Longl_Gen], this protective element will trip breakers according to the
configuration of [TrpLog_IntTurn_Gen].
Sensitive stage of the protection
Phase current percentage restraint principle is used for this stage. The operation criterion is
U zo > [ 1 + K zo I m / I e ] U zozd
Im = 3 I2 when I MAX < I e (Equation 3.3-23)

I m = (I MAX - I e ) + 3 I 2 when I MAX I e
Where:
U zozd is the zero sequence voltage setting [V_SensROV_Longl_Gen],
I MAX is the maximum value among three phase current of generator,
I 2 is the negative sequence current of generator,
I e is the rated current of generator

66
K z 0 is the restraint coefficient.
Likely to transverse differential principle, this protective element can ensure no unwanted
operation during external fault and sensitive operation during internal fault. As for the percentage
restraint characteristic, zero sequence voltage setting of the zero sequence voltage protection
shall be only higher unbalance voltage during normal operation. Sensitivity for interturn fault of
generator can be enhanced then.
This protective element has also a floating threshold for high unbalance longitudinal zero
sequence voltage during other operation conditions.
Operation of this element is usually configured to be delayed shortly by 0.1 s 0.2 s.
3.3.7.6 VT circuit failure alarm and blocking
Longitudinal zero sequence voltage protection for inter-turn fault of stator shall be blocked when
the dedicated VT2 circuit at the terminal of generator fails. There are two criteria to decide to
whether or not block the protection.
Criterion 1 (including 3 sub-criteria):
Negative sequence voltage of VT1: 3U2 < U2_set1;
Negative sequence voltage of VT2: 3U2 < U2_set2;
Calculated zero sequence voltage of VT2: 3U0>Uozd(zero sequence voltage setting).
In the above three criterion, if one of the former two and the third are met simultaneity, the
longitudinal zero sequence voltage protection will be blocked.
Criterion 2 (including 3 sub-criteria):
| U AB - U ab | > 5V
| U BC - U bc | > 5V (Equation 3.3-24)
| U CA - U ca | > 5V
Where: U AB , U BC , U CA are phase-to-phase voltages of VT1 and U ab , U bc , U ca are
phase-to-phase voltages of VT2.
That any one of these three sub-criteria is met means criterion 2 picks up.
When any of criterion 1 and criterion 2 operates, alarm of VT2 circuit failure will be issued by
delay 40 ms and zero sequence voltage protection will be blocked.
After VT circuit failure reverting to normal condition, blocking can be released by pressing the
Target-reset button on the faceplate of the protection.

67
3.3.7.7 Longitudinal zero sequence voltage protection logic diagram
[Flag_LongiROV_Sta]
&
[Flag_VTS] [Op_ROV_Longl_Gen]
&
& t
[En_IntTurn_Gen]
[En_SensROV_Longl_Gen]
[EBI_IntTurn_Gen]
[FD_IntTurn_Sta]
Figure 3.3-15 Logic diagram of longitudinal zero sequence voltage protection
Where:
[Flag_LongiROV_Sta] is internally generated flag indicating whether or not the longitudinal

zero-sequence overvoltage protection of stator operates.
3.3.7.8 Directional DPFC protection for interturn fault
The operation criterion is:

F Re[ U 2 I 2 e j ] > + 1.25 dF (a)
U 2 > 0.5V + 1.25du (b) (Equation 3.3-25)
I 2 > 0.02In + 1.25di (c)
If the three criterions are met simultaneity, the directional flag of protection is set. Under negative
sequence voltage and negative sequence current controlling, the protection operates after
0.2-0.5s time delay.
AC current and voltage input of directional DPFC protection are from the generator terminal
directly. When the VT1 at the generator terminal fails, directional DPFC protection is blocked. The
setting is default setting. The sensitivity is about 3V of longitudinal zero sequence voltage.
Directional DPFC protection for inter-turn fault cant response to inter-turn fault before the
generator is connected into the power system.
3.3.8 Backup protection of generator

3.3.8.1 Phase-to-phase impedance protection
Two stages impedance protection is equipped at the terminal of generator as its phase-to-phase
backup protection. Phase-to-phase current used in impedance relay is derived from CT at the
neutral point of generator. Circular impedance, directional circular impedance or drifted circular
impedance characteristic can be selected to act for these two stages. Circular characteristic suits
68
case of forward setting of a zone being equal to its reverse setting. Directional circular
characteristic suits case of reverse setting of a zone being set as 0. Drifted circular characteristic
suits case of forward setting of a zone being higher than its reverse setting. Reach angle of
impedance protection is 78. Positive direction of the impedance protection is configurable and
generally points to generator.
Figure 3.3-16 shows operation characteristic of impedance element. In this figure, I is phase
current, U is corresponding phase-to-phase voltage, Zn is reverse impedance setting, Zp is
forward impedance setting.
Operation criterion:

(U I Z P )
90 < Arg
o

< 270 o (Equation 3.3-26)
(U + I Z n )
DPFC of phase current and negative current element are adopted as fault detector of impedance
protection. Initiation of the fault detector will be extended to 500 ms and will be kept if impedance
relay operates during this time interval. Operation criterion of the fault detector is
I > 1.25I t + I th (Equation 3.3-27)
Where:
I t is floating threshold which increases gradually along with DPFC increasing. Take its multiple
as 1.25 can ensure threshold voltage always a bit higher than imbalance voltage.
jX

I Zp

U I Zp
m
U
R

U + I Zn
I Zn
Figure 3.3-16 Operation characteristic of impedance element
So unwanted operation of the equipment can be avoided during power swing and frequency
deviation conditions. I th is the fixed threshold. When DPFC of phase-to-phase current is higher
than 0.2 Ie, the fault detector operates.
Note:
If TV circuit failure occurs, the distance protection of generator will be blocked.

69
3.3.8.2 Logic diagram of distance protection of generator
[Flag_VTS]
[Flag_Zn_Gen] &
&
[En_PPF_Gen] [Op_Zn_Gen]
& t
[EBI_PPF_Gen]
[FD_Dist_Gen]
Figure 3.3-17 Logic diagram of distance protection of generator
Where:
[Op_Zn_Gen] is internally generated indicating stage n of distance protective element of

generator operates.
[Flag_Zn_Gen] is internally generated indicating stage n of distance protective element of

generator is met.
[EBI_PPF_Gen] is enabling binary input of phase-to-phase backup protection of generator

which including phase-to-phase distance protection and voltage-controlling overcurrent protection.
1 means enabled.
3.3.8.3 Voltage controlled overcurrent protection
This protection is used as a backup protection of generator, main transformer, HV busbar and
neighboring power lines. There are two stages with their own delay settings respectively. Stage 1
is used to trip bus coupler breaker or other circuit breaker and stage 2 to shut down the generator.
Figure 3.3-18 shows its logic diagram.
(1) Composite voltage element
Composite voltage element consists of phase-to-phase undervoltage element and negative

sequence overvoltage element. These two elements are jointed together by OR gate. By relevant
logic setting, stage 1 and stage 2 of overcurrent protection can be configured to be controlled by
composite voltage element respectively.
(2) Function of current memory
For generators with self shunt excitation, current will decrease so quickly during fault that it may
be lower than overcurrent setting before tripping. So memorized function for remember fault
current is equipped with this protection. Logic setting [Opt_ExcMode_Gen] is used for
configuration of this function. See details about the setting in section 7.3.9.
Note:
When logic setting [En_Mem_Curr_Gen] is enabled, the overcurrent must be controlled by

voltage element.

70
(3) Blocking by HV side composite voltage
Overcurrent protection can be blocked not only by composite voltage at terminal of generator but
also by composite voltage on HV side of main transformer. This function can be configured by
setting logic setting [En_HVS.VCE_Ctrl_OC_Gen] as 1.
(4) Protection performance during VT circuit failure
A logic setting [Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Gen] is used to configure action of composite voltage element

during VT circuit failure. When this logic setting is set as 1, if this side VT circuit failure is detected,
the composite voltage element will not meet conditions to operate. When this logic setting is set
as 0, if this side VT circuit failure is detected, composite voltage element is disabled, the
overcurrent protection will not be blocked and becomes a pure overcurrent protection.
3.3.8.4 Logic Diagram of voltage controlled Overcurrent Protection
Upp< [Vpp_VCE_Gen]
=1
U2>[V_NegOV_VCE_ Gen] &
=1 [Flag_VCE_Gen]
[Flag_VTS]
&
[Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Gen]
&
[Opt_ExcMode_Gen]
=1
[Flag_Ocn_Gen]
[Flag_VCE_Gen] & [Op_OCn_Gen]

& t
=1
[En_VCE_Ctrl_OCn_Gen]
[En_PPF_Gen]
&
[EBI_PPF_Gen]
[FD_Ocn_Gen]
Figure 3.3-18 Logic diagram of overcurrent relay with composite voltage blocking
Where:
[Upp] represents any one of the three phase-to-phase voltage of generator.
[U2] is negative sequence voltage of generator calculated by protection.
[Flag_OCn_Gen] is internally generated flag indicating stage n of overcurrent operates, which

means the measured current is in excess of its setting [I_OCn_Gen]. Where n represents stage
serial number 1 and 2.
As for principle of discrimination of VT circuit failure, see section 3.3.27.

71
3.3.9 Earth fault protection of stator

3.3.9.1 Fundamental zero sequence overvoltage earth fault protection
Single-phase earth fault within 85% - 95% range from terminal of stator winding can be protected
by fundamental zero-sequence overvoltage protection.
Fundamental zero-sequence overvoltage protection reacts to magnitude of zero sequence

voltage of generator. Since it adopts frequency tracing, digital filtering and full cycle Fourier
algorithm, the third harmonic can be reduced to 1/100 within the frequency tracing range and the
protection can response the basic wave component only.
This protection comprises two stages: sensitive stage and unsensitive stage (high setting stage).
(1) Sensitive stage of the protection
Operation criterion for alarm of this stage is
U n0 > U 0zd (Equation 3.3-28)
Where:
U 0zd = K rel U unb.max , U 0zd is operation threshold setting of fundamental zero sequence voltage
[V_SensROV_Sta].
U unb.max is the maximum measured value of unbalance zero sequence voltage.
K rel is reliability coefficient, 1.2~1.3 in general.
To assure its security, user should check the setting by comparing it with the transferred zero
sequence voltage through coupling capacitance between HV side and LV side of transformer
when external earth fault occurs on the HV side of the transformer. Meanwhile, settings, including
time delay and operation setting, should be considered to cooperate with that of earth fault
protection of the system.
(2) High setting stage of the protection
Operation criterion for alarm of this zone is
U n0 > U 0hzd (Equation 3.3-29)
Where:
U n0 is zero sequence voltage of neutral point of generator
U 0hzd is the zero sequence voltage high setting [V_InsensROV_Sta]. 20V ~ 25V is

72
recommended generally.
3.3.9.2 Third harmonic voltage ratio earth fault protection of stator
This protection is designed to cover only about 25% of earth fault of the stator. Third harmonic
voltage of generator terminal is got from its open-delta zero sequence voltage. Third harmonic
voltage of neutral point side is got from neutral point VT of the generator.
Operation criterion of this protection
U 3T / U 3N > K 3wzd (Equation 3.3-30)
Where:
U 3T and U 3N are third harmonic voltage of generator terminal and neutral point respectively.
K 3wzd is the third harmonic voltage percentage setting.
During incorporation of generator to power system, the ratio U 3T / U 3N changes considerably
owing to variation of equivalent capacitive reactance at generator terminal. So two different

settings are designed for protection before and after connection of generator with system, and
these two settings can be switched over with alternation of contacts position of the terminal
breaker.
In addition, settings are provided for deciding whether the ratio protection of third harmonics
voltage is used for alarm or tripping or both.
3.3.9.3 Third harmonic voltage differential ground protection
Operation criterion of this protection

U 3T K t U 3 N > Kre U 3 N (Equation 3.3-31)
Where:

U 3T and U 3 N are third harmonic vector voltage of generator terminal and neutral point,
K t is automatic tracing regulation coefficient.
K re is third harmonic differential percentage setting.
This protection is enabled automatically when the generator has been connected with the system
and load current is higher than 0.2 Ie (generator rated current) and only issues alarms if operates.

73
3.3.9.4 VT circuit failure blocking
(1) Open-delta VT circuit failure alarm of terminal and neutral point of generator
Since open-delta voltages of VT at neutral point and generator terminal are taken for zero
sequence voltage protection of stator, failure of these VT circuits will make this protection fail to
operation. So alarm shall be issued during this case. Third harmonic voltage ratio criterion and
third harmonic voltage differential criterion shall be disabled during VT circuit failure at generator
neutral point.
Criterion of VT circuit failure:
Positive sequence voltage of secondary winding of generator terminal is higher than 0.9Un and
third harmonic of zero sequence voltage is lower than 0.1V.
VT circuit failure alarm will be issued by delay 10s and reverted automatically by delay 10s when
the failure vanishes.
(2) Primary circuit failure of VT1 at generator terminal
Secondary circuit failure of VT1 of generator terminal will not influence ground protection of stator.
Primary circuit failure of VT1 of generator terminal will cause basic wave component of zero
sequence voltage of generator terminal increasing and third harmonic component decreasing,
and will not cause unwanted operation of basic wave zero sequence voltage protection and third
harmonic voltage ratio protection. However, it will cause unwanted operation of third harmonic
voltage differential protection, so this protection shall be blocked during this failure. Operation
criterion of this failure are:
Negative sequence voltage of VT2, 3U2 < 3V;
Negative sequence voltage of VT1, 3U2 > 8V;
Calculated zero sequence voltage of VT1, 3U0> 8V.
When these criterions are met, VT1 primary circuit failure alarm will be sent by short delay and
third harmonic voltage differential protection will be blocked.
3.3.9.5 Logic diagram of earth fault protection of stator
Figure 3.3-19 and Figure 3.3-20 show logic diagrams of fundamental zero sequence voltage earth
fault protection and third harmonic voltage earth fault protection respectively.

74
[En_Alm_ROV_Sta]
[Flag_VTS] [Alm_ROV_Sta]
& t
[Flag_SensROV_Sta] &
[En_EF_Sta]
& [Op_SensROV_Sta]
[En_Trp_ROV_Sta] & t
[EBI_ROV_Sta]
[FD_EF_Sta]
Figure 3.3-19 Logic diagram of fundamental zero sequence overvoltage earth fault protection of
stator
Where:
[Flag_SensROV_Sta] is internally generated flag indicating fundamental zero-sequence

overvoltage element operates, that is fundamental zero-sequence voltage is in excess of its
setting.
[EBI_ROV_Sta] is binary input of enabling earth fault protection. 1 means enabled.
[En_Alm_V3rdHRatio_Sta]
[Alm_V3rdHRatio_Sta]
[Flag_VTS] & t
&
[Flag_V3rdHRatio_Sta]
[En_EF_Sta]
[Op_V3rdHRatio_Sta]
& & t
[En_Trp_V3rdHRatio_Sta]
[EBI_V3rd_Sta]
[FD_EF_Sta]
Figure 3.3-20 Logic diagram of third harmonic voltage earth fault protection of stator
Where:
[Flag_Alm_V3rdHRatio_Sta] is internally generated flag indicating alarm issued by ratio element

of 3rd harmonics voltage is available, that is, the ratio is in excess of its setting.
[EBI_V3rd_Sta] is state flag of binary input of enabling ratio protection of 3rd harmonics voltage.
1 means enabled.
3.3.10 20 Hz Voltage Injecting Stator Earth Fault Protection

The 100-% stator earth fault protection detects earth faults in the stator windings of generators
which are connected with the network via an unit transformer. This protection function, which
75
works with an 20 Hz voltage injected , is independent of the system- frequency displacement

voltage appearing in earth faults, and detects earth faults in all windings including the generator
nertral point. The measuring principle used is not influenced at all by the generator operating
mode and allows to perform measurements even with the generator standing still. The two
measuring principles used measurement of the displacement voltage and evaluation of the
measured quantities at an injected 20 Hz voltage allow to implement reliable protection
concepts that complement one another.
If an earth fault in the generator neutral point or close to the neutral is not detected, the generator
is running with an earthing. A subsequent fault (e.g. a second earth fault) causes a single-pole
short-circuit that may have an extremely high fault current because the generator zero impedance
is very small.
3.3.10.1 Earthing resistance criterion
Figure 3.3-21 shows the basic protection principle. An external low-frequency alternating voltage
source (20 Hz) injects into the generator neutral point a voltage of max. 1 % of the rated generator
voltage. If an earth fault occurs in the generator neutral point, the 20 Hz voltage drives a current
through the fault resistance. From the driving voltage and the fault current, the protective relay
determines the fault resistance. The protection principle described here also detects earth faults
at the generator terminals, including connected components such as voltage transformers.
Figure 3.3-21 Circuit Design of the 100% voltage-injecting Stator Earth Fault Protection with
Earthing Transformer
To implement the above concept, some additional equipment is required. Figure 3.3.10 shows
that a 20Hz generator generates a square-wave voltage. This square-wave voltage is fed via a
band pass filter into the loading resistor of the earthing. The band pass serves for rounding the

76
squarewave voltage and for storing energy. The band pass has also a protection function. If the
load resistor carries the full displacement voltage in case of a terminal-to-earth fault, the higher
series resistance of the band pass protects the 20Hz generator from high feedback currents.
The driving 20Hz voltage is picked up directly at the loading resistor via a voltage divider. In
addition, the 20Hz current flow is measured via a intermediate miniature CT. Both quantities (USEF
and ISEF) are fed to the protection device. The voltage to be injected into the generator neutral
point depends on the driving 20Hz voltage (voltage divider: load resistor and band pass filter), and
on the transformation ratio of the earthing transformer.
To prevent the secondary load resistance from becoming too small (it should be greater than 0.5,
where possible), a high secondary rated voltage should be chosen for the earthing or neutral
transformer. 500 V has proven to be a good value.
RCS-985A provides two settings to issue alarm signals or issue tripping command. The high
setting of earth resistance is used for alarm and the low setting is for tripping. The operation
equation for tripping (the below first equation) and alarming (second equation)are shown as
below:
RE < REsetL
(Equation 3.3-32)
RE < REsetH
(Equation 3.3-33)
Where:
RE is calculated earth resistance .
REsetL is resistance setting for tripping (i.e., [R_Trp_Inj_EF_Sta]).
REsetH is resistance setting for alarm (i.e., [R_Alm_Inj_EF_Sta]).
The same measuring principle can also be used with a primary loading resistor. The 20Hz voltage
is connected in this case via a voltage transformer, and the neutral point current is directly
measured.
From the two measured quantities USEF and ISEF in Figure 3.3-21, the 20 Hz current and voltage
vectors are calculated, and from the resulting complex impedance the ohmic fault resistance is
determined. This method eliminates disturbances caused by the stator earth capacitance, and
ensures a high sensitivity. The measuring accuracy is further increased by using mean current
and voltage values obtained over several cycles for calculating the resistance.
The model takes into account a transfer resistance RPS that may be present at the neutral,
earthing or voltage transformer. Other error factors are taken into account in the angle error.

77
3.3.10.2 Earthing current criterion
In addition to the determination of the earth resistance, the protection function features an earth
current stage which processes the current r.m.s. value and thus takes into account all frequencies
especially fundamental element. It is used as a backup stage and covers approx. 80 to 90 % of
the protection zone.
The great advantage of this element is that more close to the terminal of generator the fault point
locates, more high sensitivity the element can get, which can realize 100% stator earth fault
protection cooperated with the earth resistance element. The following equation is executived by
the protection.
I E < I Eset (Equation 3.3-34)
Where:
I E is earth current of generator stator used in the element without being subjected to digital filter.
I Eset is earth current setting, (i.e., [I0_Inj_EF_Sta]).
3.3.10.3 External voltage circuit monitoring
A monitoring circuit checks the coupled external 20 Hz voltage and the 20 Hz curren and detects
by evaluating them a failure of the 20 Hz generator or of the 20 Hz connection. In case of a failure,
the resistance determination is blocked. The earth current stage remains active. The equation
shown as below is used for issuing external voltage circuit alarm signals if satisfied:
U 20 < U 20 set
(Equation 3.3-35)
I 20 < I 20 set
Where:
U 20 is the 20Hz component value of Usef.
I 20 is the 20Hz component value of Isef .
U 20 set is the setting [V_Supv_Inj_EF_Sta].
I 20 set is the setting [I_Supv_Inj_EF_Sta].
3.3.10.4 Logic diagram of external voltage-injecting stator earth fault protection
Logic Figure 3.3-22 shows the logic diagram. It comprises:
Monitoring of the 20 Hz connection

78
Resistance calculation and threshold value decision
Independent current measurement stage
The protection function has an alarm stage and a trip stage. Both stages can be delayed with a
timer. The earth current detection acts only on the trip stage. The evaluation of the earth
resistance measurement is blocked between 10 Hz and 40 Hz, because in this frequency range a
zero voltage can also be generated by generators starting up or slowing down. Such a zero
voltage would then superimpose the connected 20 Hz voltage, causing measurement errors and
overfunctioning.
The resistance measurement function is active with frequencies below 10 Hz (i.e. at standstill)
and above 40 Hz. The earth current measurement is active over the entire range.
Figure 3.3-22 Logic diagram of the 100% voltage-injecting Stator Earth Fault Protection
3.3.11 Earth fault protection of rotor

3.3.11.1 Rotor one point earth fault protection with Voltage Injection principle
If one-point earth fault of rotor occurs, insulation resistance between rotor winding and the axis
will drop down.
Rotor earth fault protection measures earthing resistance Rg of the winding by calculting the leak
current in two different cases of square wave voltage injection, as shown in Figure 3.3-23. and
earthing resistance Rg and location of the earthing point can be found by calculation.
There are two stages equipped for one-point earth protection: sensitive stage and regular stage.
Sensitive stage is used for alarm and regular stage for tripping or alarm.

79
Ry
Rg Us
Rx
U
Ry
Figure 3.3-23 Measurement of earth resistance of rotor
3.3.11.2 Ping-pang type (Switch-over sampling) rotor one point earth fault protection
If one-point earth fault of rotor occurs, insulation resistance between rotor winding and the axis
will drop down.
Rotor earth fault protection measures earthing resistance Rg of the winding by an unbalance
bridge as shown in Figure 3.3-25. Corresponding equations can be got by switching over S1 and
S2 alternately, and earthing resistance Rg and location of the earthing point can be found by
calculation.
There are two stages equipped for one-point earth protection: sensitive stage and regular stage.
Sensitive stage is used for alarm and regular stage for tripping or alarm.
U
+ aU -
rotor
R Rg R
S1 S2 R
R
Figure 3.3-24 Measurement of earth resistance of rotor
3.3.11.3 Ping-pang type rotor two points earth fault protection
If one-point earth protection is used for alarm only, when earth resistance Rg is less than setting
of its regular stage [R_1PEF_RotWdg], it will switch over two-points ground protection program by
a delay automatically. If the location of the earthing point varies and the variation reaches its
setting value (fixed value 3%), two points earth fault protection will operate and issue a tripping
command. In order to improve the reliability, the two points earth fault protection can be blocked
by setting [En_VCE_2PEF_RotWdg] as 1. Figure 3.3-25 and Figure 3.3-26 show logic diagram
of one point and two points earth fault protection of rotor.

80
3.3.11.4 Logic diagram of earth fault protection of rotor
Rg < [R_Sens_1PEF_RotWdg]
[Alm_Sens_1PEF_RotWdg]
[En_Alm_Sens_1PEF_RotWdg]
&
[En_Alm_1PEF_RotWdg]
[Alm_1PEF_RotWdg]
[Rg <[R_1PEF_RotWdg] & t
&
[En_EF_RotWdg]
[En_Trp_1PEF_RotWdg] & [Op_Trp_1PEF_RotWdg]

t
&
[EBI_1PEF_RotWdg]
[FD_EF_RotWdg]
Figure 3.3-25 Logic diagram of Ping-Pang type one-point earth fault protection of rotor
t
[Flag_1PEF_RotWdg]
a>3% &
[En_EF_RotWdg]
[Flag_V2ndH_VCE_2PEF_RotWdg] t
=1 & [Op_2PEF_RotWdg]
[En_VCE_2PEF_RotWdg]
[En_2PEF_RotWdg]
[EBI_EF_RotWdg]
[FD_EF_Rotor]
Figure 3.3-26 Logic diagram of Ping_Pang type two-points earth fault protection of rotor
[Flag_V2ndH_VCE_2PEF_RotWdg] is the flag indicating whether or not the 2nd harmonics

element used for control 2PEF operates.
3.3.12 Generator stator overload protection

Stator overload represents average heating of winding of the stator. This protection takes currents
from generator terminal and neutral point as its criterion.
3.3.12.1 Definite time stator overload protection
There are two stages equipped with definite time stator overload protection: one for alarm and
another for tripping. Figure 3.3-28 shows its logic diagram.
3.3.12.2 Inverse time stator overload protection
Inverse time stator overload protection consists of three parts: low setting initiator, inverse time
part and upper limit definite time part.
81
Inverse time part can simulates generator-heating process including heat accumulation and
dissipation. When stator current reaches its low setting I SZD , inverse time part initiates and the
heat is accumulated. When the stator current is lower than rated value, the heat accumulation will
decrease accordingly.
Figure 3.3-27 shows the inverse time curve. In the figure, t min is delay of upper limit of inverse
time curve and I SZD is setting of the inverse time protection.
I
Ih
Iszd
t min t max
Figure 3.3-27 Operation curve of inverse time stator overload protection
Operation criterion of inverse time part:
[( I I ezd (K srzd ) ] t KS zd
2 2
(Equation 3.3-36)
Where:
K SZD is time constant of generator heating,
K SRZD is heat dissipation factor of generator
I eZD is rated secondary current of generator.
Figure 3.3-29 shows logic diagram of inverse time stator overload protection.

82
3.3.12.3 Logic diagram of stator overload protection
I>[I_Alm_OvLd_Sta]
t [Alm_OvLd_Sta]
&
[En_OvLd_Sta]
I>[I_OvLd_Sta]
&
[En_OvLd_Sta] t [Op_OvLd_Sta]
&
[TrpLog_OvLd_Sta].bit0
&
[EBI_Ovld_Sta]
[FD_Ovld_Sta]
Figure 3.3-28 Logic diagram of stator definite time overload protection
I > [I_InvOvLd_Sta]
&
&
[En_OvLd_Sta] tmin
& [Op_InvOvLd_Sta]
[TrpLog_InvOvLd_Sta].bit0
&
[EBI_EF_Sta]
[FD_InvOvLd_Sta]
Figure 3.3-29 Logic diagram of inverse time stator overload protection
3.3.13 Negative sequence overload protection

Negative sequence overload reflects overheating on surface of the rotor and other abnormality
due to negative sequence current. This protection takes negative sequence current at generator
terminal and neutral point as its criterion.
3.3.13.1 Definite time negative sequence overload protection
There are two stages equipped with definite time negative sequence overload protection: one for
alarm and the other for tripping. Figure 3.3-31 shows its logic diagram.
3.3.13.2 Inverse time negative sequence overload protection
Inverse time negative sequence protection consists of three parts: low setting initiator, inverse
time part and upper limit definite time part.
Inverse time part can simulate generator-heating process including heat accumulation and
dissipation. When negative sequence current reaches its low setting [I_InvNegOC_Gen], inverse
time part initiates and the heat is accumulated. When the stator current is lower than permissive
continuous negative sequence current [I2_Perm_Sta], the heat accumulation will decrease
accordingly.
Operation criterion of inverse time part:

83
[( I 2 I ezd (I 21 ) ] t A
2 2
(Equation 3.3-37)
Where:
I 2 is generator negative sequence current,
I eZD is generator rated current,
I 21 is permissive continuous negative sequence current (per unit value), and
A is negative sequence heating constant of rotor.
Figure 3.3-30 shows the inverse time curve. In the figure, t min ([tmin_InvNegOC_Gen]) is delay of
upper limit of inverse time curve and I 2 SZD ([I_InvNegOC_Gen]) is setting of the inverse time
negative sequence overload protection.

84
I2zd
t min t max
Figure 3.3-30 Operation curve of inverse time negative sequence overload protection of stator
3.3.13.3 Logic diagram of negative sequence overload protection of stator
[En_NegOC_Sta]
t [Alm_NegOC_Sta]
&
I2>[I_Alm_NegOC_Sta]
[t_Alm_NegOC_Sta]
I2>[I_NegOC_Sta]
&
[En_NegOC_Sta] t
& [Op_NegOC_Sta]
[TrpLog_NegOC_Sta].bit0
& [t_NegOCn_Sta]
[EBI_NegOC_Sta]
[FD_NegOC_Sta]
Figure 3.3-31 Logic diagram of definite time negative sequence overload protection
I >[I_InvNegOC_Sta]
& &
[En_NegOC_Stator] t min
& [Op_InvNegOC_Sta]
[TrpLog_InvNegOC_Sta].bit0
[EBI_InvNegOC_Sta] &
[FD_InvNegOC_Sta]
Figure 3.3-32 Logic diagram of inverse time negative sequence overload protection
3.3.14 Loss-of-Excitation protection

3.3.14.1 Theory of loss-of-excitation protection
Loss of excitation represents abnormal operation of generator due to excitation failure. There are
four criterion used for loss-of-excitation protection: under voltage, stator side impedance, rotor
side undervoltage/excitation voltage and power output reduction.
3.3.14.2 Under voltage criterion
Three phase voltages on bus generally and those at generator terminal sometimes are taken as

85
this criterion. Criterion of simultaneous three phases under voltage is
U pp < U lezd (Equation 3.3-38)
Where:
Upp is phase-to-phase voltage of busbar or of generator terminal.
Ulezd is undervoltage setting [V_BusUV_LossExc_Gen].
When bus voltage is taken as the criterion, if bus VT circuit fails, the protection will be blocked.
When generator terminal voltage is taken as the criterion, if one group of VT circuit fails, the other
group of VT will be switched over automatically.
3.3.14.3 Stator side impedance criterion
This criterion is impedance circle including asynchronous impedance circle and steady state
stabilization limit circle. The operation criterion is
Z + jX B
270 Arg 90 (Equation 3.3-39)
Z jX A
Where:
X A can be set as the system impedance Xs for steady state stabilization limit circle and
X A = 1/2X 'd for asynchronous impedance circle;
X B is taken as Xd + 1/2X 'd for round rotor generator and (X d + X q )/2 + X 'd /2 for salient pole
generator.
The impedance criterion can be combined with reverse reactive power criterion, i.e.,
Q < [Q_RevQ_LossExc_Gen].
Figure 3.3-33 a) and b) show operation characteristics of steady state stabilization impedance
relay and asynchronous impedance relay, where the hatched area is operating area, and the
dotted line is operation limit of reverse reactive power.

86
(a) (b)
Figure 3.3-33 Operation characteristic of stator side impedance relay
Besides operation criterion mentioned above, there are also auxiliary operation criterion, namely:
(1) Positive sequence voltage is higher than or equal to 6V;
(2) Negative sequence voltage U2 is lower than 0.1 Un (rated voltage of generator); and
(3) Current of generator is no less than 0.1 Ie (rated current of generator).
3.3.14.4 Rotor side criterion
Rotor side criterion comprises:
(1) Rotor undervoltage criterion: U r < U rlzd ;
(2) Variable exciter voltage criterion: U r < K r X dz S U f0
Where:
Ur is exciting voltage.
U rlZD is the setting [V_RotUV_LossExc_Gen].
X dz = X d + X s , X d is synchronous reactance of generator (per unit value);
Xs is equivalent reactance on system side connected with the generator (per unit value);
S is rated apparent power of generator (per unit value);
U f0 is rated voltage of exciter during generator without load;
K r is reliability coefficient.

87
If Ur drops to zero or minus value suddenly during loss of excitation, the rotor under voltage
criterion will be met quickly before steady state stability limit of the generator reaches. If Ur drops
to zero or reduces to a value gradually during loss of excitation, the variable excitation voltage
criterion will be reached. Excitation under voltage or loss of excitation will cause out-of-step, and
then excitation voltage and output power of the generator will swing seriously. In this case, the
rotor under voltage criterion and the variable excitation voltage criterion will be met and withdrawn
periodically in general. So the excitation voltage element will revert with delay during out-of-step
condition while the impedance entering the steady state stability limit circle.
3.3.14.5 Reduced power output
Active power criterion for power output reduction is P > Pzd.
When out-of-step occurs during loss of excitation, power output of generator will swing within a
certain range. P represents average power output within an oscillation period. Pzd is the setting
[P_LossExc_Gen].
3.3.14.6 Logic diagram of loss-of-excitation protection
Three stages are equipped with loss-of-excitation protection: stage 1 is used for reduction of
power output and alarm, stage 2 (with bus undervoltage criterion) is used for tripping and stage 3
is used for tripping with long delay.
Figure 3.3-34 shows logic diagram of stage 1 of loss-of-excitation protection. If excitation is lost,
this stage will be used to reduce power output to a pre-set level and issue alarm.
Figure 3.3-34 Logic diagram of loss-of-excitation protection stage 1
Notes:
[Flag_RotUV_LossExc_Gen] is the flag indicating whether or not the undervoltage criterion of

88
excitation is met, 1 means it is met.
[Flag_RotVarU_LossExc_Gen] is the flag indicating whether or not the variable voltage threshold
criterion of excitation is met, 1 means it is met.
[Flag_Z_LossExc_Gen] is the flag indicating whether or not the impedance criterion calculated by
voltage and current of stator side is met, 1 means the calculated impedance shows the
character of loss of excitation.
Figure 3.3-35 shows logic diagram of stage 2 of loss of excitation protection. If excitation is lost
and voltage on HV side bus of main transformer ( or voltage at terminal of generator) is lower than
its setting, this stage will trip with delay. In configuring this stage, considering of security, it is
strongly recommended that impedance criterion should be used as well as busbar criterion rather
than the model that only busbar undervoltage criterion and rotor undervoltage criterion are used.
Upp<[V_BusUV_LossExc_Gen] &
[En_BusUV_LossExc2_Gen] 1
[Flag_RotUV_LossExc_Gen]
&
[Flag_RotVarU_LossExc_Gen]
t
1 &
[En_RotUV_LossExc2_Gen] [Op_LossExc2_Gen]
[Flag_Z_OvLoss2_Gen] &
&
[En_Z_LossExc2_Gen]
1
Q>[Q_RevQ_LossExc_Gen] &
[En_RevQ_LossExc_Gen]
[En_LossExc_Gen]
[EBI_LossEXC_Gen]
[TrpLog_LossExc2_Gen].bit 0
[FD_LossExc_Gen]
Figure 3.3-35 Logic diagram of stage 2 of loss of excitation protection
Figure 3.3-36 shows logic diagram of stage 3 of loss of excitation protection. It is used for tripping
with long delay

89
Figure 3.3-36 Logic diagram of stage 3 of loss of excitation protection
3.3.15 Out-of-step protection

Out-of step represents asynchronous operation of generator due to out-of-step. Figure 3.3-37
shows operation characteristic of the protection that comprises three parts: lens part, boundary
part and reactance line part.
jx
Za
U
D
Zc
OL
IL 3
2
1 IR 1
OR
0 R
L R
Zb
Figure 3.3-37 Operation characteristic of out-of-step protection
In Figure 3.3-37, lens divides impedance plane into inside part I and outside part O, boundary
divides the impedance plane into left part L and right part R, and reactance line divides the
impedance plane into upper part U and lower part D.
Considering lens and boundary comprehensively, the impedance plane is divided into four
area: OL, IL, IR and OR. If trace of impedance is passing through these four areas in sequence
90
from right to left or vice versa, and staying in each area for a moment longer than the setting, this
case is considered as power swing. Times of the passing through are accumulated and the grand
total is considered as the times of pole sliding. When the grand total reaches its setting value,
out-of-step protection operates.
As to reactance line , if the impedance trace passes through the upper part U, the swing center
is considered outside the generator; If the trace passes through the lower part D, the swing center
is considered within the generator. Settings of times of pole sliding can be configured separately
for these two cases.
Out-of-step protection can be used either for alarm only or for tripping. Minimum swing period
which can be identified by this protection is 120 ms.
Figure 3.3-38 shows logic diagram of out-of-step protection.
Figure 3.3-38 Logic diagram of out-of-step protection
Notes:
[Flag_Blk_OOS_Gen] is the flag indicating whether or not there are blocking element to OOS
protection operates.
[Flag_OOS_Gen] is the flag indicating whether or not the OOS element operates.
3.3.16 Voltage protection

Voltage protection of generator comprises overvoltage and undervoltage protection.
3.3.16.1 Overvoltage protection
Overvoltage protection is used as protection against stator overvoltage occurring in various

operation conditions. It will issue tripping command when the maximum phase-to-phase voltage
at the terminal of generator is in excess of the setting. Calculation of voltage is independent of
variation of frequency. Two stages of overvoltage protection are equipped with RCS-985A for
tripping. Figure 3.3-39 shows logic diagram of overvoltage protection.
3.3.16.2 Undervoltage protection
Undervoltage protection responses to reduction of phase-to-phase voltage at the terminal of

generator and will trip terminal breaker of the generator with configurable delay. The protection is

91
controlled by external binary such as control equipment of synchronous condenser

[BI_SyncCondenser]. Only one stage is equipped with it. Figure 3.3-40 shows logic diagram of
undervoltage protection.
3.3.16.3 Logic diagram of overvoltage protection and undervoltage protection
Upp>[V_OVn_Gen]
&
[En_VoltProt_Gen] &
& t [Op_OV_Gen]
[TrpLog_Ovn_Gen].bit0
[EBI_VoltProt_Gen]
[FD_OV_Gen]
Figure 3.3-39 Logic diagram of overvoltage protection
[BI_SyncCondenser]
&
Upp.max<[V_UV_Gen]
[En_VoltProt_Gen] &
& t [Op_UV_Gen]
[TrpLog_UV_Gen].bit0
[EBI_VoltProt_Gen]
[FD_UV_Gen]
Figure 3.3-40 Logic diagram of under voltage protection
3.3.17 Overexcitation protection

Overexcitation protection is used to prevent generator or transformer form damage due to over
excitation. It represents multiple of over excitation at terminal of generator (or LV side of main
transformer) and comprises two kinds of protection: generator over excitation protection and main
transformer over excitation protection. Besides, each kind of over excitation protection comprises
definite time protection and inverse time protection.
3.3.17.1 Definite time over excitation protection
Two stages for tripping and one stage for alarm are equipped for definite over excitation
protection. Their time delay can be configured.
Multiple of over excitation n can be expressed as follows:
n = U pu / Fpu (Equation 3.3-40)
Where U pu and Fpu are per unit value of voltage and frequency respectively.
Figure 3.3-42 shows logic diagram of definite time over excitation protection.

92
3.3.17.2 Inverse time over excitation protection
Inverse time over excitation protection realizes inverse time characteristic by linear processing on
given inverse time operation characteristic, obtaining multiple of over excitation by calculation,
and getting corresponding operation delay by sectional linear insertion. It reflects heat
accumulation and radiation.
Figure 3.3-43 shows inverse time operation characteristics of over excitation protection. It can be
specified by 8 over excitation multiple settings n0 n7.
U/F
n0
n1
n2
n3
n4
n5
n6
n7
t0 t1 t2 t3 t4 t5 t6 t(s) t7
Figure 3.3-41 Inverse time operation characteristics of over excitation protection
The over excitation multiple settings n (= U/F) are within range of 1.0 1.5 in general. Maximum
time delay t is considered as long as 3000 s. Relation between various settings of n and t are:
n0 n1 n2 n3 n4 n5 n6 n7
t0 t1 t2 t3 t4 t5 t6 t7
3.3.17.3 Logic diagram of excitation protection
[En_OvExc_Gen] [Alm_OvExc_Gen]
& t
U/F > [k_Alm_OvExc_Gen]
U/F > [k_OvExcn_Gen]

& [Op_OvExcn_Gen]
[En_OvExc_Gen] & t
[TrpLog_OvExcn_Gen].bit0
&
[EBI_OvExc_Gen]
[En_OvExc_Gen]
[FD_OvExc_Gen]
Figure 3.3-42 Logic diagram of definite time over excitation protection
U/F >[k n_InvOvExc_Gen]

& &
[En_OvExc_Gen]
[TrpLog_InvOvExc_Gen].bit0
[Op_InvOcExc_Gen]
[EBI_OvExc_Gen] &
[En_OvExc_Gen]
[FD_OvExc_Gen]

93
Figure 3.3-43 Logic diagram of inverse time over excitation protection
3.3.18 Power protection

Power protection comprises reverse power protection, underpower protection and sequence
tripping reverse power protection.
Only one stage is equipped for reverse power protection and underpower protection. Operation of
this protection will cause tripping.
3.3.18.1 Reverse power protection
Reverse power protection can prevent turbine blades or gears from damage in the case that the
generator transforms into a motor mode and flows reverse power due to loss of its motive force.
Operation criterion of this reverse power protection is
P < - [P_RevP_Gen] (Equation 3.3-41)
Where
P is the power calculated from three phase voltages and currents at terminal of generator.
[P_RevP_Gen] is the reverse power setting.
One stage for tripping and another stage for alarm with independent delay setting respectively are
equipped with this protection.
Range of reverse power setting is 0.5% - 10% Pn , where Pn is rated active power of the
generator. Range of delay is 0.1 s 600 s.
Figure 3.3-44 shows logic diagram of reverse power protection.
3.3.18.2 Underpower protection
One stage of underpower protection is equipped for tripping. It is controlled by the binary input for
emergency shutoff of generator [BI_UrgBrake].
3.3.18.3 Sequence tripping reverse power protection
Sometimes, when overload, over excitation or loss-of-excitation protection of generator initiate

and tripping is needed, the steam valve of turbine has to be closed firstly. Sequent-tripping
reverse power protection is used for this condition. Such protection is a reverse power protection
controlled by position contact of steam valve and circuit breaker of generator. It can trip relevant
circuit breaker with a certain delay since the steam valve being closed. Its setting range is 0.5% -
10% Pn.
Figure 3.3-45 shows logic diagram of sequent-tripping reverse power protection.

94
3.3.18.4 Logic diagram of power protection
P<-[P_RevP_Gen]
& [Op_RevP_Gen]
[En_PwrProt_Gen] &
& t
[TrpLog_RevP_Gen].bit0
[EBI_PwrProt_Gen]
[FD_Pwr/AccEnerg_Gen]
Figure 3.3-44 Logic diagram of reverse power
[BI_52b_GCB]
[BI_Valve_Turbine]
&
P<-[P_SeqTrp_RevP_Gen] [Op_SeqTrpRevP_Gen]
[En_PwrProt_Gen] &
& t
[TrpLog_SeqTrp_RevP_Gen].bit0
[EBI_PwrProt_Gen]
[FD_Pwr/AccEnerg_Gen]
Figure 3.3-45 Logic diagram of program reverse power protection
3.3.19 Frequency protection

Frequency protection of generator comprises under frequency and over frequency protection.
Permissive range of frequency of large generator is 48.5Hz 50.5Hz. When frequency is lower
than 48.5 Hz and if the accumulated time or duration of once under frequency operation reaches
setting value, the protection will issue alarm or trip. This protection is blocked by position contact
of circuit breaker and no current flag.
Four stages of underfrequency protection are equipped for RCS-985A. Stage 1 is usually
configured as accumulating frequency protection, and can be reset to zero only after erasing
reports. Stages 2, 3 and 4 can be configured as continuous frequency protection.
As to over frequency protection, two stages are equipped for RCS-985A and they will issue alarm
or trip when operates.

95
[En_Alm_UFn_Gen]
[BI_52b_CB_HVS1(2)_Tr]
& & t [Alm_UF_Gen]
f<[f_UFn_Gen]
[En_FreqProt_Gen]
[f_UFn_Gen].bit0 &
& t [Op_Ufn_Gen]
[EBI_FreqProt_Gen]
[FD_FreqProt_Gen]
Figure 3.3-46 Logic diagram of frequency protection of generator
3.3.20 Accidental energization protection

Accidental energization protection comprises unwanted closing protection and breaker flashover
protection.
3.3.20.1 Unwanted closing protection
Unwanted closing protection is used for following cases:
(1) In the course of axis alignment of generator (low frequency condition), if it has been excited,
breaker closure by accident may lead to asynchronous starting of the generator. The protection is
put into use automatically with time delay t1 when two groups of voltage derived from two
independent VTs are all less than undervoltage setting and exit with time delay t2 (designed to
cooperate with low-frequency blocking criterion) when the two groups of voltage recovered to
normal level.
(2) When generator breaker is closed by accident in excited condition but frequency is under
normal level which may occurred in startup-and-shutdown process. The protection is put into use
automatically with time delay t3 while Low Frequency criterion is met and returns with time delay
t4 after the frequency criteria releases. Here, t4 should be set as long as to ensure the completion
of tripping course.
(3) If the circuit breaker is closed by accident when phase angle difference of bus and generator
voltage is very high, such as around 180, the through closing current will be too high also. In this
case, the excitation shall be shut off firstly and breaker of generator can be tripped until the
generator current falls down to below setting.
Considering security of the protection, both currents from generator terminal and neutral point are
used in the logic as criteria. Figure 3.3-47 shows logic diagram of unwanted closing protection of
generator.
3.3.20.2 Breaker flashover protection
During process of synchronization of generator, flashover in circuit breaker is possible when

difference of phase angle of bus voltage and generator voltage is around 180. Breaker flashover
protection is provided for this fault. One phase and two phases flashover is considered by this
protection but three-phase flashover is ignored.

96
Criterion of circuit breaker flashover:
(1) Position contacts of three phases of circuit breaker are open;
(2) Negative sequence current is higher than setting;
(3) Excitation has been applied to generator, and generator voltage is higher than setting.
Operation of this protection will shut off excitation and activating circuit breaker failure protection.
Figure 3.3-48 shows logic diagram of breaker flashover protection. Generally, the protection is
equipped two time delay settings, the first is for shutting off excitation and the second is for
tripping the local line breaker.
3.3.20.3 Logic diagram of accidental energization protection
[Flag_UV_Gen]
& t1 t2
F<[f_UF_AccEnerg_Gen]
1
[En_UF_Ctrl_AccEnerg_Gen] & t3 t4
[BI_52b_GCB]
& t3 t4
[Flag_NoCurr_CB_Gen] 1
[En_CB_Ctrl_AccEnerg_Gen]
[Flag_OC_Term_Gen] [Op_AccEnerg_Gen]
&
[Flag_OC_NeuP_Gen] & t
[Flag_NoCurr_CB_Tr]
[En_AccEnerg_Gen]
& &
[EBI_AccEnerg_Gen]
[FD_AccEnerg_Gen]
Figure 3.3-47 Logic diagram of unwanted closing protection of generator
Notes:
[Flag_OC_Term_Gen] is the flag indicating whether or not the overcurrent current element of
generator terminal operates.
[Flag_OC_NeuP_Gen] is the flag indicating whether or not the overcurrent current element of
generator neutral point operates.
[Flag_UV_Gen] is the flag indicating whether or not the undervoltage element of generator
operates.

97
[BI_52b_CB]
I2>[I2_Flash_GCB] &
& & t [Op_Flash_GCB]
U>[Uset.fix]
[En_AccEnerg_Gen]
[EBI_AccEnerg_Gen]
[FD_AccEnerg_Gen]
Figure 3.3-48 Logic diagram of breaker flashover protection
Notes:
[BI_52b_CB] is auxiliary contact of circuit breaker at generator terminal.
[Uset.fix] is a internal fixed voltage setting.
3.3.21 Generator startup and shutdown protection

Protections for phase-to-phase fault and stator earth fault are provided during startup and
shutdown process of generator.
Differential overcurrent protections are provided for faults of generator and excitation transformer
respectively. A zero sequence overvoltage protection is provided for stator earth fault.
Since frequency during startup and shutdown process is usually very low, algorithm independent
of frequency is used for this protection.
Whether the protection should be blocked or not by frequency element or auxiliary contact of
circuit breaker can be determined by logic setting.
F<[f_UF_Ctrl_StShut_Gen] t0
[En_StShut_Gen] & T>[t_xx_StShut_Gen]
&
[Op_xx_StShut_Gen] & t
[TrpLog_xx_StShut_Gen].bit0 [Op_xx_StShut_Gen]
[EBI_StShut_Gen]
[FD_StShut_Gen]
Figure 3.3-49 Logic diagram of generator startup and shutdown protection
Where:
xx represent one of the three protective elements, GenDiff, UF_OC and StaROV. The three
protective elements diagrams are so likely that they can be expressed in a figure instead of three
for them respectively.

98
3.3.22 Excitation winding overload protection

Excitation winding overload protection is equipped to reflect average heating condition of
excitation winding. Excitation transformer current, exciter current or rotor current of generator can
be taken as criterion of this protection. To exciter, frequency can be configured as 50 Hz or 100
Hz.
Excitation winding protection comprises definite time and inverse time protection.
3.3.22.1 Definite time excitation winding overload protection
One stage of alarm and one stage of tripping are equipped for definite time excitation winding
overload protection.
Figure 3.3-51 shows logic diagram of definite time excitation winding overload protection.
3.3.22.2 Inverse time excitation winding overload protection
Inverse time excitation winding overload protection consists of three parts: low setting initiator,
inverse time part and high setting definite part. Minimum operation time delay
([tmin_InvOvLd_RotWdg]) is provided for extreme overload condition.
When current in excitation circuit reaches the low setting [I_InvOvLd_RotWdg], the inverse time
protection initiates and the heating accumulation starts. When the heating accumulation reaches
its setting, alarm will be issued. The inverse time protection can simulate heating accumulation
and radiation process.
Il
Ilh
Ilszd
t min tmax t
Figure 3.3-50 Operation characteristic of inverse time overload protection of excitation winding
In the figure, I l is the current in excitation circuit, I lh is the high setting of the protection; I lsZD
is the low setting of the protection [I_InvOvLd_RotWdg]; t min is minimum delay
[tmin_InvOvLd_RotWdg] .
Its operation criterion is:

99
[( I l I jzzd 1] t KLzd
2
(Equation 3.3-42)
Where:
I jzzd is inverse time reference current of excitation circuit;
KLzd is setting of heat capacity factor of excitation circuit.
Figure 3.3-52 shows logic diagram of inverse time excitation winding overload protection.
I>[I_Alm_OvLd_RotWdg]
& t
[En_OvLd_RotWdg] [Alm_OvLd_RotWdg]
I>[I_OvLd_RotWdg]
&
[En_OvLd_RotWdg] t
& [Op_OvLd_RotWdg]
[TrpLog_OvLd_RotWdg].bit0
[EBI_OvLd_RotWdg] &
[FD_OvLd_RotWdg]
Figure 3.3-51 Logic diagram of definite time excitation winding overload protection
I>[I_InvOvLd_RotWdg]
& &
[En_OvLd_RotWdg]
tmin [Op_InvOvLd_RotWdg]
[TrpLog_InvOvLd_RotWdg].bit0 &
[EBI_OvLd_RotWdg] &
[FD_OvLd_RotWdg]
Figure 3.3-52 Logic diagram of inverse time excitation winding overload protection
3.3.23 Excitation transformer and exciter protection

3.3.23.1 Excitation transformer and exciter differential protection
(1) Operation criterion of excitation transformer differential protection is:

100



K blr = ( K bl 2 K bl1 ) /(2 n)
. (Equation 3.3-43)

I 1 + I2

Ir =
2

I d = I 1 + I 2

The criterion is the same to Equation 3.3-8except the differential current and restraint current.
Here:
For excitation transformer: I1 and I 2 are currents of HV side and LV side respectively.
(2) Please refer to section 3.3.1 to see operation criterion of exciter differential protection. The
differential protection of exciter can adopt the two kinds of frequency: 50Hz and 100Hz according
the setting [fn_Exciter].
3.3.23.2 Excitation transformer and exciter overcurrent protection
Two stages overcurrent protection are equipped for excitation transformer or exciter overcurrent
protection as backup protection. These two stages will trip the circuit breaker with configurable
delay. Figure 3.3-53 shows its logic diagram.
I>[I_OC n_Exc] [Op_OC n_Exc]

t
&
[En_Bak_Exc]
[EBI_Bak_Exc] & T>[t_OC n_Exc]
[TrpLog_OC n_Exc].bit0
[FD_Bak_Exc]
Figure 3.3-53 Logic diagram of excitation transformer or exciter overcurrent protection
3.3.23.3 Voltage controlled overcurrent protection of Excitation transformer
Function of overcurrent protection with composite voltage blocking is equipped with RCS-985A.
This protection, consisting of 2 stages and 1 time delay per stage, is used for phase-to-phase
backup protection of excitation transformer or exciter. Of which, function of composite voltage
element can be enabled or disabled by logic setting.

101
The voltage control element is an element which will operate if phase-to-phase voltage is lower
than its setting or negative sequence voltage is higher than its setting.
Criteria:
U < [Vpp_VCE_Exc] or U 2 > [V_NegOV_VCE_ Exc] (Equation 3.3-44)
Where:
U is phase-to-phase voltage of local side.
U 2 is negative sequence voltage of local side.
[Upp_VCE_Exc] is setting of undervoltage control element of local side.
[U2_VCE_Exc] is setting of negative-sequence overvoltage control element of local side.
All two stages of definite time overcurrent protection can be controlled by voltage element by
configuring related logic settings [En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_Exc] and [En_VCE_Ctrl_OC2_Exc].
Logic setting [Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Exc] is used to configure performance of voltage control

element during VT circuit failure. When this logic setting is set as 1, if VT circuit failure is
detected, the voltage control element cannot pick up and the protection will not operate. When
this logic setting is set as 0, if this side VT circuit failure is detected, voltage control element is
forced to be satisfied, then the voltage controlled overcurrent protection will becomes a pure
overcurrent protection.
3.3.23.3.3 Logic diagram of voltage controlled overcurrent protection of excitation transformer
Upp< [Vpp_VCE_Exc]
=1
&
U2>[V_NegOV_VCE_Exc]
[Flag_VTS] =1 [Flag_VCE_Exc]
&
[Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Exc]
[Flag_OCn_Exc]
&
t [Op_OCn_Exc]
[Flag_VCE_Exc] &
=1
[En_VCE_Ctrl_OCn_Exc]
[En_Bak_Exc]
&
[EBI_Bak_Exc]
[FD_OC_Exc]
Figure 3.3-54 Logic diagram of voltage controlled overcurrent protection of transformer
Where:
102
[Flag_VTS] is the internally generated flag indicating the failure of VT circuit.
[Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Exc] is the setting to configure the VCE mode under VT failure.
[Flag_OCn_Exc] indicates that the maximum phase current is above the settings.
[En_VCE_Ctrl_OCn_Exc] is the logic setting to enable/disable the VCE element in stage n of

overcurrent protection of excitation transformer.
[En_Bak_Exc] is the setting to enable/disable phase to phase fault protection.
[EBI_Bak_Exc] is the binary input to enable/disable phase to phase fault protection.
Op_Bak_Exc indicates that the stage n of overcurrent protection operates.
3.3.24 Stepdown transformer backup protection

3.3.24.1 Backup protection of HV side of stepdown transformer
Function of voltage controlled overcurrent protection for stepdown transformer is equipped with
RCS-985A. This protection, consisting of 2 stages and 1 time delay per stage, is used for
phase-to-phase backup protection of stepdown transformer. Of which, function of composite
voltage element can be enabled or disabled by configuration of logic setting.
It is same to the voltage control element in section 3.3.6.2.1
3.3.24.1.2 Function of current memory
It is same to the function of current memory element in section 3.3.6.2.2
It is same to the influence of VT circuit failure in section 3.3.6.2.3
3.3.24.1.4 Logic diagram of voltage controlled overcurrent protection of stepdown transformer
It is same to the logic diagram in section 3.3.6.2.4.
3.3.24.2 Backup protection of LV side of stepdown transformer
This protection, consisting of 2 stages and 1 time delay per stage, is used for phase-to-phase
backup protection of stepdown transformer. Of which, function of composite voltage element can
be enabled or disabled by configuration of logic setting.
It is same to the voltage control element in section 3.3.23.3.1
It is same to the influence of VT circuit failure in section 3.3.23.3.2
3.3.24.2.3 Logic diagram of voltage controlled overcurrent protection of stepdown transformer
It is same to the logic diagram in section 3.3.23.3.3.

103
3.3.24.3 Earth fault protection of LV side of stepdown transformer
Two stages zero sequence current protection with delay used for tripping is equipped for LV side
of stepdown transformer.
One stage zero sequence voltage protection with delay used for alarm is equipped for LV side of
stepdown transformer.
3.3.24.4 Other protection of stepdown transformer
Overload alarm and initiate cooling are equipped for backup protection of stepdown transformer.
These functions can be set by logic settings. One normally open contact is used for output of
initiate cooling.
On load tap change of stepdown transformer is equipped in RCS-985A.
3.3.25 Pole Disagreement Protection

3.3.25.1 Application
Pole disagreement protection is used for protection of HV side circuit breaker. The fault can be
detected by auxiliary position contact of breaker combined with zero sequence current or negative
sequence current. Whether zero or negative sequence current is used for detection can be
configured by corresponding logic setting. Two time delays are provided for pole disagreement
protection and logics with time delay 2 can be configured to be supervised by binary input from
protection tripping contact.
The current criteria are:
I max [I_OC_PD] or I 2 [I_NegOC_PD] or 3I 0 [I_ROC_PD] (Equation 3.3-45)
Where:
I max is the maximum value of HV side three-phase current.
I 2 is negative sequence current of HV side.
I 0 is zero sequence current of HV side.
[I_OC_PD] is setting of pole-disagreement phase current element.
[I_NegOC_PD] is setting of pole-disagreement negative-sequence current element.
[I_ROC_PD] is setting of pole-disagreement zero-sequence current element.
Current element will pick up if any one criterion is satisfied with corresponding logic setting be set
as 1.

104
3.3.25.2 Logic scheme of pole disagreement protection stage 1
Figure 3.3-55 Logic diagram of pole-disagreement protection stage 1
Where:
[En_ROC_PD]: logic setting of pole disagreement protection operating supervised by

zero-sequence current element.
[En_NegOC_PD]: logic setting of pole disagreement protection operating supervised by negative

sequence current element.
[BI_PD_CB]: binary input of HV side breaker in pole disagreement.
[EBI_Reserved1]: binary input of enabling pole disagreement protection. Here, we usually adopt
the pole disagreement protection in RCS-974.
[En_PD_CB]: logic setting of enabling pole disagreement protection
[OP_PD1]: Pole disagreement protection
Delay: time delay of pole disagreement protection stage 1 [t_PD1].

105
3.3.25.3 Logic scheme of pole disagreement protection stage 2
Figure 3.3-56 Logic diagram of pole-disagreement protection stage 2
Where:
[BI_ROC_PD], [En_NegOC_PD], [BI_PD_CB], [En_PD_CB], and [EBI_Reserved1]: just same as

mentioned in section above.
[En_ExTrp_Ctrl_PD2]: logic setting of pole disagreement protection stage 2 initiated by binary

input of protection trip contact.
[BI_SyncConderser]: binary input of protection trip contact to initiate pole disagreement

protection.
[En_OC_PD2]: logic setting of pole disagreement protection stage 2 operating supervised by

phase current element.
[OP_PD2]: Pole disagreement protection stage 2
Delay: time delay of pole disagreement protection stage 2 [t_PD2].
3.3.26 CT circuit failure alarm

3.3.26.1 Three-phase current circuit failure alarm
Operation criterion of the alarm is:
3I 0 > 0.04 I e + 0.25 I max (Equation 3.3-46)
Where:
3I 0 is zero sequence current;

106
I e is secondary rated current
I max is maximum phase current.
If this criterion is met, CT circuit failure alarm will be issued with 10s delay. Once CT circuit returns
to normal condition, the alarm will be reset with 10s delay.
3.3.26.2 Differential current alarm in differential protection circuit
This function is enabled only when relevant differential protection logic setting is set as enabled.
If the criterion is met, the alarm will be issured after delay 10s and corresponding differential
protection will not be blocked. When the differential current eliminates, the alarm will be reset by
delay 10 s.
In order to increase sensitivity of this alarm, percentage restraint differential current alarm criterion
is adopted as shown as below.
I d > I dbjzd
(Equation 3.3-47)
I d > kbj I res
If the differential current reaches its threshold and reaches differential alarm level of percentage
restraint factor multiplied by restraint current, the differential current alarm will be issued.
3.3.26.3 Alarm or blocking to differential protection by CT circuit failure
Function of instantaneous CT circuit failure discrimination is equipped for differential protection.

Only when related logic setting and relevant enabling binary input of protection are set on, this
function of alarm or blocking of instantaneous CT circuit failure discrimination will be enabled.
If internal fault occurs, at least one of following four conditions will be present:
(1) Negative sequence voltage on any side is higher than 2 V;
(2) Any phase current of a certain side increases after fault detector picks up;
(3) Maximum phase current is higher than 1.2 Ie after initiation;
(4) At least three phase-currents increases after fault detector picks up.
If none of above four conditions occurs within 40 ms after differential protections fault detectors
picks up, the protection treats it as CT circuit failure. If the logic setting
[Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Gen] (or [Opt_CTS_Blk_SPTDiff_Gen], [Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Exc]
[Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_ST], [Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_GTU], [Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Tr]) is set
as 1, the differential protection will be blocked and alarm will be issued. If this logic setting is set
as 0, the differential protection will trip and alarm will be issued simultaneously.
If the alarm is issued, the signal can be removed only when the failure is removed and the
equipment is reset by manual.

107
Note:
The CT failure is disabled and differential protection will not be blocked before
generator-transformer unit is connected to power system.
3.3.27 VT circuit failure alarm

3.3.27.1 VT circuit of any side failure alarm
Operation criterion of this failure is:
(1) Positive sequence voltage is below than 18 V and any phase current is higher than 0.04 In;
(2) Negative sequence voltage 3U2 is in excess of 8 V.
If any one condition occurs, VT circuit failure alarm will be issued with delay 10 s, and the alarm
will be removed automatically after delay 10 s when the failure is removed.
3.3.27.2 Voltage balance on generator terminals
Two groups of VT are equipped at generator terminal. VT circuit failure can be detected by
comparison of phase voltage and positive sequence voltage of these two groups of VT.
Operation criterions are:
U AB1 - U AB 2 > 5 V ;
U BC1 - U BC 2 > 5 V ;
(Equation 3.3-48)
U CA1 - U CA 2 > 5 V ;
U11 - U12 > 3 V ;
Where:
UAB1, UBC1, UCA1 and U11 are phase-to-phase voltage and positive sequence voltage of VT
group 1;
UAB2, UBC2, UCA2 and U12 are phase-to-phase voltage and positive sequence voltage of VT
group 2.
If any condition mentioned above occurs, VT circuit failure alarm will be issued with delay 0.2 s
and the VT group used will be switched over.
When only a VT fails, it will not influence the function of related protection such as
loss-of-excitation, out-of-step, overvoltage, over-excitation, reverse power, frequency, impedance
protection and overcurrent protection.
If only one group of VT is provided at generators terminal, user can set this function as disable.

Interfaces of mechanical protection such as thermo-technical protection, interruption of water
protection, excitation system protection and one spare mechanical protection are equipped for the
108
equipment. External protection equipments send those signals to RCS-985A makes the event
record and sends alarm and maybe tripping command to relevant circuit breaker with delay.
Enabling binary inputs are provided for those protections. Setting ranges of time delay of those
protection are all 0s 6000s.

109

110
Chapter 4 Self-supervision, Metering and Recording
Chapter 4 Supervision, Metering and Recording

4.1 Supervision
If hardware failure of the equipment itself is detected, protection functions of the equipment will be
blocked and equipment blocking alarm will be issued. Hardware failure includes those on RAM,
EPROM, EEPROM, power supply, DSP.
When following abnormal status is detected, abnormal warning will be issued: AC voltage or
current circuit failure, persist pickup, mismatch state of pickup between CPU and DSP and alarm
of protection element.
The relay includes a number of self-monitoring functions to check the operation of its hardware
and software when it is in service. These are included so that if an error or fault occurs within the
relays hardware or software, the relay is able to detect and report the problem and attempt to
resolve it by performing a re-boot. This involves the relay being out of service for a short period of
time that is indicated by the HEALTHY LED on the faceplate of the relay being extinguished and
the watchdog contact at the rear operating. If the restart fails to resolve the problem, then the relay
will take itself permanently out of service. Again this will be indicated by the ALARM LED and
watchdog contact. If a problem is detected by the self-monitoring functions, the relay attempts to
store a maintenance record in battery backed-up SRAM to allow the nature of the problem to be
notified to the user.
The self-monitoring is implemented in two stages: firstly a thorough diagnostic check which is
performed when the relay is booted-up, e.g. at power-on, and secondly a continuous self-checking
operation which checks the operation of the relays critical functions whilst it is in service.
4.1.1 Start-up self-testing

The self-testing which is carried out when the relay is started takes a few seconds to complete,
during which time the relays protection is unavailable. This is signaled by the HEALTHY LED on
the front of the relay which will illuminate when the relay has passed all of the tests and entered
operation. If the testing detects a problem, the relay will remain out of service until it is manually
restored to working order.
The operations that are performed at start-up are as follows:
4.1.1.1 System boot
The integrity of the flash memory is verified using a checksum before the program code and data
stored in it is copied into SRAM to be used for execution by the processor. When the copy has
been completed the data then held in SRAM is compared to that in the flash to ensure that the two
are the same and that no errors have occurred in the transfer of data from flash to SRAM. The
entry point of the software code in SRAM is then called which is the relay initialization code.
4.1.1.2 Initialization software
The initialization process includes the operations of initializing the processor registers and

111
interrupts, starting the watchdog timers (used by the hardware to determine whether the software
is still running), starting the real-time operating system and creating and starting the supervisor
task. In the course of the initialization process the relay checks:
The integrity of the battery backed-up SRAM that is used to store event, fault and disturbance
records.
The integrity of the flash that is used to store program.
The correctness of the settings that ensures relays proper response to fault.
The operation of DSP and CPU.
The voltage level of the field voltage supply which is used to drive the opto-isolated inputs.
The operation of the LCD controller.
The watchdog operation.
At the conclusion of the initialization software the supervisor task begins the process of starting the
platform software.
4.1.1.3 Platform software initialization & monitoring
In starting the platform software, the relay checks the integrity of the data held in non-volatile
memory with a checksum. The final test that is made concerns the input and output of data, the
presence and healthy condition of the input board is checked and the analog data acquisition
system is checked through sampling the reference voltage.
At the successful conclusion of all of these tests the relay is entered into service and the protection
started-up.
4.1.2 Continuous self-testing

When the relay is in service, it continually checks the operation of the critical parts of its hardware
and software. The checking is carried out by the system services software and the results reported
to the platform software. The functions that are checked are as follows:
The flash containing all program code, setting values and language text is verified by a
checksum
The code and constant data held in SRAM is checked against the corresponding data in flash to
check for data corruption
The SRAM containing all data other than the code and constant data is verified with a checksum
The level of the field voltage
The integrity of the digital signal I/O data from the opto-isolated inputs and the relay contacts is
checked by the data acquisition function every time it is executed. The operation of the analog
data acquisition system is continuously checked by the acquisition function every time it is
executed, by means of sampling the reference voltages.
In the unlikely event that one of the checks detects an error within the relays subsystems, the
112
platform software is notified and it will attempt to log a maintenance record in battery backed-up
SRAM. If the problem is of no importance (no possibility of leading to maloperation), the relay will
continue in operation. However, for problems detected in any important area the relay will initiate a
shutdown and re-boot. This will result in a period of up to 5 seconds when the protection is
unavailable, but the complete restart of the relay including all initializations should clear most
problems that could occur. As described above, an integral part of the start-up procedure is a
thorough diagnostic self-check. If this detects the same problem that caused the relay to restart,
i.e. the restart has not cleared the problem, then the relay will take itself permanently out of service.
This is indicated by the HEALTHY LED on the front of the relay, which will extinguish, and the
watchdog contact that will operate.
Voltage transformer supervision(VTS). See section 3.3.27 for detail.
Current transformer supervision (CTS). See section 3.3.26 for detail.
If the alarm is issued, the alarm signal can be reset only when the failure is removed and the
equipment is reset by pressing RESET button on panel or re-power it up.
Overload Alarm
On condition that the relay does not picks up, adding current in excess of the setting of overload
protection, alarm messages are displayed and ALARM LED is lit after the timer stage duration
has elapsed.
Binary input status monitoring
Any status of binary input changing will be monitored.
Tripping output circuit monitoring
Tripping output relay driving transistor is always monitored in normal program, and blocking
message will be issued when the equipment finds abnormality of the tripping output circuit.
4.1.3 List of alarm messages

When hardware failure is detected, all protection functions will be blocked and block signal will be
sent. The equipment cannot work in this case. Hardware failure such as failure of RAM, error of
EEPROM, settings invalid, loss of power supply of opto-coupler, error of DSP, tripping output
circuit failure, etc, will be issued whilst the relay will be blocked. All the failure alarms can be found
on LCD and in event recording report. The following table gives a list of these alarm signals and
the behavior of the relay responding to these failures.
Note:
There are three alarm LEDs on HMI module: ALARM LED, CT ALARM LED and VT
ALARM LED. In following tables the solid point in columns HEALTHY, ALARM, CT
ALARM and VT ALARM means the corresponding LED is turned on. If LED HEALTHY
illuminates, the relay will be on work ,otherwise the relay will be blocked.
Abnormality information printed or displayed on LCD and trouble shooting are described in

113
following table.
Table 4-1 List of alarm reports
No. Alarm Report HEALTHY ALARM CT ALARM VT ALARM

1 Alm_SwOv_VTS1_Gen
2 Alm_SwOv_VTS2_Gen
3 Alm_BlkV3rdHDiff_VTS1
4 Alm_BlkIntTurn_VTS2
5 Alm_VTS_HVS_Tr
6 Alm_VTS1_Term_Gen
7 Alm_VTS2_Term_Gen
8 Alm_VTS_NP_Gen
9 Alm_DeltVTS1_Term_Gen
10 Alm_DeltVTS2_Term_Gen
11 Alm_VTS_RotWdg
12 Alm_Pos_CB_HVS1_Tr
13 Alm_Pos_CB_HVS2_Tr
14 Alm_VTS_LossExc_RotWdg
15 Alm_VTS_ET
16 Alm_PM_DSP1_CPUBrd
17 Alm_CTS_HVS1_Tr
18 Alm_CTS_HVS2_Tr
19 Alm_CTS_Term_Gen
20 Alm_CTS_NP_Gen
21 Alm_CTS_SP1_Gen
22 Alm_CTS_SP2_Gen
23 Alm_CTS_S1_Exc
24 Alm_CTS_S2_Exc
25 Alm_CTS_TrvDiff_Gen
26 Alm_Diff_Gen
27 Alm_SPTDiff_Gen
28 Alm_Diff_ET
29 Alm_Diff_Exciter
30 Alm_DPFC_IntTurn_Gen
31 Alm_Pos_GCB
32 Alm_CTS_Diff_Gen
33 Alm_CTS_SPTDiff_Gen
34 Alm_CTS_Diff_ET
35 Alm_CTS_Diff_Exciter
36 Alm_BO_OC2_Gen
37 Alm_On_2PEF_RotWdg
38 Alm_Ext_OOS_Gen
39 Alm_Int_OOS_Gen
114

40 Alm_Accel_OOS_Gen
41 Alm_Decel_OOS_Gen
42 Alm_RevP_Gen
43 Alm_LossExc_Gen
44 Alm_OvExc_Gen
45 Alm_OvLd_Sta
46 Alm_NegOC_Gen
47 Alm_OvLd_RotWdg
48 Alm_ROV_Sta
49 Alm_V3rdHRatio_Sta
50 Alm_V3rdHDiff_Sta
51 Alm_Sens_1PEF_RotWdg
52 Alm_1PEF_RotWdg
53 Alm_UF1_Gen
54 Alm_UF2_Gen
55 Alm_UF3_Gen
56 Alm_UF4_Gen
57 Alm_OF1_Gen
58 Alm_OF2_Gen
59 Alm_RevP_Gen
60 Alm_BO_UC_OvSp_Gen
61 Alm_VTS_Term_Gen
62 Alm_VTS_HVS_Tr
63 Alm_VTS_Br1_ST
64 Alm_VTS_Br2_ST
65 Alm_MechRly1
66 Alm_MechRly2
67 Alm_MechRly3
68 Alm_MechRly4
69 Alm_OvLd_Tr
70 Alm_InitCool2_OvLd_Tr
72 Alm_BO_OC_HVS_ST
73 Alm_OvLd_ST
74 Alm_PwrLoss_MechRly
75 Alm_InitCool_OvLd_ST
76 Alm_PM_DSP2_CPUBrd
77 Alm_CTS_HVS1_Tr
78 Alm_CTS_HVS2_Tr
79 Alm_CTS_LVS_Tr
80 Alm_CTS_HVS_Tr

115

81 Alm_CTS_Gen
82 Alm_CTS#_HVS_ST
83 Alm_CTS_HVS_ST
84 Alm_CTS_Br1_ST
85 Alm_CTS_Br2_ST
86 Alm_Diff_GTU
87 Alm_Diff_Tr
88 Alm_Diff_ST
89 Alm_BO_RevRly1
90 Alm_BO_RevRly2
91 Alm_BO_RevRly3
92 Alm_CTS_Diff_GTU
93 Alm_CTS_Diff_Tr
94 Alm_CTS_Diff_ST
95 Alm_OvLd_Br1_ST
96 Alm_OvLd_Br2_ST
97 Alm_OvExc_Tr
98 Alm_UrgBrake
99 Alm_Inconsist_MechRly
100 Alm_PD_CB
101 Alm_ROV_LVS_Tr
102 Alm_ROV_Br1_ST
103 Alm_ROV_Br2_ST
104 Alm_RAM_CPUBrd
105 Alm_ROM_CPUBrd
106 Alm_EEPROM_CPUBrd
107 Alm_InvalidSetting
108 Alm_ModifiedSetting
109 Alm_PwrLoss_Opto
110 Alm_TripOutput

111 Alm_InnerComm
112 Alm_DSP_CPUBrd

113 Alm_PersistFD_CPUBrd

114 Alm_InconsistFD
115 Alm_Sample_CPUBrd
116 Alm_BI_CPUBrd
117 Alm_RAM_MONBrd
118 Alm_ROM_MONBrd
119 Alm_EEPROM_MONBrd

116

120 Alm_DSP_MONBrd
121 Alm_PersistFD_MONBrd
122 Alm_MONBrd
123 Alm_Sample_MONBrd
: means the corresponding LED indicator is on.
Table 4.1-2 List of alarm reports

No. Alarm Report Description Suggestion
Alarm indicating VT1 circuit failure
1 Alm_SwOv_VTS1_Gen and start to switch over voltage
circuit.
2 Alm_SwOv_VTS2_Gen and start to switch over voltage
circuit.
3 Alm_BlkV3rdHDiff_VTS1 and blocking third harmonics
voltage differential protection.
4 Alm_BlkIntTurn_VTS2
and blocking interturn protection.
Alarm indicating secondary circuit
5 Alm_VTS_HVS_Tr failure of VT at HV side of main
transformer.
6 Alm_VTS1_Term_Gen
failure of VT1 at generator terminal.
Check the
7 Alm_VTS2_Term_Gen metering and
failure of VT2 at generator terminal.
secondary circuit.
8 Alm_VTS_NP_Gen failure of VT at the neutral point of
generator.
9 Alm_DeltVTS1_Term_Gen failure at open-delta side of VT1 at
generator terminal.
10 Alm_DeltVTS2_Term_Gen failure at open-delta side of VT2 at
generator terminal.
11 Alm_VTS_RotWdg failure of VT for rotor earth fault
protection.
Alarm indicating the position of
12 Alm_Pos_CB_HVS1_Tr circuit breaker of branch 1 at HV
side is abnormal.
13 Alm_Pos_CB_HVS2_Tr Alarm indicating the position of

117

circuit breaker of branch 2 at HV
side is abnormal.
Alarm indicating rotor voltage circuit
14 Alm_VTS_LossExc_RotWdg failure which used by
loss-of-excitation protection.
15 Alm_VTS_ET failure of VT of excitation
transformer
Inform
The DSP chip in CPU board
16 Alm_PM_DSP1_CPUBrd manufacturer for
damaged.
maintenance.
17 Alm_CTS_HVS1_Tr abnormality of CT of branch 1 at HV
side of main transformer.
18 Alm_CTS_HVS2_Tr abnormality of CT of branch 2 at HV
side of main transformer.
19 Alm_CTS_Term_Gen abnormality of CT at generator
terminal.
20 Alm_CTS_NP_Gen abnormality of CT at the neutral
point of generator.
abnormality of CT installed in
21 Alm_CTS_SP1_Gen
splitting-phase branch 1 at the Check the
neutral point of generator. metering and
Alarm indicating secondary circuit secondary circuit.
abnormality of CT installed in
22 Alm_CTS_SP2_Gen
splitting-phase branch 2 at the
neutral point of generator.
failure of CT at side1 of excitation
23 Alm_CTS_S1_Exc
set used in differential protection of
excitation.
failure of CT at side2 of excitation
24 Alm_CTS_S2_Exc
set used in differential protection of
excitation.
Alarm indicating the secondary
25 Alm_CTS_TrvDiff_Gen circuit failure of CT for transverse
differential protection of generator.

118

Alarm indicating differential current
26 Alm_Diff_Gen of generator is in excess of
normally endurable level.
Alarm indicating splitting-phase
transverse differential current of
27 Alm_SPTDiff_Gen
generator is in excess of normally
endurable level.
28 Alm_Diff_ET of exciter is in excess of normally
endurable level.
29 Alm_Diff_Exciter of excitation transformer is in
excess of normally endurable level.
Treat according
Alarm indicating operation of DPFC to specific
30 Alm_DPFC_IntTurn_Gen
interturn protective element. application
requirement.
Alarm indicating the position of Check the
31 Alm_Pos_GCB circuit breaker at terminal of corresponding
generator is abnormal. binary input.
32 Alm_CTS_Diff_Gen failure of CTs used for differential
protection of generator.
Disable the link
failure of CTs used for
33 Alm_CTS_SPTDiff_Gen and check the
splitting-phase transverse
secondary circuit.
After clear the
error, reset the
34 Alm_CTS_Diff_ET failure of CT used in excitation
relay.
transformer differential protection.
35 Alm_CTS_Diff_Exciter failure of CT used in exciter
differential protection.
Alarm indicating operation of
overcurrent element used for
36 Alm_BO_OC2_Gen
driving a set of contact to block
Treat according
other circuit.
to specific
Alarm indicating 2 points earth fault
application
protection has been put input
37 Alm_On_2PEF_RotWdg requirement.
operation after operation of 1 point
earth fault protection of rotor.
38 Alm_Ext_OOS_Gen Alarm indicating out-of-step of

119

system occurs while its oscillation
center is outside protective zone.
Alarm indicating out-of-step of
39 Alm_Int_OOS_Gen system occurs and its oscillation
center is inside protective zone.
Alarm indicating accelerate
40 Alm_Accel_OOS_Gen
out-of-step occurs.
Alarm indicating decelerate
41 Alm_Decel_OOS_Gen
out-of-step occurs.
42 Alm_RevP_Gen
reverse power protection.
43 Alm_LossExc_Gen loss-of-excitation protective
element.
Alarm indicating operation of over
44 Alm_OvExc_Gen
excitation protective element.
45 Alm_OvLd_Sta
overload element of stator.
46 Alm_NegOC_Gen negative overcurrent protective
element of stator.
47 Alm_OvLd_RotWdg overload protective element of rotor
winding.
48 Alm_ROV_Sta sensitive stage of ROV protection of
stator earth fault.
Alarm indicating operation of third
49 Alm_V3rdHRatio_Sta harmonics ratio earth fault
protective element of stator.
Alarm indicating operation of third
50 Alm_V3rdHDiff_Sta harmonics differential earth fault
51 Alm_Sens_1PEF_RotWdg sensitive stage of 1 point earth fault
protective element of rotor.
52 Alm_1PEF_RotWdg normal stage of 1 point earth fault
protective element of rotor.
Alarm indicating operation of stage
53 Alm_UF1_Gen 1 of under frequency protective
element of generator.

120

57 Alm_OF1_Gen 1 of over frequency protective
58 Alm_OF2_Gen 2 of over frequency protective
59 Alm_RevP_Gen
reverse power protection.
60 Alm_BO_UC_OvSp_Gen electric over speed protection of
generator.
61 Alm_VTS_Term_Gen
failure of VT at generator terminal.
62 Alm_VTS_HVS_Tr failure of VT at HV side of main
transformer. Check the
Alarm indicating secondary circuit metering and
63 Alm_VTS_Br1_ST failure of VT at LV side branch 1 of secondary circuit.
64 Alm_VTS_Br2_ST failure of VT at LV side branch 2 of
65 Alm_MechRly1
mechanical repeater 1.
66 Alm_MechRly2
Treat according
67 Alm_MechRly3 to specific
application
68 Alm_MechRly4 requirement.
Alarm indicating overload of main
69 Alm_OvLd_Tr
transformer.
70 Alm_InitCool2_OvLd_Tr Alarm indicating stage 2 of initiate

121

cooling of main transformer.
Alarm indicating stage 1 of initiate
cooling of main transformer.
Alarm indicating overcurrent output
72 Alm_BO_OC_HVS_ST
at HV side of stepdown transformer.
Alarm indicating overload of
73 Alm_OvLd_ST
Check if the
power circuit of
Alarm indicating power loss of OPT module is
74 Alm_PwrLoss_MechRly
mechanical relay. connected
correctly with DC
module.
Treat according
Alarm indicating initiate cooling of to specific
75 Alm_InitCool_OvLd_ST
stepdown transformer. application
requirement.
Inform
Alarm indicating DSP2 in CPU
76 Alm_PM_DSP2_CPUBrd manufacturer for
module damaged.
maintenance.
failure of circuit breaker CT of
77 Alm_CTS_HVS1_Tr
branch 1 at HV side of main
transformer.
failure of circuit breaker CT of
78 Alm_CTS_HVS2_Tr
branch 2 at HV side of main
transformer.
79 Alm_CTS_LVS_Tr failure of CT at LV side of main
Check the
transformer.
metering and
secondary circuit.
80 Alm_CTS_HVS_Tr failure of HV side of main
transformer.
81 Alm_CTS_Gen failure of CT at HV side of main
transformer.
82 Alm_CTS#_HVS_ST failure of CT with big ratio at HV
side of stepdown transformer.
83 Alm_CTS_HVS_ST
failure of CT with small ratio at HV

122

side of stepdown transformer.
84 Alm_CTS_Br1_ST failure of CT at LV side branch 1 of
85 Alm_CTS_Br2_ST failure of CT at LV side branch 2 of
Alarm indicating the differential
current is abnormal in differential
86 Alm_Diff_GTU
protection of generator-transformer
unit.
87 Alm_Diff_Tr current is abnormal in differential
protection of main transformer.
88 Alm_Diff_ST current is abnormal in differential
protection of stepdown transformer.
Alarm indicating the operation of
89 Alm_BO_RevRly1
reserve relay 1 Treat according
Alarm indicating the operation of to specific
90 Alm_BO_RevRly2
reserve relay 2 application
Alarm indicating the operation of requirement.
91 Alm_BO_RevRly3
reserve relay 3
failure of CT in differential
92 Alm_CTS_Diff_GTU
protection of generator-transformer Disable the link
unit. and check the
Alarm indicating secondary circuit secondary circuit.
93 Alm_CTS_Diff_Tr failure of CT in differential After clear the
protection of main transformer. error, reset the
Alarm indicating secondary circuit relay.
94 Alm_CTS_Diff_ST failure of CT in differential
protection of stepdown transformer.
Alarm indicating overload at LV side
95 Alm_OvLd_Br1_ST
branch 1 of stepdown transformer.
Alarm indicating overload at LV side Treat according
96 Alm_OvLd_Br2_ST
branch 1 of stepdown transformer. to specific
Alarm indicating over excitation of application
97 Alm_OvExc_Tr
main transformer. requirement.
Alarm indicating emergency brake
98 Alm_UrgBrake
of generator.
99 Alm_Inconsist_MechRly Alarm indicating circuit of Check if the

123

mechanical is abnormal. power circuit of
OPT module is
connected
correctly with DC
module.
Alarm indicating the binary input of Check the
100 Alm_PD_CB pole disagreement is in excess of corresponding
10s. binary input.
Alarm indicating operation of ROV
101 Alm_ROV_LVS_Tr protection of LV side of main
transformer.
Treat according
to specific
102 Alm_ROV_Br1_ST protection of branch 1 at LV side of
application
requirement.
103 Alm_ROV_Br2_ST protection of branch 2 at LV side of
104 Alm_RAM_CPUBrd CPU module RAM damaged.
CPU module flash memory
105 Alm_ROM_CPUBrd
damaged. Inform
CPU module EEPROM damaged manufacturer for
judged by the mismatch of maintenance.
106 Alm_EEPROM_CPUBrd
summation of all the settings with
the CRC code .
Without modifying protection setting Modify and check
107 Alm_InvalidSetting after modification of rated protection setting
secondary current of CT. again.
Do nothing
In the proceeding of setting except waiting for
108 Alm_ModifiedSetting
parameters. completion of the
process.
Check if the
power circuit of
Loss of power supply of the optical OPT module is
109 Alm_PwrLoss_Opto
couplers for binary inputs. connected
correctly with DC
module.
Inform
Driving transistor of binary output
110 Alm_TripOutput manufacturer for
damaged.
maintenance.
Alarm indicating that the Check the
111 Alm_InnerComm
communication between MON and connection

124

CPU interrupts. between FACE
and CPU
modules.
Inform
The DSP chip in CPU board
112 Alm_DSP_CPUBrd manufacturer for
damaged.
maintenance.
Check the
Duration of pickup of any fault secondary circuit
113 Alm_PersistFD_CPUBrd detector in CPU board is in excess and the
of 10s. corresponding
settings.
Check the
Mismatch of pickup of same type metering between
114 Alm_InconsistFD
fault detectors in CPU and MON. CPU and MON
modules.
Failure of sampled data in CPU
115 Alm_Sample_CPUBrd
board.
Any one of binary input sampled
116 Alm_BI_CPUBrd directly doesnt match with that of
recognition of protection itself. Inform
117 Alm_RAM_MONBrd MON module RAM damaged. manufacturer for
MON module flash memory maintenance.
118 Alm_ROM_MONBrd
damaged.
119 Alm_EEPROM_MONBrd MON module EEPROM damaged.
The DSP chip in MON board
120 Alm_DSP_MONBrd
damaged.
Check the
Duration of pickup of any fault secondary circuit
121 Alm_PersistFD_MONBrd detector in MON board is in excess and the
of 10s. corresponding
settings.
122 Alm_MONBrd MON module damaged. Inform
Failure of sampled data in MON manufacturer for
123 Alm_Sample_MONBrd
board. maintenance.
4.2 Metering
The relay produces a variety of both directly and calculated power system quantities. These
measurement values are updated on a per half second basis and can be viewed in the menu
VALUES of the relay or via relay communication.
This relay is able to measure and display the following quantities as summarized:

125
4.2.1 Measured voltages and currents

The relay produces both phase-to-ground and phase-to-phase voltage and current values. They
are produced directly from the DFT (Discrete Fourier Transform) used by the relay protection
functions and present both magnitude and phase angle measurement.
4.2.2 Sequence voltages and currents

Sequence quantities are produced by the relay from the measured Fourier values; these are
displayed as magnitude and phase angle values.
4.2.3 Rms. voltages and currents

Rms. phase voltage and current values are calculated by the relay using the sum of the samples
squared over a cycle of sampled data.
4.2.4 Differential current and relevant quantities

Differential current and restrained current calculated in differential protection is displayed to user
for monitoring the correctness of operation or testing of the differential protection.
4.2.5 Phase angles

Calculated phase angles are also displayed on LCD to help user to check the correctness of CT or
VT circuit.
4.2.6 Measurement display quantities

Here are VALUES available in the relay for viewing of measurement quantities. All the
measurement quantities can be divided into CPU quantities or DSP quantities by their origin where
they are derived. These can also be viewed with RCSPC (see RCSPC User Manual) and are
shown below:
4.2.7 All metering data displayed on LCD
Note:
The quantities listed in following tables are to be displayed on LCD for RCS-985A, but for a certain
application, some of these quantities may be eliminated due of the scheme user required, so
please look up the devices on site for actual quantities displayed.

126
4.2.7.1 Differential currents and related values in transformer metering in CPU and MON
Figure 4.2-1 Differential currents and related values in transformer metering in CPU and MON
Where:
Ie secondary calculated rated current of generator.

Id_Diff_Tr Phase A,B and C of per unit value of transformer differential current.
Ir_Diff_Tr Phase A,B and C of per unit value of transformer restraint current.
Id_2ndH Phase A, B and C of 2nd harmonic component in differential current of
transformer.
Id_5thH Phase A, B and C of 5th harmonic component in differential current of
transformer.
Icorr_HVS1_Tr Corrected current of phase A, B and C at branch1 of HV side of transformer.
Icorr_HVS2_Tr Corrected current of phase A, B and C at branch2 of HV side of transformer.
Icorr_LVS_Tr Corrected current of phase A, B and C at LV side of transformer.
Icorr_HVS_ST Corrected current of phase A, B and C at HV side of stepdown transformer..
Access path in menu is VALUES CPU METERINGTR METERING DIFF CURR and
VALUES MON METERINGTR METERING DIFF CURR.
Note:
The contents inside the first window are the default display seen by user entering this submenu.
User can navigate to the following items by scrolling the arrow keys on the faceplate of the relay.
What user meets similar to this case later can be dealt with in same way.

127
4.2.7.2 Currents in transformer metering in CPU and MON
Figure 4.2-2 Currents in transformer metering in CPU and MON
Where:
I_HVS1_Tr Currents of phase A,B and C of branch 1 at HV side of transformer.

I1_HVS1_Tr Positive sequence currents of branch 1 at HV side of transformer.
I2_HVS1_Tr Negative sequence currents of branch 1 at HV side of transformer.
I0_HVS1_Tr Zero sequence currents of branch 1 at HV side of transformer.
I_HVS2_Tr Currents of phase A,B and C of branch 2 at HV side of transformer.
I1_HVS2_Tr Positive sequence currents of branch 2 at HV side of transformer.
I2_HVS2_Tr Negative sequence currents of branch 2 at HV side of transformer.
I0_HVS2_Tr Zero sequence currents of branch 2 at HV side of transformer.
I_LVS_Tr Currents of phase A,B and C at LV side of transformer.
I1_LVS_Tr Positive sequence currents of at LV side of transformer.
I2_LVS_Tr Negative sequence currents of at LV side of transformer.
I0_LVS_Tr Zero sequence currents of at LV side of transformer.
I_HVS_Tr Current sum of phase A, B and C of branch 1 and 2 at HV side of transformer.
Ipp_HVS_Tr phase to phase currents at HV side of transformer.
I1_HVS_Tr Positive sequence current at HV side of transformer.
I2_HVS_Tr Negative sequence current at HV side of transformer.
I0_HVS_Tr Zero sequence current at HV side of transformer.
I0_NP_HVS_Tr Zero sequence current of neutral point at HV side of transformer.
I0_Gap_HVS_Tr Gap zero sequence current of neutral point at HV side of main transformer
Access path in menu is VALUES CPU METERINGTR METERING CURR and

VALUES MON METERINGTR METERING CURR.

128
4.2.7.3 Voltages at HV side of transformer metering in CPU and MON
Figure 4.2-3 Voltages in transformer metering in CPU and MON
Where:
U_HVS_Tr Phase voltages at HV side of transformer.

Upp_HVS_Tr Phase to phase voltages at HV side of transformer.
U1_HVS_Tr Positive sequence voltage at HV side of transformer.
U2_HVS_Tr Negative sequence voltage at HV side of transformer.
U0_HVS_Tr Zero sequence voltage at HV side of transformer.
U0_DeltVT_HVS_Tr Zero sequence voltage of delta VT at HV side of transformer.
U0_DeltVT_LVS_Tr Zero sequence voltage of delta VT at LV side of transformer.
U/F_OvExc_Tr Calculated ratio between voltage and frequency of transformer.
Accu_InvOvExc_Tr Accumulation of thermal due to inverse time over-excitation of
generator.
Access path in menu is VALUES CPU METERINGTR METERING HVS VOLT and
VALUES MON METERINGTR METERING HVS VOLT.

129
4.2.7.4 Differential currents in stepdown transformer metering in CPU and MON
Figure 4.2-4 Differential currents in stepdown transformer metering in CPU and MON
Where:
Id_Diff_ST Phase A, B and C of per unit value of stepdown transformer differential

current.
Ir_Diff_ST Phase A, B and C of per unit value of stepdown transformer restraint current.
Id_2ndH The 2nd harmonic component in differential current of stepdown transformer.
Icorr_HVS_ST Corrected current of phase A, B and C at HV side of stepdown transformer.
Icorr_Br1_ST Corrected current of phase A, B and C at LV side branch 1 of stepdown
transformer.
Icorr_Br2_ST Corrected current of phase A, B and C at LV side branch 2 of stepdown
transformer.
Access path in menu is VALUES CPU METERINGST METERING DIFF CURR and
VALUES MON METERINGST METERING DIFF CURR.

130
4.2.7.5 Currents at HV side of stepdown transformer metering in CPU and MON
Figure 4.2-5 Currents at HV side of stepdown transformer metering in CPU and MON
Where:
I_CT_HVS_ST Currents of CT (small ratio) at HV side of stepdown transformer.

I1_CT_HVS_ST Positive sequence currents of CT (small ratio) at HV side of stepdown
transformer.
I2_CT_HVS_ST Negative sequence currents of CT (small ratio) at HV side of stepdown
transformer.
I0_CT_HVS_ST Zero sequence currents of CT (small ratio) at HV side of stepdown
transformer.
I_CT#_HVS_ST Currents of CT (big ratio) at HV side of stepdown transformer.
I1_CT#_HVS_ST Positive sequence currents of CT (big ratio) at HV side of stepdown
transformer.
I2_CT#_HVS_ST Negative sequence currents of CT (big ratio) at HV side of stepdown
transformer.
I0_CT#_HVS_ST Zero sequence currents of CT (big ratio) at HV side of stepdown
transformer.
Access path in menu is VALUES CPU METERINGST METERINGHVS CURR and

VALUES MON METERINGST METERINGHVS CURR.

131
4.2.7.6 Values at LV side branch 1/branch 2 of stepdown transformer metering in CPU and
MON
Figure 4.2-6 Values at LV side branch 1 of stepdown transformer metering in CPU and MON
Where:
I_Br1_ST Currents of LV side branch 1 of stepdown transformer.

I1_Br1_ST Positive sequence current of LV side branch 1 of stepdown transformer.
I2_Br1_ST Negative sequence current of LV side branch 1 of stepdown transformer.
I0_Br1_ST Zero sequence current of LV side branch 1 of stepdown transformer.
I0_NP_Br1_ST Zero sequence current of neutral point of stepdown transformer.
Upp_Br1_ST Voltages at LV side branch 1 of stepdown transformer.
U1_Br1_ST Positive sequence voltage at LV side branch 1 of stepdown transformer.
U2_Br1_ST Negative sequence voltage at LV side branch 1 of stepdown transformer.
U0_DeltVT_Br1_ST Zero sequence voltage of delta VT at LV side branch 1 of stepdown
transformer.
Access path in menu is VALUES CPU METERINGST METERINGBR1 METERING and

VALUES MON METERINGST METERING BR1 METERING.

132
Figure 4.2-7 Values at LV side branch 2 of stepdown transformer metering in CPU and MON
Where:
I_Br2_ST Currents of LV side branch 2 of stepdown transformer.

I1_Br2_ST Positive sequence current of LV side branch 2 of stepdown transformer.
I2_Br2_ST Negative sequence current of LV side branch 2 of stepdown transformer.
I0_Br2_ST Zero sequence current of LV side branch 2 of stepdown transformer.
I0_NP_Br2_ST Zero sequence current of neutral point of stepdown transformer.
Upp_Br2_ST Voltages at LV side of stepdown transformer.
U1_Br2_ST Positive sequence voltage at LV side branch 2 of stepdown transformer.
U2_Br2_ST Negative sequence voltage at LV side branch 2 of stepdown transformer.
U0_DeltVT_Br2_ST Zero sequence voltage of delta VT at LV side branch 2 of stepdown
transformer.
Access path in menu is VALUES CPU METERINGST METERINGBR2 METERING and

VALUES MON METERINGST METERING BR2 METERING.

133
4.2.7.7 Values of generator-transformer unit metering in CPU and MON
Figure 4.2-8 Values of generator-transformer unit metering in CPU and MON
Where:
Id_Diff_GTU Phase A,B and C of per unit value of generator-transformer unit differential
current.
Ir_Diff_GTU Phase A,B and C of per unit value of generator-transformer unit restraint
current.
Id_2ndH Phase A, B and C of 2nd harmonic component in differential current of
generator-transformer unit.
Id_5thH Phase A, B and C of 5th harmonic component in differential current of
Icorr_HVS_GTU Corrected current of phase A, B and C at HV side of generator-transformer
unit.
Icorr_NP_Gen Corrected current of phase A, B and C at neutral point of
Icorr_ST Corrected current of phase A, B and C of stepdown transformer.
I_HVS_Tr Current of phase A, B and C at HV side of transformer.
I1_HVS_Tr Positive sequence current at HV side of transformer.
I2_HVS_Tr Negative sequence current at HV side of transformer.
I0_HVS_Tr Zero sequence current at HV side of transformer.
Access path in menu is VALUES CPU METERINGGTU METERING and VALUES MON
METERINGGTU METERING.

134
4.2.7.8 Differential currents in generator metering in CPU and MON
Figure 4.2-9 Differential currents in generator metering in CPU and MON
Where:
Id_Diff_Gen Phase A,B and C of per unit value of generator differential current.
Ir_Diff_Gen Phase A,B and C of per unit value of generator restraint current.
I_Term_Gen Phase A,B and C of current derived from CT at generator terminal.
I1_Term_Gen Positive sequence current of generator terminal.
I2_Term_Gen Negative sequence current of generator terminal.
I0_Term_Gen Calculated zero sequence current of generator terminal.
I_NP_Gen Phase A,B and C of current derived from CT at generator neutral point.
I1_NP_Gen Positive sequence current of generator neutral point.
I2_NP_Gen Negative sequence current of generator neutral point.
I0_NP_Gen Calculated zero sequence current of generator neutral point.
Access path in menu is VALUES CPU METERINGGEN METERING DIFF CURR and
VALUES MON METERINGGEN METERING DIFF CURR.

135
4.2.7.9 Transverse differential currents of generator in CPU and MON
Figure 4.2-10 Transverse differential current and related values in CPU and MON
Where:
Id_TrvDiff_Gen transverse differential current of generator.

Id_3rdH_TrvDiff_Gen 3rd harmonics component of transverse differential current.
Id_SPTDiff_Gen Phase A, B and C of per unit value of phase-splitting transverse
differential current of generator.
Ir_SPTDiff_Gen Phase A, B and C of per unit value of restraint current of phase-splitting
transverse differential protection.
Icorr_SP1_Gen Phase A, B and C of per unit value of branch1s corrected current.
Icorr_SP2_Gen Phase A, B and C of per unit value of branch2s corrected current.
I_SP1_Gen Phase A, B and C of split branch1s current.
I1_SP1_Gen Split branch1s positive sequence current.
I2_SP1_Gen Split branch1s negative sequence current.
I0_SP1_Gen Split branch1s zero sequence current.
I_SP2_Gen Phase A, B and C of Split branch2s current.
I1_SP2_Gen Split branch2s positive sequence current.
I2_SP2_Gen Split branch2s negative sequence current.
I0_SP2_Gen Split branch2s zero sequence current.
Access path in menu is VALUES CPU METERING GEN METERING GEN TRVDIFF
CURR and VALUES MON METERING GEN METERING GEN TRVDIFF CURR.

136
4.2.7.10 Voltages of generator metering in CPU and MON
Figure 4.2-11 Voltages and related values in CPU and MON
Where:
U_VT1_Term_Gen Phase A, B and C of voltage derived from VT1 at the generators

terminal.
U1_VT1_Term_Gen Calculated positive sequence voltage of VT1.
U2_VT1_Term_Gen Calculated negative sequence voltage of VT1.
U0_VT1_Term_Gen Calculated zero sequence voltage of VT1.
U_VT2_Term_Gen Phase A, B and C of voltage derived from VT2 at the generators
terminal.
U1_VT2_Term_Gen Calculated positive sequence voltage of VT2.
U2_VT2_Term_Gen Calculated negative sequence voltage of VT2.
U0_VT2_Term_Gen Calculated zero sequence voltage of VT2.
Upp_VT1_Term_G Phase-to-phase voltage of VT1Uab, Ubc, Uca.
Upp_VT2_Term_G Phase-to-phase voltage of VT2Uab, Ubc, Uca.
U0_DeltVT1_Term_Gen Zero sequence voltage derived from open-delta side of VT1 at the
generators terminal.
U0_NP_Gen Zero sequence voltage derived from VT at the neutral point of
generator.
U0_3rdH_VT1_Term_Gen Calculated 3rd harmonics of VT1 at the generators terminal.
U0_3rdH_VT_NP_Gen Calculated 3rd harmonics of VT at the neutral point of generator.
Ud_3rdH_Sta 3rd harmonics differential voltage between the terminal and the
U0_Longl_Gen Longitude zero sequence voltage of generator.
U0_3rdH_Longl_Gen 3rd harmonics voltage in longitude zero voltage.
Access path in menu is VALUES CPU METERING GEN METERING VOLTAGE and
VALUES MON METERING GEN METERING VOLTAGE.

137
4.2.7.11 Misc metering quantities of generator in CPU and MON
Figure 4.2-12 Misc metering quantities of generator
Where:
P_Gen Active power of generator.

Q_Gen Reactive power of generator.
Accu_InvOvLd_Sta Accumulation of thermal due to overload of stator.
Accu_Therm_RotBody Accumulation of thermal due to negative sequence current through
stator result from interaction between rotor and stator.
U/F_OvExc_Gen Calculated ratio of per unit values of voltage and frequency.
Accu_InvOvExc_Gen Accumulation of thermal due to overexcitation of generator.
f_Gen real time calculated frequency of generator.
Accu_UF1_Gen Accumulation of underfrequency condition time of generator to
decide operation of state 1 of underfrequency protection.
Accu_UF2_Gen Accumulation of underfrequency condition time of generator to
decide operation of state 1 of underfrequency protection.
U_RotWdg voltage of positive pole of rotor to negative pole.
R_EF_RotWdg Calculated grounded resistance of rotor..
Location_EF_RotWdg Location of earth fault of rotor winding of generator.
U1_2ndH_VT1_Term_Gen Positive sequence voltage of 2nd harmonics voltage of stator
derived from VT1 at the generators terminal.
U2_2ndH_VT1_Term_Gen Negative sequence voltage of 2nd harmonics voltage of stator
derived from VT1 at the generators terminal.
Access path in menu is VALUES CPU METERING GEN METERINGMISC METERING

and VALUES MON METERING GEN METERINGMISC METERING.

138
4.2.7.12 Differential currents in excitation metering in CPU and MON
Figure 4.2-13 Differential currents in excitation metering in CPU and MON
Where:
Id_Diff_Exc Phase A, B and C of differential current of excitation transformer or exciter.

Ir_Diff_Exc Phase A, B and C of restraint current of excitation transformer or exciter.
Id_2ndH Phase A, B and C of 2nd harmonics component in differential current of
excitation transformer or exciter.
Icorr_S1_Exc Phase A, B and C of corrected current on the high voltage side of excitation
transformer or terminal side of exciter (Side 1).
Icorr_S2_Exc Phase A, B and C of corrected current on the low voltage side of excitation
transformer or neutral point side of exciter (Side 2) .
Access path in menu is VALUES CPU METERING EXC METERING DIFF CURR and
VALUES MON METERING EXC METERING DIFF CURR.

139
4.2.7.13 AC metering in excitation metering in CPU and MON
Figure 4.2-14 AC metering in excitation metering in CPU and MON
Where:
I_S1_Exc Phase A, B and C current on side 1 of excitation transformer or exciter.

I1_S1_Exc Positive sequence current of side 1 of excitation transformer or exciter.
I2_S1_Exc negative sequence current of side 1 of excitation transformer or exciter.
I0_S1_Exc zero sequence current of side 1 of excitation transformer or exciter.
I_S2_Exc Phase A, B and C current on side 2 of excitation transformer or exciter.
I1_S2_Exc Positive sequence current of side 2 of excitation transformer or exciter.
I2_S2_Exc negative sequence current of side 2 of excitation transformer or exciter.
I0_S2_Exc zero sequence current of side 2 of excitation transformer or exciter.
Upp_ET Phase to phase voltages of excitation transformer.
U1_ET Positive sequence voltage of excitation transformer.
U2_ET Negative sequence voltage of excitation transformer.
I_RotWdg excitation current through rotor winding.
I_Exc alternative excitation current on the rectifiers AC side
Accu_Therm_RotWdg accumulation of thermal of rotor winding.
Access path in menu is VALUES CPU METERING EXC METERING AC METERING and
VALUES MON METERING EXC METERING AC METERING.

140
4.2.7.14 Phase angles of transformer metering
Figure 4.2-15 Phase angle of transformer metering
Where:
_HVS1_Tr_&_HVS2_Tr phase angle between same-phase currents derived from branch 1

and 2 of HV side of transformer.
_HVS1_Tr_&_LVS_Tr phase angle between same-phase currents derived from branch 1 at
HV side and form LV side of transformer.
_HVS1_Tr_&_HVS_ST phase angle between same-phase currents derived from branch 1 at
HV side of transformer and form HV side of stepdown transformer.
_HVS_Tr_&_NP_Gen phase angle between same-phase currents from HV side of
transformer and neutral point of generator.
_HVS_Tr_&_HVS_ST phase angle between same-phase currents from sum currents of HV
side and HV side of stepdown transformer.
I0_Tr_&_NP_Tr phase angle between zero sequence currents from sum currents of
HV side and neutral point of transformer.
ipp_HVS1_Tr phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of currents
derived from HVS1 of transformer.
ipp_HVS2_Tr phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of currents
derived from HVS2 of transformer.
ipp_HVS_Tr phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of currents
derived from HVS of transformer.
ipp_LVS_Tr phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of currents
derived from LVS of transformer.
vpp_Tr phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of voltages
of transformer.
vi_Tr phase angle between voltages and currents of phase A, B and C of
transformer.
vi0_Tr phase angle between zero sequence voltage and zero sequence

141
current of transformer.
Access path in menu is VALUES PHASE ANGLE TR PHASE ANGLE
4.2.7.15 Phase angles of auxiliary metering
Figure 4.2-16 Phase angles of stepdown transformer metering
Where:
_HVS_&_Br1_ST phase angle between same-phase voltages of HVS and LVS branch 1
_HVS_&_Br2_ST phase angle between same-phase voltages of HVS and LVS branch 2
ipp_CT_HVS_ST phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of current
derived from CT (small ratio) at HV side of stepdown transformer.
ipp_CT#_HVS_ST phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of current
derived from CT (big ratio) at HV side of stepdown transformer.
ipp_Br1_ST phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of currents of
LV side branch 1 of stepdown transformer.
ipp_Br2_ST phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of currents of
vpp_Br1_ST phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of voltages of
vpp_Br2_ST phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of voltages of
Access path in menu is VALUES PHASE ANGLE ST PHASE ANGLE.

142
4.2.7.16 Phase angles of generator metering
Figure 4.2-17 Phase angles of generator metering
Where:
_Term_Gen_&_NP_Gen phase angle between same-phase currents derived from CT at

generators terminal and at generators neutral point.
_SP1_Gen_&_SP2_Gen phase angle between same-phase currents derived from CT at
phase-splitting branch 1 and branch2.
ipp_Term_Gen phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of current
derived from CT at generators terminal.
ipp_NP_Gen phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of current
derived from CT at generators neutral point.
ipp_SP1_Gen phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of current
derived from CT at the phase-splitting branch 1.
ipp_SP2_Gen phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of current
derived from CT at the phase-splitting branch 2.
vpp_VT1_Term_Gen phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of voltage
derived from VT1 at generators terminal.
vpp_VT2_Term_Gen phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of voltage
derived from VT2 at generators terminal.
v_VT1_Gen_&_VT2_Gen phase angle between same-phase voltage derived from VT1 and
VT2 at generators terminal.
_V3rdH_Gen phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of 3rd
harmonics voltage derived from VT1 at generators terminal.
vi_Term_Gen phase angle between same-phase voltage and current of
Access path in menu is VALUES PHASE ANGLE GEN PHASE ANGLE.

143
4.2.7.17 Phase angle of excitation metering
Figure 4.2-18 Excitation System metering of generator
Where:
i_S1_Exc_&_S2_Exc phase angle between same-phase currents derived from CT at

generators terminal and that at generators neutral point
ipp_S1_Exc phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of currents
derived from CT at side 1 of excitation transformer or exciter.
ipp_S2_Exc phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of currents
derived from CT at side 2 of excitation transformer or exciter.
vpp_Exc phase angle between phase A and B, B and C, C and A of voltages of
excitation transformer or exciter.
Access path in menu is VALUES PHASE ANGLE EXC PHASE ANGLE.
4.3 Signaling
Signals here mean changes of binary inputs. All these signals can be displayed on LCD, locally
printed or sent to automation system of substation via communication channel.

144
4.3.1 Enabling binary inputs of transformer
Figure 4.3-1 Enabling binary inputs of transformer protection
Where:
EBI_Diff_GTU Enabling binary input of differential protection of generator-transformer

unit.
EBI_Diff_Tr Enable binary input of differential protection of transformer.
EBI_PPF_Tr Enabling binary input of phase-to-phase backup protection of
transformer.
EBI_EF_Tr Enabling binary input of earth fault protection of transformer.
EBI_ROV/ROC_Gap_Tr Enabling binary input of gap zero-sequence overvoltage/overcurrent
Access path in menu is VALUES CPU BI STATE TR PROT EBI and VALUES MON BI
STATE TR PROT EBI .
4.3.2 Enabling binary inputs of generator

145
Figure 4.3-2 Enabling binary inputs of generator protection
Where:
EBI_Diff_Gen Enabling binary input of differential protection of generator.

EBI_SPTDiff_Gen Enabling binary input of spilt phase differential protection of generator.
EBI_PPF_Gen Enabling binary input of phase-to-phase backup protection of generator.
EBI_IntTurn_Gen Enabling binary input of interturn protection of generator.
EBI_ROV_Sta Enabling binary input of zero sequence overvoltage protection of stator.
EBI_V3rd_Sta Enabling binary input of 3rd harmonics voltage protection of generator.
EBI_1PEF_RotWdg Enabling binary input of 1 point earth fault protection of rotor.
EBI_2PEF_RotWdg Enabling binary input of 2 points earth fault protection of rotor.
EBI_OvLd_Sta Enabling binary input of overload protection of stator.
EBI_NegOC_Gen Enabling binary input of negative overcurrent protection of stator.
EBI_LossExc_Gen Enabling binary input of loss-of-excitation protection of generator.
EBI_OOS_Gen Enabling binary input of out-of-step protection of generator.
EBI_VoltProt_Gen Enabling binary input of over-voltage and under-voltage protection of
generator.
EBI_OvExc_Gen Enabling binary input of over-excitation protection of generator or main
transformer.
EBI_PwrProt_Gen Enabling binary input of power protection of generator.
EBI_FreqProt_Gen Enabling binary input of over-frequency and under-frequency protection of
generator.
EBI_AccEnerg_Gen Enabling binary input of accidental energization protection of generator.
EBI_StShut_Gen Enabling binary input of startup and shutdown protection of generator.
Access path in menu is VALUES CPU BI STATE GEN PROT EBI and VALUES MON BI
STATE GEN PROT EBI.

146
4.3.3 Enabling binary inputs of excitation and stepdown transformer protection
Figure 4.3-3 Enabling Binary Input list of excitation and stepdown transformer protection
Where:
EBI_Diff_Exc Enabling binary input of differential protection of excitation transformer of

exciter.
EBI_Bak_Exc Enabling binary input of backup protection of excitation transformer of
exciter.
EBI_Diff_ST Enabling binary input of differential protection of stepdown transformer.
EBI_Bak_HVS_ST Enabling binary input of backup protection of HV side of stepdown
transformer.
EBI_Bak_Br1_ST Enabling binary input of backup protection of LV side branch 1 of stepdown
transformer.
EBI_Bak_Br2_ST Enabling binary input of backup protection of LV side branch 2 of stepdown
transformer.
Access path in menu is VALUES CPU BI STATE ET&ST PROT EBI and VALUES MON
BI STATE ET&ST PROT EBI .

147
4.3.4 Binary inputs of mechanical protection
Figure 4.3-4 Binary Inputs of mechanical protection
Where:
EBI_Trp_MechRly x Enabling binary input of mechanical protection to allow mechanical

repeater x to initiate tripping.
BI_MechRly x Binary input indicating operation of mechanical repeater x.
BI_SyncCondenser Binary input indicating the synchronous condenser is put into operation.
Access path in menu is VALUES CPU BI STATE EXC PROT EBI and VALUES MON BI
STATE EXC PROT EBI.
4.3.5 Auxiliary binary input
Figure 4.3-5 Auxiliary binary input
Where:
BI_52b_GCB Binary input of auxiliary contact of close position of circuit breaker at

148
BI_52b_CB_HVS1_Tr Binary input of auxiliary contact of close position of circuit breaker at
branch 1 of HV side of transformer.
BI_52b_CB_HVS2_Tr Binary input of auxiliary contact of close position of circuit breaker at
BI_Valve_Turbine Binary input indicating the valve of steam turbine is in close position.
BI_PD_CB Binary input of pole disagreement of circuit breaker.
BI_UrgBrake Binary input indicating the generator is in urgent braking condition.
BI_Reserved Reserved binary input.
BI_Pwr_Superv Binary input indicating the power supply of somel binary input circuits
(6B21 and 6B22) are working in good condition.
Access path in menu is VALUES CPU BI STATE AUX BI and VALUES MON BI STATE
AUX BI.
4.3.6 Fault detector flag generated internal
Figure 4.3-6 Fault detector flag generated internal
Where:
FD_Diff_Tr/GTU Internally generated binary input indicating operation of fault

detector of differential protection of transformer or
FD_PPF_&_EF_Tr Internally generated binary input indicating operation of
phase to phase fault and earth fault protection of transformer.
FD_Diff_ST Internally generated binary input indicating operation of
FD_Bak_ST Internally generated binary input indicating operation of
backup protection of stepdown transformer.
FD_Diff_Gen Internally generated binary input indicating operation of

149
FD_EF_Sta Internally generated binary input indicating operation of fault

detector of earth fault protection of stator.
FD_EF_RotWdg Internally generated binary input indicating operation of fault
detector of earth fault protection of rotor.
FD_OvLd_Sta Internally generated binary input indicating operation of fault
detector of overload protection of stator.
FD_Bak_Gen Internally generated binary input indicating operation of fault
detector of backup protection of generator.
FD_OvExc_Gen Internally generated binary input indicating operation of fault
detector of overexciatation protection of generator.
FD_FreqProt_Gen Internally generated binary input indicating operation of fault
detector of frequency protection of generator.
FD_LossExc/OOS_Gen Internally generated binary input indicating operation of fault
detector of loss-of-excitation and out-of-step protection of
generator.
FD_Pwr/AccEnerg_Gen Internally generated binary input indicating operation of fault
detector of power protection and accidental energization
protection of generator.
FD_StShut_Gen Internally generated binary input indicating operation of fault
detector of startup and shutdown protection of generator.
FD_Prot_Exc Internally generated binary input indicating operation of fault
detector of protections of excitation transformer or exciter.
FD_MechRly Internally generated binary input indicating operation of fault
detector of mechanical protection of excitation transformer.
Access path in menu is VALUES CPU BI STATE PROT FD and VALUES MON BI
STATE MON FD.

150
4.3.7 Other Binary Inputs
Figure 4.3-7 Other binary inputs
Where:
BI_Pwr_MechRly binary input indicating the power supply of mechanical repeater is in proper
working condition.
BI_Pwr_Opto binary input indicating the power supply of optical isolators is in proper
working condition.
BI_RstTarg binary input of signal reset button.
BI_Pulse_GPS binary input of GPS clock synchronous pulse.
BI_Print binary input represents the print button.
Access path in menu is VALUES CPU BI STATE PS SUPERV BI and VALUES MON BI
STATE PS SUPERV BI.
4.4 Event & fault records

4.4.1 Introduction
The RCS-985A is equipped with integral measurements, event, fault and disturbance recording
facilities suitable for analysis of complex system disturbances. The relay is flexible enough to allow
for the programming of these facilities to specific user application requirements and is discussed
below.
4.4.2 Event & Fault records

The relay records and time tags up to 32 events and stores them in non-volatile (battery backed up)
memory. This enables the system operator to establish the sequence of events that occurred
within the relay following a particular power system condition, switching sequence etc. When the
available space is exhausted, the oldest event is automatically overwritten by the new one.
The real time clock within the relay provides the time tag to each event, to a resolution of 1ms. The
event records are available for viewing either via the front plate LCD or remotely, via the
151
communications ports (courier and MODBUS versions only).
Local viewing on the LCD is achieved in the menu column entitled REPORT. This column allows
viewing of event and fault records and is shown by setting sequence No. of the event or fault
report by user. Refer to section 8 for details of operation method.
4.4.3 Type of event

An event may be a change of state of a control input or output relay, an alarm condition and
operation reports of protection etc.
4.4.4 Change of state of binary inputs

If one or more of the opto inputs has changed state since the last time that the protection algorithm
ran, the new status is logged as an event. When this event is selected to be viewed on the LCD,
the applicable cells will become visible as shown below:
Figure 4.4-1 Format of Event Report
Where Record NO. means the sequence No. of the record which is generated by RCS-985A
automatically. Date: DD-MM-YY and Time: HH:MM:SS:xxxxms commonly comprise the
absolute time tag of the record. Binary input Name shows the name of the binary input whose
state changes. Changing manner shows how to change of the state of the binary input. For
instance:

152
Figure 4.4-2 Example of Binary Input Changing Report
All the binary input that may be shown in the menu can be found in section 4.3, here list them
again.
Table 4-3 List of binary input of RCS-985A
No. BI name No. BI name

1. EBI_Diff_Gen 24. EBI_SPTDiff_Gen
2. EBI_IntTurn_Gen 25. BI_UrgBrake
3. EBI_ROV_Sta 26. BI_SyncCondenser
4. EBI_V3rdH_Sta 27. BI_Reserved
5. EBI_1PEF_RotWdg 28. BI_Guard_MechRly
6. EBI_2PEF_RotWdg 29. EBI_Diff_Tr
7. EBI_OvLd_Sta 30. EBI_PPF_Tr
8. EBI_NegOC_Gen 31. EBI_EF_Tr
9. EBI_LossExc_Gen 32. EBI_ROV/ROC_Gap_Tr
10. EBI_OOS_Gen 33. EBI_Diff_GTU
11. EBI_VoltProt_Gen 34. EBI_Reserved1
12. EBI_OvExc_Gen 35. EBI_Diff_ST
13. EBI_PwrProt_Gen 36. EBI_Bak_HVS_ST
14. EBI_FreqProt_Gen 37. EBI_Bak_Br1_ST
15. EBI_AccEnerg_Gen 38. EBI_Bak_Br2_ST
16. EBI_StShut_Gen 39. EBI_Reserved2
17. EBI_Diff_Exc 40. EBI_Reserved3
18. EBI_Bak_Exc 41. BI_Print
19. EBI_Trp_MechRly3 42. BI_Pulse_GPS
20. EBI_Trp_MechRly4 43. BI_RstTarg
21. EBI_Trp_MechRly2 44. BI_Pwr_Superv
22. EBI_Trp_MechRly1 45. BI_MechRly2
23. EBI_PPF_Gen 46. BI_MechRly4

153
No. BI name No. BI name

47. BI_MechRly3 59. FD_Diff_Gen
48. BI_MechRly1 60. FD_EF_Sta/RotWdg
49. BI_Pwr_MechRly 61. FD_OvLd_Sta
50. BI_52b_GCB 62. FD_PPF_Gen
51. BI_52b_CB_HVS1_Tr 63. FD_OvExc_Gen
52. BI_52b_CB_HVS2_Tr 64. FD_FreqProt_Gen
53. BI_PD_CB 65. FD_LossExc/OOS_Gen
54. BI_Valve_Turbine 66. FD_Pwr/AccEnerg_Gen
55. FD_Diff_Tr/GTU 67. FD_StShut_Gen
56. FD_PPF&EF_T 68. FD_Prot_Exc
57. FD_Diff_ST 69. FD_MechRly
58. FD_Bak_ST
4.4.5 Relay alarm conditions
Any alarm conditions generated by the relays will also be logged as individual events. The access
method and display format is similar to that of binary input changing record as shown as below.
Figure 4.4-3 Format of alarm report on LCD
The above figure shows the abbreviated description that is given to the various alarm conditions
and also a corresponding value between 0 and 31. This value is appended to each alarm event in
a similar way as for the input events previously described. It is used by the event extraction
software, such as RCSPC, to identify the alarm and is therefore invisible if the event is viewed on
the LCD.
The following table shows all of the alarm elements that may be displayed in this item.
Table 4-4 List of alarm elements
No. Alarm name No. Alarm name

1. Alm_SwOv_VTS1_Gen 3. Alm_BlkV3rdHDiff_VTS1
2. Alm_SwOv_VTS2_Gen 4. Alm_BlkIntTurn_VTS2

154

5. Alm_VTS_HVS_Tr 46. Alm_NegOC_Gen
6. Alm_VTS1_Term_Gen 47. Alm_OvLd_RotWdg
7. Alm_VTS2_Term_Gen 48. Alm_ROV_Sta
8. Alm_VTS_NP_Gen 49. Alm_V3rdHRatio_Sta
9. Alm_DeltVTS1_Term_Gen 50. Alm_V3rdHDiff_Sta
10. Alm_DeltVTS2_Term_Gen 51. Alm_Sens_1PEF_RotWdg
11. Alm_VTS_RotWdg 52. Alm_1PEF_RotWdg
12. Alm_Pos_CB_HVS1_Tr 53. Alm_UF1_Gen
13. Alm_Pos_CB_HVS2_Tr 54. Alm_UF2_Gen
14. Alm_VTS_LossExc_RotWdg 55. Alm_UF3_Gen
15. Alm_VTS_ET 56. Alm_UF4_Gen
16. Alm_PM_DSP1_CPUBrd 57. Alm_OF1_Gen
17. Alm_CTS_HVS1_Tr 58. Alm_OF2_Gen
18. Alm_CTS_HVS2_Tr 59. Alm_RevP_Gen
19. Alm_CTS_Term_Gen 60. Alm_BO_UC_OvSp_Gen
20. Alm_CTS_NP_Gen 61. Alm_VTS_Term_Gen
21. Alm_CTS_SP1_Gen 62. Alm_VTS_HVS_Tr
22. Alm_CTS_SP2_Gen 63. Alm_VTS_Br1_ST
23. Alm_CTS_S1_Exc 64. Alm_VTS_Br2_ST
24. Alm_CTS_S2_Exc 65. Alm_MechRly1
25. Alm_CTS_TrvDiff_Gen 66. Alm_MechRly2
26. Alm_Diff_Gen 67. Alm_MechRly3
27. Alm_SPTDiff_Gen 68. Alm_MechRly4
28. Alm_Diff_ET 69. Alm_OvLd_Tr
29. Alm_Diff_Exciter 70. Alm_InitCool2_OvLd_Tr
30. Alm_DPFC_IntTurn_Gen 71. Alm_InitCool1_OvLd_Tr
31. Alm_Pos_GCB 72. Alm_BO_OC_HVS_ST
32. Alm_CTS_Diff_Gen 73. Alm_OvLd_ST
33. Alm_CTS_SPTDiff_Gen 74. Alm_PwrLoss_MechRly
34. Alm_CTS_Diff_ET 75. Alm_InitCool_OvLd_ST
35. Alm_CTS_Diff_Exciter 76. Alm_PM_DSP2_CPUBrd
36. Alm_BO_OC2_Gen 77. Alm_CTS_HVS1_Tr
37. Alm_On_2PEF_RotWdg 78. Alm_CTS_HVS2_Tr
38. Alm_Ext_OOS_Gen 79. Alm_CTS_LVS_Tr
39. Alm_Int_OOS_Gen 80. Alm_CTS_HVS_Tr
40. Alm_Accel_OOS_Gen 81. Alm_CTS_Gen
41. Alm_Decel_OOS_Gen 82. Alm_CTS#_HVS_ST
42. Alm_RevP_Gen 83. Alm_CTS_HVS_ST
43. Alm_LossExc_Gen 84. Alm_CTS_Br1_ST
44. Alm_OvExc_Gen 85. Alm_CTS_Br2_ST
45. Alm_OvLd_Sta 86. Alm_Diff_GTU

155

87. Alm_Diff_Tr 106. Alm_EEPROM_CPUBrd
88. Alm_Diff_ST 107. Alm_InvalidSetting
89. Alm_BO_RevRly1 108. Alm_ModifiedSetting
90. Alm_BO_RevRly2 109. Alm_PwrLoss_Opto
91. Alm_BO_RevRly3 110. Alm_TripOutput
92. Alm_CTS_Diff_GTU 111. Alm_InnerComm
93. Alm_CTS_Diff_Tr 112. Alm_DSP_CPUBrd
94. Alm_CTS_Diff_ST 113. Alm_PersistFD_CPUBrd
95. Alm_OvLd_Br1_ST 114. Alm_InconsistFD
96. Alm_OvLd_Br2_ST 115. Alm_Sample_CPUBrd
97. Alm_OvExc_Tr 116. Alm_BI_CPUBrd
98. Alm_UrgBrake 117. Alm_RAM_MONBrd
99. Alm_Inconsist_MechRly 118. Alm_ROM_MONBrd
100. Alm_PD_CB 119. Alm_EEPROM_MONBrd
101. Alm_ROV_LVS_Tr 120. Alm_DSP_MONBrd
102. Alm_ROV_Br1_ST 121. Alm_PersistFD_MONBrd
103. Alm_ROV_Br2_ST 122. Alm_MONBrd
104. Alm_RAM_CPUBrd 123. Alm_Sample_MONBrd
105. Alm_ROM_CPUBrd
4.4.6 Protection element pickup and trips
Any operation of protection elements, (either a pickup or a trip condition) will be logged as an
event record, consisting of a text string indicating the operated element and an event sequence
NO.. Again, this number is intended not only for use by the event extraction software, such as
RCSPC, but also for the user, and is therefore visible when the event is viewed on the LCD. The
below figure shows the format of protection element operation record.
Figure 4.4-4 Format of trip report
Where:

156
Record NO. means the sequence No. of the record which is generated by RCS-985A
automatically.
Date: xxxx-xx-xx and Time: xx:xx:xx:xxxxms commonly comprise the absolute time tag of the
record.
Operation Element shows the name of the operation element. If there are more than one
elements operating, they will scroll one by one to display on LCD.
xxx ms shows the relative time of operation element to fault detector of the relay.
The following table lists all the operation elements that may be displayed on LCD.
Table 4-5 List of operation elements
No. Operation element name No. Operation element name

1. Op_InstDiff_Gen 31. Op_UV_Gen
2. Op_PcntDiff_Gen 32. Op_OvExc1_Gen
3. Op_DPFC_Diff_Gen 33. Op_OvExc2_Gen
4. Op_InstSPTDiff_Gen 34. Op_InvOvExc_Gen
5. Op_PcntSPTDiff_Gen 35. Op_UF1_Gen
6. Op_InstDiff_Exciter 36. Op_UF2_Gen
7. Op_PcntDiff_Exciter 37. Op_UF3_Gen
8. Op_InstDiff_ET 38. Op_UF4_Gen
9. Op_PcntDiff_ET 39. Op_OF1_Gen
10. Op_DPFC_IntTurn_Gen 40. Op_OF2_Gen
11. Op_SensTrvDiff_Gen 41. Op_Z1_Gen
12. Op_InsensTrvDiff_Gen 42. Op_Z2_Gen
13. Op_SensIntTurn_Gen 43. Op_LossExc1_Gen
14. Op_InsensIntTurn_Gen 44. Op_LossExc2_Gen
15. Op_SensROV_Sta 45. Op_LossExc3_Gen
16. Op_InsensROV_Sta 46. Op_Ext_OOS_Gen
17. Op_V3rdHRatio_Sta 47. Op_Int_OOS_Gen
18. Op_V3rdHDiff_Sta 48. Op_RevP_Gen
19. Op_1PEF_RotWdg 49. Op_UP_Gen
20. Op_2PEF_RotWdg 50. Op_SeqTrpRevP_Gen
21. Op_OvLd_Sta 51. Op_AccEnerg1_Gen
22. Op_InvOvLd_Sta 52. Op_AccEnerg2_Gen
23. Op_NegOC_Gen 53. Op_Flash1_TCB
24. Op_InvNegOC_Gen 54. Op_Flash2_TCB
25. Op_OvLd_RotWdg 55. Op_GenDiff_StShut_Gen
26. Op_InvOvLd_RotWdg 55. Op_SPTDiff_StShut_Gen
27. Op_OC1_Gen 56. Op_ETDiff_StShut_Gen
28. Op_OC2_Gen 57. Op_StaROV_StShut_Gen
29. Op_OV1_Gen 58. Op_OC1_ET
30. Op_OV2_Gen 59. Op_OC2_ET

157
No. Operation element name No. Operation element name

60. Op_InstDiff_Tr 85. Op_PD1
61. Op_PcntDiff_Tr 86. Op_PD2
62. Op_DPFC_Diff_Tr 87. Op_InstDiff_ST
63. Op_OC11_Tr 88. Op_PcntDiff_ST
64. Op_OC12_Tr 89. Op_OC1_HVS_ST
65. Op_OC21_Tr 90. Op_OC2_HVS_ST
66. Op_OC22_Tr 91. Op_OC1_Br1_ST
67. Op_ROC11_Tr 92. Op_OC2_Br1_ST
68. Op_ROC12_Tr 93. Op_ROC1_Br1_ST
69. Op_ROC21_Tr 94. Op_ROC2_Br1_ST
70. Op_ROC22_Tr 95. Op_OvExc1_Tr
71. Op_ROC31_Tr 96. Op_OvExc2_Tr
72. Op_ROC32_Tr 97. Op_InvOvExc_Tr
73. Op_TrDiff_StShut_Gen 98. Op_OC1_Br1_ST
74. Op_STDiff_StShut_Gen 99. Op_OC2_Br1_ST
75. Op_InstDiff_GTU 100. Op_ROC1_Br1_ST
76. Op_PcntDiff_GTU 101. Op_ROC2_Br1_ST
77. Op_Z11_Tr 102. Op_MechRly1
81. Op_ROV1_Gap_Tr 106. Op_UrgBrake
82. Op_ROV2_Gap_Tr 107. Op_UrgBrake
83. Op_ROC1_Gap_Tr
84. Op_ROC2_Gap_Tr
4.4.7 Viewing event records via RCSPC support software
What the event records are extracted and viewed on a PC they look slightly different than what
viewed on the LCD. The following figure shows an example of how various events appear when
displayed using RCSPC:

158
Figure 4.4-5 Trip reports seen by RCSPC
4.5 Disturbance Record

The integral disturbance recorder has an area of memory specifically set aside for record storage.
The number of records that may be stored by the relay is dependent upon the selected recording
duration. The recorder of CPU board can typically store a minimum of 32 records, among them 8
records with instantaneous waveform. The record is composed of tripping element, faulty phase,
operation time and the waveform content is composed of differential currents, corrected current of
each side of generator or transformer, three-phase current of each side, zero sequence current of
each side (if available), three-phase voltages, zero sequence voltage of each side, negative
sequence voltage and tripping pulse.
The MON board can store up to 4 seconds (24 sampling points per cycle) or 8 seconds (12
sampling points per cycle) continual waveform, which including all channels analog quantities
(sampled data, differential currents and so on), all the binary input changing state, binary output,
pick up flags of fault detectors, alarm signals, operation signals and tripping signals. Disturbance
records continue to be recorded until the available memory is exhausted, at which time the oldest
record(s) are overwritten to make space for the newest one.
It is not possible to view the disturbance records locally via the LCD; they must be extracted using
suitable software such as RCSPC. This process is fully explained in the section 11.6.
The CPU board can also record latest 8 cycles of waveform in normal operation condition, which is
composed of three phases current, corrected current of each side for differential protection, three
phases voltage and zero sequence voltage of each side. This function can help user to check the
poles correctness of secondary circuit by comparing the phase of related quantities shown in
wave figure. This manual gives the detail instruction of getting normal operation waveform in
section 11.6.
4.6 Time Synchronization

In modern protective schemes it is often desirable to synchronize the relays real time clock so that

159
events from different relays can be placed in chronological order. This can be done using the
IRIG-B input, if fitted, or via the communication interface connected to the substation control
system. In addition to these methods the RCS-985A range offers the facility to synchronize via an
opto-input. Pulsing this input will result in the real time clock snapping to the nearest minute. The
recommended pulse duration is 20ms to be repeated no more than once per minute. An example
of the time sync. function is shown.
Time of Sync. Pulse Corrected Time

19:47:00 to 19:47:29 19:47:00
19:47:30 to 19:47:59 19:48:00
Note:
The above assumes a time format of hh:mm:ss

160

162
Chapter 5 Hardware Description

5.1 Hardware overview
The protections hardware is based on a modular design whereby the relay is made up of an
assemblage of several modules that are drawn from a standard range. Some modules are
essential while others are optional depending on the users requirements.
The case materials of the relay are constructed from pre-finished steel that has a conductive
covering of aluminum and zinc. This provides good earthing at all joints giving a low impedance
path to earth that is essential for performance in the presence of external noise.
The boards and modules use a multi-point earthing strategy to improve the immunity to external
noise and minimize the effect of circuit noise. Ground planes are used on boards to reduce
impedance paths and spring clips are used to ground the module metalwork. Heavy duty terminal
blocks are used at the rear of the relay for the current and voltage signal connections. Medium
duty terminal blocks are used for the digital logic input signals, the output relay contacts, the power
supply and the rear communication port. A BNC connector may be used for the optional IRIG-B
signal. 9-pin female D-connector is used at the front of the relay for data communication.
Inside the protection the PCBs plug into the connector blocks at the rear, and can be removed
from the rear of the relay only. The connector blocks to the relays CT inputs are provided with
internal shorting links inside the relay which will automatically short the current generator circuits
before they are broken when the board is removed. The front panel consists of a membrane
keypad with tactile dome keys, an LCD and 5 LEDs mounted on an aluminum face plate.
5.1.1 Front view

RCS-985A is made of 12U height 19 chassis with 21 connectors on its rear. Figure 5.1-1 shows
front view.

163
Figure 5.1-1 Front view of RCS-985A
Components mounted on its front include a 320240 dot matrix LCD, a 9 button keypad, 5 LED
indicators, a DB9 connector for communication with HELP-90A or PC.
The five LED indicators are, from top to bottom:
HEALTHY Equipment running normally;
VT ALARM Voltage circuit failure ;
CT ALARM Current circuit failure;
ALARM Abnormal;
TRIP Tripping output;
As to the buttons of the keypad, ENT is enter, GRP is setting group selector and ESC is
escape.

164
5.1.2 Rear view
Figure 5.1-2 Rear view of RCS-985A
5.1.3 Functional block diagram of RCS-985A

5.1.3.1 Functional block diagram of RCS-985A

165
opto- binary
AC current D SP1 status
and voltage
LPF A/D D SP2 coupler input
CPLD
output
MMI C PU 1 relay
LC D
C PU m odule
M M I-C PU QDJ
com m ports and
port to printer
E+
MMI
D SP3 opto- binary
LPF A/D coupler status
D SP4 input
DC 220 V
5 V
or 110 V
CPLD
DC/DC
12 V
24 V
MMI C PU 2
24 V to
optic-coupler m anagem ent m odule
com m ports and

port to printer
Figure 5.1-3 Functional block diagram of RCS-985A
5.1.3.2 Brief description of operation
The equipment RCS-985A uses Motorola 32 bits monolithic microprocessor MC68332 as control
kernel for output logic and management functions, and high-speed digital signal processor DSP
for protection calculation. Sampling rate of the equipment is 24 points per cycle. Real time data are
processed parallel for all algorithms during whole process of fault. So the equipment can ensure
very high inherent reliability and security.
AC currents and voltages of CT and VT are transferred to low voltage signals by isolating
transformers and are inputted to CPU module and MON module. Data and logic are processed
respectively in these two modules with same hardware. The CPU module carries out functions of
protection algorithms, tripping logic, event record and printing. The MON module comprises
general fault detector and fault recorder. The fault detector will connect positive pole of power
supply of output relays after pickup. Format of the record is compatible with COMTRADE, and the
data recorded can be uploaded via separate serial port for communication or printing.
Power supply part is located in DC module. It converts DC 250/220/125/110 V into different DC

voltage levels needed by various modules of the equipment. DC module also comprises 24V and
250/220/125/110V opto-couplers for binary inputs.
AC current and voltage are converted to low voltage signals in modules AC1, AC2, AC3 and AC4.
Two ratings of AC current are option, 1A or 5A. It shall be stated definitely during ordering and
checked during commissioning.
Binary output of tripping commands, tripping signal output and status binary input parts are
comprised in five modules: SIG1, SIG2, SIG3, SIG4 and RLY. 24V and 250/220/125/110V
opto-couplers are used here for binary input.
Briefly, the equipment is composed of twelve modules to achieve the work of generator or
generator-transformer unit protection. The modules are AC voltage and current input

166
module1(AC1), AC current input modules(AC2, AC3 and AC4), management/record

module(MON)protection CPU module(CPU), power supply module(DC), signal modules(SIG1,
SIG2, SIG3 and SIG4), tripping contacts output(RLY) and human machine interface(HMI).
The relay hardware is based on a modular design whereby the relay is made up of an assemblage
of several modules.
5.2 Standard connectors and terminals

5.2.1 General description
There are 21 connectors for external connections mounted on rear panel of the equipment as
shown in Figure 5.1-2, of which, 15 connectors are 30 pins while 6 connectors are 18 pins.
Connectors with 30 pins are used for DC power supply, binary input, communication and printer,
tripping, alarm and other signal output and AC voltage input. Numbers of these connectors are 1A,
1B, 2A, 2B, 3A, 3B, 4A, 4B, 5B, 6B, 7B, 8B and 9B. Figure 5.2-1 a) shows layout of 30 pins of
these connectors.
Connectors with 18 pins are used for AC voltage input and current input. Numbers of these
connectors are 9C, 10C, 10C, 11B, 11C, 12B and 12C. Figure 5.2-1 b) shows layout of pins of
these connectors.
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18
a) connector with 30 pins b) connector with 18 pins
Figure 5.2-1 Layout of pins of two kinds of connectors
Each connector will be introduced in detail in the following sections.
5.2.2 Pins definition of 1A connectors.

Connector 1A: 30 pins male connector for tripping output
Attention:
For showing the relation of each terminal clearly, the terminals location shown in the figure may
be different from the real physical location, and we neednt figure out the blank terminals.
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30

167
Figure 5.2-2 Connector 1A of RCS-985A
1A1,1A30 blank
Binary output of tripping:
1A3-1A5 BO_TrpOutp1-1 tripping output channel 1-1
5.2.3 Pins definition of 1B connectors

Connector 1B: 30 pins male connector for tripping output
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
Figure 5.2-3 Connector 1B of RCS-985A
Binary output of tripping:

1B1-1B3 BO_TrpOutp2-4 tripping output channel 2-4
1B21 -1B23 BO_TrpOutp8-1 tripping output channel 8-1

168

5.2.4 Pins definition of 2A connectors
Connector 2A: 30 pins male connector for signal output
Binary output of local signal:

2A1 common terminal 1 common terminal 1
2A1-2A7 BO_Diff_Gen local signal: generator differential protection tripping
2A1-2A13 BO_EF_Sta local signal: stator earth fault protection tripping
2A1-2A19 BO_OvLd_Sta local signal: stator overload protection tripping
2A1-2A25 BO_LossExc local signal: generator loss-of-excitation protection tripping
2A2 common terminal 2 common terminal 2
Local signal: generator-transformer unit differential
2A2-2A8 BO_Diff_GTU
protection tripping
2A2-2A14 BO_Diff_Tr Local signal: transformer differential protection tripping
BO_PPF_Tr Local signal: phase to phase fault protection of transformer
2A2-2A20
tripping or pole disagreement protection tripping
2A2-2A26 BO_EF_Tr Local signal: earth fault protection of transformer tripping
Binary output of remote signal:
2A3 common terminal 1 Remote signal: common terminal 1
2A3-2A9 BO_Diff_Gen Remote signal: generator differential protection tripping
2A3-2A15 BO_EF_Sta Remote signal: stator earth fault protection tripping
2A3-2A21 BO_OvLd_Sta Remote signal: stator overload protection tripping
Remote signal: generator loss-of-excitation protection
2A3-2A27 BO_LossExc
tripping
2A4-2A10 BO_Diff_GTU Remote signal: generator-transformer unit differential

169
protection tripping
2A4-2A16 BO_Diff_Tr Remote signal: transformer differential protection tripping
BO_PPF_Tr Remote signal: phase to phase fault protection of
2A4-2A22 transformer tripping or pole disagreement protection
tripping
2A4-2A28 BO_EF_Tr Remote signal: earth fault protection of transformer tripping
Binary output of event record:
2A5 common terminal 1 Event record: common terminal 1
2A5-2A11 BO_Diff_Gen Event signal: generator differential protection tripping
2A5-2A17 BO_EF_Sta Event signal: stator earth fault protection tripping
2A5-2A23 BO_OvLd_Sta Event signal: stator overload protection tripping
2A5-2A29 BO_LossExc Event signal: generator loss-of-excitation protection tripping
2A6 common terminal 2 Event signal: common terminal 2
Event signal: generator-transformer unit differential
2A6-2A12 BO_Diff_GTU
protection tripping
2A6-2A18 BO_Diff_Tr Event signal: transformer differential protection tripping
BO_PPF_Tr Event signal: phase to phase fault protection of transformer
2A6-2A24
tripping or pole disagreement protection tripping
2A6-2A30 BO_EF_Tr Event signal: earth fault protection of transformer tripping
Connector 2B: 30 pins male connector for signal output

2A1-2B1 BO_LossExc_Gen Local signal: generator loss of excitation protection tripping
2A1-2B7 BO_VoltProt_Gen Local signal: generator voltage protection tripping
2A1-2B13 BO_PwrProt_Gen Local signal: generator power protection tripping
BO_StShut_Gen Local signal: generator startup and shutoff protection
2A1-2B19
tripping
BO_AccEnerg_Gen Local signal: generator accidental energization protection
2A1-2B25
tripping

170
2A2-2B2 BO_Gap_Tr Local signal: gap protection of main transformer tripping

2A2-2B8 BO_MechRly Local signal: mechanical protection tripping
2A1-2B14 BO_Diff_Exc Local signal: exciter differential protection tripping
Remote signal: generator loss of excitation protection
2A3-2B3 BO_LossExc_Gen
tripping
2A3-2B9 BO_VoltProt_Gen Remote signal: generator voltage protection tripping
BO_PwrProt_Gen Remote signal: generator reverse power protection
2A3-2B15
tripping
BO_StShut_Gen Remote signal: generator startup and shutoff protection
2A3-2B21
tripping
BO_AccEnerg_Gen Remote signal: generator accidental energization
2A3-2B27
protection tripping
2A4-2B4 BO_Gap_Tr Remote signal: gap protection of main transformer tripping
2A4-2B10 BO_MechRly Remote signal: mechanical protection tripping
2A3-2B16 BO_Diff_Exc Remote signal: exciter differential protection tripping
Event record: generator loss of excitation protection
2A5-2B5 BO_LossExc_Gen
tripping
2A5-2B11 BO_VoltProt_Gen Event record: generator voltage protection tripping
2A5-2B17 BO_PwrProt_Gen Event record: generator reverse power protection tripping
BO_StShut_Gen Event record: generator startup and shutoff protection
2A5-2B23
tripping
BO_AccEnerg_Gen Event record: generator accidental energization protection
2A5-2B29
tripping
2A6-2B6 BO_Gap_Tr Event record: gap protection of main transformer tripping
2A6-2B12 BO_MechRly Event record: mechanical protection tripping
2A5-2B18 BO_Diff_Exc Event record: exciter differential protection tripping
Other binary output
2B20-2B22 BO_OUT1 Reserve output contact 1
2B24-2B26 BO_TrpOutp13-1 Tripping output channel 13-1
2B28-2B30 BO_TrpOutp13-2 Tripping output channel 13-2
Connector 3A: 30 pins male connector for signal output

171

3A1 common terminal 3 Local signal: common terminal 3
Local signal: generator interturn fault protection
3A1-3A7 BO_InterTurn_Gen
tripping
3A1-3A13 BO_EF_RotWdg Local signal: rotor earth fault protection tripping
Local signal: generator negative sequence overload
3A1-3A19 BO_NegOC_Gen
protection tripping
3A1-3A25 BO_OOS_Gen Local signal: generator out-of-step protection tripping
3A2 common terminal 4 Local signal: common terminal 4
Local signal: Stepdown transformer differential
3A2-3A8 BO_Diff_ST
protection tripping
Local signal: HV side of stepdown transformer backup
3A2-3A14 BO_Bak_HVS_ST
protection tripping
Local signal: branch1 of LV side of stepdown
3A2-3A20 BO_Bak_Br1_ST
transformer backup protection tripping
Local signal: branch2 of LV side of stepdown
Remote signal: generator interturn fault protection
tripping
3A3-3A15 BO_EF_RotWdg Remote signal: rotor earth fault protection tripping
Remote signal: generator negative sequence overload
protection tripping
Remote signal: generator out-of-step protection
3A3-3A27 BO_OOS_Gen
tripping
Remote signal: Stepdown transformer differential
3A4-3A10 BO_Diff_St
protection tripping
3A4-3A16 BO_Bak_HVS_ST Remote signal: HV side of stepdown transformer

172
backup protection tripping

Remote signal: branch1 of LV side of stepdown
Remote signal: branch2 of LV side of stepdown


Event record: generator interturn fault protection
tripping
3A5-3A17 BO_EF_RotWdg Event record: rotor earth fault protection tripping
Event record: generator negative sequence overload
protection tripping
3A5-3A29 BO_OOS_Gen Event record: generator out-of-step protection tripping
Event record: Stepdown transformer differential
3A6-3A12 BO_Diff_St
protection tripping
Event record: HV side of stepdown transformer
3A6-3A18 BO_Bak_HVS_ST
backup protection tripping
Event record: branch1 of LV side of stepdown
Event record: branch2 of LV side of stepdown
Connector 3B: 30 pins male connector for signal output

3A1-3B1 BO_reserved1 Local signal: reserved output 1
Local signal: generator or main transformer over
3A1-3B7 BO_OvExc_GTU
excitation protection tripping
3A1-3B13 BO_RevP_Gen Local signal: generator sequence reverse power

173
protection tripping
Local signal: generator phase to phase backup
3A1-3B19 BO_PPF_Gen
protection tripping
Local signal: generator frequency protection
3A1-3B25 BO_FreqProt_Gen
tripping
Local signal: zero-sequence overcurrent protection
3A2-3B2 BO_ROC_Br1_ST of branch1 of LV side of stepdown transformer
tripping
Local signal: zero-sequence overcurrent protection
3A2-3B8 BO_ROC_Br2_ST of branch2 of LV side of stepdown transformer
tripping
3A1-3B14 BO_OvLd_Exc Local signal: exciter overload protection tripping
3A3-3B3 BO_reserved1 Remote signal: reserved output 1
Remote signal: generator or main transformer over
Remote signal: generator sequence reverse power
3A3-3B15 BO_RevP_Gen
protection tripping
Remote signal: generator phase to phase backup
3A3-3B21 BO_PPF_Gen
protection tripping
Remote signal: generator frequency protection
tripping
Remote signal: zero-sequence overcurrent
3A4-3B4 BO_ROC_Br1_ST protection of branch1 of LV side of stepdown
transformer tripping
Remote signal: zero-sequence overcurrent
3A3-3B16 BO_OvLd_Exc Remote signal: exciter overload protection tripping
3A5-3B5 BO_reserved1 Event record: reserved output 1
Event record: generator or main transformer over
Event record: generator sequence reverse power
3A5-3B17 BO_RevP_Gen
protection tripping
Event record: generator phase to phase backup
3A5-3B23 BO_PPF_Gen
protection tripping
Event record: generator frequency protection
tripping
Event record: zero-sequence overcurrent

174
Event record: zero-sequence overcurrent

3A5-3B18 BO_OvLd_Exc Event record: exciter overload protection tripping
Other binary output
Normal open contact indicating operation of stage
3B20-3B22 BO_Alm_InitCool2_Tr
2 of initiate cooling of main transformer.
3B24-3B26 TripOutp14-1 Tripping output channel 14-1
3B28-3B30 TripOutp14-2 Tripping output channel 14-2
Connector 4A: 30 pins male connector for signal and alarm output.

4A1 Common terminal Common terminal
4A1-4A3 BO_FAIL Equipment being blocked
4A1-4A5 BO_Alm_Abnor Equipment alarm
4A1-4A7 BO_Alm_CTS CT circuit failure alarm
4A1-4A9 BO_Alm_VTS VT circuit failure alarm
4A1-4A11 BO_Alm_OvLd Overload alarm
4A1-4A13 BO_Alm_NegOC Negative sequence overload alarm
4A1-4A15 BO_Alm_OvLd_Exc Excitation overload alarm
4A1-4A17 BO_Alm_EF_Sta Stator earth fault alarm
4A1-4A19 BO_Alm_1PEF_RotWdg 1 point earth fault of rotor alarm
4A1-4A21 BO_Alm_LossExc_Gen Loss-of-excitation alarm
4A1-4A23 BO_Alm_OOS_Gen Out-of-step alarm
4A1-4A25 BO_Alm_FreqProt_Gen Under frequency alarm
4A1-4A27 BO_Alm_PwrProt_Gen Reverse power alarm
BO_Alm_OvExc_GTU Overexcitation alarm (generator or
4A1-4A29
main transformer)
4A2 Common terminal Common terminal

175
4A2-4A4 BO_FAIL Equipment being blocked

4A2-4A6 BO_Alm_Abnor Equipment alarm
4A2-4A8 BO_Alm_CTS CT circuit failure alarm
4A2-4A10 BO_Alm_VTS VT circuit failure alarm
4A2-4A12 BO_Alm_OvLd Overload alarm
4A2-4A14 BO_Alm_NegOC Negative sequence overload alarm
4A2-4A16 BO_Alm_OvLd_Exc Excitation overload alarm
4A2-4A18 BO_Alm_EF_Sta Stator earth fault alarm
4A2-4A20 BO_Alm_1PEF_RotWdg 1 point earth fault of rotor alarm
4A2-4A22 BO_Alm_LossExc_Gen Loss-of-excitation alarm
4A2-4A24 BO_Alm_OOS_Gen Out-of-step alarm
4A2-4A26 BO_Alm_FreqProt_Gen Under frequency alarm
4A2-4A28 BO_Alm_PwrProt_Gen Reverse power alarm
Overexcitation alarm (generator or
4A2-4A30 BO_Alm_OvExc_GTU
main transformer)
Connector 4B: 30 pins male connector for alarm and other output
4B2 blank blank

Binary output of abnormality contact:
Normal open contact indicating operation of overcurrent
4B1-4B3 BO_Alm_BlkOLTC_ST_1 element of stepdown transformer protection for blocking
OLTC (on-load tap changing)
Normal closed contact indicating operation of
4B5-4B7 BO_Alm_BlkOLTC_ST_2 overcurrent element of stepdown transformer protection
for blocking OLTC (on-load tap changing)
Normal open contact 1 indicating operation of stage 1 of
4B9-4B11 BO_Alm_InitCool1_Tr_1
initiate cooling of main transformer.
4B13-4B15 BO_Alm_InitCool1_Tr_2
initiate cooling of main transformer.
4B17-4B19 BO_Alm_InitCool_ST_1
initiate cooling of stepdown transformer.

176

4B21-4B23 BO_Alm_InitCool_ST_2
initiate cooling of stepdown transformer.
4B25-4B27 Reserved Reserved
Binary output of event record signal:
4B2 blank blank
4B4 common terminal SOE of event: common terminal
4B4-4B6 BO_Alm_CTS CT circuit failure alarm
4B4-4B8 BO_Alm_VTS VT circuit failure alarm
4B4-4B10 BO_Alm_OvLd Overload alarm
4B4-4B12 BO_Alm_NegOC Negative sequence overload alarm
4B4-4B14 BO_Alm_OvLd_Exc Excitation overload alarm
4B4-4B16 BO_Alm_EF_Sta Stator earth fault alarm
4B4-4B18 BO_Alm_1PEF_RotWdg 1 point earth fault of rotor alarm
4B4-4B20 BO_Alm_LossExc_Gen Loss-of-excitation alarm
4B4-4B22 BO_Alm_OOS_Gen Out-of-step alarm
4B4-4B24 BO_Alm_FreqProt_Gen Under frequency alarm
4B4-4B26 BO_FAIL Equipment being blocked
4B4-4B28 BO_Alm_Abnor Equipment alarm
4B4-4B29 BO_Alm_PwrProt_Gen Reverse power alarm
4B4-4B30 BO_Alm_OvExc_GTU Overexcitation alarm (generator or main transformer)

Connector 5A: 30 pins male connector for status input (via 220V/250V or 110V/125V opto-coupler)
Binary output of remote signal of mechanical repeaters:

5A1 common terminal
5A1-5A3 External mechanical repeater3
Binary output of event record of mechanical repeaters:

177
5A2 common terminal

Binary output of local signal of mechanical repeaters:
5A11 common terminal
5A11-5A14 Monitoring of power supply voltage
Binary input (via 220V or 110V opto-coupler) :
5A17 BI_MechRly3 Binary input of external mechanical repeater3
Binary input of auxiliary contact(via 220V or 110V opto-coupler)
Monitoring auxiliary contact of power supply of
5A21 BI_Pwr_MechRly
mechanical protection
5A22 BI_52b_GCB Auxiliary contact of generator breaker
Auxiliary contact of breaker A at HV side of main
5A23 BI_52b_CB_HVS1_Tr
transformer
Auxiliary contact of breaker B at HV side of main
5A24 BI_52b_CB_HVS2_Tr
transformer
5A25 BI_PD_CB Binary input of pole disagreement of breaker
5A26 BI_Valve_Turbine Auxiliary contact of valve of steam turbine
5A27 + Positive pole of mechanical repeaters power supply.
5A28 Blank
5A29 - Negative pole of mechanical repeaters power supply.
5A30 Blank

Connector 5B: 30 pins male connector for binary input

178
5B30 negative pole of DC 24V for 24 V opto-coupler

5B29 positive pole of DC 24V for 24 V opto-couple
Binary input (via 24 V opto-coupler):
5B1 Blank
5B2 Blank
5B3 EBI_Diff_Gen Enabling binary input of generator differential protection
5B4 EBI_IntTurn_Gen Enabling binary input of generator interturn protection
Enabling binary input of zero sequence overvoltage stator
5B5 EBI_ROV_Sta
earth fault protection
Enabling binary input of 3rd harmonics voltage stator earth
5B6 EBI_V3rd_Sta
fault protection
5B7 EBI_1PEF_RotWdg Enabling binary input of rotor 1 point earth fault protection
Enabling binary input of rotor 2 points earth fault
5B8 EBI_2PEF_RotWdg
protection
5B9 EBI_OvLd_Sta Enabling binary input of overload protection of stator
Enabling binary input of stator negative sequence
5B10 EBI_NegOC_Gen
overload protection
Enabling binary input of generator loss-of-excitation
5B11 EBI_LossExc_Gen
protection
5B12 EBI_OOS_Gen Enabling binary input of generator out-of-step protection
5B13 EBI_VoltProt_Gen Enabling binary input of generator overvoltage protection
Enabling binary input of generator (or main transformer)
5B14 EBI_OvExc_Gen
overexcitation protection
Enabling binary input of generator reverse power
5B15 EBI_PwrProt_Gen
protection
5B16 EBI_FreqProt_Gen Enabling binary input of generator frequency protection
Enabling binary input of generator accidental energization
5B17 EBI_AccEnerg_Gen
protection
Enabling binary input of generator startup and shutdown
5B18 EBI_StShut_Gen
protection

179
Enabling binary input of excitation transformer differential

5B19 EBI_Diff_Exc
protection
5B20 EBI_Bak_Exc Enabling binary input of excitation backup protection
Enabling binary input of external mechanical repeater 3
5B21 EBI_Trp_MechRly3
for tripping
for tripping
for tripping
for tripping
5B25 EBI_PPF_Gen Enabling binary input of generator backup protection
Enabling binary input of generator split-phase transverse
5B26 EBI_SPTDiff_Gen
differential protection
5B27 Blank
5B28 Blank
Connector 6B: 30 pins male connector for status input
6B27 negative pole of DC power supply for optical couplers

6B25 positive pole of DC power supply for optical couplers
6B16 negative pole of DC 24V for 24 V opto-coupler
6B17 positive pole of DC 24V for 24 V opto-couple
Binary input (via 24 V opto-coupler):
Enabling binary input of differential protection of main
6B1 EBI_Diff_Tr
transformer
Enabling binary input of phase to phase backup protection of
6B2 EBI_PPF_Tr
main transformer
Enabling binary input of earth fault protection of main
6B3 EBI_EF_Tr
transformer
Enabling binary input of gap zero-sequence
6B4 EBI_ROV/ROC_Gap_Tr
overvoltage/overcurrent protection of main transformer

180
Enabling binary input of differential protection of

6B5 EBI_Diff_GTU
generator-transformer unit protection
Enabling binary input of pole disagreement protection of
6B6 EBI_PD_Tr
transformer
Enabling binary input of differential protection of stepdown
6B7 EBI_Diff_ST
transformer
Enabling binary input of backup protection of HV side of
6B8 EBI_Bak_HVS_ST
stepdown transformer
Enabling binary input of backup protection of LV side branch 1
6B9 EBI_Bak_Br1_ST
of stepdown transformer
Enabling binary input of backup protection of LV side branch 2
6B10 EBI_Bak_Br2_ST
of stepdown transformer
6B11 Reserved binary input 2
6B12 Reserved binary input 3
6B13 BI_Print Binary input of print button
6B14 BI_Pulse_GPS Binary input of clock synchronization pulse
6B15 BI_RstTarg Binary input of signal reset button
6B18 Blank
Binary input indicating the generator is in urgent braking
6B19 BI_UrgBrake
condition
Binary input indicating the synchronize condenser generator is
6B20 BI_SyncCondenser
put into operation
6B21 Reserved binary input
6B22 Reserved binary input
Binary input used for monitoring the power supply of 6B21 and
6B23 BI_Pwr_Superv
6B22
6B24 Blank
6B26 Blank
6B28 Blank
6B29 Earth
6B30 Earth
5.2.13 Pins definition of 7B, 8B connectors
Connector 7B, 8B: 30 pins male connector for communication and printing.
Note:
The definitions of connector 7B and connector 8B are same.

181
Figure 5.2-13 Connectors 7B, 8B of RCS-985A
7B1/8B1 clock synchronizing pulse input, RS-485 A

7B3/8B3 clock synchronizing pulse input, RS-485 B
7B5/8B5 conmmunication RS-485 port1 A
7B7/8B7 conmmunication RS-485 port1 B
7B9/8B9 conmmunication RS-485 port2 A
7B11/8B11 conmmunication RS-485 port2 B
7B21/8B21 printer RS232 port, Tx
7B23/8B23 printer RS232 port, Rx
7B27/8B27 ground of communication port
7B30/8B30 ground of chassis
Connector 9B: 30 pins for voltage input
9B3 Zero sequence voltage of TV 1 of generator (polarity mark)

9B5 Zero sequence voltage of TV 1 at generator
9B7 Zero sequence voltage at neutral point of generator (polarity mark)
9B9 Zero sequence voltage at neutral point of generator
9B11 Zero sequence voltage of TV 2 at generator (polarity mark)
182
9B13 Zero sequence voltage of TV 2 at generator

9B23 Zero sequence voltage of main transformer (polarity mark)
9B25 Zero sequence voltage of main transformer
9B2 Phase A voltage of TV 1 at generators terminal
9B4 Phase B voltage of TV 1 at generators terminal
9B6 Phase C voltage of TV 1 at generators terminal
9B8 Neutral point voltage of TV1 at generators terminal
9B10 Phase A voltage of TV 2 at generators terminal
9B12 Phase B voltage of TV 2 at generators terminal
9B14 Phase C voltage of TV 2 at generators terminal
9B16 Neutral point voltage of TV 2 at generators terminal
9B18 Phase A voltage at HV side of main transformer
9B20 Phase B voltage at HV side of main transformer
9B22 Phase C voltage at HV side of main transformer
9B24 Neutral point voltage at HV side of main transformer
5.2.15 Pins definition of 9C connectors
Connector 9C: 18 pins for current input
I AN IA I BN IB I CN IC
Figure 5.2-15 Connector 9C of RCS-985A
9C1 IA , phase A current from bushing CT at HV side of main transformer

IA , phase A current from bushing CT at HV side of main transformer (polarity
9C2
mark)
9C3 IB , phase B current from bushing CT at HV side of main transformer
IB , phase B current from bushing CT at HV side of main transformer (polarity
9C4
mark)
9C5 IC , phase C current from bushing CT at HV side of main transformer
9C6 IC , phase C current from bushing CT at HV side of main transformer (polarity

183
mark)
3I0, Zero sequence current from LV side CT of stepdown
9C13
transformer
Branch 1
9C14
transformer (polarity mark)
9C15
transformer
Branch 2
9C16
transformer (polarity mark)
Connector 10B: 30 pins for voltage input
10B1 UA , phase A voltage from LV side VT of stepdown transformer(polarity mark)

10B2 UA , phase A voltage from LV side VT of stepdown transformer
10B3 Branch UB , phase B voltage from LV side VT of stepdown transformer(polarity mark)
10B4 1 UB , phase B voltage from LV side VT of stepdown transformer
10B5 UC , phase C voltage from LV side VT of stepdown transformer(polarity mark)
10B6 UC , phase C voltage from LV side VT of stepdown transformer
10B9 UA , phase A voltage from LV side VT of stepdown transformer(polarity mark)
10B10 UA , phase A voltage from LV side VT of stepdown transformer
10B11 Branch UB , phase B voltage from LV side VT of stepdown transformer(polarity mark)
10B12 2 UB , phase B voltage from LV side VT of stepdown transformer
10B13 UC , phase C voltage from LV side VT of stepdown transformer(polarity mark)
10B14 UC , phase C voltage from LV side VT of stepdown transformer
3U0, Zero sequence voltage from LV side delta VT of stepdown transformer
10B19 Branch
(polarity mark)
1
10B20 3U0, Zero sequence voltage from LV side delta VT of stepdown transformer

184
3U0, Zero sequence voltage from LV side delta VT of stepdown transformer

10B21 Branch
(polarity mark)
2
10B22 3U0, Zero sequence voltage from LV side delta VT of stepdown transformer
Note:
The zero sequence voltage of LV side of main transformer shares the same voltage input
10B19-10B20 with that of stepdown transformer.

Connector 10C: 18 pins for voltage and current input
1 2 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17
20 K
UR+ UR-
IR+ IR-
2 2 UR+ UR-
TO LPF
Terminal Name Function

10C3 UR+2
DC voltage input of rotor
10C5 UR-2
10C7 IR+
DC current input of rotor
10C9 IR-
10C11 Test terminal
10C13 UR+
DC voltage input for rotor earth fault protection
10C15 Axis of rotor
10C17 UR-
Connector 11B: 18 pins for current input

185
I AN IA I BN IB I CN IC I AN IA I BN IB I CN IC
11B1 IA , phase A current from HV side CT1 of main transformer

11B2 IA , phase A current from HV side CT1 of main transformer (polarity mark)
11B3 IB , phase B current from HV side CT1 of main transformer
11B4 IB , phase B current from HV side CT1 of main transformer (polarity mark)
11B5 IC , phase C current from HV side CT1 of main transformer
11B6 IC , phase C current from HV side CT1 of main transformer (polarity mark)
11B7 IA , phase A current from HV side CT2 of main transformer
11B8 IA , phase A current from HV side CT2 of main transformer (polarity mark)
11B9 IB , phase B current from HV side CT2 of main transformer
11B10 IB , phase B current from HV side CT2 of main transformer (polarity mark)
11B11 IC , phase C current from HV side CT2 of main transformer
11B12 IC , phase C current from HV side CT2 of main transformer (polarity mark)
11B13 IA , phase A current from HV side CT with big ratio of stepdown transformer,
IA , phase A current from HV side CT with big ratio of stepdown transformer (polarity
11B14
mark)
11B15 IB , phase B current from HV side CT with big ratio of stepdown transformer
IB , phase B current from HV side CT with big ratio of stepdown transformer (polarity
11B16
mark)
11B17 IC , phase C current from HV side CT with big ratio of stepdown transformer
IC , phase C current from HV side CT with big ratio of stepdown transformer (polarity
11B18
mark)

186
11C1 IA , phase A current from terminal CT of generator

11C2 IA , phase A current from terminal CT of generator (polarity mark)
11C3 IB , phase B current from terminal CT of generator
11C4 IB , phase B current from terminal CT of generator (polarity mark)
11C5 IC , phase C current from terminal CT of generator
11C6 IC , phase C current from terminal CT of generator (polarity mark)
11C7 IA , phase A current from neutral point CT of generator
11C8 IA , phase A current from neutral point CT of generator (polarity mark)
11C9 IB , phase B current from neutral point CT of generator
11C10 IB , phase B current from neutral point CT of generator (polarity mark)
11C11 IC , phase C current from neutral point CT of generator
11C12 IC , phase C current from neutral point CT of generator (polarity mark)
11C13 IA , reserved current input.
11C14 IA , reserved current input (polarity mark)
11C15 IB , reserved current input
11C16 IB , reserved current input (polarity mark)
11C17 IC , reserved current input
11C18 IC , reserved current input (polarity mark)
Connector 12B: 18 pins for current input

187
12B1 I'HA , phase A current from HV side CT with small ratio of stepdown transformer
IHA , phase A current from HV side CT with small ratio of stepdown transformer (polarity
12B2
mark)
12B3 I'HB , phase B current from HV side CT with small ratio of stepdown transformer
IHB , phase B current from HV side CT with small ratio of stepdown transformer (polarity
12B4
mark)
12B5 I'HC , phase C current from HV side CT with small ratio of stepdown transformer
IHC , phase C current from HV side CT with small ratio of stepdown transformer (polarity
12B6
mark)
12B7 I'LA1, phase A current from LV side CT of stepdown transformer
ILA1, phase A current from LV side CT of stepdown transformer (polarity
12B8
mark)
12B9 I'LB1, phase B current from LV side CT of stepdown transformer
Branch 1 ILB1 , phase B current from LV side CT of stepdown transformer (polarity
12B10
mark)
12B11 I'LC1, phase C current from LV side CT of stepdown transformer
ILC, phase C current from LV side CT of stepdown transformer (polarity
12B12
mark)
12B13 I'LA2, phase A current from LV side CT of stepdown transformer
ILA2, phase A current from LV side CT of stepdown transformer (polarity
12B14
mark)
12B15 I'LB2, phase B current from LV side CT of stepdown transformer
Branch 2 ILB2, phase B current from LV side CT of stepdown transformer (polarity
12B16
mark)
12B17 I'LC2, phase C current from LV side CT of stepdown transformer
ILC2, phase C current from LV side CT of stepdown transformer (polarity
12B18
mark)

188
I 'trans I trans I '01 I 01 I ' 02 I 02
12C1 IA , phase A current from one side CT of exciter or excitation transformer.

12C2 IA , phase A current from one side CT of exciter or excitation transformer (polarity mark)
12C3 IB , phase B current from one side CT of exciter or excitation transformer
12C4 IB , phase B current from one side CT of exciter or excitation transformer (polarity mark)
12C5 IC , phase C current from one side CT of exciter or excitation transformer
12C6 IC , phase C current from one side CT of exciter or excitation transformer (polarity mark)
12C7 IA , phase A current from the other side CT of exciter or excitation transformer
IA , phase A current from the other side CT of exciter or excitation transformer (polarity
12C8
mark)
12C9 IB , phase B current from the other side CT of exciter or excitation transformer
IB , phase B current from the other side CT of exciter or excitation transformer (polarity
12C10
mark)
12C11 IC , phase C current from the other side CT of exciter or excitation transformer
IC , phase C current from the other side CT of exciter or excitation transformer (polarity
12C12
mark)
12C13 Transverse differential current input
12C14 Transverse differential current input (polarity mark)
12C15 3I0 , zero sequence current input of main transformer
12C16 3I0 , zero sequence current input of main transformer (polarity mark)
12C17 3I0 , Gap zero sequence current input of main transformer
12C18 3I0 , Gap zero sequence current input of main transformer (polarity mark)
5.3 Output
5.3.1 Tripping outputs
The equipment provides 14 groups of tripping relays with 33 pairs of contacts totally as shown in

189
following figure. These tripping relays can be configured by tripping output logic setting, and
practical and flexible tripping modes can be provided by each protective function then. Tripping
output logic setting is a specific setting of each certain protective function. Please refer to Chapter
7 for details of setting.
Figure 5.3-1 List of tripping outputs
The tripping output logic setting is a 4 digits hexadecimal number or a 16 bits binary number.
Every bit corresponds to a circuit breaker. The breaker will be tripped if the corresponding bit is set
as 1 and not tripped if the bit is set as 0.
Table 5-1 Tripping logic and contacts of output relays
No Bit No. Tripping group No. Quantity of tripping contacts

1 Bit 0 Tripping function enabled
2 Bit 1 TrpOutp1: group 1 of tripping output 4

190

Note:
Outputs of TJ1, 2, 5, 6 are instantaneous contacts, which can be used to trip CB or initiate failure
of CB. While other outputs are expand 100ms after contacts operate.
5.3.2 Signaling outputs

The equipment provides 36 signals and each signal consists of 1 magnetic latching contact (for
local signals) and 2 wiper-type contacts (for SOE and remote signals). See the figure below.
(a) Group 1
(b) Group 2

191
Local signal Remote signal Event record

3A01 3A03 3A05
BO_Interturn_Gen BO_Interturn_Gen BO_Interturn_Gen
3A07 3A09 3A11
BO_EF_RotWdg BO_EF_RotWdg BO_EF_RotWdg
3A13 3A15 3A17
BO_NegOC_Gen BO_NegOC_Gen BO_NegOC_Gen
3A19 3A21 3A23
BO_OSS_Gen BO_OSS_Gen BO_OSS_Gen
3A25 3A27 3A29
BO_Reserved1 BO_Reserved1 BO_Reserved1
3B01 3B03 3B05
BO_OvExc_Gen BO_OvExc_Gen BO_OvExc_Gen
3B07 3B09 3B11
BO_RepP_Gen BO_RepP_Gen BO_RepP_Gen
3B13 3B15 3B17
BO_PPF_Gen BO_PPF_Gen BO_PPF_Gen
3B19 3B21 3B23
BO_FreqProt_Gen BO_FreqProt_Gen BO_FreqProt_Gen
3B25 3B27 3B29
BO_OvLd_Exc BO_OvLd_Exc BO_OvLd_Exc
3B14 3B16 3B18
(c) Group 3
(d) Group 4
Figure 5.3-2 List of signaling outputs

192
5.3.3 Alarming outputs
Figure 5.3-3 List of alarming outputs
5.3.4 Other outputs
BO_Alm_InitCool1_Tr_1 BO_Alm_InitCool_ST_1
4B09 4B11 4B17 4B19
BO_Alm_InitCool1_Tr_2 BO_Alm_InitCool_ST_2
4B13 4B15 4B21 4B23
BO_OUT1 BO_Alm_InitCool2_Tr
2B20 2B22 3B20 3B22
BO_Alm _BlkOLTC_ST_1
4B01 4B03
BO_Alm _BlkOLTC_ST_2
4B05 4B07
Figure 5.3-4 List of other outputs

193

194
Chapter 6 Software Overview

6.1 Software Overview
The software for the relay can be conceptually split into three elements: the system services
software, the platform software and the protection and control software. These three elements are
not distinguishable to the user, and are all processed by the same processor board. The
distinction between the three parts of the software is made purely for the purpose of explanation
here:
Protection& control
Measurement and event, fault & disturbance
Software records
Disturbance recorder task
Protection
task
Scheme logic
Fourier signal processing Protection algorithms Platform Software
Event, fault, disturbance Remote communication

Protection & maintenance record interface
Control Settings logging IEC60870-5-103
Supervisor task
Settings Remote communication

database interface - Modbus
Front panel interface Local & Remote

Sampling function Control of LCD & keypad communication interface
output contacts
and LEDs
Control of interfaces to keypad,

Sample data & LCD, LEDS & rear communication
digital logic ports.
input Self-checking maintenance
records
System services software
Relay hardware
Figure 6.1-1 Software structure of RCS-985A
6.2 System services software

As shown in Figure 6.1-1, the system services software provides the interface between the relays
hardware and the higher-level functionality of the platform software and the protection & control
software. For example, the system services software provides drivers for items such as the LCD
display, the keypad and the remote communication ports, and controls the boot of the processor
and downloading of the processor code into SRAM from flash EPROM at power up.

195
6.3 Platform software

The platform software has three main functions:
To control the logging of records that are generated by the protection software, including alarms
and event, fault, and maintenance records.
To store and maintain a database of all of the relays settings in non-volatile memory.
To provide the internal interface between the settings database and each of the relays user
interfaces, i.e. the front panel interface and the front and rear communication ports, using
whichever communication protocol has been specified (Courier, MODBUS, IEC 60870-5-103).
6.3.1 Record logging

The logging function is provided to store all alarms, events, faults and maintenance records. The
records for all of these incidents are logged in battery backed-up SRAM in order to provide a
non-volatile log of what has happened. The relay maintains four logs: one each for up to 32 alarms,
32 event records, 32 fault records and 8 cycles of normal operation waveform. The logs are
maintained such that the oldest record is overwritten with the newest record. The logging function
can be initiated from the protection software or the platform software is responsible for logging of a
maintenance record in the event of a relay failure. This includes errors that have been detected by
the platform software itself or error that are detected by either the system services or the
protection software function. See also the section on supervision and diagnostics in this manual.
6.3.2 Settings database

The settings database contains all of the settings and data for the relay, including system
parameters, equipments parameters and the protection settings. The parameters and settings are
maintained in non-volatile memory. The platform softwares management of the settings database
includes the responsibility of ensuring that only one user interface modifies the settings of the
database at any one time. This feature is employed to avoid conflict between different parts of the
software during a setting change.
6.3.3 Database interface

The other function of the platform software is to implement the relays internal interface between
the database and each of the relays user interfaces. The database of settings and measurements
must be accessible from all of the relays user interfaces to allow read and modify operations. The
platform software presents the data in the appropriate format for each user interface.
6.3.4 Protection and control software

The protection and control software task is responsible for processing all of the protection
elements and measurement functions of the relay. To achieve this it has to communicate with both
the system services software and the platform software as well as organize its own operations.
The protection software has the highest priority of any of the software tasks in the relay in order to
provide the fastest possible protection response. The protection & control software has a
supervisor task that controls the start-up of the task and deals with the exchange of messages
between the task and the platform software.
196
Figure 6.3-1 Flow char of protection and control software
6.3.4.1 Overview - protection and control scheduling
After initialization at start-up, the protection and control task is suspended until there are sufficient
samples available for it to process. The acquisition of samples is controlled by a sampling
function which is called by the system services software and takes each set of new samples from
the input module and stores them in a two-cycle buffer. The protection and control software
resumes execution when the number of unprocessed samples in the buffer reaches a certain
number. For the RCS-985A protection relay, the protection task is executed as the same speed as
the sampling rate, i.e. the relays finishes calculation of all the relay before next sampling process.
During the residual time, operations by other software tasks take place.
6.3.4.2 Signal processing
The sampling function provides filtering of the digital input signals from the opto-isolators and
frequency tracking of the analog signals. The digital inputs are checked against their previous
value over 15ms. Hence a change in the state of one of the inputs must be maintained over at
least 15ms before it is registered with the protection and control software.
The frequency tracking of the analog input signals is achieved by a recursive Fourier algorithm
which is applied to one of the input signals, and works by detecting a change in the measured
signals phase angle. The calculated value of the frequency is used to modify the sample rate
being used by the AC modules so as to achieve a constant sample rate of 24 samples per cycle of
the power waveform. The value of the frequency is also stored for use by the protection and
control task.
6.3.4.3 Fourier filtering
When the protection and control task is re-started by the sampling function, it calculates the
Fourier components for the analog signals. With the exception of the RMS measurements all other
measurements and protection functions are based on the Fourier derived fundamental component.
The Fourier components are calculated using a one-cycle, 24-sample Discrete Fourier Transform
(DFT). The DFT is always calculated using the last cycle of samples from the 2-cycle buffer, i.e.

197
the most recent data is used. The DFT used in this way extracts the power frequency fundamental
component from the signal and produces the magnitude and phase angle of the fundamental in
rectangular component format. This gives good harmonic rejection for frequencies up to the 11th
harmonic. The 13th is the first predominant harmonic that is not attenuated by the Fourier filter and
this is known as Alias. However, the Alias is attenuated by approximately 85% by an additional,
analog, anti-aliasing filter (low pass filter). The combined affect of the anti-aliasing and Fourier
filters is shown below:
Figure 6.3-2 Frequency response
The Fourier components of the input current and voltage signals are stored in memory so that they
can be accessed by all of the protection elements algorithms. The samples from the AC modules
are also used in an unprocessed form by the disturbance recorder for waveform recording and to
calculate true rms. values of current, voltage and power for metering purposes.
6.3.4.4 RCS-985A Convention For Measuring Phase Angles
All phases calculated by RCS-985 series relays and used for protection, control and metering
functions are rotating phases that maintain the correct phase angle relationships with each other
at all times.
For display and oscillography purposes, all phase angles in a given relay are referred to an AC
input channel. The phase angles are assigned as positive in the leading direction, and are
presented as negative in the lagging direction, to more closely align with power system metering
conventions. This is illustrated below.

198
Figure 6.3-3 RCS-985A Phase Angle Measurement Convention
6.3.4.5 Event and fault recording
A change in any digital input signal, protection element output signal, operation flags of fault
detectors, tripping flags causes an event record to be created. When this happens, the protection
and control task sends a message to the supervisor task to indicate that an event is available to be
processed and writes the event data to a fast buffer in SRAM which is controlled by the supervisor
task. When the supervisor task receives either an event or fault record message, it instructs the
platform software to create the appropriate log in battery backed-up SRAM. The operation of the
record logging to battery backed-up SRAM is slower than the supervisors buffer. This means
that the protection software is not delayed waiting for the records to be logged by the platform
software.
6.3.4.6 Disturbance recorder
The disturbance recorder operates as a separate task from the protection and control task. It can
record the waveforms for up to 32 analog channels and the values of up to all digital signals of the
RCS-985A. The recording time is user selectable up to a maximum of 8 seconds. The disturbance
recorder is supplied with data by the protection and control task once per sampling period.
The disturbance recorder collates the data that it receives into the required length disturbance
record. The disturbance records can be extracted byRCSPC that can also store the data in
COMTRADE format, thus allowing the use of other packages to view the recorded data.
6.4 Software downloading

The relay supports software downloading for the purpose of debugging or updating on site.
Hardware requirement

199
Basic requirement of computer:
CPU: Pentium II 300 or higher level CPU,
OS: Win98, Win98SE, WinMe, WinNT4.0(service pack 4 or higher), Win2000, WinXP;
RAM: at least 128M, 256M is recommended;
Space requirement: at least 200M free space on system hard disk;
Displayer: support 800*600 or higher resolution at the 16bit color model;
RS232 communication port;
Software requirement:
Special software RCSPC.
Downloading method
Note:
Ensure that the board is not a naked one before downloading software to it, i.e., a certain version
software exists on the board.
User version of RCSPC doesnt have this program downloading function
Warning:
If some unexpected cases occur, please do inform the factory firstly instead of dealing with it by
yourself.
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9
Figure 6.4-1 Software downloading communication port
Steps:
200
1. Connect RS-232 communication port of the computer and that mounted on front panel of
RCS-985A protection equipment by a cable with DB-9 connectors on both ends, see Figure 6.4-1.
2. Run the program RCSPC.If the connection and settings are correct, the screen will display
RCS-985A connected, such as Figure 6.4-2. But if it doesnt be connected, please check the
parameter setting of RCSPC whether corresponds with the relay, such as COM port and Baud
rate, see Figure 6.4-3.

201
Figure 6.4-2 Succeed connecting of RCSPC
Figure 6.4-3 Parameter setting of RCSPC
3. Download CPU program. At first, make sure it is at CUP mode as CPU>, then press the button
and select the correct program file, such as CPU.s19, to download it into the CPU module.
Make sure the file FLASHCPU.s19 is at the same folder with program file.
4. Download MON program. Change it to MON mode by typing MON, then MON> will
appearances. Then repeat step 3 to down load MON.s19 to MON module. Make sure the file
FLASHMON.s19 is at the same folder with program file. See Figure 6.4-4.
202
Figure 6.4-4 Change to MON mode and download program
5After downloading CPU and MON programs, reset the equipment and download default settings.
Then the HEALTHY LED on the front panel of the relay shall be illuminate.
6. Reset the equipment and download the default settings.
7. Download FACE program. Change it to FACE mode by typing FACE or PNL, then PNL>
will appearances. Press the button and select the 985xx_FACE.hex file to download it into
the panel module. Make sure the file FLASH_FACE.hex is at the same folder with program file.
8. After that course, user should check and ensure the software version, CRC code and
generating time of software are as same as recorded in relevant documentation. Enter the menu
Version, then new version of protection will displayed on LCD, see Figure 6.4-5.
Figure 6.4-5 Version of protection

203

204
Chapter 7 Settings
Chapter 7 Settings
The relay must be configured to the system and application by means of appropriate settings. The
settings of this relay include system parameters, protection element settings and scheme logic
settings.
7.1 Equipment parameters

7.1.1 Setting list
Table 7-1 List of equipment settings
No. Symbol Range Step Default

1 Active_Grp 01 1 0
2 Equip_ID 6 characters maximum FDJ001
3 Comm_Addr 0255 1 1
4 COM1_Baud 1.2/2.4/4.8 / 9.6 /14.4/ 19.2 / 38.4 kbit/s 19.2 kbit/s
5 COM2_Baud 1.2/2.4/4.8 / 9.6 /14.4/ 19.2 / 38.4 kbit/s 19.2 kbit/s
6 Printer_Baud 1.2/2.4/4.8 / 9.6 /19.2 kbit/s 9.6k bit/s
7 Protocol 0000-FFFF 0041
logic setting 1 - enable, 0 - disable
8 En_Auto_Print 0/1 0
9 En_Net_Print 0/1 0
10 En_Remote_Cfg 0/1 0
11 GPS_Pulse 0/1 0
Note:
Symbols of the parameter listed in above table are used for communication, printing and
displaying on LCD.
7.1.2 Setting instruction of the parameters

1 No.1-- [Active_Grp]
Two setting groups can be configured for the equipment, and only one is active at a time. However,
equipment parameters and system parameters are common for all protection setting groups.
2 No.2-- [Equip_ID]
The setting consists of ASCII codes, which is as identification for report printing only. It can be
configured according to the name or number of generator.
3 No.3-- [Comm_Addr]
The address used for the host computer to identify the equipment, usually provided by substation

205
Chapter 7 Settings
system. If the equipment is not connected to automation system, equipment address may be
random.
4 No.4-- [Com1_Baud]
The baud rate of serial port 1 shall be selected from specified range.
5 No.5-- [Com2_Baud]
The baud rate of serial port 2 shall be selected from specified range.
6 No.6--[Printer_Baud]
The baud rate used for printer port shall be selected from specified range.
7 No.7-- [Protocol]
The logic setting consists of sixteen binary digits but four hexadecimal digits can be viewed
through device LCD screen. Every digit has a dedicated meaning and some digits have no
definition.
Following will be seen on PC through RCSPC software.
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
B: MODBUS
A: MODBUS
B: LFP
A: LFP
A: 103
The definitions of digits are:
Table 7-2 Definition of logic setting of communication protocol
Bit Definition
0 communication port A using protocol IEC 60870-5-103
1 communication port A using proprietary protocol LFP
2 communication port A using MODBUS protocol
3 No definition
4 No definition
5 communication port B using proprietary protocol LFP
6 communication port B using MODBUS protocol
7-15 No definitions
For example, if logic setting [Protocol] is set as 0041, it means communication port A uses IEC
60870-5-103 protocol and communication port B uses MODBUS protocol.
8 No.8-- [En_Auto_Print]
This setting shall be set as 1 if automatic report printing is expected after the relay operates
when a fault occurs. Otherwise it shall be set as 0. It is suggested that the user may set this
parameter of the equipment as 1 (i.e. automatic printing), if the equipment is always connected

206
Chapter 7 Settings
directly with a printer, or set as 0 (i.e. not automatic printing) if the equipment is connected with a
printer by a switch on panel.
9 No.9-- [En_Net_Print]
Set it as 1 if shared network printer is used for printing. Set it as 0 if dedicated printer is used.
Network printer means several protection equipments share one printer through a printer
management unit and RS-485 port. Dedicated printer means the protection equipment connected
with a printer through RS232 port directly.
10 No.10--[En_Remote_Cfg]
Set it as 0 if only local configuration is permitted. Set it as 1 if local and remote configurations
are both permitted.
11 No.11-- [GPS_Pulse]
Set it as 1 for minute pulse and 0 for second pulse.
7.1.3 Setting path

Access path in menu is:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> EQUIP SETTINGS -> [setting symbol]
7.2 System Settings

7.2.1 Logic settings of configuring functions
7.2.1.1 Settings list
Table 7-3 List of protection configuration setting
No. Symbol Range Default

1 En_Diff_GTU 0/1 0
2 En_Diff_Tr 0/1 0
3 En_PPF_Tr 0/1 0
4 En_EF_Tr 0/1 0
5 En_OvExc_Tr 0/1 0
6 En_Diff_Gen 0/1 0
7 En_SPTDiff_Gen 0/1 0
8 En_IntTurn_Gen 0/1 0
9 En_PPF_Gen 0/1 0
10 En_EF_Sta 0/1 0
11 En_EF_RotWdg 0/1 0
12 En_OvLd_Sta 0/1 0
13 En_NegOC_Gen 0/1 0
14 En_LossExc_Gen 0/1 0

207
Chapter 7 Settings

15 En_OOS_Gen 0/1 0
16 En_VoltProt_Gen 0/1 0
17 En_OvExc_Gen 0/1 0
18 En_PwrProt_Gen 0/1 0
19 En_FreqProt_Gen 0/1 0
20 En_StShut_Gen 0/1 0
21 En_AccEnerg_Gen 0/1 0
22 En_Diff_Exc 0/1 0
23 En_Bak_Exc 0/1 0
24 En_OvLd_RotWdg 0/1 0
25 En_Diff_ST 0/1 0
26 En_Bak_HVS_ST 0/1 0
27 En_Bak_Br1_ST 0/1 0
28 En_Bak_Br2_ST 0/1 0
29 En_MechRly 0/1 0
30 En_PoleDisagr_CB 0/1 0
31 En_VTComp_Term_Gen 0/1 0
32 Reserved() 0/1 0
33 En_TestMode() 0/1 0
Note:
Symbols of the parameter listed in above table are used for communication, printing and
displaying on LCD. Setting marked with means that it is can not be seen on LCD or by printing
and only can be seen through RCSPC software.
7.2.1.2 Explanation of the parameters for setting
1 No.1-- [En_Diff_GTU]
This logic setting is used for configuration of protection functions. Setting it as 1 means the
generator-transformer unit differential protection is enabled and setting as 0 means the
protection is disabled.
2 No.2-- [En_Diff_Tr]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable differential protection of main transformer.
3 N0.3-- [En_PPF_Tr]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable phase to phase fault protection of main transformer.
4 No.4-- [En_EF_Tr]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable earth fault protection of main transformer.
5 No.5-- [En_OvExc_Tr]
208
Chapter 7 Settings
This logic setting is used to enable/disable over excitation protection of main transformer.
6 No.6-- [En_Diff_Gen]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable differential protection of generator.
7 No.7-- [En_SPTDiff_Gen]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable spilt phase differential protection of generator.
8 No.8-- [En_IntTurn_Gen]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable interturn fault protection of generator.
9 No.9-- [En_PPF_Gen]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable phase to phase fault protection of generator
10 No.10[En_EF_Sta]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable earth fault protection of stator of generator.
11 No.11[En_EF_RotWdg]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable earth fault protection of rotor winding.
12 No.12[En_OvLd_Sta]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable overload protection of stator.
13 No.13[En_NegOC_Gen]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable negative sequence overcurrent of stator.
14 No.14[En_LossExc_Gen]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable loss of excitation protection of rotor winding.
15 No.15[En_OOS_Gen]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable out-of-step protection of generator.
16 No.16-- [En_VoltProt_Gen]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable overvoltage and undervoltage protection of generator.
17 No.17-- [En_OvExc_Gen]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable overexcitation protection of generator.
18 No.18-- [En_PowerProt_Gen]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable overpower and underpower protection of generator.
19 No.19-- [En_FreqProt_Gen]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable overfrequency and underfrequency protection of

generator.

209
Chapter 7 Settings
20 No.20-- [En_StShut_Gen]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable all relative protections in Startup/shutdown conditions
of generator.
21 No.21-- [En_AccEnerg_Gen]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable relevant protection in case of accident energization of
generator.
22 No.22-- [En_Diff_Exc]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable differential protection of exciting transformer or exciter.
23 No.23-- [En_Bak_Exc]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable backup protection of exciting transformer or exciter.
24 No.24-- [En_OvLd_RotWdg]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable overload function of rotor winding.
25 No.25-- [En_Diff_ST]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable differential protection of stepdown transformer.
26 No.26-- [En_Bak_HVS_ST]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable backup protection at HV side of stepdown transformer.
27 No.27-- [En_Bak_Br1_ST]/[En_Bak_Br2_ST]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable backup protection at LV side branch 1/branch 2 of
28 No.29-- [En_MechRly]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable mechanical protection.
29 No.30-- [En_PoleDisagr_CB]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable pole disagreement protection of circuit breaker.
30 No.31-- [En_VTComp_Term_Gen]
This logic setting is used to enable/disable voltage balance function of VTs at the generator
terminal.
31 No.32-- [Reserved] (#)
This logic setting is reserved.
32 No.33-- [En_TestMode] (#)
This logic setting is configured especially for equipment debugging status. It is only seen by
RCSPC, which is used for generating messages of alarm or operation element for remote PC.
Enable: enable sending all tripping contacts signals, protection tripping signals, alarm signals
210
Chapter 7 Settings
and monitoring signals through DBU2000 software.
Disable: disable the function mentioned above.
7.2.1.3 Setting path
All logic settings of configuring functions are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> SYSTEM SETTINGS -> PROT CONFIG -> [setting symbol]
7.2.2 Transformer system parameters

7.2.2.1 Setting list
Table 7-4 List of transformer system settings

1 Sn_Tr 0-6000 MVA 0.1 MVA 370
2 U1n_HVS_Tr 0-600 kV 0.01 kV 220
3 U1n_LVS_Tr 0-600 kV 0.01 kV 20
4 U1n_VT_HVS_Tr 0-600 kV 0.01 kV 127.02
5 U2n_VT_HVS_Tr 57.74-110 V 0.01 V 57.74
6 U2n_DeltVT_HVS_Tr 33.33-330 V 0.01 V 57.74
7 I1n_CT_HVS1_Tr 0-60000 A 1A 1200
8 I2n_CT_HVS1_Tr 1, 5 A 1A 1
9 I1n_CT_HVS2_Tr 0-60000 A 1A 1200
10 I2n_CT_HVS2_Tr 1, 5 A 1A 1
11 I1n_CT_HVS_Tr 0-60000 1A 1200
12 I2n_CT_HVS_Tr 1, 5A 1A 1
13 I1n_CT_LVS_Tr 0-60000A 1A 12000
14 I2n_CT_LVS_Tr 1,5A 1A 1
15 I1n_CT_NP_Tr 0-60000A 1A 600
16 I2n_CT_NP_Tr 1,5A 1A 1
17 I1n_CT_Gap_Tr 0-60000A 1A 200
18 I2n_CT_Gap_Tr 1,5A 1A 1
Logic setting 1 - enable, 0 disable
19 Yd11_Conn_Tr 0/1 1 1
20 Yyd11_Conn_Tr 0/1 1 0
21 Opt_GCB 0/1 1 0
22 Yd1_Conn_Tr 0/1 1 0
23 Yyd1_Conn_Tr 0/1 1 0
7.2.2.2 Setting instruction of the parameters
1 No.1-- [Sn_Tr]

211
Chapter 7 Settings
Transformer capacity shall be configured as its name plate stated.
2 No.2-- [U1n_HVS_Tr]
System rated voltage at HV side of transformer. This setting is used for calculating the rated
current of main transformer. It should be set according to the real operating voltage of the power
system.
3 No.3-- [U1n_LVS_Tr]
System rated voltage at LV side of transformer.
4 No.4-- [U1n_VT_HVS_Tr]
Rated primary voltage of VT at HV side of transformer.
5 No.5-- [U2n_VT_HVS_Tr]
Rated secondary voltage of VT at HV side of transformer.
6 No.6-- [U2n_DeltVT_HVS_Tr]
Rated secondary voltage of delta VT at HV side of transformer.
7 No.7-- [I1n_CT_HVS1_Tr]
Rated primary current of CT at branch 1 of HV side of transformer.
Rated secondary current of CT at branch 1 of HV side of transformer.
Rated primary current of CT at branch 2 of HV side of transformer.
Rated secondary current of CT at branch 2 of HV side of transformer.
11 No.11-- [I1n_CT_HVS_Tr]
Rated primary current of bushing CT at HV side of transformer.
12 No.12-- [I2n_CT_HVS_Tr]
Rated secondary current of bushing CT at HV side of transformer.
13 No.13-- [I1n_CT_LVS_Tr]
Rated primary current of CT at LV side of transformer.
14 No.14-- [I2n_CT_LVS_Tr]
Rated secondary current of CT at LV side of transformer.
15 No.15-- [I1n_CT_NP_Tr]
Rated primary current of CT at neutral point of transformer.

212
Chapter 7 Settings
16 No.16-- [I2n_CT_ NP_Tr]
Rated secondary current of CT at neutral point of transformer.
17 No.17-- [I1n_CT_Gap_Tr]
Rated primary current of gap CT at HV side of transformer.
18 No.18-- [I2n_CT_Gap_Tr]
Rated secondary current of gap CT at HV side of transformer.
19 No.19-- [Yd11_Conn_Tr]
The connection mode of main transformer is Yd-11 mode. The current input for HV side is only
one.
20 No.20-- [Yyd11_Conn_Tr]
The connection mode of main transformer is Yd-11 mode. The currents input for HV side are two
CTs, such as 3/2 breakers of HV bus.
21 No.21-- [Opt_GCB]
Logic setting of circuit breaker at terminal of generator. 1 means there is a circuit breaker at
terminal of generator. 0 means there isnt a circuit breaker at terminal of generator.
22 No.19-- [Yd1_Conn_Tr]
The connection mode of main transformer is Yd-1 mode. The current input for HV side is only one.
23 No.20-- [Yyd1_Conn_Tr]
The connection mode of main transformer is Yd-1 mode. The currents input for HV side are two
CTs, such as 3/2 breakers of HV bus.
All settings of transformer system parameters are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> SYSTEM SETTINGS -> TR SYS SETTINGS -> [setting symbol]
7.2.3 Generator system parameters

Table 7-5 List of generator system settings

1 fn_Gen 50/60 Hz 50
2 Pn_Gen 0-6000.0 MW 0.1 MW 300
3 PF_Gen 0.00-1.00 0.01 0.85
4 U1n_Gen 0-600.00 kV 0.01 kV 20
5 U1n_VT_Term_Gen 0-600.00 kV 0.01 V 11.55

213
Chapter 7 Settings

6 U2n_VT_Term_Gen 57.74-110.00 V 0.01 V 57.74
7 U2n_DeltVT_Term_Gen 33.33-110.00 V 0.01 V 33.33
8 U1n_VT_NP_Gen 0-600.00 kV 0.01 kV 11.55
9 U2n_VT_NP_Gen 0-300.00 V 0.01 V 57.74
10 I1n_CT_Term_Gen 0-60000 A 1A 12000
11 I2n_CT_Term_Gen 1A/5A 1A 5
12 k_SP1_Gen 0-100.00 % 0.01 % 50
13 k_SP2_Gen 0-100.00 % 0.01 % 50
14 I1n_CT_SP1_Gen 0-60000 A 1A 12000
15 I2n_CT_SP1_Gen 1A/5A 1A 5
16 I1n_CT_SP2_Gen 0-60000 A 1A 12000
17 I2n_CT_SP2_Gen 1A/5A 1A 5
18 I1n_CT_TrvDiff_Gen 0-60000 A 1A 600
19 I2n_CT_TrvDiff_Gen 1A,5A 1A 5
20 I1n_RotWdg 0-60000 A 1A 1000
21 U2n_Shunt_RotWdg 0-75.00 mV 0.01 mV 75
22 U1n_Exc 0-600 V 0.01 V 200
1 No.1-- [fn_Gen]
This setting indicates the nominal frequency of power system in which the generator protection
equipment is used.
2 No.2-- [Pn_Gen]
Capacity of active power of the generator shall be configured as its name plate stated.
3 No.3-- [PF_Gen]
Rated power factor of generator.
4 No.4-- [U1n_Gen]
System rated voltage at the terminal of generator. This setting is used for calculating the rated
current of generator. It should be set according to the real operating voltage of the power system.
5 No.5-- [U1n_VT_Term_Gen]
Rated primary voltage of VT at the terminal of generator. This parameter can be configured as
either phase voltage or phase-to-phase voltage value. For example, if the terminal VT ratio is
20kV 100V 100V

, this parameter and the following two (NO.6 and NO.7) can be set as
3 3 3
11.55kV, 57.74V and 33.33V or can be set as 20kV, 100V and 57.74V. This is used for substation

214
Chapter 7 Settings
automation system. From this setting and the next two ones, VT ratio can be got. Secondary
voltage and current recorded by the equipment will be transferred to primary value by multiplying
VT ratio when fault oscillogram is sent to the host.
6 No.6-- [U2n_VT_Term_Gen]
Rated secondary voltage of VT at the terminal of generator.
7 No.7-- [U2n_DeltVT_Term_Gen]
Rated secondary open-delta voltage at the terminal of generator.
8 No.8-- [U1n_VT_NP_Gen]
Rated primary voltage of VT at the neutral point of generator.
9 No.9-- [U2n_VT_NP_Gen]
Rated secondary voltage of VT at the neutral point of generator.
10 No.10-- [I1n_CT_Term_Gen]
Rated primary current of CT at the terminal of the generator.
11 No.11-- [I2n_CT_Term_Gen]
Rated secondary current of CT at the terminal of the generator.
12 No.12-- [k_SP1_Gen]
Branching coefficient of the first group of windings to the whole one of stator. At the generator
neutral point, two channels of TA input are reserved which can satisfy the requirement both
differential protection and phase-splitting transverse differential protection. The branching
coefficient can be set according to the proportion of per branch occupying in the whole winding.
For the case that only one branch can be drawn out from the neutral point of generator, the
branching coefficient of the first one group branch must be set as 100% and the other branching
coefficient must be set as 0%.
13 No.13-- [k_SP2_Gen]
Branching coefficient of the second group of windings to the whole of stator.
14 No.14-- [I1n_CT_SP1_Gen]
Rated primary current of CT of the first splitting branch of stator.
Rated secondary current of CT of the first splitting branch of stator.
Rated primary current of CT of the second splitting branch of stator.

215
Chapter 7 Settings
Rated secondary current of CT of the second splitting branch of stator.
18 No.18-- [I1n_CT_TrvDiff_Gen]
Rated primary current of CT used for transverse differential protection.
19 No.19-- [I2n_CT_TrvDiff_Gen]
Rated secondary current of CT used for transverse differential protection.
20 No.20-- [I1n_RotWdg]
Primary rated current of rotor. This setting and the next one can be set conveniently by inputting
the rated primary and secondary parameters of the shunt.
21 No.21-- [U2n_Shunt_RotWdg]
Secondary rated voltage of rotor shunt.
22 No.22-- [U1n_Exc]
Rated primary voltage of exciter or excitation transformer.
All settings of generator system parameters are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> SYSTEM SETTINGS -> GEN SYS SETTINGS -> [setting symbol]
Note:
These parameters are as important as the settings. They have to be configured according to
actual application on site.
7.2.4 Stepdown transformer system parameters

Table 7-6 List of stepdown transformer settings

1 Sn_ST 0-100 MVA 0.01 MVA 30
2 U1n_HVS_ST 0-600 kV 0.01 kV 20
3 U1n_Br1_ST 0-600 kV 0.01 kV 6.3
4 U1n_Br2_ST 0-600 kV 0.01 kV 6.3
5 U1n_VT_Br1_ST 0-600 kV 0.01 kV 6.3
6 U2n_VT_Br1_ST 57.74-110 V 0.01 V 3.46
7 U2n_DeltVT_Br1_ST 33.33-110 V 0.01 V 57.74
8 U1n_VT_Br2_ST 0-600 kV 0.01 kV 6.3
9 U2n_VT_Br2_ST 57.74-110 V 0.01 V 3.46
10 U2n_DeltVT_Br2_ST 33.33-110 V 0.01 V 57.74

216
Chapter 7 Settings

11 I1n_CT#_HVS_ST 0-60000 A 1A 12000
12 I2n_CT#_HVS_ST 1,5 A 1A 1
13 I1n_CT_HVS_ST 0-60000 A 1A 1000
14 I2n_CT_HVS_ST 1,5 A 1A 1
15 I1n_CT_Br1_ST 0-60000 A 1A 3000
16 I2n_CT_Br1_ST 1,5 A 1A 1
17 I1n_CT_Br2_ST 0-60000 A 1A 3000
18 I2n_CT_Br2_ST 1,5 A 1A 1
19 I1n_CT_NP_Br1_ST 0-60000 A 1A 3000
20 I2n_CT_NP_Br1_ST 1,5 A 1A 1
21 I1n_CT_NP_Br2_ST 0-60000 A 1A 3000
22 I2n_CT_NP_Br2_ST 1,5 A 1A 1
23 Yyy12_Conn_ST 0/1 0
24 Ddd12_Conn_ST 0/1 1
25 Dyy11_Conn_ST 0/1 0
26 Ydd11_Conn_ST 0/1 0
27 Dyy1_Conn_ST 0/1 0
1 No.1-- [Sn_ST]
Capacity of the exciter or excitation transformer shall be configured as its name plate stated.
2 No.2-- [U1n_HVS_ST]
Rated primary voltage of HV side of stepdown transformer.
3 No.3-- [U1n_Br1_ST]
Rated primary voltage of LV side branch 1 of stepdown transformer.
4 No.4-- [U1n_Br2_ST]
Rated primary voltage of LV side branch 2 of stepdown transformer.
5 No.5-- [U1n_VT_Br1_ST]
Rated primary voltage of VT at LV side branch 1 of stepdown transformer.
Rated secondary voltage of VT at LV side branch 1 of stepdown transformer.
7 No.7-- [U2n_DeltVT_Br1_ST]
Rated secondary voltage of delta VT at LV side branch 1 of stepdown transformer.

217
Chapter 7 Settings
Rated primary voltage of VT at LV side branch 2 of stepdown transformer.
Rated secondary voltage of VT at LV side branch 2 of stepdown transformer.
10 No.10-- [U2n_DeltVT_Br2_ST]
Rated secondary voltage of delta VT at LV side branch 2 of stepdown transformer.
11 No.11-- [I1n_CT#_HVS_ST]
Rated primary current of CT2 with big ratio at HV side of stepdown transformer.
12 No.12-- [I2n_CT#_HVS_ST]
Rated secondary current of CT2 with big ratio at HV side of stepdown transformer.
13 No.13-- [I1n_CT_HVS_ST]
Rated primary current of CT1 with small ratio at HV side of stepdown transformer.
14 No.14-- [I2n_CT_HVS_ST]
Rated secondary current of CT1 with small ratio at HV side of stepdown transformer.
15 No.15-- [I1n_CT_Br1_ST]
Rated primary current of CT at LV side branch 1 of stepdown transformer.
16 No.16-- [I2n_CT_Br1_ST]
Rated secondary current of CT at LV side branch 1 of stepdown transformer.
17 No.17-- [I1n_CT_Br2_ST]
Rated primary current of CT at LV side branch 2 of stepdown transformer.
18 No.18-- [I2n_CT_Br2_ST]
Rated secondary current of CT at LV side branch 2 of stepdown transformer.
19 No.19-- [I1n_CT_NP_Br1_ST]
Rated primary current of CT at neutral point of LV side branch 1 of stepdown transformer.
Rated secondary current of CT at neutral point of LV side branch 1 of stepdown transformer.
Rated primary current of CT at neutral point of LV side branch 2 of stepdown transformer.
Rated secondary current of CT at neutral point of LV side branch 2 of stepdown transformer.

218
Chapter 7 Settings
23 No.23-- [Yyy12_Conn_ST]
The connection mode of stepdown transformer is Yyy-12 mode.
24 No.24-- [Ddd12_Conn_ST]
The connection mode of stepdown transformer is Ddd-12 mode.
25 No.25-- [Dyy11_Conn_ST]
The connection mode of stepdown transformer is Dyy-11 mode.
26 No.26-- [Ydd11_Conn_ST]
The connection mode of stepdown transformer is Ydd-11 mode.
27 No.27-- [Dyy1_Conn_ST]
The connection mode of stepdown transformer is Dyy-1 mode.
All settings of stepdown transformer system parameters are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTING -> SYSTEM SETTINGS -> ST SYS SETTINGS -> [setting symbol]
7.2.5 System parameters of excitation transformer or exciter

Table 7-7 List of excitation transformer of exciter settings

1 fn_Exciter 50,100, 150Hz 1Hz 50
2 Sn_Exc 0-100.00 MVA 0.01 MVA 0.5
3 U1n_S1_Exc 0-600.00 kV 0.01 kV 20
4 U1n_S2_Exc 0-600.00 kV 0.01 kV 6.3
5 U1n_VT_Exc 0-600.00 kV 0.01 kV 3.46
6 U2n_VT_Exc 57.74-110 V 0.01 V 57.74
7 U2n_DeltVT_Exc 33.33-110 V 0.01 V 33.33
8 I1n_CT_S1_Exc 0-60000 A 1A 20
9 I2n_CT_S1_Exc 1A,5A 1A 5
10 I1n_CT_S2_Exc 0-60000 A 1A 60
11 I2n_CT_S2_Exc 1A,5A 1A 5
12 Opt_Exc 0, 1 0
13 Yy12_Conn_ET 0, 1 0
14 Dd12_Conn_ET 0, 1 0
15 Dy11_Conn_ET 0, 1 0
16 Yd11_Conn_ET 0, 1 1

219
Chapter 7 Settings

17 Dy1_Conn_ET 0, 1 0
1 No.1-- [fn_Exc]
This setting indicates the nominal frequency of exciter. If excitation transformer is used, this setting
can be set as 50Hz and the other settings in this table should be set according to relevant
parameters of excitation transformer.
2 No.2-- [Sn_Exc]
Capacity of the exciter or excitation transformer shall be configured as its name plate stated.
3 No.3-- [U1n_S1_Exc]
The system rated voltage on HV side of the excitation transformer. This setting is used to calculate
the correction coefficient of differential protection of excitation transformer.
If exciter is used, this setting and NO.4 setting are all set as the rated voltage of exciter.
4 No.4-- [U1n_S2_Exc]
System rated voltage on LV side of the excitation transformer. This setting is used to calculate the
correction coefficient of differential protection of excitation transformer.
5 No.5-- [U1n_VT_Exc]
Primary rated voltage of VT of the excitation transformer.
6 No.6-- [U2n_VT_Exc]
Secondary rated voltage of VT of the excitation transformer.
7 No.7-- [U2n_DeltaVT_Exc]
Secondary rated voltage of delta VT of the excitation transformer.
8 No.8-- [I1n_CT_S1_Exc]
Primary rated current of the CT on HV side of the excitation transformer or CT at the terminal of
the exciter.
9 No.9-- [I2n_CT_S1_Exc]
Secondary rated current of the CT on HV side of the excitation transformer or CT at the terminal of
the exciter.
10 No.10-- [I1n_CT_S2_Exc]
Primary rated current of the CT on LV side of the excitation transformer or CT at the neutral point
of the exciter.
11 No.11-- [I2n_CT_S2_Exc]

220
Chapter 7 Settings
Secondary rated current of the CT on LV side of the excitation transformer or CT at the neutral
point of the exciter.
12 No.12-- [Opt_Exc]
Exciter is used in the system. If this setting is set as 1, that means exciter is used in the generator
system instead of excitation transformer. Otherwise means the contrary.
13 No.13-- [Yy12_Conn_ET]
The connection mode of excitation transformer is Yy-12 mode.
Note:
In the symbol of Yy-12, the first letter Y represents the connection mode of windings on HV side,
and the other y represents the connection mode of windings on LV side, 12 represents
connection group between HV and LV windings. The following four settings are similar to this one.
14 No.14-- [Dd12_Conn_ET]
The connection mode of excitation transformer is Dd-12 mode.
15 No.15-- [Dy11_Conn_ET]
The connection mode of excitation transformer is Dy-11 mode.
16 No.16-- [Yd11_Conn_ET]
The connection mode of excitation transformer is Yd-11 mode.
17 No.17-- [Dy1_Conn_ET]
The connection mode of excitation transformer is Dy-1 mode.
All settings of excitation system parameters are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTING -> SYSTEM SETTINGS -> EXC SYS SETTINGS -> [setting symbol]
7.2.6 Implicit configuration settings

The settings in the following list are associated with application-specific primary layout of
generator and exciter, tripping logics. These settings can not be seen on LCD of equipment and
only be viewed and configured on PC through RCSPC software in the submenu CONFIG
SETTINGS. These settings are usually configured in factory or configured by field commission
engineer according to the design drawing and project requirement.
Table 7-8 List of implicit configuration settings

1. Cfg_CT_Diff_GTU() 0000-FFFF 000E

221
Chapter 7 Settings

2. Cfg_CT_Diff_Tr() 0000-FFFF 001B
3. Cfg_CT_Diff_Exc() 0000-FFFF 0001
4. Opt_Polar_CT() 0000-FFFF 1FFF
5. Cfg_CT_Bak_Tr() 0000-FFFF 0002
6. Cfg_CT_PwrProt_Gen() 0000-FFFF 0001
7. GTU, 2W_ST() 0/1 0
8. 3/2CB, GTU, 2W_ST() 0/1 0
9. GTU, 3W_ST() 0/1 1
10. 3/2CB, GTU, 3W_ST() 0/1 0
11. Tr, Gen, 2W_ST() 0/1 0
12. 3/2CB, Tr, Gen, 2W_ST() 0/1 0
13. Tr, Gen, 3W_ST() 0/1 0
14. 3/2CB, Tr, Gen, 3W_ST() 0/1 0
15. Gen_Only() 0/1 0
16. Opt_WaveRec_MON() Pickup/Trip Pickup
17. Opt_Debug_MON() DSP2/DSP1 DSP2
18. Opt_Dur_WaveRec_MON() 4S/8S 4S
19. En_Displ_Pickup() Yes/No No
Note:
Setting marked with means that it is can not be seen on LCD or by printing and only can be
seen through RCSPC software.
7.2.6.2 Explanation of the parameters and notice for setting
1 )
No.1-- [Cfg_CT_Diff_GTU](
Logic setting of selecting three-phase current channels for differential protection of generator
transformer unit. If the bit is set as 1, it means this group is used in the differential protection.
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CT_HVS1&2_Tr
CT#_HVS_ST
CT_HVS_ST
CT_NP_Gen
CT_LVS_ST
CT_HVS_Tr

222
Chapter 7 Settings
Table 7-9 Definition of logic setting of CT groups
Bit Definition
0 CT group 1 (11B1-6) and 2 (11B7-12) at HV side of main transformer.
1 Bushing CT (9C1-6) at HV side of main transformer
2 CT group (11C7-12) at neutral point of generator.
3 CT group 1 (12B1-6) of HV side of stepdown transformer. (Small ratio)
4 CT group 2 (11B13-18) of HV side of stepdown transformer. (Big ratio)
5 CT group (12B7-12) of LV side of stepdown transformer.
6-15 No definition
2 )
No.2-- [Cfg_CT_Diff_Tr](
Logic setting of selecting three-phase current channels for differential protection of main
transformer. If the bit is set as 1, it means this group is used in the differential protection.
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CT_Term_Gen
CT#_HVS_ST
CT_HVS2_Tr
CT_HVS1_Tr
CT_HVS_ST
CT_LVS_Tr
Bit Definition
0 CT(11B1-6) at HV side branch 1 of main transformer.
1 CT(11B7-12) at HV side branch 2 of main transformer.
2 CT group (11C13-18) at LV side of main transformer. This group is a reserved
current input channel.
3 CT group (11C1-6) at terminal of generator.
4 CT group 1 (12B1-6) of HV side of stepdown transformer. (Small ratio)
5 CT group 2 (11B13-18) of HV side of stepdown transformer. (Big ratio)
6-15 No definition
3 )
No.2-- [Cfg_CT_Diff_Exc](
Logic setting of selecting three-phase current channels for differential protection of exciter or
excitation transformer.
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

223
Chapter 7 Settings
CT_S1_Exc&CT_LVS_ST
CT_S2_Exc&CT_Br2_ST
CT_S1&S2_Exc
Bit Definition
0 CT group 1 (12C1-6) and 2 (12C7-12) of exciter.
1 CT group 1 (12C1-6) of exciter and CT group (12B7-12) at LV side of stepdown
transformer.
2 CT group 2 (12C7-12) of exciter and CT group (12B13-18) at LV side of stepdown
transformer.
3-15 No definition
4 )
No.4-- [Opt_Polar_CT](
Generally, CT polarity definition is as Figure 1.1-1and Figure 1.1-2 show. However if some CT
polarity direction is reversed by incorrect wiring connecting, there is still chance to correct it by
configuring this logic setting easily. Please set the corresponding digit of the logic setting.
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CT_Term_Gen
SpareCT_Gen
SpareCT_Exc
CT1_HVS_ST
CT2_HVS_ST
CT_NP_Gen
CT_LVS_ST
CT_S2_Exc
CT_S1_Exc
CT_Br2_ST
Reserved
CT2_Tr
CT1_Tr
Table 7-12 Definition of logic setting of CT polarity
Bit Definition
0 CTs polarity of current channel (11B1-6) at HVS of transformer reversed
1 CTs polarity of current channel (11B7-12) at HVS of transformer reversed
2 CTs polarity of current channel (11B13-18) at HVS of stepdown transformer
reversed
224
Chapter 7 Settings
3 CTs polarity of current channel (11C1-6) at terminal of generator reversed

4 CTs polarity of current channel (11C7-12) at neutral point of generator reversed
5 CTs polarity of current spare channel (11C13-18) reversed
6 CTs polarity of current channel (12B1-6) at HVS of stepdown transformer reversed
7 CTs polarity of current channel (12B7-12) at LVS of stepdown transformer
reversed
8 CTs polarity of current channel (12B13-18) reversed
9 CTs polarity of current channel (12C1-6) of exciter reversed
10 CTs polarity of current channel (12C7-12) of exciter reversed
11 CTs polarity of current channel (9C1-6) reversed
12-15 No definition
5 )
No.5-- [Cfg_CT_Bak_Tr](
Logic setting of selecting three-phase current channel for backup protection of transformer.
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
CT_SumCurr_Tr
CT_HVS_Tr
CT_CB_Tr
Bit Definition
0 Sum current of main transformer (CT group 11B1-6)+(CT group 11B7-12)
1 Breaker CT group (11B1-6) at HVS of main transformer
2 Bushing CT group (9C1-6) at HVS of transformer.
3-15 No definition
6 )
No.6-- [Cfg_CT_Power_Gen](
Logic setting of selecting three-phase current channel for reverse power protection of generator.
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

225
Chapter 7 Settings
CT_S(11B13-11B18)
CT_S(11C13-11C18)
CT_P(11C1-11C6)
Bit Definition
0 Protection class CT
1 Measurement class CT
2 Measurement class CT
3-15 No definition
Note:
Only one of the follow settings from No.7- No.15 can be set as 1.
7 )
No.7-- [GTU, 2W_ST] (
The logic setting of connection type between bus, generator, main transformer, and stepdown
transformer.
1 means there is only one group CT input at HV side, no CB between main transformer and
generator, two windings in stepdown transformer.
8 )
No.8-- [3/2Bus, GTU, 2W_ST] (
transformer.
1 means there are two group CT inputs at HV side (3/2 bus), no CB between main transformer
and generator, two windings in stepdown transformer.
9 )
No.9-- [GTU, 3W_ST] (
transformer.
1 means there is only one group CT input at HV side, no CB between main transformer and
generator, three windings in stepdown transformer.
)
10 No.10-- [3/2Bus, GTU, 3W_ST] (

226
Chapter 7 Settings
transformer.
1 means there are two group CT inputs at HV side (3/2 bus), no CB between main transformer
and generator, three windings in stepdown transformer.
)
11 No.11-- [Tr, Gen, 2W_ST] (
transformer.
1 means there is only one group CT input at HV side, a CB between main transformer and
)
12 No.12-- [3/2Bus, Tr, Gen, 2W_ST] (
transformer.
1 means there are two group CT inputs at HV side, a CB between main transformer and
)
13 No.13-- [Tr, Gen, 3W_ST] (
transformer.
1 means there is only one group CT input at HV side, a CB between main transformer and
)
14 No.14-- [3/2Bus, Tr, Gen, 3W_ST] (
transformer.
1 means there are two group CT inputs at HV side, a CB between main transformer and
)
15 No.15-- [Gen_Only] (
transformer.
1 means there is only a generator protected.
)
16 No.16--[Opt_WaveRec_MON] (
Logic setting of selecting recording triggering mode of MON module.
0: recording is triggered when any fault detector picks up.
1: recording is triggered when any protection element trips.
)
17 No.17--[Opt_Debug_MON](
This logic setting is provided especially for software developing, not for ordinary users.

227
Chapter 7 Settings
)
18 No.18--[Opt_Dur_WaveRec_MON](
Logic setting of selecting recording time of MON module.
0: recording persisting time is 4 s with 24 samples per cycle.
1: recording persisting time is 8 s with 12 samples per cycle.
)
19 No.19--[En_Displ_Pickup](
This logic setting is provided especially for software developing, not for ordinary users.
Note:
It is suggested to configure settings No.16-No.19 as default settings.
7.3 Protection Settings

7.3.1 Settings of differential protection of generator-transformer unit
Table 7-15 List of generator-transformer unit differential protection settings

1 I_Pkp_PcntDiff_GTU 0.101.50 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 0.3
2 I_InstDiff_ GTU 2.0014.00 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 6
3 Slope1_PcntDiff_ GTU 0.000.50 0.01 0.1
4 Slope2_PcntDiff_ GTU 0.500.80 0.01 0.7
5 k_Harm_PcntDiff_GTU 0.10-0.35 0.01 0.15
6 TrpLog_Diff_ GTU 0000FFFF 1 7FFF
7 En_InstDiff_ GTU 0, 1 1
8 En_PcntDiff_ GTU 0, 1 1
9 Opt_Inrush_Ident_ GTU 0, 1 1
10 Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_ GTU 0, 1 1
7.3.1.2 Explanation of the settings
1 No.1-- [I_Pkp_PcntDiff_GTU]
This is pickup setting of percentage current differential protection, which is also the setting of fault
detector of percentage differential protection. It shall be higher than maximum unbalance current
when the generator-transformer operate on normal rated load.
2 No.2-- [I_InstDiff_GTU]
Setting of unrestrained differential protection.
3 No.3-- [Slope1_PcntDiff_GTU]

228
Chapter 7 Settings
Setting of the first slope of percentage differential protection.
4 No.4-- [Slope2_PcntDiff_GTU]
Maximum value of restraint coefficient of the differential characteristic curve.
5 No.5-- [k_Harm_PcntDiff_GTU]
The ratio setting of 2nd harmonic component in differential current. 0.15 is recommended.
6 No.6-- [TrpLog_PcntDiff_GTU]
Tripping output logic setting of differential protection is used to specify which breaker or breakers
will be tripped by this protection. This word comprises 16 binary bits as follows and is displayed as
a hexadecimal number of 4 digits from 0000H to FFFFH on LCD of equipment. The tripping output
logic settings is specified as follows:
bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
No definition
rpOutput14
TrpOutp13
TrpOutp12
TrpOutp10
TrpOutp11
TrpOutp9
TrpOutp8
TrpOutp7
TrpOutp6
TrpOutp5
TrpOutp4
TrpOutp3
TrpOutp2
TrpOutp1
Function
function
En_Trp
Note:
TrpOutp 1 just means to drive tripping output channel 1 and please refer to section 5.3. Set bit
0 as 1 means this protection element will trip breaker or breakers. The bit corresponding to the
breaker to be tripped shall be set as1 and other bits shall be 0. For example, if differential
protection is defined to trip breaker 5 (tripping output channel 5), the bit 0 and 5 bit shall be set
as 1 and other bits 0. Then a hexadecimal number 0021H is formed as the tripping output logic
setting.
Please note that tripping output logic settings of the equipment have to be set on basis of
application-specific drawings.
All the tripping logic settings mentioned below is defined as same as this one.
7 No.7-- [En_InstDiff_GTU]
Unrestrained instantaneous differential protection enabled. If this setting is set as 1, it means this
protection is enabled. Otherwise it means the protection is disabled.
8 No.8-- [En_PcntDiff_GTU]
Percentage differential protection enabled.
9 No.9-- [Opt_Inrush_Ident_GTU]
The logic setting to select the method to identify inrush current of transformer.
1 means to use the second harmonic restraint principle. 0 means to use waveform distortion
discrimination principle.

229
Chapter 7 Settings
10 No.10-- [Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Gen]
If this logic setting is set as 1, it means percentage differential protection will be blocked when CT
circuit failure happens. Otherwise it means the function is disabled.
All settings of differential protection settings are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> GTU DIFF PROT --> [setting symbol]
7.3.2 Settings of differential protection of main transformer

Table 7-16 List of main transformer differential protection settings

1. I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Tr 0.101.50 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 0.3
2. I_InstDiff_ Tr 2.0014.00 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 6
3. Slope1_PcntDiff_ Tr 0.000.50 0.01 0.1
4. Slope2_PcntDiff_ Tr 0.500.80 0.01 0.7
5. k_Harm_PcntDiff_Tr 0.10-0.35 0.01 0.15
6. TrpLog_Diff_ Tr 0000FFFF 1 7FFF
7. En_InstDiff_ Tr 0, 1 1
8. En_PcntDiff_ Tr 0, 1 1
9. En_DPFC_Diff_Tr 0, 1 1
10. Opt_Inrush_Ident_ Tr 0, 1 1
11. Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Tr 0, 1 1
1 No.1-- [I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Tr]
detector of percentage differential protection. It shall be higher than maximum unbalanced current
of the transformer during normal rated load, i.e.
I cdqd = K rel ( K er + U + m) I e
(Equation 7.3-1)
Where:
I cdqd represents the setting [I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Tr].
I e is secondary calculated rated current of transformer (please see details in section 3.3.1);

230
Chapter 7 Settings
K rel is reliability coefficient (generally K rel = 1.3 - 1.5);
K er is the ratio error of CT (=0.03X2, for class 10P; =0.01X2, for class 5P and class TP);
U is the maximum deviation (in percentage of rated voltage) due to tap changing.
m is the error caused by the difference between ratios of CT at all side, 0.05 is recommended.
For practical engineering application, I cdqd =0.3 - 0.5 I e is reasonable and unbalanced current
in differential scheme during maximum load of transformer shall be measured.
2 No.2-- [I_InstDiff_Tr]
Setting of unrestrained instantaneous differential protection, which is used to clear serious internal
fault quickly and prevent operation delay caused by CT saturation. The setting I cdsd (i.e.
[I_InstDiff]) shall be greater than inrush current and maximum unbalanced current due to external
fault or asynchronous closing, generally
I cdsd = K I e
(Equation 7.3-2)
Where:
K is a multiple depending on capacity of transformer and the system reactance, 6 8 is

recommended.
I e is secondary calculated rated current of transformer.
Sensitivity coefficient of unrestrained instantaneous differential protection K sen shall be calculated
according to the phase-to-phase solid short circuit fault in normal operation condition at installed
point of the relay. K sen 1.2 is required.
3 No.3-- [Slope1_PcntDiff_Tr]
Setting of the first slope of percentage differential protection, it shall be:
K bl1 K er (Equation 7.3-3)
Where:
K er is the error of current ratio of CT, no more than 0.1. K bl1 is 0.10-0.20 generally.
Sensitivity check for percentage differential protection

231
Chapter 7 Settings
The sensitivity coefficient K sen shall be calculated according to phase-to-phase short circuit on
outlet of transformer protected by the differential relay in minimum operation mode. From the
calculated minimum short circuit current I k . min and relevant restraint current I res , corresponding
pickup current I op will be found in the operation characteristic curve of percentage differential
relay, and then the sensitivity coefficient is:
K sen = I k . min / I op
(Equation 7.3-4)
K sen 1.2 is required.
4 No.4-- [Slope2_PcntDiff_Tr]
Setting of second slope of percentage differential protection.
Calculation of secondary unbalanced current:
--- For two winding transformer
I unb. max = ( K ap K cc K er + U + m) I k . max

(Equation 7.3-5)
Where:
Definition of K er , U and m have been mentioned above;
K cc is the same type coefficient of CT, 0.1 is considered.
I k . max is the maximum value of fundamental component of external short circuit fault current
(secondary).
K ap is the coefficient of DC component. K ap = 1.0 if CT at both sides are class TP, or K ap = 1.5 -
2.0 if CT at both sides are class P.
--- For three winding transformer
Take external short circuit fault at LV side as example:
I unb . max = K ap K cc K er I k . max + U h I k .h . max + m I I k . I . max + m II I k . II . max

(Equation 7.3-6)
Where:
Definition of K er , K cc and K ap have been mentioned above;

232
Chapter 7 Settings
U h are maximum deviations (in percentage of rated voltage) on HV side due to tap changing.
I k . max is the maximum value of fundamental component of short circuit secondary current flowing
through CT at the fault side during external fault at LV side.
I k .h. max is the maximum value of fundamental component of short circuit secondary current flowing
through CT on tap changing sides during external fault at LV side.
I k .I . max I k .II . max

and are the fundamental components of secondary currents flowing through CT at
other sides during external fault at LV side.
mI and mII are errors caused by difference between ratios of CT (auxiliary CT included if any)
at relevant sides.
Second slope of percentage differential protection is:
I unb. max* I cdqd * 3k bl1

k bl 2 =
I k . max* 3 (Equation 7.3-7)
Where:
Definition of I unb. max* , I cdqd * and I k . max* are almost same to I unb. max , I cdqd and
I k . max mentioned above, and the only difference is they are per unit values. I e (secondary
calculated rated current of transformer) is the base value of per unit.
kbl 2 =0.70 is recommended.
5 No.5-- [k_Harm_PcntDiff_Tr]
Restraint coefficient of second harmonic. This parameter is the blocking threshold of second
harmonics involving in differential current to against inrush current when the transformer is
energized. The differential protection will be blocked when the percentage of second harmonics
reaches the threshold because the percentage of second harmonics is high in inrush current but
low in fault current. It is recommended that the parameter is set to be 15% -20%.
6 No.6-- [TrpLog_DIff_Tr]
Tripping output logic setting of differential protection is used to specify which breaker or breakers
will be tripped by this protection.
7 No.7-- [En_InstDiff_Tr]
233
Chapter 7 Settings
protection is enabled. Otherwise, it means the protection is disabled.
8 No.8-- [En_PcntDiff_Tr]
Percentage differential protection enabled. If this setting is set as 1, it means this protection is
enabled. Otherwise, it means the protection is disabled.
9 No.9-- [En_DPFC_Diff_Tr]
DPFC percentage differential protection enabled. If this setting is set as 1, it means this
protection is enabled. Otherwise, it means the protection is disabled.
10 No.10-- [Opt_Inrush_Ident_Tr]
Inrush current blocking principle selection:
0, discrimination by harmonics.
1, waveform distortion criteria is used.
11 No.11-- [Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Tr]
circuit failure happens. Otherwise, it means the function is disabled.
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> TR DIFF PROT --> [setting symbol]
7.3.3 Settings of phase to phase fault protection of main transformer

Table 7-17 Definition of phase to phase fault protection settings

1. V_NegOV_VCE_Tr 1.00 V 20.00 V 0.01 V 4
2. Vpp_VCE_Tr 2.00V-100.00V 0.01 V 60
3. I_OC1_Tr 0.10 A 100.00 A 0.01 A 15
4. t_OC11_Tr 0.00 s 10.00 s 0.01 s 1
5. TrpLog_OC11_Tr 0000-FFFF 1 000F
6. t_OC12_Tr 0.00 s 10.00 s 0.01 s 1.5
7. TrpLog_OC12_Tr 0000-FFFF 1 00F1
8. I_OC2_Tr 0.10 A 100.00 A 0.01 A 10
9. t_OC21_Tr 0.00 s 10.00 s 0.01 s 2
10. TrpLog_OC21_Tr 0000-FFFF 1 0F01
11. t_OC22_Tr 0.00 s 10.00 s 0.01 s 2.2
12. TrpLog_OC22_Tr 0000-FFFF 1 7001
13. Z1_Fwd_Tr 0.00 100.00 Ohm 0.01Ohm 20
234
Chapter 7 Settings

14. Z1_Rev_Tr 0.00 100.00 Ohm 0.01Ohm 20
15. t_Z11_Tr 0.00 10.00 s 0.01 s 1
16. TrpLog_Z11_Tr 0000-FFFF 1 0FFF
17. t_Z12_Tr 0.00 10.00 s 0.01 s 1
19. Z2_Fwd_Tr 0.00 100.00 Ohm 0.01Ohm 20
20. Z2_Rev_Tr 0.00 100.00 Ohm 0.01Ohm 20
21. t_Z21_Tr 0.00 10.00 s 0.01 s 1
23. t_Z22_Tr 0.00 10.00 s 0.01 s 1
25. I_Alm_OvLd_Tr 0.10 100.00 A 0.01 A 6
26. t_Alm_OvLd_Tr 0.00 10.00 s 0.01 s 8
27. I_InitCool1_OvLd_Tr 0.10 100.00 A 0.01 A 5.5
28. t_InitCool1_OvLd_Tr 0.00 10.00 s 0.01 s 9
29. I_InitCool2_OvLd_Tr 0.10 100.00 A 0.01 A 5.5
30. t_InitCool2_OvLd_Tr 0.00 10.00 s 0.01 s 9
31. En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_Tr 0/1 1
32. En_VCE_Ctrl_OC2_Tr 0/1 1
33. En_LVS.VCE_Ctrl_OC_Tr 0/1 1
34. En_Mem_Curr_Tr 0/1 0
35. Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Tr 0/1 1
36. En_OvLd_Tr 0/1 1
37. En_InitCool_OvLd_Tr 0/1 1
1 No.1-- [V_NegOV_VCE_Tr]
This is setting of negative sequence voltage control element of main transformer. Setting and
displayed value of negative sequence voltage are U2.
Setting of this relay shall be higher than measured imbalance voltage during normal operation
condition, generally
U op.2 = (0.06 0.08)U n (Equation 7.3-8)
Where U n is secondary rated phase-to-phase voltage.
Sensitivity factor of negative sequence voltage relay shall be checked by

235
Chapter 7 Settings
U k .2. min
K sen = (Equation 7.3-9)
U op.2
Where U k .2. min is minimum secondary negative sequence voltage at location of the relay during
phase-to-phase metallic short circuit fault at end of backup protected zone. K sen 2.0 is required
for near backup protection and K sen 1.5 for remote backup protection.
Note:
When sensitivity factor is checked for current relay and voltage relay, unfavorable normal system
operation condition and unfavorable type of short circuit fault shall be adopted. If sensitivity factor
of under voltage relay is not high enough, function of composite voltage on LV side initiation can
be enabled. Voltage is taken from LV side by configure logic setting [En_LVS.VCE_Ctrl_OC_Tr].
2 No.2-- [Vpp_VCE_Tr]
Voltage of voltage control element is taken from LV side usually (logic setting
[En_LVS.VCE_Ctrl_OC_TR] is set as 1.). Undervoltage setting shall be higher than the lowest
voltage during starting process of the largest motor connected with the LV busbar.
Setting of phase-to-phase under voltage of composite voltage control element. It shall coordinate
with generator starting condition.
Setting shall be higher than possible minimum voltage during normal operation, namely
U min
U op = (Equation 7.3-10)
K rel K r
Where K rel is reliability factor, 1.10 1.20; K r is release factor, 1.05 1.25; U min is possible
minimum voltage during normal operation, 0.9 times of secondary rated line voltage generally.
When VT on HV side of the transformer is used for the under voltage relay
U op = 0.7U n (Equation 7.3-11)
Where U n is secondary rated line voltage.
When step-up transformer is used in a power plant and VT on generator side is used for under
voltage relay, its setting shall be higher than under voltage during operation of generator without
excitation,

236
Chapter 7 Settings
U op = (0.5 0.6)U n (Equation 7.3-12)
Where U n is secondary rated line voltage.
Sensitivity factor of under voltage relay shall be checked by
U op
U c. max
Where U c. max is maximum secondary residual voltage at location of the relay when
phase-to-phase metallic short circuit fault occurs at the check point during operation condition for
calculation. K sen 1.5 is required for near backup protection and K sen 1.2 for remote backup
protection.
3 No.3-- [I_OC1_Tr]
Setting of overcurrent protection stage 1.
Setting of overcurrent relay shall be higher than rated current of transformer,
K rel
I op = Ie (Equation 7.3-14)
Kr
where K rel is reliability factor, 1.2 generally; K r is release factor, 0.85 0.95; I e is secondary
rated current.
Sensitivity factor of overcurrent relay shall be checked by following:
I k( .2min
)
I op
( 2)
where I k .min is minimum fault current through location of the relay during phase-to-phase metallic
short circuit at end of backup protected section. K sen 1.3 is required for near backup
protection and K sen 1.2 for remote backup protection.
4 No.4-- [t_OC11_Tr]
The first time delay of overcurrent protection stage 1. It shall coordinate with main protection only
and oscillation period is not needed to be considered. It is set as 0.5 s generally.
5 No.5 [TrpLog_OC11_Tr]
237
Chapter 7 Settings
Tripping output logic setting of the first time delay of over current protection stage 1, please refer to
section 7.3.1
6 No.6-- [t_OC12_Tr]
The second time delay of overcurrent protection stage 1. It shall coordinate with main protection
only and oscillation period is not needed to be considered.
Tripping output logic setting of the second time delay of over current protection stage 1, please
refer to section 7.3.1
8 No.8-- [I_OC2_Tr]
9 No.9-- [t_OC21_Tr]
The first time delay of overcurrent protection stage 2.
Tripping output logic setting of the first time delay of over current protection stage 2, please refer to
section 7.3.1
11 No.11-- [t_OC22_Tr]
The second time delay of overcurrent protection stage 2.
Tripping output logic setting of the second time delay of over current protection stage 2, please
refer to section 7.3.1
13 No.13 [Z1_Fwd_Tr]
Stage 1 of positive direction impedance setting of phase-to-phase impedance protection. Here

positive direction means the direction is pointing to the transformer instead of generator itself.
If the value of this setting is greater than the next one, then the characteristic of distance protection
is set as excursive impedance circle; if it is equal to the next one, the characteristic is whole
impedance circle; if the next one is set as 0, the characteristic becomes directional impedance.
Generally, low impedance protection is considered as the backup protection of transformer in case
that voltage-controlled overcurrent protection cannot satisfy the sensitivity requirement of
transformer.
Setting of this impedance relay shall coordinate with that of HV side outlet, namely
Z op = K rel K inf Z (Equation 7.3-16)
Where K rel is reliability factor, 0.8 generally; Kinf is enhanced factor, taking minimum value of

238
Chapter 7 Settings
various operation conditions; Z is setting of impedance protection of coordinating HV side outlet;
Sensitivity shall be checked by phase-to-phase short circuit on end of designated protected zone,
namely
Z op
Z
Where Z is equivalent secondary impedance value of designated protected section. K sen 1.3
Is required.
When this direction of impedance relay points to transformer.
The forward setting can be based on enough sensitivity for fault on terminal of generator and
referred to equation hereinabove. Reverse impedance equals to 5% - 10% of forward impedance.
Reverse setting shall be lower than setting of the shortest zone 1 of impedance protection of outlet
from this side busbar.
14 NO.14[Z1_Rev_Tr]
Stage 1 of negative direction impedance setting of distance protection. In general, this setting is
set as 5-10% of the positive direction impedance setting.
15 NO.15[t_Z11_Tr]
The first time delay of distance protection stage 1.
16 NO.16[TrpLog_Z11_Tr]
Tripping output logic setting of distance protection stage 1 with time delay 1.
17 NO.17[t_Z12_Tr]
The second time delay of distance protection stage 1.
Tripping output logic setting of distance protection with time delay 2.
19 No.19 [Z2_Fwd_Tr]
Stage 2 of ppositive direction impedance setting of phase-to-phase impedance protection.
20 NO.20[Z2_Rev_Tr]
Stage 2 of negative direction impedance setting of distance protection.
21 NO.21[t_Z21_Tr]
The time delay of distance protection stage 2.
Tripping output logic setting of stage 2 of distance protection.

239
Chapter 7 Settings
23 No.23-- [I_Alm_OvLd_Tr]
Current setting of overload alarm.
24 No.24-- [t_Alm_OvLd_Tr]
Time delay of overload alarm.
25 No.25-- [I_InitCool1_OvLd_Tr]
Current setting of stage 1 of air cooling initiation of main transformer.
26 No.26-- [t_InitCool1_OvLd_Tr]
Time delay of stage 1 of cooling initiation of main transformer.
27 No.27-- [I_InitCool2_OvLd_Tr]
Current setting of stage 2 of air cooling initiation of main transformer.
28 No.28-- [t_InitCool2_OvLd_Tr]
Time delay of stage 2 of cooling initiation of main transformer.
29 No.29-- [En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_Tr]
Logic setting of overcurrent protection stage 1 controlled by voltage element.
1: the overcurrent protection stage 1 is controlled by voltage element.
0: the protection is not controlled by voltage element.
30 No.30-- [En_VCE_Ctrl_OC2_Tr]
Logic setting of overcurrent protection stage2 controlled by voltage element.
31 No.31 -- [En_LVS.VCE_Ctrl_OC_Tr]
Logic setting of overcurrent protection controlled by LV side VCE.
32 No.32 -- [En_Mem_Curr_Tr]
Logic setting of memory function of current.
Note:
For generator with self parallel excitation system, the memory function is usually disabled for
phase to phase backup protection. But if it is enabled, the overcurrent protection must be
configured as voltage controlled overcurrent protection.
33 No.33-- [Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Tr]
Protection performance during VT circuit failure.
1: when VT circuit failure at one side is detected, voltage control element at the same side will be
disabled but overcurrent relay on the same side can still be controlled by voltage control elements

240
Chapter 7 Settings
of other side if corresponding logic setting is set as 1.
0: when VT circuit failure at one side is detected, the overcurrent relay will become an
overcurrent relay without voltage element control.
34 No.34-- [En_OvLd_Tr]
Logic setting of enabling overload alarm of main transformer.
35 No.35-- [En_InitCool_OvLd_Tr]
Logic setting of enabling cooling initiation of main transformer.
Settings of HV side voltage phase to phase fault protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> Setting -> PROT SETTINGS -> TR PPF BAK PROT
7.3.4 Settings of earth fault protection of main transformer

Table 7-18 Definition of earth fault protection settings of main transformer

1. V_ROV_VCE_Tr 2.00 100.00V 0.01V 10
2. I_ROC1_Tr 0.10 100.00A 0.01A 10
3. t_ROC11_Tr 0.0010.00s 0.01s 1
4. TrpLog_ROC11_Tr 0000-FFFF 1 0021
5. t_ROC12_Tr 0.0010.00s 0.01s 1.5
7. I_ROC2_Tr 0.10100.00A 0.01A 10
8. t_ROC21_Tr 0.00 10.00s 0.01 s 2
10. t_ROC22_Tr 0.00 10.00s 0.01s 2.5
11. TrpLog_ROC22_Tr 0000-FFFF 1 001F
12. I_ROC3_Tr 0.10100.00A 0.01A 10
13. t_ROC31_Tr 0.00 10.00s 0.01 s 2
15. t_ROC32_Tr 0.00 10.00s 0.01s 2.5
16. TrpLog_ROC32_Tr 0000-FFFF 1 001F
17. V_ROV_Gap_Tr 2.00 200.00 V 0.01 V 150
18. t_ROV1_Gap_Tr 0.00 10.00s 0.01s 0.5
19. TrpLog_ROV1_Gap_Tr 0000-FFFF 1 0003
20. t_ROV2_Gap_Tr 0.00 10.00s 0.01s 1
21. TrpLog_ROV2_Gap_Tr 0000 FFFF 1 001F

241
Chapter 7 Settings

22. I_ROC_Gap_Tr 0.10 100.00 A 0.01 A 4
23. t_ROC1_Gap_Tr 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 0.5
24. TrpLog_ROC1_Gap_Tr 0000-FFFF 1 0003
25. t_ROC2_Gap_Tr 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
26. TrpLog_ROC2_Gap_Tr 0000-FFFF 1 001F
27. V_Alm_ROV_LVS_Tr 10.00 100.00V 0.01 V 100
28. t_Alm_ROV_LVS_Tr 0.00 10.00s 0.01s 0.5
logic setting 1 - enable, 0 disable
29. En_VCE.ROV_Ctrl_ROC1_Tr 0/1 0
30. En_VCE.ROV_Ctrl_ROC2_Tr 0/1 0
31. En_Dir_Ctrl_ROC1_Tr 0/1 0
32. En_Dir_Ctrl_ROC2_Tr 0/1 0
33. En_Alm_ROV_LVS_Tr 0/1 0
34. En_BI_Ctrl_ROC_Gap_Tr 0/1 0
1 No.1 --[ V_ROV_VCE_Tr]
Setting (3U0) of zero-sequence voltage control element for zero-sequence overcurrent protection.
2 No.2-- [I_ROC1_Tr]
Setting of stage 1 of zero-sequence overcurrent protection.
This setting shall coordinate with unrestraint main protection or stage 1 or 2 of zero sequence
overcurrent relay of adjacent power line.
I op.o. I = K rel K brI I op.o.1I (Equation 7.3-18)
Where:
I op.o. I is setting of stage 1 of zero sequence overcurrent relay,
K brI is branch factor of zero sequence current which is ratio of zero sequence current passing
through the relay and passing through the faulty line during ground fault at end of protected zone
of stage 1 of power line zero sequence overcurrent protection, maximum value for various
operation conditions being Taken;
K rel is reliability factor, 1.1 generally;

242
Chapter 7 Settings
I op.o.1I is setting of relevant stage of coordinating line protection.
Sensitivity factor of zero sequence overcurrent relay shall be checked by
3I k .o. min
I op.o
Where:
3I k .o. min is minimum secondary zero sequence current passing through location of the relay
during ground fault at end of protected zone; I op.o is this setting. K sen 1.5 Is required.
3 No.3-- [t_ROC11_Tr]
Time delay 1 of stage 1 of zero-sequence overcurrent protection.
When earth fault occurs on near end of HV side outlet of startup/standby transformer, it is
protected by both this protection and zero-sequence overcurrent protection stage 2 on remote end,
so the time delay setting of this protection is
t = t II t (Equation 7.3-20)
Where:
t is time delay [t_ROC11_Tr].
t II is time delay of zero-sequence overcurrent protection stage2 on remote end.
t is the step difference of delay.

4 No.4-- [TrpLog_ROC11_Tr]
Tripping output logic setting of zero-sequence overcurrent protection stage 1 with time delay 1.
5 No.5-- [t_ROC12_Tr]
7 No.7-- [I_ROC2_Tr]
The setting shall coordinate with operating current of zero-sequence overcurrent protection of HV
side feeders for remote end earth fault:

243
Chapter 7 Settings
(3I 0 ) op
I op.o.II = K c 0 C 0' (Equation 7.3-21)
nTA
Where:
K c 0 is coordination coefficient, (generally K co = 1.1);
(3I o ) op is the primary operating current of backup zone of zero-sequence overcurrent protection
of HV side feeders to be coordinated.
C 0' is the distribution coefficient of zero sequence current that is equal to the ratio of zero
sequence current passing through this end protection and that passing through the power line,
takes the maximum value in various operation modes; and nTA is current ratio of CT.
8 No.8-- [t_ROC21_Tr]
Delay 1 of stage 2 of zero-sequence overcurrent protection.
10 No.10-- [t_ROC22_Tr]
12 No.12-- [I_ROC3_Tr]
13 No.13-- [t_ROC31_Tr]
Delay 1 of stage 3 of zero-sequence overcurrent protection.
15 No.15-- [t_ROC32_Tr]
17 No.17-- [V_ROV_Gap_Tr]
244
Chapter 7 Settings
Voltage setting of zero sequence overvoltage protection for gap.
Setting of zero sequence voltage relay
U o. max < U op.o U sat (Equation 7.3-22)
Where:
U op.o is setting of this relay;
U o.max is possible maximum zero sequence voltage at location of the relay during single phase
ground fault in power system with part of neutral points grounded, or during two phases operation
of transformer with ungrounded neutral point;
U sat is possible minimum open-delta voltage of VT in directly grounded system during single
phase ground fault and missing grounded neutral point condition. Rated phase voltage of open
delta VT is 100 V.
Considering that X 0 / X 1 3 in a directly grounded system, U op.o is 180 V generally.
18 No.18-- [t_ROV1_Gap_Tr]
Time delay 1 of zero sequence overvoltage protection for gap.
19 No.19-- [TrpLog_ROV1_Gap_Tr]
Tripping output logic setting of zero sequence overvoltage protection with time delay 1.
20 No.20-- [t_ROV2_Gap_Tr]
Time delay 2 of zero sequence overvoltage protection for gap.
21 No.21-- [TrpLog_ROV2_Gap_Tr]
Tripping output logic setting of zero sequence overvoltage protection with time delay 2.
22 No.22-- [I_ROC_Gap_Tr]
Current setting of gap zero-sequence overcurrent protection, recommend to set it based on the
following equation
100
I OP .O = (Equation 7.3-23)
nCT .N
Where:
I OP .O The setting of this relay
100: Primary current

245
Chapter 7 Settings
nCT .N : The ratio of gap CT which is located between the gap and groud
23 No.23-- [t_ROC1_Gap_Tr]
Time delay 1 of zero sequence overcurrent protection for gap.
24 No.24-- [TrpLog_ROC1_Gap_Tr]
Tripping output logic setting of zero sequence overcurrent protection for gap with time delay 1.
25 No.25-- [t_ROC2_Gap_Tr]
Time delay 2 of zero sequence overcurrent protection for gap.
26 No.26-- [TrpLog_ROC2_Gap_Tr]
Tripping output logic setting of zero sequence overcurrent protection for gap with time delay 2.
27 No.27-- [V_Alm_ROV_LVS_Tr]
Voltage setting of zero sequence overvoltage alarm at LV side.
28 No.28-- [t_Alm_ROV_LVS_Tr]
Delay of zero sequence overvoltage alarm at LV side.
29 No.29-- [En_VCE.ROC_Ctrl_ROC1_Tr]
Stage 1 of zero-sequence overcurrent protection controlled by zero-sequence voltage element.
30 No.30-- [En_VCE.ROC_Ctrl_ROC2_Tr]
Stage 2 of zero-sequence overcurrent protection controlled by zero-sequence voltage element.
31 No.31-- [En_Dir_Ctrl_ROC1_Tr]
Stage 1 of zero-sequence overcurrent protection is controlled by direction element.
32 No.32-- [En_Dir_Ctrl_ROC2_Tr]
Stage 2 of zero-sequence overcurrent protection is controlled by direction element.
33 No.33-- [En_Alm_ROV_LVS_Tr]
Enable zero sequence overvoltage alarm on LV side.
34 No.34-- [En_BI_Ctrl_ROC_Gap_Tr]-- (Reserved, unavailable in this application)
Gap zero sequence overcurrent protection controlled by the state of external contact.
7.3.4.3 Settings path
Settings of earth fault protection of main transformer are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTING -> PROT SETTINGS -> TR EF BAK PROT

246
Chapter 7 Settings
7.3.5 Settings of over excitation protection of main transformer

Table 7-19 List of over excitation protection settings of main transformer

1. k_OvExc1_Tr 1.00 2.00 0.01 1.4
2. t_OvExc1_Tr 0.00 3000.00 s 0.01s 1
3. TrpLog_OvExc1_Tr 0000 FFFF 1 000F
4. K_OvExc2_Tr 1.00 2.00 0.01 1.2
5. t_OvExc2_Tr 0.00 3000.00 s 0.01s 20
6. TrpLog_OvExc2_Tr 0000 FFFF 1 0F01
7. k_Alm_OvExc_Tr 1.00 2.00 0.01 1.1
8. t_Alm_OvExc_Tr 0.00 3000.00 s 0.01s 10
9. k0_InvOvExc_Tr 1.00 2.00 0.01 1.5
10. t0_InvOvExc_Tr 0.00 3000.00 s 0.01s 1
11. k1_InvOvExc_Tr 1.00 2.00 0.01 1.45
12. t1_InvOvExc_Tr 0.00 3000.00 s 0.01s 2
13. k2_InvOvExc_Tr 1.00 2.00 0.01 1.4
14. t2_InvOvExc_Tr 0.00 3000.00 s 0.01s 5
15. k3_InvOvExc_Tr 1.00 2.00 0.01 1.3
16. t3_InvOvExc_Tr 0.00 3000.00 s 0.01s 15
17. k4_InvOvExc_Tr 1.00 2.00 0.01 1.25
18. t4_InvOvExc_Tr 0.00 3000.00 s 0.01s 30
19. k5_InvOvExc_Tr 1.00 2.00 0.01 1.2
20. t5_InvOvExc_Tr 0.00 3000.00 s 0.01s 100
21. k6_InvOvExc_Tr 1.00 2.00 0.01 1.15
22. t6_InvOvExc_Tr 0.00 3000.00 s 0.01s 300
23. k7_InvOvExc_Tr 1.00 2.00 0.01 1.1
24. t7_InvOvExc_Tr 0.00 3000.00 s 0.01s 1000
25. TrpLog_InvOvExc_Tr 0000 FFFF 1 7FFF
1 No.1-- [k_OvExc1_Tr]
Setting of stage 1 of definite time over excitation protection of main transformer.
U
B U gn
N = = = U / f = 1.3 or data provided by the factory
Bn f
f gn
2 NO.2[t_OvExc1_Tr]

247
Chapter 7 Settings
Delay of stage 1 of definite time over excitation protection of main transformer.
3 NO.3[TrpLog_OvExc1_Tr]
Tripping output logic setting of stage 1 of definite time over excitation protection of main
transformer. The function of this protection is used for islanding, excitation shutting or
programming, excitation reducing etc.
4 NO.4[k_OvExc2_Tr]
Setting of stage 2 of definite time over excitation protection of main transformer.
5 NO.5[t_OvExc2_Tr]
Delay of stage 2 of definite time over excitation protection of main transformer.
6 NO.6[TrpLog_OvExc2_Tr]
Tripping output logic setting of stage 2 of definite time over excitation protection of main
transformer.
7 NO.7[k_Alm_OvExc_Tr]
Setting of over excitation alarm of main transformer. Setting of alarm shall be lower than that of
over excitation protection. 1.1 is recommended.
8 NO.8[t_Alm_OvExc_Tr]
Delay of over excitation alarm of main transformer.
9 NO.9[k0_InvOvExc_Tr]
Upper limit of inverse time over excitation protection of main transformern0
10 NO.10[t0_InvOvExc_Tr]
Delay of upper limit of inverse time over excitation protection of main transformer.
Inverse time over excitation factor1n1. Setting range of various inverse time over excitation
coefficient s is 1.1 2.0. However setting of upper limit (NO.9) of over excitation factor n0 shall be
higher than that of over excitation factor1 n1, that of factor1 n1 shall be higher than that of factor2
n2, etc.. Finally, setting of over excitation factor6 n6 (NO.23) shall be higher than that of lower
limit.
Delay at the point n1 on inverse time over excitation curvet1
The range of delay of various inverse time over excitation protection stage is 0s to 6000 s,
ie.,0--50 min. Delay of upper limit (NO.10) of over excitation factor shall be shorter than that of
over excitation factor1, that of factor1 shall be shorter than that of factor2, etc.. Finally, delay of
over excitation factor6 (NO.22) shall be shorter than that of lower limit (NO.24).

248
Chapter 7 Settings
Inverse time over excitation factor n2.
Inverse time over excitation Ratio n3.
Delay at the point n3 on inverse time over excitation curvet3.
25 NO.25[TrpLog_InvOvExc_Tr]
Tripping output logic setting of inverse time over excitation protection of main transformer.
Settings of main transformer overexcitation protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> TR OVEXC PROT --> [setting symbol]

249
Chapter 7 Settings
Note:
The over excitation protection of generator-transformer unit comprises two over excitation
protection: generator over excitation protection and transformer over excitation protection.
Configuration of the generator over excitation protection shall be higher than over excitation
capability of generator, while that of transformer shall be higher than over excitation capability of
transformer. If only one set of over excitation protection is used, configuration of the lower one
shall be adopted.
7.3.6 Settings of differential protection of generator

Table 7-20 List of generator differential protection settings

1 I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Gen 0.101.50 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 0.1
2 I_InstDiff_Gen 2.0014.00 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 6
3 Slope1_PcntDiff_Gen 0.000.50 0.01 0.05
4 Slope2_PcntDiff_Gen 0.300.80 0.01 0.5
5 TrpLog_Diff_Gen 0000FFFF 1 7FFF
6 En_InstDiff_Gen 0, 1 1
7 En_PcntDiff_Gen 0, 1 1
8 En_DPFC_Diff_Gen 0, 1 1
9 Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Gen 0, 1 1
1 No.1-- [I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Gen]
detector of percentage differential protection. It shall be higher than maximum unbalance current
when the generator operates on normal rated load, i.e.
I cdqd = K rel 2 0.03I f 2 n or I cdqd = K rel I unb.0 (Equation 7.3-24)
Where:
I f 2 n is secondary rated current of generator,
Where:
I f 1n is primary rated current of generator and n fLH is ratio of generator CT.
I f 1n
If 2n
250 = NR ELECTRIC CO., LTD.
n fLH
Chapter 7 Settings
Pn / cos
I f 1n =
3U f 1n
(Equation 7.3-25)
Where:
Pn is rated capacity of generator;
cos is power factor of generator and
U f 1n is rated voltage of generator terminal.
K rel is reliability factor, 1.5 in general;
I unb.0 is the measured actual unbalance current during rated load of generator, 0.2 I f 2 n -0.3
I f 2 n is recommended for reference.
Where:
I cdqd represents the setting [I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Gen].
2 No.2-- [I_InstDiff_Gen]
Setting of unrestrained differential protection.
Unrestraint differential protection is a complementary part of differential protection. Its current

setting shall be higher than maximum unbalance current due to breakers asynchronous closure.
For large unit, it can be set as 3 or 4 times of rated current. 4 times of rated current is
recommended.
3 No.3-- [Slope1_PcntDiff_Gen]
Setting of the first slope of percentage differential protection, it shall be:
K bl1 = K rel K cc K er (Equation 7.3-26)
Where:
K rel is reliability factor which is considered to be 1.0~2.0 in general;
K cc
is the type factor of CT, 0.5 in general;
K er
is error factor of CT ratio, no more than 0.1.

251
Chapter 7 Settings
K bl1
represents [Slope1_PcntDiff_Gen] which is set as 0.05~0.1 in general.
4 No.4-- [Slope2_PcntDiff_Gen]
With type factor of CT not considered, the maximum unbalance current is, ,
K unb. max = K ap K er K k . max (Equation 7.3-27)
Where:
K ap
is non periodic component factor, usually no less than 2.0;
K er
is error factor of CT ratio, no more than 0.1;
I k . max
is periodic component of secondary value of external three phase short circuit current and it
can be taken as 4 times of rated current if it is less than 4 times of rated current.
Maximum slope of percentage differential protection is:
I unb. max* I cdqd * 2k bl1

k bl 2 =
I k . max* 2 (Equation 7.3-28)
where:
I unb. max* I cdqd * I k . max*

and are all per unit value of rated current of generator;
kbl 2 ([Slope2_PcntDiff_Gen] ) is taken as 0.50 generally.
If the percentage differential protection is configured based on rules mentioned above, when
phase-to-phase metallic short circuit fault occurs at the terminal of generator, sensitivity factor will
meet requirement K sen 2 surely.
5 No.5-- [TrpLog_Diff_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of differential protection of generator.
6 No.6-- [En_InstDiff_Gen]
protection is enabled. Otherwise it means the protection is disabled.
7 No.7-- [En_PcntDiff_Gen]

252
Chapter 7 Settings
Percentage differential protection enabled.
8 No.8-- [En_DPFC_Diff_Gen]
DPFC percentage differential protection enabled.
9 No.9-- [Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Gen]
circuit failure happens. Otherwise it means the function is disabled.
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> GEN DIFF PROT --> [setting symbol]
7.3.7 Settings of splitting-phase transverse differential protection of generator

Table 7-21 List of splitting-phase transverse differential protection settings

1. I_Pkp_PcntSPTDiff_Gen 0.10 1.50 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 0.1
2. I_InstSPTDiff_Gen 2.00 14.00 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 6
3. Slope1_PcntSPTDiff_Gen 0.00 -- 0.50 0.01 0.05
4. Slope2_PcntSPTDiff_Gen 0.30 0.80 0.01 0.5
5. TrpLog_SPTDiff_Gen 0000 -- FFFF 1 1FFF
6. En_InstSPTDiff_Gen 01 1
7. En_PcntSPTDiff_Gen 01 1
8. Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntSPTDiff_Gen 01 1
1 No.1-- [I_Pkp_PcntSPTDiff_Gen]
This is pickup setting of splitting-phase transverse percentage current differential protection, which
is also the setting of fault detector of this protection. It shall be higher than maximum unbalance
current when the generator operates on normal rated load, i.e.
I ' op.0 = K rel ( I ' unb.1 + I unb.2

'
) (Equation 7.3-29)
Where:
I ' op.0 : represents the setting [I_Pkp_PcntSPTDiff_Gen],
K rel : is reliability coefficient. In general, Krel = 1.3 1.5,

253
Chapter 7 Settings
I ' unb.1 : is unbalance current due to amplitude error between the CTs used in this protection in
' ' '

load condition. In practical application, I unb.1 = 0.06 I 2n . Here, I 2n is the secondary rated
current of CT.
I ' unb.2 : the second type unbalance current. Because each shunt branch of every phase is
distributed in different groove on the surface of rotor for hydro generator and the air gap field of
each groove is different, therefore this second type unbalance current appears.
User can also get the maximum unbalance current value by metering the real transverse
unbalance current in full load condition of the generator. Generally speaking, the value is a little
greater than the one of differential protection of generator.
For reference, it can be set as I ' op.0 = 0.5 I ' e . Here, I e is secondary rated current of generator.
'
2 No.2-- [I_InstSPTDiff_Gen]
Setting of unrestrained splitting-phase transverse differential protection.
3 No.3-- [Slope1_PcntSPTDiff_Gen]
4 No.4-- [Slope2_PcntSPTDiff_Gen]
5 No.5-- [TrpLog_SPTDiff_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of splitting-phase transverse differential protection.
6 No.6-- [En_InstSPTDiff_Gen]
Instantaneous splitting-phase transverse differential protection enabled.
7 No.7-- [En_PcntSPTDiff_Gen]
Percentage splitting-phase transverse differential protection enabled.
8 No.8-- [Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntSPTDiff_Gen]
If this logic setting is set as 1, it means percentage splitting-phase transverse differential

protection will be blocked when CT circuit failure happens. Otherwise it means the function is
disabled.
Settings of generator phase-splitting transverse protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> GEN SPTDIFF PROT-> [setting symbol]

254
Chapter 7 Settings
7.3.8 Settings of turn-to-turn fault protection of generator

Table 7-22 List of turn-to-turn fault protection settings

1 I_SensTrvDiff_Gen 0.10 50.00 A 0.01 A 2.0
2 I_InsensTrvDiff_Gen 0.10 50.00 A 0.01 A 10
3 t_TrvDiff_Gen 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 0.2
4 V_SensROV_Longl_Gen 1 10.00 V 0.01 V 1
5 V_InsensROV_Longl_Gen 2 20.00 V 0.01 V 6
6 t_ROV_Longl_Gen 0.10 10.00 S 0.01 S 0.1
7 TrpLog_IntTurn_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 7FFF
8 En_SensTrvDiff_Gen 01 1
9 En_InsensTrvDiff_Gen 01 1
10 En_SensROV_Longl_Gen 01 0
11 En_InsensROV_Longl_Gen 01 0
12 En_DPFC_IntTurn_Gen 01 0
1 NO.1[I_SensTrvDiff_Gen]
Current setting of high sensitive transverse differential protection.
Setting of this protection shall be higher than maximum unbalance current during normal operation
condition. Reliability factor can be more than 2. The setting value is usually:
I op = 0.05 I f ln / n a
(Equation 7.3-30)
Where:
I OP represents the setting [I_SensTrvDiff_Gen].
I f ln
is primary rated current of generator and
n a is ratio of zero sequence CT of transverse differential protection.
Phase current restraint factor is a fixed coefficient in the program.
2 NO.2[I_InsensTrvDiff_Gen]
Current setting of high-setting transverse differential protection.
It is equivalent to traditional transverse differential protection. Setting of this protection is as follows

which shall be higher than maximum unbalance current during external short circuit fault.

255
Chapter 7 Settings
I op =0.20 ~ 0.30I f ln / n a
(Equation 7.3-31)
Where:
I OP represents the setting [I_SensTrvDiff_Gen].
I f ln
is primary rated current of generator and
n a is ratio of zero sequence CT of transverse differential protection.
3 NO.3[t_TrvDiff_Gen]
Delay of transverse differential protection (act on only after the occurrence of one-point ground of
rotor).
When one point earth fault occurs within rotor of generator and one point earth fault protection
operates, in order to prevent unwanted operation of transverse protection due to instantaneous
two points earth fault within the rotor, operation of this protection shall be delayed for 0.5 s 1 s.
Note:
When a turn-to-turn fault occurs, the equipment will trip relevant breakers without delay according
to the tripping output logic setting, but a time delay decided by user will act on after occurrence of
one-point ground of rotor.
4 NO.4[V_SensROV_Longl_Gen]
Voltage setting of high sensitive longitudinal zero sequence overvoltage protection .
Setting of this protection shall be higher than maximum unbalance voltage during normal
operation condition, usually:
U op = 0.5 - 3 V (Equation 7.3-32)
At beginning of configuration, 2 3 V is preferred. After fault waveform analysis, the setting can be
reduced properly and sensitivity of the protection can be improved than.
Phase current restraint factor is a fixed coefficient in the program.
5 NO.5[V_InsensROV_Longl_Gen]
Setting of this protection shall be higher than maximum unbalance voltage during external fault,
usually:
U op = 8 - 12 V
(Equation 7.3-33)
6 NO.6[t_ROV_Longl_Gen]

256
Chapter 7 Settings
Delay of longitudinal zero sequence overvoltage. Short delay 0.10 s 0.20 s is recommended for
operation and output of this protection.
7 NO.7[TrpLog_IntTurn_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of turn-to-turn fault protection of generator.
8 NO.8[En_SensTrvDiff_Gen]
Enable high sensitive transverse differential protection of generator.
9 NO.9[En_InsensTrvDiff_Gen]
Enable high-setting transverse differential protection of generator.
10 NO.10[En_SensROV_Longl_Gen]
Enable high sensitive longitude zero sequence overvoltage protection of generator.
11 NO.11[En_InsensROV_Longl_Gen]
Enable high-setting longitude zero sequence overvoltage protection of generator.
12 NO.12[En_DPFC_IntTurn_Gen]
Enable directional DPFC turn-to-turn fault protection of generator.
Settings of generator interturn protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> GEN INTTURN PROT --> [setting symbol].
7.3.9 Settings of phase to phase fault backup protection of generator

Table 7-23 List of phase to phase fault protection settings

1 V_NegOV_VCE_Gen 1.00 20.00 V 0.01 V 4
2 Vpp_VCE_Gen 10.00 100.00 V 0.01 V 60
3 I_OC1_Gen 0.10 100.00 A 0.01 A 20
4 t_OC1_Gen 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
5 TrpLog_OC1_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 000F
6 I_OC2_Gen 0.10 100.00 A 0.01 A 17
7 t_OC2_Gen 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 2
8 TrpLog_OC2_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 0F01
9 Z1_Fwd_Gen 0.00 100.00 0.01 20
10 Z1_Rev_Gen 0.00 100.00 0.01 20
11 t_Z1_Gen 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
12 TrpLog_Z1_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 0FFF
13 Z2_Fwd_Gen 0.00 100.00 0.01 20

257
Chapter 7 Settings

14 Z2_Rev_Gen 0.00 100.00 0.01 20
15 t_Z2_Gen 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
16 TrpLog_Z2_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 0FFF
17 En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_Gen 01 1
18 En_VCE_Ctrl_OC2_Gen 01 1
19 En_HVS.VCE_Ctrl_OC_Gen 01 0
20 Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Gen 01 1
21 Opt_ExcMode_Gen 01 1
22 En_BO_OC2_Gen 01 1
1 No.1-- [V_NegOV_VCE_Gen]
Negative sequence voltage setting of composite voltage control element. Setting and displayed
value of negative sequence voltage are U2.
Setting of negative sequence voltage relay shall be higher than unbalance voltage during normal
operation, generally
U op.2 = (0.06 - -0.08 ) U n (Equation 7.3-34)
Where: U n is secondary rated voltage.
Sensitivity factor shall be checked by phase-to-phase short circuit fault on HV side bus of main
transformer:
U 2. min
U op 2
Where:
U 2. min is minimum negative sequence voltage at location of the equipment during phase-to-phase
short circuit fault on HV side bus of main transformer. K sen 1.5 is required.
2 NO.2[Vpp_VCE_Gen]
Setting of phase-to-phase under voltage of composite voltage control element.
Its operating voltage U op can be set as following:
For turbine generator, U op = 0.6U gn and for hydro-generator, U op = 0.7U gn

258
Chapter 7 Settings
Where U gn is rated phase-to-phase voltage of generator.
Sensitivity factor shall be checked by three-phase short circuit fault on HV side bus of main
transformer:
U op
X t I k( 3. max
)
( 3)
Where I k . max is maximum secondary fault current during three-phase short circuit on HV side bus
of main transformer; X t is reactance of main transformer, X t = Z t . K sen 1.2 is required.
3 NO.3[I_OC1_Gen]
Setting of overcurrent relay shall be higher than rated current of generator.
K rel
I op = I gn (Equation 7.3-37)
Kr
Where:
K rel is reliability factor, 1.3 1.5;
K r is release factor, 0.85 0.95;
I gn is secondary rated current of generator.
Sensitivity factor of overcurrent relay shall be checked by following:
I k( .2min
)
I op
( 2)
Where I k .min is minimum fault current through location of the relay during phase-to-phase
metallic short circuit on HV side of main transformer. K sen 1.2 is required.
4 NO.4[t_OC1_Gen]
Time delay of overcurrent protection stage 1. Delay of this protection shall be higher than that of
operation of backup protection of step-up transformer. This protection is used for islanding and
generator shutting off.

259
Chapter 7 Settings
5 NO.5[TrpLog_OC1_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of overcurrent protection stage 1.
6 NO.6[I_OC2_Gen]
Setting of overcurrent protection stage 2. Setting of overcurrent relay shall be higher than rated
current of transformer.
7 NO.7[t_OC2_Gen]
Time delay of overcurrent protection stage2.
8 NO.8[TrpLog_OC2_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of overcurrent protection stage2.
9 NO.9[Z1_Fwd_Gen]
Positive direction impedance setting of distance protection stage1. Here positive direction means
the direction is pointing to the transformer instead of generator itself.
If the value of this setting is greater than the next one, then the characteristic of distance protection
is set as excursive impedance circle; if it is equal to the next one, the characteristic is whole
impedance circle; if the next one is set as 0, the characteristic becomes directional impedance.
Generally, low impedance protection is considered as the backup protection of generator in case
that voltage-controlled overcurrent protection cant satisfy the sensitivity requirement of generator.
10 NO.10[Z1_Rev_Gen]
Negative direction impedance setting of distance protection stage1. In general, this setting is set
as 5-10% of the positive direction impedance setting.
11 NO.11[t_Z1_Gen]
Delay of distance protection stage1.
12 NO.12[TrpLog_Z1_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of distance protection stage 1.
13 NO.13[Z2_Fwd_Gen]
Positive direction impedance setting of distance protection stage2.
14 NO.14[Z2_Rev_Gen]
Negative direction impedance setting of distance protection stage2
15 NO.15[t_Z2_Gen]
Delay of distance protection stage2
16 NO.16[TrpLog_Z2_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of distance protection stage1. Please refer to the tripping output logic

260
Chapter 7 Settings
setting of differential protection of main transformer for details.
17 NO.17[En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_Gen]
Enable controlling function to stage 1 of overcurrent protection by Composite Voltage Element.
18 NO.18[En_VCE_Ctrl_OC2_Gen]
Enable controlling function to stage 2 of overcurrent protection by Composite Voltage Element.
19 NO.19[En_HVS.VCE_Ctrl_OC_Gen]
Enable Composite Voltage Element of HV side to control overcurrent protection of generator.
20 NO.19[Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Gen]
1: when VT circuit failure at one side is detected, composite voltage element will be disabled if
corresponding logic setting is set as 1.
0: when VT circuit failure at one side is detected, the voltage-controlled overcurrent element will
become an pure overcurrent relay without composite voltage element controlling.
21 NO.21[Opt_ExcMode_Gen]
That the setting is set as 1 indicates the excitation mode of generator is self shunt excitation
mode. In that case, the protection will remember the current value at the initiation of fault, and
operates based on it, no matter whether the current will decrease due to the descending excitation
voltage result from terminal voltages getting down when external fault occurs. Once this setting is
set as 1, the backup overcurrent protection of generator is always controlled by composite
voltage element.
22 NO.22[Opt_BO_OC2_Gen]
Enable blocking function of overcurrent element stage 2 by outputting a set of contact.
Note:
In the above Tablecurrent used in impedance protection of generator comes from the phase to
phase current input channels at neutral point of generator.
Settings of generator phase-to-phase backup protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> GEN PPF BAK PROT --> [setting symbol].
7.3.10 Settings of earth fault protection of stator windings

Table 7-24 List of earth fault protection settings of stator windings

261
Chapter 7 Settings
1 V_SensROV_Sta 0.10 50.00 V 0.01 V 2.0

2 V_InsensROV_Sta 0.10 50.00 V 0.01 V 10
3 t_ROV_Sta 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 2
4 k_V3rdHRatio_PreSync_Sta 0.50 10.00 0.01 1
5 k_V3rdHRatio_PostSync_Sta 0.50 10.00 0.01 1
6 k_V3rdHDiff_Sta 0.10 2.00 0.01 1
7 t_V3rdH_Sta 0.00 10.00S 0.01 S 3
8 TrpLog_EF_Sta 0000 FFFF 1 7FFF
9 En_Alm_ROV_Sta 01 1
10 En_Trp_ROV_Sta 01 1
11 En_Alm_V3rdHRatio_Sta 01 1
12 En_Alm_V3rdHDiff_Sta 01 1
13 En_Trp_V3rdHRatio_Sta 01 0
14 En_Trp_InsensRov_Sta 01 1
1 No.1-- [V_SensROV_Sta]
Setting of fundamental zero sequence overvoltage protection.
Setting of this protection U op shall be higher than maximum unbalance voltage U unb. max of single
phase VT at neutral point during normal operation.
U op = K relU unb. max (Equation 7.3-39)
Where Krel is reliability factor, 1.2 1.3 generally; Uunb.max is the maximum measured
fundamental unbalance zero sequence voltage derived from single VT at the neutral point of
generator.
To assure its security, user should check the transferred zero sequence voltage through coupling
capacitance between HV side and LV side of transformer when external earth fault occurs on the
HV side of the transformer. Meanwhile, settings, including time delay and operation setting, should
be considered to cooperate with that of earth fault protection of the system.
Note:
The zero sequence voltage used in this protection comes from VT at the neutral point of generator.
2 NO.2[V_InsensROV_Sta]
Setting of high-setting fundamental zero sequence overvoltage protection.
Only zero sequence voltage at neutral point is taken for high setting zone of fundamental zero
sequence voltage protection. Its setting is usually 20 V 25 V.
262
Chapter 7 Settings
Zero sequence voltage transferred by coupling capacitance per phase between HV and LV side
windings of step-up transformer shall be checked when external fault occurs at HV side of the
transformer. Coordination both on setting and delay between this protection and system earth fault
protection could be achieved then.
3 NO.3[t_ROV_Sta]
Delay of fundamental zero sequence overvoltage protection.
4 NO.4[k_V3rdHRatio_PreSync_Sta]
Ratio setting of 3rd harmonics before incorporation of generator in power network.

Let third harmonic voltage at the end and neutral point of generator be Ut and Un , ratio setting of
third harmonic voltage percentage earth fault protection shall be

Ut Un > (Equation 7.3-40)
3 nTVN
and = K rel during pre-configuration,
nTV 0
Where:
Krel is reliability factor, 1.3 1.5 in general;
nTV0 is ratio of open-delta zero sequence voltage at the terminal of generator;
nTVN is ratio of zero sequence VT on neutral point.
During incorporation of generator to power system, the ratio U 3T / U 3N changes considerably
owing to variation of equivalent capacitive reactance at generator terminal. So two different

settings are designed for protection before and after connection of generator with system, and
these two settings can be switched over with alternation of contacts position of the terminal
breaker.
The setting shall be (1.3 1.5) 1 before incorporation and (1.3 1.5) 2 after that.
Where 1 and 2 are the maximum real-measured third harmonic voltage ratio before and
after incorporation respectively.
5 NO.5[k_V3rdHRatio_PostSync_Sta]
Ratio setting of 3rd harmonics after incorporation in power network.
6 NO.6[k_V3rdHDiff_Sta]
263
Chapter 7 Settings
Restraint coefficient of percentage third harmonic voltage earth fault protection.

U t k p U n > k zd U n (Equation 7.3-41)
Where:
k&p is vectorial automatic tracing regulation factor;
kzd is restraint factor [k_V3rdHDiff_Sta], 0.3 is recommended.
U t is 3rd harmonics derived from the terminal of generator.
U n is 3rd harmonics derived from the neutral point of generator.
7 NO.7[t_V3rdH_Sta]
Delay of percentage third harmonic voltage earth fault protection. It shall be longer than that of
backup protection against external fault .
8 NO.8[TrpLog_EF_Sta]
Tripping output logic setting of stator earth fault protection.
9 NO.9[En_Alm_ROV_Sta]
Enable alarm function of zero sequence overvoltage.
10 NO.10[En_Trp_ROV_Sta]
Enable zero sequence overvoltage protection.
11 NO.11[En_Alm_V3rdHRatio_Sta]
Enable alarm function of third harmonic voltage ratio element .
12 NO.12[En_Alm_V3rdHDiff_Sta]
Enable alarm function of third harmonics differential voltage.
13 NO.13[En_Trp_V3rdHRatio_Sta]
Enable tripping function of third harmonic voltage ratio element.
14 NO.14[En_Trp_InsensRov_Sta]
Enable tripping function of high-setting zero sequence overvoltage protection
Settings of stator earth fault protection are accessible in the following path:

264
Chapter 7 Settings
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> STA EF PROT --> [setting symbol].
7.3.11 Settings of earth fault protection of rotor

Table 7-25 List of earth fault protection settings of rotor

1 R_Sens_1PEF_RotWdg 0.10 100.00 k 0.01 k 20
2 R_1PEF_RotWdg 0.10 100.00 k 0.01 k 20
3 t_1PEF_RotWdg 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
4 V2ndH_VCE_2PEF_RotWdg 0.10 10.00 V 0.01 V 2
5 t_2PEF_RotWdg 0.00 - 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
6 TrpLog_EF_RotWdg 0000 FFFF 1 0FFF
7 En_Alm_Sens_1PEF_RotWdg 01 1
8 En_Alm_1PEF_RotWdg 01 1
9 En_Trp_1PEF_RotWdg 01 1
10 En_2PEF_RotWdg 01 1
11 En_VCE_2PEF_RotWdg 01 0
7.3.11.2 Explanation of setting
1 NO.1[R_Sens_1PEF_RotWdg]
Impedance setting of sensitive stage of one-point earth fault protection of rotor.
General specification of generator specifies that insulation resistance of its excitation winding shall
be higher than 1 M for air cooled and hydrogen-cooled turbine generator during cooling state,
and 2 k for water cooled excitation winding. General specification of hydro-generator specifies
that insulation resistance of its excitation winding shall be higher than 0.5 k in any case.
Sensitive stage of this protection is used for alarm. Its setting could be 20 k 80 k generally.
2 NO.2[R_1PEF_RotWdg]
Impedance setting of one-point earth fault protection of rotor.
Setting of one point earth fault protection can be 20 k for air cooled and hydrogen-cooled turbine
generator and 2.5 k for water cooled excitation winding. This protection can be used for alarm or
generator shutting with delay.
Actual measured insulation resistance is used for this protection.
3 NO.3[t_1PEF_RotWdg]
Delay of one-point earth fault protection of rotor.
4 NO.4--[V2ndH_VCE_2PEF_RotWdg]
Second harmonics voltage setting of two-point earth fault protection of rotor.

265
Chapter 7 Settings
5 NO.5[t_2PEF_RotWdg]
Delay of two-point earth fault protection of rotor.
6 NO.6[TrpLog_EF_RotWdg]
Tripping output logic setting of earth fault protection of rotor.
7 NO.7[En_Alm_Sens_1PEF_RotWdg]
Enable alarm function of sensitive stage of one-point earth fault protection of rotor.
8 NO.8[En_Alm_1PEF_RotWdg]
Enable alarm function of one-point earth fault protection of rotor.
9 NO.9[En_Trp_1PEF_RotWdg]
Enable tripping function of one-point earth fault protection of rotor.
10 NO.10[En_2PEF_RotWdg]
Enable two-point earth fault protection of rotor.
11 NO.11[En_VCE_2PEF_RotWdg]
Enable second harmonics used in two-point earth fault protection of rotor.
Settings of rotor earth fault protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> ROTWDG EF PROT --> [setting symbol].
7.3.12 Settings of thermal overload protection of stator

Table 7-26 List of thermal overload protection settings of stator

1 I_OvLd_Sta 0.10 50.00 A 0.01 A 10
2 t_OvLd_Sta 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
3 TrpLog_OvLd_Sta 0000 FFFF 1 000F
4 I_Alm_OvLd_Sta 0.10 50.00 A 0.01 A 7
5 t_Alm_OvLd_Sta 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 2
6 I_InvOvLd_Sta 0.10 100.00 A 0.01 A 6
7 tmin_InvOvLd_Sta 0.10 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
8 A_Therm_Sta 1.00 100.00 0.01 40
9 Kb_Therm_Sta 0.00 10.00 0.01 1
10 TrpLog_InvOvLd_Sta 0000 FFFF 1 7FFF
1 NO.1[I_OvLd_Sta]
266
Chapter 7 Settings
Setting of definite time overcurrent protection.
Setting of this protection is determined by the requirement of reliable release during permissive
continuous load current of generator.
Ign
IOP = Krel (Equation 7.3-42)
Kr
Where:
Krel is reliability factor, 1.05 generally;
Kr is release factor, 0.85 0.95;
Ign is secondary rated current of generator.
Delay of this protection shall be longer than maximum delay of backup protection. Alarm will be
issued or load will be reduced when it operates.
2 NO.2[t_OvLd_Sta]
Delay of definite time overcurrent protection.
3 NO.3[TrpLog_OvLd_Sta]
Tripping output logic setting of definite time overcurrent protection.
4 NO.4-- [I_Alm_OvLd_Sta]
Setting of definite time overcurrent alarm.
5 NO.5[t_Alm_OvLd_Sta]
Delay of alarm issued by definite time overcurrent element.
6 NO.6[I_InvOvLd_Sta]
Pickup current of inverse time overcurrent protection.
Characteristic of this protection is indefinite time relationship between multiple of load current and
corresponding permissive duration which is determined by permissive overload capability of stator
provided by the factory.
Ktc
t= (Equation 7.3-43)
I Ksr2
2
*
Where:
Ktc is heat capacity factor of stator winding;

267
Chapter 7 Settings
I* is per unit value of load current referred to rated current of stator;
Ksr is heat dissipation factor, 1.0 1.05 generally.
Minimum delay for upper limit of this protection shall coordinate with unrestraint protection.
Current setting of lower limit of this protection shall coordinate with definite time overload
protection mentioned above, namely
Ign
IOP.min = KC0Krel (Equation 7.3-44)
Ksr
Where: KC0 is coordination factor, 1.05 in general.
7 NO.7[tmin_InvOvLd_Sta]
Delay of upper limit of inverse time overcurrent protection.
8 NO.8[A_Therm_Sta]
Thermal capacity parameter of stator winding.
9 NO.9[Kb_Therm_Sta]
Heat dissipation factor for inverse time overcurrent.
10 NO.10[TrpLog_InvOvLd_Sta]
Tripping output logic setting of inverse time overcurrent protection.
Settings of stator overload protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> STA OVLD PROT --> [setting symbol].
7.3.13 Settings of negative sequence overload protection of stator

Table 7-27 List of negative sequence overload protection

1 I_NegOC_Gen 0.10 20.00 A 0.01 A 10
2 t_NegOC_Gen 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
3 TrpLog_NegOC_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 000F
4 I_Alm_NegOC_Gen 0.10 20.00 A 0.01 A 1.0
5 t_Alm_NegOC_Gen 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 2
6 I_InvNegOC_Gen 0.05 5.00 A 0.01 A 0.5
7 I2 _Perm_Sta 0.05 5.00 A 0.01 A 0.4

268
Chapter 7 Settings
8 tmin_InvNegOC_Gen 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 1

9 A_Therm_RotBody 1 100.00 0.01 40
10 TrpLog_InvNegOC_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 7FFF
1 NO.1[I_NegOC_Gen]
Setting of definite time negative sequence overcurrent protection.
Setting of this protection is determined by the threshold under which this protection can release
reliably, that threshold value is continuously permissive negative sequence current I2 . So,
I 2 I gn
I OP = K rel (Equation 7.3-45)
Kr
Where:
I OP is the setting [I_NegOC_Gen].
Krel is reliability factor, 1.05;
Kr is release factor, 0.85 0.95;
I2 is per unit value of continuously permissive negative sequence current,
Ign is secondary rated current of generator.
2 NO.2[t_NegOC_Gen]
Delay of definite time negative sequence overcurrent protection.
Delay of this protection shall be longer than maximum delay of backup protection. Alarm will be
issued when it operates.
3 NO.3[TrpLog_NegOC_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of definite time negative sequence overcurrent protection.
4 NO.4[I_Alm_NegOC_Gen]
Setting of alarm issued by negative sequence overcurrent element.
5 NO.5[t_Alm_NegOC_Gen]
Delay of alarm issued by negative sequence overcurrent element.

269
Chapter 7 Settings
6 NO.6[I_InvNegOC_Gen]
Pickup current of inverse time negative sequence overcurrent protection.
Characteristic of this protection is determined by permissive negative sequence overload

capability of rotor surface provided by the manufacturer.
A
t=
I 22* I 22 (Equation 7.3-46)
Where:
A is permissive negative sequence current factor of rotor surface;
I2* is per unit value of negative sequence current of generator;
I2 is per unit value of permissive continues negative sequence current.
Minimum delay for upper limit of this protection shall coordinate with unrestraint protection.
7 NO.7[I2_Perm_Sta]
Permitted continuous currents of inverse time negative sequence overcurrent protection for lasting
operation.
Current setting of lower limit of this protection shall be the operating current corresponding to
delay 1000 s, namely
A
I OP. min = + I 22 (Equation 7.3-47)
1000
This protection is used for Islanding or program tripping.
8 NO.8[tmin_InvNegOC_Gen]
Delay of upper limit of inverse negative sequence overcurrent protection. Minimum delay for upper
limit of this protection shall coordinate with unrestraint protection.
9 NO.9[A_Therm_RotBody]
Heat dissipation factor for inverse time negative sequence overcurrent.
10 NO.10[TrpLog_InvNegOC_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of inverse time overcurrent protection.
Settings of stator negative sequence overcurrent protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> STA NEGOC PROT --> [setting symbol].

270
Chapter 7 Settings
7.3.14 Settings of Loss-of-Excitation protection of generator

Table 7-28 List of loss-of-excitation protection of generator

1 X1_LossExc_Gen 0.00 -100.00 0.01 5
2 X2_LossExc_Gen 0.00 -100.00 0.01 20
3 Q_RevQ_LossExc_Gen 0.01 50.00 % 0.01 % 10
4 V_RotUV_LossExc_Gen 1.0 500.00 V 0.01 V 30
5 V_RotNoLoad_LossExc_Gen 1.0 500.00 V 0.01 V 50
6 k_RotUV_LossExc_Gen 0.10 10.00 (pu) 0.01 (pu) 2
7 V_BusUV_LossExc_Gen 10.00 100.00 V 0.01 V 85
8 P_UP_LossExc_Gen 10 100.00 % 0.01 % 50.0
9 t_LossExc1_Gen 0.10 10.00 S 0.01 S 0.5
10 t_LossExc2_Gen 0.10 10.00 S 0.01 S 1.0
11 t_LossExc3_Gen 0.10 3000.00 S 0.01 S 3.0
12 TrpLog_LossExc1_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 7FFF
15 En_Z_LossExc1_Gen 01 1
16 En_RotUV_LossExc1_Gen 01 1
17 En_P_LossExc1_Gen 01 0
18 En_BusUV_LossExc2_Gen 01 1
23 En_Alm_LossExc1_Gen 01 0
24 Opt_Z_LossExc_Gen 01 1
25 En_RevQ_LossExc_Gen 01 0
26 Opt_UV_LossExc_Gen 01 0
1 NO.1[X1_LossExc_Gen]
Impedance setting1 of loss-of-excitation protection. In the following figure,

271
Chapter 7 Settings
jx
Xc
R
Xa
Xb
Figure 7.3-1 Impedance circle of loss of excitation protection
For asynchronous impedance cycle, this setting represents for X a , and the next setting (NO.2) is
X b . Here
X d' U gn na
2
Xa = (Equation 7.3-48)
2 S gn nv
X d' U2 n
X b = ( X d + ) gn a (Equation 7.3-49)
2 S gn nv
Where:
'
Xd and Xd are unsaturated per unit value of transient reactance and synchronous reactance of
generator,
Ugn and Sgn are rated voltage and rated apparent power of generator;
na and nv are CT ratio and VT ratio.
For steady state stability limit circle, this setting represents for X C , and the next setting (NO.2) is
X b , here

272
Chapter 7 Settings
2
U gn na
Xc = Xs (Equation 7.3-50)
S gn nv
X d'
2
U gn na
X b = ( X d + ) (Equation 7.3-51)
2 S gn nv
Where:
Xs is equivalent reactance on system side (including step-up transformer) connected with the
generator (per unit value, reference capacity is apparent power of the generator).
Asynchronous impedance circle and steady state stability limit circle can be selected by logic
setting [Opt_Z_LossExc_Gen] (No. 24).
For practical project, impedance between asynchronous impedance circle and steady state
stability limit circle can be selected for optimal combination of reliability and speed.
2 NO.2[X2_LossExc_Gen]
Impedance setting2 of loss-of-excitation protection
3 NO.3[Q_RevQ_LossExc_Gen]
Reverse power setting of reactive power
Reverse reactive power criterion:
Q jx
Q zd = K rel
Pgn
(Equation 7.3-52)
Where:
Krel is reliability factor, 1 - 1.3;
Qjx is permissive incoming reactive power to the generator;
Pgn is rated active power of the generator.
Reverse reactive power criterion can be selected by logic setting [En_RevQ_LossExc_Gen] (NO.
26).
4 NO.4[V_RotUV_LossExc_Gen]
Low voltage setting of rotor. There are two low voltage setting of rotor, they are
a) Excitation undervoltage criterion

273
Chapter 7 Settings
U fd .op = K rel U fd 0 (Equation 7.3-53)
Where:
U fd .op is this setting.
Krel is reliability factor, 0.20 0.50;
Ufd0 is rated excitation voltage of the generator without load, i.e. NO.5 setting.
b) Variable excitation voltage criterion
For a generator connecting with power system, there is a necessary excitation voltage Ufd0 for
keeping steady state stability.
Variable excitation voltage criterion is
P Pt
U fd .op K xs U fd 0 (Equation 7.3-54)
Sn
K xs = K rel ( X d + X S ) (Equation 7.3-55)
Where:
Kxs is rotor voltage criterion coefficient, i.e. NO. 6 setting.
Xd and XS are per unit value of synchronous reactance of generator and equivalent reactance of
system connecting with the generator (referred to rated capacity of the generator);
P is current active power of the generator;

Pt is the salient pole power of generator, i.e. NO. 8 setting.
Ufd0 is rated excitation voltage of generator without load;
5 NO.5[V_RotNoLoad_LossExc_Gen]
Rated excitation voltage of the generator without load.
6 NO.6[k_RotUV_LossExc_Gen]

274
Chapter 7 Settings
Restrained coefficient of low voltage criterion of rotor.
7 NO.7[V_BusUV_LossExc_Gen]
Low voltage setting for busbar undervoltage criterion.
This criterion is used mainly to prevent voltage collapse due to loss of excitation of generator for a
system without enough spare reactive power. Voltage on bus of system side is adopted for this
criterion.
Under voltage criterion for three phase simultaneously:
U op.3 ph = K rel U h. min

(Equation 7.3-56)
Where:
Uh.min is minimum normal operation voltage of HV side of the system.
This criterion can also be configured as 0.85 0.90 times of terminal voltage of generator.
8 NO.8[P_UP_LossExc_Gen]
Power setting for reducing power output. This criterion is configured as 40% - 50% of rated
capacity of the generator.
9 NO.9[t_LossExc1_Gen]
Delay of loss-of-excitation protection stage 1
12 NO.12[TrpLog_LossExc1_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of loss-of-excitation protection stage1
15 NO.15[En_Z_LossExc1_Gen]
Enable impedance criterion in loss-of-excitation protection stage1

275
Chapter 7 Settings
16 NO.16[En_RotUV_LossExc1_Gen]
Enable the criterion of rotor voltage in loss-of-excitation protection stage1
17 NO.17[En_P_LossExc1_Gen]
Enable power-reducing criterion in loss-of-excitation protection stage1
18 NO.18[En_BusUV_LossExc2_Gen]
Enable the low voltage criterion of busbar in loss-of-excitation protection stage2
Enable impedance criterion in loss-of-excitation protection stage2
Enable impedance criterion in loss-of-excitation protection stage3.
23 NO.23[En_Alm_LossExc1_Gen]
Enable alarm function of loss-of-excitation protection stage1
24 NO.24[Opt_Z_LossExc_Gen]
Impedance circle option.
0, choose steady state stability circle.
1, choose asynchronous impedance cycle.
25 NO.25[En_RevQ_LossExc_Gen]
Enable reverse power criterion
26 NO.26[Opt_UV_LossExc_Gen]
Enable low voltage criterion.
Note:
Following criterion are recommended for various stages of this protection:
Criterion Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3

Stator side impedance
Under voltage criterion of system
Rotor voltage

276
Chapter 7 Settings
Reducing power output

Delay ( s ) 0.5 1.0 0.5 1.0 Long delay
Settings of generator loss-of-excitation protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> GEN LOSSEXC PROT --> [setting symbol].
7.3.15 Settings of out-of-step protection of generator

Table 7-29 List of out-of-step protection of generator

1 Za_OOS_Gen 0.00 100.00 0.01 10
2 Zb_OOS_Gen 0.00 100.00 0.01 5
3 Zc_OOS_Gen 0.00 100.00 0.01 5
4 _Reach_OOS_Gen 60.00 90.00 0.1 85
5 _Inner_OOS_Gen 60.00 150.00 0.1 120
6 n_Slip_Ext_OOS_Gen 1-1000 1 5
7 n_Slip_Int_OOS_Gen 1-1000 1 2
8 Ibrk_TCB 1.00 100.00 A 0.01 A 10
9 TrpLog_OOS_Gen 0000 - FFFF 0.01 1FFF
10 En_Alm_Ext_OOS_Gen 01 1
11 En_Trp_Ext_OOS_Gen 01 1
12 En_Alm_Int_OOS_Gen 01 1
13 En_Trp_Int_OOS_Gen 01 1
Out-of-step protection operates only when out-of-step occurs in power system. Then, based on
situation at that time, the dispatching center will adopt islanding, generator shutting or restraint and
other necessary measures. Only if center of oscillation situates within the generator or near the
generator, or the oscillation lasts too long, and phase difference of electro-motive force between
two sides of the breaker less than 90, this protection will trip.
Characteristic of this protection comprises three parts: lens part , boundary part and
reactance line part . See the following figure.

277
Chapter 7 Settings
jx
Za
U
D
Zc 3
OL
IL
1 IR
OR
0
R
1
Zb
2
L R
Figure 7.3-2 Impedance of out-of-step protection
3 NO.1[Za_OOS_Gen]
Impedance setting A of out-of-step protection.

Refer to Figure 7.3-2, this setting can be set by means of the following formula.
2
U gn na
Za = (X S + X C ) (Equation 7.3-57)
S gn nv
Where:
X C is per unit value of equivalent reactance of transformer connecting to the generator;
X S is equivalent reactance of power system network;
Ugn and Sgn are rated voltage and rated apparent power of generator;
na and nv are CT ratio and VT ratio.
4 NO.2[Zb_OOS_Gen]
Impedance setting B of out-of-step protection.

Refer to Figure 7.3-2, this setting can be set by means of the following formula.
2
U gn na
Zb = X '
(Equation 7.3-58)
S gn nv
d
Where:
X d' is transient reactance of generator;
5 NO.3[Zc_OOS_Gen]

278
Chapter 7 Settings
Impedance setting C of out-of-step protection. Reactance line is the dividing line of oscillation
center. Refer to Figure 7.3-2, this setting can be set by means of the following formula. In practice,
0.9 times of transformer impedance is recommended.
2
U gn na
Z c = 0.9 X c
S gn nv
(Equation 7.3-59)
6 NO.4[_Reach_OOS_Gen]
Reach angle of system impedance.
= 80- 85according to the real angle of system.
7 NO.5[_Inner_OOS_Gen]
Internal angle of lens characteristic . The following formula is for reference,
2Z r
= 180 2 arctan (Equation 7.3-60)
Z a + Zb
1
Zr RL. min (Equation 7.3-61)
1.3
Where RL. min is minimum load impedance of generator.
8 NO.6[n_Slip_Ext_OOS_Gen]
Pole sliding number setting for external fault of generator. When the oscillation center situates
outside the protected section, times of pole sliding shall be set as 2 15 for alarm and more than
15 for tripping.
9 NO.7[n_Slip_Int_OOS_Gen]
Pole sliding number setting for internal fault of generator. When the oscillation center situates
within the protected section, time of pole sliding shall be set as 1-2 in general.
10 NO.8[Ibrk_TCB]
Tolerating current of breaker in tripping. This is an auxiliary criterion and is determined by

interruption capacity of the circuit breaker.
11 NO.9[TrpLog_OOS_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of out-of-step protection.
12 NO.10[En_Alm_Ext_OOS_Gen]
Enable alarm in out-of-step case outside the generator.

279
Chapter 7 Settings
13 NO.11[En_Trp_Ext_OOS_Gen]
Enable tripping in out-of-step case outside the generator.
14 NO.12[En_Alm_Int_OOS_Gen]
Enable alarm in out-of-step case inside the generator.
15 NO.13[En_Trp_Int_OOS_Gen]
Enable tripping in out-of-step case inside the generator.
Settings of generator out-of-step protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> GEN OOS PROT --> [setting symbol].
7.3.16 Settings of voltage protection

Table 7-30 List of voltage protection settings

1 V_OV1_Gen 10.0 170.00 V 0.01V 150
2 t_OV1_Gen 0.10 10.00 S 0.01S 0.3
3 TrpLog_OV1_Gen 0000 FFFF 1 7FFF
4 V_OV2_Gen 10.0 170.00 V 0.01V 130
5 t_OV2_Gen 0.10 10.00 S 0.01S 0.5
6 TrpLog_OV2_Gen 0000 FFFF 1 7FFF
7 V_UV_Gen 10.0 100.00 V 0.01V 80
8 t_UV_Gen 0.10 10.00 S 0.01S 1.5
9 TrpLog_UV_Gen 0000 FFFF 1 7FFF
1 NO.1[V_OV1_Gen]
Voltage setting of overvoltage protection stage 1.
Setting of overvoltage protection of stator shall base on permissive overvoltage capability provided
by the factory or insulation condition of the stator.
For turbo-generator with capacity more than 200 MW,
U op = 1.3U gn
(Equation 7.3-62)
Where:
U gn
is the secondary rated phase-to-phase voltage.

280
Chapter 7 Settings
This is used for islanding and excitation shutting with delay 0.5 s.
For hydro-generator,
U op = 1.5U gn
(Equation 7.3-63)
For hydro-generator with SCR excitation,
U op = 1.3U gn
(Equation 7.3-64)
2 NO.2[t_OV1_Gen]
Delay of overvoltage protection stage1.
3 NO.3[TrpLog_OV1_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of overvoltage protection stage1.
4 NO.4[V_OV2_Gen]
Voltage setting of overvoltage protection stage 2.
5 NO.5[t_OV2_Gen]
Delay of overvoltage protection stage2.
6 NO.6[TrpLog_OV2_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of overvoltage protection stage2.
7 NO.7[V_UV_Gen]
Voltage setting of under voltage protection
8 NO.8[t_UV_Gen]
Delay of under voltage protection
9 NO.9[TrpLog_UV_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of under voltage protection.
Settings of generator voltage protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> GEN VOLT PROT --> [setting symbol].

281
Chapter 7 Settings
7.3.17 Settings of overexcitation protection of generator

Table 7-31 List of over excitation protection settings of generator

1 k_OvExc1_Gen 1.00 2.00 0.01 1.4
2 t_OvExc1_Gen 0.1 3000.0 S 0.1 S 1
3 TrpLog_OvExc1_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 000F
4 k_OvExc2_Gen 0.10 2.00 0.01 1.2
5 t_OvExc2_Gen 0.1 3000.0 S 0.1 S 20
6 TrpLog_OvExc2_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 0F01
7 k_Alm_OvExc_Gen 1.00 2.00 0.01 1.1
8 t_Alm_OvExc_Gen 0.1 10.00 S 0.1 S 10
9 k0_InvOvExc_Gen 1.00 2.00 0.01 1.5
10 t0_InvOvExc_Gen 1.0 3000.0 S 0.1 S 1
11 k1_InvOvExc_Gen 1.00 2.00 0.01 1.45
12 t1_InvOvExc_Gen 1.0 3000.0 S 0.1 S 2
13 k2_InvOvExc_Gen 1.00 2.00 0.01 1.4
14 t2_InvOvExc_Gen 1.0 3000.0 S 0.1 S 5
15 k3_InvOvExc_Gen 1.00 2.00 0.01 1.3
16 t3_InvOvExc_Gen 1.0 3000.0 S 0.1 S 15
17 k4_InvOvExc_Gen 1.00 2.00 0.01 1.25
18 t4_InvOvExc_Gen 1.0 3000.0 S 0.1 S 30
19 k5_InvOvExc_Gen 1.00 2.00 0.01 1.2
20 t5_InvOvExc_Gen 1.0 3000.0 S 0.1 S 100
21 k6_InvOvExc_Gen 1.00 2.00 0.01 1.15
22 t6_InvOvExc_Gen 1.0 3000.0 S 0.1 S 300
23 k7_InvOvExc_Gen 1.00 2.00 0.01 1.1
24 t7_InvOvExc_Gen 1.0 3000.0 S 0.1 S 1000
25 TrpLog_InvOvExc_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 7FFF
1 NO.1[k_OvExc1_Gen]
Setting of stage 1 of definite time over excitation protection.
U
B U gn
N = = = U / f = 1.3 or data provided by the factory
Bn f
f gn
2 NO.2[t_OvExc1_Gen]
Delay of stage 1 of definite time over excitation protection .

282
Chapter 7 Settings
3 NO.3[TrpLog_OvExc1_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of stage 1 of definite time over excitation protection. The function of
this protection is used for islanding, excitation shutting or programming, excitation reducing etc.
4 NO.4[k_OvExc2_Gen]
Setting of stage 2 of definite time over excitation protection.
5 NO.5[t_OvExc2_Gen]
Delay of stage 2 of definite time over excitation protection .
6 NO.6[TrpLog_OvExc2_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of stage 2 of definite time over excitation protection.
7 NO.7[k_Alm_OvExc_Gen]
Setting of over excitation alarm. Setting of alarm shall be lower than that of over excitation
protection. 1.1 is recommended.
8 NO.8[t_Alm_OvExc_Gen]
Delay of over excitation alarm.
9 NO.9[k0_InvOvExc_Gen]
Upper limit of inverse time over excitation protectionn0
10 NO.10[t0_InvOvExc_Gen]
Delay of upper limit of inverse time over excitation protection.
Inverse time over excitation factor1n1. Setting range of various inverse time over excitation
coefficient s is 1.1 2.0. However setting of upper limit (NO.9) of over excitation factor n0 shall be
higher than that of over excitation factor1 n1, that of factor1 n1 shall be higher than that of factor2
n2, etc.. Finally, setting of over excitation factor6 n6 (NO.23) shall be higher than that of lower
limit.
The range of delay of various inverse time over excitation protection stage is 0s to 6000 s,
ie.,0--50 min. Delay of upper limit (NO.10) of over excitation factor shall be shorter than that of
over excitation factor1, that of factor1 shall be shorter than that of factor2, etc.. Finally, delay of
over excitation factor6 (NO.22) shall be shorter than that of lower limit (NO.24).
Inverse time over excitation factor n2.
283
Chapter 7 Settings
25 NO.25[TrpLog_InvOvExc_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of inverse time over excitation protection.
Settings of generator overexcitation protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> GEN OVEXC PROT --> [setting symbol]

284
Chapter 7 Settings
7.3.18 Settings of power protection of generator

Table 7-32 List of power protection settings of generator

1 P_RevP_Gen 0.50 10.00 % 0.01% 2
2 t_Alm_RevP_Gen 0.10 25.00 S 0.1 S 10
3 t_Trp_RevP_Gen 0.10 600.0 S 0.1 S 10
4 TrpLog_RevP_Gen 0000 FFFF 1 7FFF
5 P_UP_Gen 1.00 200.00 % 0.01 % 20
6 t_UP_Gen 0.00 300.00 M 0.01 M 10
7 TrpLog_UP_Gen 0000 FFFF 1 7FFF
8 P_SeqTrp_RevP_Gen 0.50 10.00 % 0.01 % 2
9 t_SeqTrp_RevP_Gen 0.10 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
10 TrpLog_SeqTrp_RevP_Gen 0000 FFFF 1 7FFF
1 NO.1[P_RevP_Gen]
Power setting of reverse power protection.
Pop = K rel ( P1 + P2 ) (Equation 7.3-65)
Where:
K rel is reliability coefficient, 0.5 0.8 generally;
P1 is minimum loss of turbine during reverse power operation, 2% - 4% of rated power generally;
P2 is minimum loss of generator during reverse power operation, P2 = (1 ) Pgn generally,
is efficiency factor of generator, 98.6% - 98.7%;
Pgn is rated power of generator.
Pop is set as 1% - 2% of rated active power generally, and 1% is recommended.
2 NO.2[t_Alm_RevP_Gen]
Delay of reverse power alarm. For reverse power protection without steam valve contact blocking,
delay 15 s for alarm.
3 NO.3[t_Trp_RevP_Gen]

285
Chapter 7 Settings
Delay of reverse power protection. For reverse power protection without steam valve contact
blocking, according to permissive operation time of reverse power, delay 1 min 3 min is set for
islanding in general.
For program reverse power protection with steam valve contact blocking, delay 0.5 s 1.00 s is
set for islanding.
4 NO.4[TrpLog_RevP_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of reverse power protection.
5 NO.5[P_UP_Gen]
Power setting of low power protection.
6 NO.6[t_UP_Gen]
Power setting of low power protection.
7 NO.7[TrpLog_UP_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of low power protection.
8 NO.8[P_SeqTrp_RevP_Gen]
Power setting of sequent-tripping reverse power protection.
9 NO.9[t_SeqTrp_RevP_Gen]
Delay of sequent-tripping reverse power protection.
For sequent-tripping reverse power protection with steam valve contact blocking, delay 0.5 s
1.00 s for islanding.
10 NO.10[TrpLog_SeqTrp_RevP_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of sequent-tripping reverse power protection.
Settings of generator power protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> GEN PWR PROT --> [setting symbol].
7.3.19 Settings of underfrequency and overfrequency protection of generator

Table 7-33 List of frequency protection settings

1 f_UF1_Gen 45.00 51.00 Hz 0.01 Hz 48.5
2 t_UF1_Gen 0.00 300.00 min 0.01min 10
3 f_UF2_Gen 45.00 51.00 Hz 0.01 Hz 48
4 t_UF2_Gen 0.00 300.00 min 0.01min 10

286
Chapter 7 Settings

5 f_UF3_Gen 45.00 51.00 Hz 0.01 Hz 47.5
6 t_UF3_Gen 0.00 100.00 min 0.01 min 10
7 f_UF4_Gen 45.00 51.00 Hz 0.01 Hz 46
8 t_UF4_Gen 0.00 100.00 min 0.01 min 10
9 TrpLog_UF_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 7FFF
10 f_OF1_Gen 50.00 60.00 Hz 0.01 Hz 51.5
11 t_OF1_Gen 0.10 100.00 min 0.01min 10
12 f_OF2_Gen 50.00 60.00 Hz 0.01 Hz 55
13 t_OF2_Gen 0.10 100.00 S 0.01 S 10
14 TrpLog_OF_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 7FFF
15 En_Alm_UF1_Gen 01 1
16 En_Trp_UF1_Gen 01 0
23 En_Alm_OF1_Gen 01 1
24 En_Trp_OF1_Gen 01 0
25 En_Alm_OF2_Gen 01 1
26 En_Trp_OF2_Gen 01 1
27 En_BO_UC_OvSp_Gen 01 0
1 NO.1[f_UF1_Gen]
Frequency setting of under frequency protection stage1.
Permissive range of frequency during operation for large turbo-generator with capacity more than
300 MW is 48.5 Hz 50.5 Hz.
Recommended permissive operation time of abnormal frequency for large generator is as follows.
Table 7-34 Operating time under differential frequency
Freq. Permissive operating time Freq. Permissive operating time
Hz accumulated, min once, s Hz accumulated, min once, s
51.5 30 30 48.0 300 300
51.0 180 180 47.5 60 60
48.5-50.5 continuous 47.0 10 10

287
Chapter 7 Settings
Three stages of under frequency protection are provided in which function of accumulated
operating time is equipped for stage 1(NO.2 setting).
Two zones of over frequency protection are provided, in which no function of accumulated
operating time is equipped.
Each zone can be used for alarm or tripping by configuration of logic setting.
2 NO.2[t_UF1_Gen]
The sum of delay setting of under frequency protection stage1.
3 NO.3[f_UF2_Gen]
4 NO.4-- [t_UF2_Gen]
Delay of under frequency protection stage2.
5 NO.5[f_UF3_Gen]
6 NO.6[t_UF3_Gen]
7 NO.7[f_UF4_Gen]
8 NO.8[t_UF4_Gen]
9 NO.9[TrpLog_UF_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of under frequency protection.
10 NO.10[f_OF1_Gen]
Frequency setting of over frequency protection stage1.
11 NO.11[t_OF1_Gen]
Delay of over frequency protection stage1.
12 NO.12[f_OF2_Gen]
Frequency setting of over frequency protection stage2.
13 NO.13[t_OF2_Gen]
Delay of over frequency protection stage2.
14 NO.14[TrpLog_OF_Gen]

288
Chapter 7 Settings
Tripping output logic setting of over frequency protection.
15 NO.15[En_Alm_UF1_Gen]
Enable alarm function of under frequency protection stage1.
16 NO.16[En_Trp_UF1_Gen]
Enable tripping function of under frequency protection stage1.
23 NO.23[En_Alm_OF1_Gen]
Enable alarm function of over frequency protection stage1.
24 NO.24[En_Trp_OF1_Gen]
Enable tripping function of over frequency protection stage1.
25 NO.25[En_Alm_OF2_Gen]
Enable alarm function of over frequency protection stage2.
26 NO.26[En_Trp_OF2_Gen]
Enable tripping function of over frequency protection stage2.
27 NO.27[En_BO_UC_OvSp_Gen]
Enable binary output function of over speed of generator. When the current is higher than a
internal setting, the equipment will output a pair of contacts (4B1-3 and 4B5-7)
Settings of generator frequency protection are accessible in the following path:

289
Chapter 7 Settings
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> GEN FREQ PROT --> [setting symbol].
7.3.20 Settings of startup and shutdown protection of generator

Table 7-35 List of startup and shutdown protection settings of generator

1 f_UF_StShut_Gen 40.0 50.0Hz 0.01 Hz 45
2 I_TrDiff_StShut_Gen 0.1 - 14.0 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 1
3 I_STDiff_StShut_Gen 0.1 - 14.0 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 1
4 I_GenDiff_StShut_Gen 0.1 - 14.0 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 1
5 I_SPTDiff_StShut_Gen 0.1 - 14.0 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 1
6 I_ExcDiff_StShut_Gen 0.1 - 14.0 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 1
7 TrpLog_Diff_StShut_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 7FFF
8 V_StaROV_StShut_Gen 5 25.0 V 0.01 V 10
9 t_StaROV_StShut_Gen 0.10 10.0 S 0.01 S 10
10 TrpLog_StaROV_StShut_Gen 0000 - FFFF 1 7FFF
11 En_TrDiff_StShut_Gen 01 1
12 En_STDiff_StShut_Gen 01 0
13 En_GenDiff_StShut_Gen 01 1
14 En_SPTDiff_StShut_Gen 01 0
15 En_ExcDiff_StShut_Gen 01 0
16 En_StaROV_StShut_Gen 01 1
17 En_UF_Ctrl_StShut_Gen 01 1
1 NO.1[f_UF_Ctrl_StShut_Gen]
Frequency setting for blocking startup and shutdown protection of generator.
Startup and shutdown protection is used for earth fault and phase-to-phase fault of stator during
low speed operation of the generator. Its algorithm is insensitive to variation of frequency.
This protection is auxiliary protection of generator during low frequency operation. Blocking
setting of this protection is 0.8 0.9 times of rated frequency.
2 NO.2[I_TrDiff_StShut_Gen]
Differential current setting for the differential protection of main transformer in start-stop condition.
For phase-to-phase fault, differential current protection is used. The equipment comprises
differential current protection of generator, main transformer and stepdown transformer.
Setting of this protection during rated frequency shall be higher than imbalance current in
differential circuit during full load operation,

290
Chapter 7 Settings
I op = K rel I unb (Equation 7.3-66)
Where:
Krel is reliability factor, 1.30 1.50 generally;
Iunb is imbalance current in differential circuit during full load operation during rated frequency.
3 NO.3[I_STDiff_StShut_Gen]
Differential current setting for the differential protection of stepdown transformer in startup and
shutdown condition. The setting principle is as same as No.2.
4 NO.4[I_GenDiff_StShut_Gen]
Differential current setting for the differential protection of generator in startup and shutdown
condition.
5 NO.5[I_SPTDiff_StShut_Gen]
Differential current setting for the split phase differential protection of generator in startup and
shutdown condition.
6 NO.6[I_ExcDiff_StShut_Gen]
Differential current setting for the differential protection of exciter in startup and shutdown
condition.
7 NO.7[TrpLog_Diff_StShut_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of low frequency overcurrent protection.
8 NO.8[V_StaROV_StShut_Gen]
Zero sequence voltage setting of stator earth fault protection in startup and shutdown condition.
For earth fault, zero sequence voltage derived from neutral point is adopted as criterion with
setting 10 V in general and delay not shorter than that of fundamental zero sequence voltage earth
fault protection for stator in normal condition.
9 NO.9[t_StaROV_StShut_Gen]
Delay of stator earth fault protection in startup and shutdown condition.
10 NO.10[TrpLog_StaROV_StShut_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of stator earth fault protection in startup and shutdown condition.
11 NO.11[En_TrDiff_StShut_Gen]
Enable differential current protective element of main transformer.
12 NO.12[En_STDiff_StShut_Gen]
291
Chapter 7 Settings
Enable differential current protective element of stepdown transformer.
13 NO.13[En_GenDiff_StShut_Gen]
Enable differential current protective element of generator.
14 NO.14[En_SPTDiff_StShut_Gen]
Enable spilt phase differential current protective element of generator.
15 NO.15[En_ExcDiff_StShut_Gen]
Enable differential current protective element of exciter.
16 NO.16[En_StaROV_StShut_Gen]
Enable zero sequence voltage criterion.
17 NO.17[En_UF_Ctrl__StShut_Gen]
Enable blocking function in under frequency condition.
Settings of generator startup and shutdown protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> GEN STSHUT PROT --> [setting symbol].
7.3.21 Settings of accidental energization protection of generator

Table 7-36 List of accidental energization protection settings of generator

1 f_UF_AccEnerg_Gen 40 50.00 Hz 0.01 Hz 45
2 I_OC_AccEnerg_Gen 0.10 - 100.00 A 0.01 A 3
3 Ibrk_TCB 1.00 100.00 A 0.01 A 10
4 t_AccEnerg_Gen 0.0 1.00 S 0.01 A 0.1
5 TrpLog_AccEnerg_Gen 0000- FFFF 0.01 A 7FFF
6 I_NegOC_Flash_TCB 0.1 20.0 A 0.01 A 3
7 t_Flash1_TCB 0.1 - 1.0 S 0.01 A 3
8 TrpLog_Flash1_TCB 0000 FFFF 0.01 A 7FFF
9 t_Flash2_TCB 0.1 - 1.0 S 0.01 A 3
10 TrpLog_Flash2_TCB 0000 FFFF 0.01 A 7FFF
11 En_UF_Ctrl_AccEnerg_Gen 01 1
12 En_CB_Ctrl_AccEnerg_Gen 01 1
13 En_Ibrk_Ctrl_Trp_TCB 01 0

292
Chapter 7 Settings
1 NO.1[f_UF_AccEnerg_Gen]
Frequency setting for blocking accident energization protection of generator.
Frequency blocking setting shall be 80% - 90% of the rated frequency, i.e., 40 Hz 45 Hz.
2 NO.2[I_OC_AccEnerg_Gen]
Current setting of accident energization overcurrent protection.
Current setting shall be 50% of minimum accidental closing current (generator side) during
process of generator starting up but having not been excited. If accidental closing current of circuit
breaker on stepdown transformer side shall be considered, current setting shall base on minimum
accidental closing current during this condition. The current used for this setting is derived from the
CT at the terminal of generator.
In general, this setting shall be in excess of 1.3 times of rated current of generator.
3 NO.3[Ibrk_TCB]
Current setting of CB capacity of HV side of main transformer.
4 NO.4[t_AccEnerg_Gen]
Delay of accident energization overcurrent protection.
5 NO.5[TrpLog_AccEnerg_Gen]
Tripping output logic setting of accident energization overcurrent protection.
6 NO.6[I_NegOC_Flash_TCB]
Negative sequence current setting of breaker flashover protection of CB at HV side of main

transformer. This setting shall be higher than possible unbalance current during normal operation.
It must be set according to the secondary current of the CT at the terminal of generator.
7 NO.7[t_Flash1_TCB]
Delay 1 of breaker flashover protection.
This setting shall be longer than operation time of circuit breaker.
8 NO.8[TrpLog_Flash1_TCB]
Tripping output logic setting stage 1 of breaker flashover protection.
If impulse current may be higher than capacity of circuit breaker during asynchronous closing, the
protection shall shut off the excitation firstly. If current passing through circuit breaker is lower than
permissive value, the protection can trip the circuit breaker on outlet.
Permissive tripping current of circuit breaker shall be configured as that provided by factory.
9 NO.9[t_Flash2_TCB]

293
Chapter 7 Settings
Delay 2 of breaker flashover protection.
10 NO.10[TrpLog_Flash2_TCB]
Tripping output logic setting stage 2 of breaker flashover protection.
11 NO.11[En_UF_Ctrl_AccEnerg_Gen]
Enable blocking function in under frequency condition.
12 NO.12[En_CB_Ctrl_AccEnerg_Gen]
Enable breaker position auxiliary contact blocking function.
If asynchronous unwanted closing is considered, breaker position contact blocking shall be

selected.
13 NO.13[En_Ibrk_Ctrl_Trp_TCB]
Enable breaker capacity blocking function.
Settings of generator accidental energization protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> GEN ACCENERG PROT --> [setting
symbol].
7.3.22 Settings of differential protection of excitation transformer or exciter

Table 7-37 List of differential protection settings of excitation transformer or exciter

1 I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Exc 0.10 1.50 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 0.3
2 I_InstDiff_Exc 2.0 14.0 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 6
3 Slope1_PcntDiff_Exc 0.00 0.50 0.01 0.1
4 Slope2_PcntDiff_Exc 0.50 0.80 0.01 0.7
5 k_Harm_PcntDiff_Exc 0.10 0.35 0.01 0.15
6 TrpLog_Diff_Exc 0000 FFFF 1 7FFF
7 En_InstDiff_Exc 01 1
8 En_PcntDiff_Exc 01 1
9 Opt_Inrush_Ident_Exc 01 1
10 Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Exc 01 1
1 NO.1[I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Exc]
Setting of pickup value of percentage differential current of excitation transformer or exciter. In

practice, for excitation transformer, characteristic of CT on two sides may differ significantly and

294
Chapter 7 Settings
the unbalance differential current may be larger than that of main transformer. So for pickup
setting, 0.5 Ie is recommended.
2 NO.2[I_InstDiff_Exc]
Setting of unrestrained instantaneous differential protection.
3 NO.3[Slope1_PcntDiff_Exc]
Restraint coefficient of the first slope of the differential characteristic curve.
4 NO.4[Slope2_PcntDiff_Exc]
5 NO.5[k_Harm_PcntDiff_Exc]
Restraint coefficient of second harmonics.
6 NO.6[TrpLog_Diff_Exc]
Tripping output logic setting of differential protection of excitation transformer of exciter.
7 NO.7[En_InstDiff_Exc]
Enable unrestrained instantaneous differential protection of excitation transformer or exciter.
8 NO.8[En_PcntDiff_Exc]
Enable percentage differential protection of excitation transformer or exciter.
9 NO.9[Opt_Inrush_Ident_Exc]
Inrush current blocking mode. Select criterion of Inrush current detection.
0, discrimination by harmonics;
1, waveform distortion criterion is used.
10 NO.10[Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Exc]
Enable differential protection blocked by CT circuit failure.
Setting 0: Differential protection is not blocked by CT circuit failure.
Setting 1: Differential protection is blocked by CT circuit failure
Settings of excitation differential protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> EXC DIFF PROT --> [setting symbol].

295
Chapter 7 Settings
7.3.23 Settings of backup protection of excitation transformer or exciter

Table 7-38 List of backup protection settings of excitation transformer or exciter

1 V_NegOV_VCE_Exc 1.00 20.00 V 0.01 V 4
2 Vpp_VCE_Exc 2.00 100.00 V 0.01 V 60
3 I_OC1_Exc 0.10 100.00 A 0.01 A 20
4 t_OC1_Exc 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
5 TrpLog_OC1_Exc 0000 FFFF 1 0081
6 I_OC2_Exc 0.10 100.00 A 0.01 A 20
7 t_OC2_Exc 0.00 25.00 S 0.01 S 1.5
8 TrpLog_OC2_Exc 0000 FFFF 1 0081
9 En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_Exc 01 1
10 En_VCE_Ctrl_OC2_Exc 01 1
11 En_Mem_Curr_Exc 01 0
12 Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Exc 01 1
13 Opt_AC_Input_S1_Exc 01 0
14 Opt_AC_Input_S2_Exc 01 0
1 NO.1[V_NegOV_VCE_Exc]
Negative sequence voltage setting of composite voltage control element. Setting and displayed
value of negative sequence voltage are U2.
Note:
Please refer to the setting explanation of backup protection of main transformer for reference.
2 NO.2[Vpp_VCE_Exc]
3 NO.3[I_OC1_Exc]
Setting of definite time overcurrent protection stage1.
4 NO.4[t_OC1_Exc]
Delay of definite time overcurrent protection stage1.
5 NO.5[TrpLog_OC1_Exc]
6 NO.6[I_OC2_Exc]

296
Chapter 7 Settings
Setting of definitive time overcurrent protection stage2.
7 NO.7[t_OC2_Exc]
8 NO.8[TrpLog_OC2_Exc]
Tripping output logic setting of definite time overcurrent protection stage2.
9 NO.9[En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_Exc]
10 NO.10[En_VCE_Ctrl_OC2_Exc]
11 NO.11[En_Mem_Curr_Exc]
Logic setting of memory function of current of exciter.
12 NO.12[Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC__Exc]
13 NO.13[Opt_AC_Input_S1_Exc]
Type selection configuration logic setting of current input. 1 is the AC current input for
overcurrent protection is derived from S1 side of exciter.
14 NO.14[Opt_AC_Input_S2_Exc]
Type selection configuration logic setting of current input. 1 is the AC current input for
overcurrent protection is derived from S2 side of exciter.
Note:
The current used in the overcurrent protection is derived from the CT at the HV side of excitation
transformer or the CT at the neutral point of exciter.
Settings of excitation backup protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> GEN PROT SETTINGS -> EXC BAK PROT --> [setting symbol].

297
Chapter 7 Settings
7.3.24 Settings of overload protection of excitation

Table 7-39 List of overload protection settings of exciter

1 I_OvLd_RotWdg 0.10 100.00 AkA 0.01AkA 10
2 t_OvLd_RotWdg 0.00 25.00 S 0.01S 1
3 TrpLog_OvLd_RotWdg 0000 FFFF 1 000F
4 I_Alm_OvLd_RotWdg 0.10 100.00 AkA 0.01AkA 7
5 t_Alm_OvLd_RotWdg 0.10 25.00 S 0.01S 2
6 I_InvOvLd_RotWdg 0.10 50.00 AkA 0.01AkA 6
7 tmin_InvOvLd_RotWdg 0.10 10.00 S 0.01S 1
8 A_Therm_RotWdg 1.00 100.00 0.01 40
9 Ib_InvOvLd_RotWdg 0.1 50.00AkA 0.01AkA 1
10 TrpLog_InvOvLd_RotWdg 0000 FFFF 1 7FFF
11 Opt_AC_Input_RotWdg 01 1
12 Opt_DC_Input_RotWdg 01 0
13 Opt_AC_Input_S1_RotWdg 01 0
14 Opt_AC_Input_S2_RotWdg 01 0
1 NO.1[I_OvLd_RotWdg]
Setting of overload protection of rotor winding. If the measured current is input by DC type, the unit
of the setting is kA. Otherwise, A is the unit of AC type current.
2 NO.2[t_OvLd_RotWdg]
Delay setting of overload protection of rotor winding.
3 NO.3[TrpLog_OvLd_RotWdg]
Tripping output logic setting of overload protection of rotor winding.
4 NO.4[I_Alm_OvLd_RotWdg]
Current setting of overload alarm.
5 NO.5[t_Alm_OvLd_RotWdg]
Delay of overload alarm.
6 NO.6[I_InvOvLd_RotWdg]
Pickup current of inverse time overload protection.
7 NO.7[tmin_InvOvLd_RotWdg]

298
Chapter 7 Settings
Delay of upper limit of inverse time overload protection.
8 NO.8[A_Therm_RotWdg]
Thermal capacity parameter of excitation winding.
9 NO.9[Ib_InvOvLd_RotWdg]
Reference current setting of inverse time overload.
10 NO.10[TrpLog_InvOvLd_RotWdg]
Tripping output logic setting of inverse time overload protection.
11 NO.11[Opt_AC_Input_RotWdg]
Type selection configuration logic setting of current input. 1 is AC current input for overload
protection of rotor winding.
12 NO.12[Opt_DC_Input_RotWdg]
Type selection configuration logic setting of current input. 1 is DC current input for overload
protection of rotor winding.
13 NO.13[Opt_AC_Input_S1_RotWdg]
Type selection configuration logic setting of current input. 1 is the AC current input for overload
protection of rotor winding is derived from HV side of excitation transformer.
14 NO.14[Opt_AC_Input_S2_RotWdg]
Type selection configuration logic setting of current input. 1 is the AC current input for overload
protection of rotor winding is derived from LV side of excitation transformer.
Settings of excitation overload protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> EXC OVLD PROT --> [setting symbol].
7.3.25 Settings of differential protection of stepdown transformer

Table 7-40 List of differential protection settings of stepdown transformer

1 I_Pkp_PcntDiff_ST 0.10 1.50 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 0.3
2 I_InstDiff_ST 2.0 14.0 (Ie) 0.01 (Ie) 6
3 Slope1_PcntDiff_ST 0.00 0.50 0.01 0.1
4 Slope2_PcntDiff_ST 0.50 0.80 0.01 0.7
5 k_Harm_PcntDiff_ST 0.10 0.35 0.01 0.15
6 TrpLog_Diff_ST 0000 FFFF 1 7FFF
Logic setting 1 enable, 0 disable

299
Chapter 7 Settings

7 En_InstDiff_ST 01 1
8 En_PcntDiff_ST 01 1
9 Opt_Inrush_Ident_ST 01 1
10 Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_ST 01 1
1 NO.1[I_Pkp_PcntDiff_ST]
Setting of pickup value of percentage differential current of stepdown transformer.
2 NO.2[I_InstDiff_ST]
Setting of unrestrained instantaneous differential protection of stepdown transformer.
3 NO.3[Slope1_PcntDiff_ST]
Restraint coefficient of the first slope of the differential characteristic curve.
4 NO.4[Slope2_PcntDiff_ST]
5 NO.5[k_Harm_PcntDiff_ST]
Restraint coefficient of second harmonics.
6 NO.6[TrpLog_Diff_ST]
Tripping output logic setting of differential protection of stepdown transformer.
7 NO.7[En_InstDiff_ST]
Enable unrestrained instantaneous differential protection of stepdown transformer.
8 NO.8[En_PcntDiff_ST]
Enable percentage differential protection of stepdown transformer.
9 NO.9[Opt_Inrush_Ident_ST]
Inrush current blocking mode. Select criterion of Inrush current detection.
0, discrimination by harmonics;
1, waveform distortion criterion is used.
10 NO.10[Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_ST]
Enable differential protection blocked by CT circuit failure.
Setting 0: Differential protection is not blocked by CT circuit failure.
Setting 1: Differential protection is blocked by CT circuit failure

300
Chapter 7 Settings
Settings of stepdown transformer differential protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> ST DIFF PROT --> [setting symbol].
7.3.26 Settings of backup protection at HVS of stepdown transformer

Table 7-41 List of HVS backup protection settings of stepdown transformer

1 V_NegOV_VCE_HVS_ST 1.00 20.00 V 0.01 V 4
2 Vpp_VCE_ HVS_ST 2.00 100.00 V 0.01 V 60
3 I_OC1_HVS_ST 0.10 100.00 A 0.01 A 20
4 t_OC1_HVS_ST 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
5 TrpLog_OC1_HVS_ST 0000 FFFF 1 0021
6 I_OC2_HVS_ST 0.10 100.00 A 0.01 A 17
7 t_OC2_HVS_ST 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 2
8 TrpLog_OC2_HVS_ST 0000 FFFF 1 0003
9 I_Alm_OvLd_HVS_ST 0.10 50.00 A 0.01 A 6
10 t_Alm_OvLd_HVS_ST 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 8
11 I_InitCool_OvLd_HVS_ST 0.10 50.00 A 0.01 A 5.5
12 t_InitCool_OvLd_HVS_ST 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 9
13 I_BO_OC_HVS_ST 0.10 50.00 A 0.01 A 5.5
14 t_BO_OC_HVS_ST 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 9
15 En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_HVS_ST 01 1
16 En_VCE_Ctrl_OC2_HVS_ST 01 1
17 En_Mem_Curr_HVS_ST 01 0
18 Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_HVS_ST 01 1
19 En_Alm_OvLd_HVS_ST 01 1
20 En_InitCool_OvLd_HVS_ST 01 1
21 En_BO_OC_HVS_ST 01 0
22 En_LVSProt_Blk_OC1_HVS_ST 01 0
23 Cfg_CT_BO_OC_HVS_ST 01 0
1 NO.1[V_NegOV_VCE_HVS_ST]
Negative sequence voltage setting of composite voltage control element at HVS of stepdown
transformer.
2 NO.2[Vpp_VCE_HVS_ST]

301
Chapter 7 Settings
3 NO.3[I_OC1_HVS_ST]
4 NO.4[t_OC1_HVS_ST]
5 NO.5[TrpLog_OC1_HVS_ST]
6 NO.6[I_OC2_HVS_ST]
7 NO.7[t_OC2_HVS_ST]
8 NO.8[TrpLog_OC2_HVS_ST]
9 NO.9[I_Alm_OvLd_HVS_ST]
Current setting of overload protection at HVS of stepdown transformer.
10 NO.10[t_Alm_OvLd_HVS_ST]
Time setting of overload protection at HVS of stepdown transformer.
11 NO.11[I_InitCool_OvLd_HVS_ST]
Current setting of overload to initiate cooling system at HVS of stepdown transformer.
12 NO.12[t_InitCool_OvLd_HVS_ST]
Time setting of overload to initiate cooling system at HVS of stepdown transformer.
13 NO.13[I_BO_OC_HVS_ST]
Current setting of overcurrent output function at HVS of stepdown transformer.
14 NO.14[t_BO_OC_HVS_ST]
Time setting of overcurrent output function at HVS of stepdown transformer.
15 NO.15[En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_ HVS_ST]
16 NO.16[En_VCE_Ctrl_OC2_ HVS_ST]
17 NO.17[En_Mem_Curr_ HVS_ST]
Logic setting of memory function of current of exciter.

302
Chapter 7 Settings
18 NO.18[Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_HVS_ST]
19 NO.19[En_Alm_OvLd_HVS_ST]
Enable alarm for overload protection at HVS of stepdown transformer.
20 NO.20[En_InitCool_OvLd_HVS_ST]
Enable overload to initiate cooling system at HVS of stepdown transformer.
21 NO.21[En_BO_OC_HVS_ST]
Enable overcurrent output function; When overcurrent output function is enabled, RCS-985A will
output contact to block regulating voltage of stepdown with load with the time delay of
[t_BO_OC_HVS_ST] when the current is greater than the setting [I_BO_OC_HVS_ST].
22 NO.22[En_LVSProt_Blk_OC1_HVS_ST]
Enable protection at LVS to block overcurrent stage 1 at HVS of stepdown transformer.
23 No.23[Cfg_CT_BO_OC_HVS_ST]
When double CT is equipped with HV side of stepdown transformer, big ratio or small ratio is
optional for overcurrent output function. 0: small ratio is selected; 1: big ratio is selected.
Settings of HVS backup protection of stepdown transformer are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> GEN PROT SETTINGS -> ST HVS BAK PROT --> [setting
symbol].
7.3.27 Settings of backup protection at LVS of stepdown transformer

Table 7-42 List of LVS branch 1 backup protection settings of stepdown transformer

1 V_NegOV_VCE_Br1_ST 1.00 20.00 V 0.01 V 4
2 Vpp_VCE_Br1_ST 2.00 100.00 V 0.01 V 60
3 I_OC1_Br1_ST 0.10 100.00 A 0.01 A 20
4 t_OC1_Br1_ST 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
5 TrpLog_OC1_Br1_ST 0000 FFFF 1 0021
6 I_OC2_Br1_ST 0.10 100.00 A 0.01 A 17

303
Chapter 7 Settings
7 t_OC2_Br1_ST 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 2

9 I_ROC1_Br1_ST 0.10 100.00 A 0.01 A 20
10 t_ROC1_Br1_ST 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
11 TrpLog_ROC1_Br1_ST 0000 FFFF 1 0021
12 I_ROC2_Br1_ST 0.10 100.00 A 0.01 A 17
13 t_ROC2_Br1_ST 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 2
15 I_OvLd_Br1_ST 0.10 100.00 A 0.01 A 15
16 t_OvLd_Br1_ST 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 2
17 V_ROV_Br1_ST 0.10 100.00 V 0.01 V 15
18 t_ROV_Br1_ST 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 2
19 En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_Br1_ST 01 1
21 Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Br1_ST 01 1
22 En_Alm_OvLd_Br1_ST 01 0
23 En_Alm_ROV_Br1_ST 01 0
Table 7-43 List of LVS branch 2 backup protection settings of stepdown transformer

24 V_NegOV_VCE_Br2_ST 1.00 20.00 V 0.01 V 4
25 Vpp_VCE_Br2_ST 2.00 100.00 V 0.01 V 60
26 I_OC1_Br2_ST 0.10 100.00 A 0.01 A 20
27 t_OC1_Br2_ST 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
29 I_OC2_Br2_ST 0.10 100.00 A 0.01 A 17
30 t_OC2_Br2_ST 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 2
32 I_ROC1_Br2_ST 0.10 100.00 A 0.01 A 20
33 t_ROC1_Br2_ST 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 1
35 I_ROC2_Br2_ST 0.10 100.00 A 0.01 A 17
36 t_ROC2_Br2_ST 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 2
38 I_OvLd_Br2_ST 0.10 100.00 A 0.01 A 15
39 t_OvLd_Br2_ST 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 2
40 V_ROV_Br2_ST 0.10 100.00 V 0.01 V 15
41 t_ROV_Br2_ST 0.00 10.00 S 0.01 S 2
44 Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Br2_ST 01 1
304
Chapter 7 Settings
45 En_Alm_OvLd_Br2_ST 01 0
46 En_Alm_ROV_Br2_ST 01 0
1 NO.1[V_NegOV_VCE_Br1_ST]/[V_NegOV_VCE_Br2_ST]
Negative sequence voltage setting of composite voltage control element at LVS branch 1 or
2 NO.2[Vpp_VCE_Br1_ST]/[Vpp_VCE_Br2_ST]
3 NO.3[I_OC1_Br1_ST]/[I_OC1_Br2_ST]
4 NO.4[t_OC1_ Br1_ST]/[t_OC1_Br2_ST]
5 NO.5[TrpLog_OC1_Br1_ST]/[TrpLog_OC1_Br2_ST]
6 NO.6[I_OC2_Br1_ST]/[I_OC2_Br2_ST]
7 NO.7[t_OC2_Br1_ST]/[t_OC2_Br2_ST]
8 NO.8[TrpLog_OC2_Br1_ST]/[TrpLog_OC2_Br2_ST]
9 NO.9[I_ROC1_Br1_ST]/[I_ROC1_Br2_ST]
Setting of definitive time zero sequence overcurrent protection stage1.
10 NO.10[t_ROC1_Br1_ST]/[t_ROC1_Br2_ST]
Delay of definite time zero sequence overcurrent protection stage1.
11 NO.11[TrpLog_ROC1_Br1_ST]/[TrpLog_ROC1_Br2_ST]
Tripping output logic setting of definite time zero sequence overcurrent protection stage1.
12 NO.12[I_ROC2_Br1_ST]/[I_ROC2_Br2_ST]
Setting of definitive time zero sequence overcurrent protection stage2.
13 NO.13[t_ROC2_Br1_ST]/[t_ROC2_Br2_ST]
Delay of definite time zero sequence overcurrent protection stage2.

305
Chapter 7 Settings
14 NO.14[TrpLog_ROC2_Br1_ST]/[TrpLog_ROC2_Br2_ST]
Tripping output logic setting of definite time zero sequence overcurrent protection stage2.
15 NO.15[I_OvLd_ Br1_ST]/[I_OvLd_ Br2_ST]
Current setting of overload protection at LVS branch 1 or branch 2 of stepdown transformer.
16 NO.16[t_OvLd_Br1_ST]/[t_OvLd_Br2_ST]
Time setting of overload protection at LVS branch 1 or branch 2 of stepdown transformer.
17 NO.17[V_ROV_Br1_ST]/[V_ROV_Br2_ST]
Voltage setting of zero sequence overvoltage protection at LVS branch 1 or branch 2 of stepdown
transformer.
18 NO.18[t_ROV_Br1_ST]/[t_ROV_Br2_ST]
Time setting of zero sequence overvoltage protection at LVS branch 1 or branch 2 of stepdown
transformer.
19 NO.19[En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_Br1_ST]/[En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_Br2_ST]
20 NO.20[En_VCE_Ctrl_OC2_Br1_ST]/[En_VCE_Ctrl_OC2_Br2_ST]
21 NO.21[Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Br1_ST]/[Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Br2_ST]
22 NO.22[En_Alm_OvLd_Br1_ST]/[En_Alm_OvLd_Br2_ST]
Enable alarm for overload protection at LVS branch 1 or branch 2 of stepdown transformer.
23 NO.20[En_Alm_ROV_Br1_ST]/[En_Alm_ROV_Br2_ST]
Enable zero sequence overvoltage protection at LVS branch 1 or branch 2 of stepdown

transformer.
Settings of LVS backup protection of stepdown transformer are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> GEN PROT SETTINGS -> ST BR1 BAK PROT --> [setting
symbol].

306
Chapter 7 Settings
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> GEN PROT SETTINGS -> ST BR2 BAK PROT --> [setting
symbol].
7.3.28 Settings of mechanical protection

Table 7-44 List of mechanical protection settings

1 t_MechRly1 0.00 6000.0 S 0.1S 1
2 TrpLog_MechRly1 0000 - FFFF 1 0011
3 t_MechRly2 0.00 6000.0 S 0.1S 1
5 t_MechRly3 0.00 6000.0 S 0.1S 1
7 t_MechRly4 0.00 6000.0 S 0.1S 1
9 En_Supv_MechRly 01 1
1 NO.1[t_MechRly1]
Time delay of output contact of external mechanical contact input1 repeater.
2 NO.2[TrpLog_MechRly1]
Tripping output logic setting of output contact of mechanical contact input1.
3 NO.3[t_MechRly2]
5 NO.5[t_MechRly3]
7 NO.7[t_MechRly4]

307
Chapter 7 Settings
9 NO.9[En_Supv_MechRly]
Logic setting to enable/disable mechanical circuit supervision.
Settings of mechanical protection are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> PROT SETTINGS -> MECH RLY PROT --> [setting symbol].
7.3.29 Settings of pole disagreement protection of circuit breaker

Table 7-45 Definition of pole disagreement protection settings
No Symbol Range Step Default

1 I_OC_PD 0.10 20.00 A 0.01A 1
2 I_NegOC_PD 0.10 20.00 A 0.01A 1
3 I_ROC_PD 0.10 20.00 A 0.01A 3
4 T_PD1 0.00 10.00 s 0.01s 0.5
5 TrpLog_PD1 0000 FFFF 1 000F
6 t_PD2 0.00 10.00 s 0.01s 1
7 TrpLog_PD2 0000 FFFF 1 00FF
8 En_NegOC_PD 0/1 1
9 En_ROC_PD 0/1 1
10 En_ExTrp_Ctrl_PD2 0/1 1
11 En_OC_PD2 0/1 0
1 No.1--[I_OC_PD]
Setting of pole-disagreement phase current element.
2 No.2--[I_NegOC_PD]
Setting of pole-disagreement negative-sequence current element.
3 No.3--[I_ROC_PD]
Setting of pole-disagreement zero-sequence current element.
4 No.4--[t_PD1]
Delay of stage 1 of pole disagreement protection.
5 No.5--[TrpLog_PD1]
Tripping output logic setting of stage 1 with delay 1of pole disagreement protection.

308
Chapter 7 Settings
6 No.6--[t_PD2]
Delay of stage 2 of pole disagreement protection.
7 No.7--[TrpLog_PD2]
Tripping output logic setting of stage 1 with delay 2 of pole disagreement protection.
8 No.8--[En_NegOC_PD]
Logic setting of enabling pole disagreement protection controlled by negative-sequence current

element.
9 No.9--[En_ROC_PD]
Logic setting of enabling pole disagreement protection controlled by zero-sequence current

element.
10 No.10--[En_ExTrp_Ctrl_PD2]
Logic setting of enabling stage 1 with delay 2 of pole disagreement protection controlled by
binary input of protection tripping contact.
11 No.11--[En_OC_PD2]
Logic setting of enabling stage 1 with delay 2 of pole disagreement protection controlled by phase
current element.
The calculated parameters are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTING -> PROT SETTINGS -> PD PROT
7.4 Calculated parameters

The settings listed in the following tables calculated by the RCS-985A itself automatically, they
need not to be set by user. The settings are calculated according to the system parameters that
user input, include primary rated currents, secondary rated currents, secondary rated voltages and
correction coefficients used in all kinds of differential protection relays. Listing of the calculated
settings is only for reference of setting check or commission.
7.4.1 Calculated parameters of primary rated current

7.4.1.1 Parameters list
Table 7-46 List of calculated parameters of primary rated current
NO. Symbol Range Note

1 I1b_SnTr_CT_HVS_Tr 0-60000 A
2 I1b_SnTr_CT_LVS_Tr 0-60000 A
3 I1b_SnGen_CT_Gen 0-60000 A
4 I1b_SnGen_CT_SP1_Gen 0-60000 A

309
Chapter 7 Settings
6 I1b_SnST_CT_HVS_ST 0-60000 A
7 I1b_SnST_CT_Br1_ST 0-60000 A
9 I1b_SnExc_CT_S1_Exc 0-60000 A
7.4.1.2 Explanation of the parameters
1 No.1-- [I1b_SnTr_CT_HVS_Tr]
Sn
Primary rated current at HV side of main transformer. The equation is I b1n = . Please
3U b1n
refer to section 3.3.1 to see more details.
2 No.2-- [I1b_SnTr_CT_LVS_Tr]
Primary rated current at LV side of main transformer.
3 No.3-- [I1b_SnGen_CT_Gen]
Pn / cos
Primary rated current of generator. The equation is I f 1n = . Please refer to section 3.3.2
3U f 1n
to see more details.
4 No.4-- [I1b_SnGen_CT_SP1_Gen]
Primary rated current of the first splitting branch at the neutral point of generator.
Primary rated current of the second splitting branch at the neutral point of generator.
6 No.6-- [I1b_SnST_CT_HVS_ST]
Primary rated current at HV side of stepdown transformer.
7 No.7-- [I1b_SnST_CT_Br1_ST]
Primary rated current at LV side branch 1 of stepdown transformer.
Primary rated current at LV side branch 2 of stepdown transformer.
9 No.9-- [I1b_SnExc_CT_S1_Exc]
Primary rated current at HV side of excitation transformer or terminal side of exciter.
Primary rated current at LV side of excitation transformer or neutral point side of exciter.

310
Chapter 7 Settings
All settings of calculated primary rated current are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> CALC SETTINGS -> PRI RATED CURR -> [setting symbol]
7.4.2 Calculated parameters of secondary rated current

Table 7-47 List of calculated parameters of secondary rated current

1 I2b_SnTr_CT_HVS1_Tr 0-600 A
2 I2b_SnTr_CT_HVS2_Tr 0-600 A
3 I2b_SnTr_CT_LVS_Tr 0-600 A
4 I2b_SnTr_CT#_HVS_ST 0-600 A
5 I2b_SnTr_CT_HVS_GTU 0-600 A
6 I2b_SnTr_CT_LVS_GTU 0-600 A
7 I2b_SnTr_CT_ST_GTU 0-600 A
8 I2b_SnGen_CT_Term_Gen 0-600 A
11 I2b_SnST_CT#_HVS_ST 0-600 A
12 I2b_SnST_CT_HVS_ST 0-600 A
1 No.1-- [I2b_SnTr_CT_HVS1_Tr]
I b1n
Secondary rated current at HVS 1 of main transformer. The equation is I b 2 n = . Please refer
nbLH
to section 3.3.1 to see more details.
2 No.2-- [I2b_SnTr_CT_HVS2_Tr]
Secondary rated current at HVS 2 of main transformer.
3 No.3-- [I2b_SnTr_CT_LVS_Tr]
Secondary rated current at LVS of main transformer.
4 No.4-- [I2b_SnTr_CT#_HVS_ST]
Secondary rated current at HVS of stepdown transformer.

311
Chapter 7 Settings
5 No.5-- [I2b_SnTr_CT_HVS_GTU]
Secondary rated current at HVS of transformer. It is used for differential protection of

6 No.6-- [I2b_SnTr_CT_LVS_GTU]
Secondary rated current at LVS of transformer. It is used for differential protection of

7 No.7-- [I2b_SnTr_CT_ST_GTU]
Secondary rated current at HVS of stepdown transformer. It is used for differential protection of
8 No.8-- [I2b_SnGen_CT_Term_Gen]
Secondary rated current at terminal of generator.
Secondary rated current of the first splitting branch at the neutral point of generator.
Secondary rated current of the second splitting branch at the neutral point of generator.
11 No.11-- [I2b_SnST_CT#_HVS_ST]
Secondary rated current at HV side CT2 of stepdown transformer which with big ratio.
12 No.12-- [I2b_SnST_CT_HVS_ST]
Secondary rated current at HV side CT1 of stepdown transformer which with small ratio.
Secondary rated current at LV side branch 1 of stepdown transformer.
Secondary rated current at LV side branch 2 of stepdown transformer.
Secondary rated current at HV side of excitation transformer or terminal side of exciter.
Secondary rated current at LV side of excitation transformer or neutral point side of exciter.
All settings of calculated primary rated current are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> CALC SETTINGS -> SEC RATED CURR -> [setting symbol]

312
Chapter 7 Settings
7.4.3 Calculated parameters of secondary rated voltage

Table 7-48 List of calculated parameters of secondary rated current

1 U2b_VT_HVS_Tr 0-600 V
2 U2b_DeltVT_HVS_Tr 0-600 V
3 U2b_VT_Term_Gen 0-600 V
4 U2b_DeltVT_Term_Gen 0-600 V
5 U2b_NP_Gen 0-600 V
6 k_DeltVT_Gen 0-600 V
7 U2b_VT_Br1_ST 0-600 V
8 U2b_DeltVT_Br1_ST 0-600 V
9 U2b_VT_Br2_ST 0-600 V
10 U2b_DeltVT_Br2_ST 0-600 V
11 U2b_VT_Exc 0-600 V
12 U2b_DeltVT_LVS_Tr 0-600 V
1 No.1-- [V2b_VT_HVS_Tr]
Secondary rated voltage at HVS of main transformer.
2 No.2-- [U2b_DeltVT _HVS_Tr]
Secondary rated voltage of delta VT at HVS of main transformer.
3 No.3-- [U2b_VT_Term_Gen]
Secondary rated voltage at terminal VT of generator.
4 No.4-- [U2b_DeltaVT_Term_Gen]
Secondary rated voltage of delta VT at terminal of generator.
5 No.5-- [U2b_NP_Gen]
Secondary rated voltage at neutral point VT of generator.
6 No.6-- [k_DeltVT_Gen]
The ratio of zero sequence voltage between terminal and neutral point of generator. That is the
ratio between [U2b_DeltVT_Term_Gen] to [U2b_NP_Gen].
7 No.7-- [U2b_VT_Br1_ST]
Secondary rated voltage at LVS branch 1 of stepdown transformer.
8 No.8-- [U2b_DeltVT_Br1_ST]
Secondary rated voltage of delta VT at LVS branch 1 of stepdown transformer.

313
Chapter 7 Settings
9 No.9-- [U2b_VT_Br2_ST]
Secondary rated voltage at LV side branch 2 of stepdown transformer.
10 No.10-- [U2b_DeltVT_Br2_ST]
Secondary rated voltage of delta VT at LV side branch 2 of stepdown transformer.
11 No.11-- [U2b_VT_Exc]
Secondary rated voltage of excitation transformer or exciter.
12 No.12-- [U2b_DeltVT_LVS_Tr]
Secondary rated voltage of delta VT at LVS of main transformer.
All settings of calculated primary rated voltage are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> CALC SETTINGS -> SEC RATED VOLT -> [setting symbol]
7.4.4 Calculated parameters of differential coefficient

Table 7-49 List of calculated parameters of differential coefficient

1 k_TrHVS1_Diff_Tr 0-60
2 k_TrHVS2_Diff_Tr 0-60
3 k_TrLVS_Diff_Tr 0-60
4 k_ST_Diff_Tr 0-60
5 k_TrHVS_Diff_GTU 0-60
6 k_NP_Diff_GTU 0-60
7 k_ST_Diff_GTU 0-60
8 k_Term_Diff_Gen 0-60
9 k_SP1_Diff_Gen 0-60
10 k_SP2_Diff_Gen 0-60
11 k_HVS_Diff_ST 0-60
12 k_Br1_Diff_ST 0-60
13 k_Br2_Diff_ST 0-60
14 k_S1_Diff_Exc 0-60
15 k_S2_Diff_Exc 0-60
1 No.1-- [k_TrHVS1_Diff _Tr]
Differential coefficient of branch 1 of HV side for differential protection of main transformer.
2 No.2-- [k_TrHVS2_Diff _Tr]

314
Chapter 7 Settings
Differential coefficient of branch 2 of HV side for differential protection of main transformer.
3 No.3-- [k_TrLVS_Diff _Tr]
Differential coefficient of LVS of main transformer. For differential protection of main transformer,
the base side is LV side.
4 No.4-- [k_ST_Diff_Tr]
Differential coefficient of HVS of stepdown transformer for differential protection of main

transformer.
5 No.5-- [k_TrHVS_Diff_GTU]
Differential coefficient of HVS of main transformer for differential protection of generator and
transformer unit.
6 No.6-- [k_NP_Diff_GTU]
Differential coefficient of neutral point of generator for differential protection of generator and
transformer unit.
7 No.7-- [k_ST_Diff_GTU]
Differential coefficient of HVS of stepdown transformer for differential protection of generator and
transformer unit.
8 No.8-- [k_Term_Diff_Gen]
Differential coefficient of terminal of generator for differential protection of generator.
9 No.9-- [k_SP1_Diff_Gen]
Differential coefficient of split phase 1 of generator for differential protection of generator.
10 No.10-- [k_SP2_Diff_Gen]
Differential coefficient of split phase 2 of generator for differential protection of generator.
11 No.11-- [k_HVS_Diff_ST]
Differential coefficient of HVS of stepdown transformer for differential protection of stepdown

transformer.
12 No.12-- [k_Br1_Diff_ST]
Differential coefficient of LVS of stepdown transformer for differential protection of stepdown

transformer.
13 No.13-- [k_Br2_Diff_ST]
Differential coefficient of branch 2 of stepdown transformer for differential protection of stepdown

transformer.
14 No.14-- [k_S1_Diff_Exc]

315
Chapter 7 Settings
Differential coefficient of side 1 of exciter for differential protection of exciter.
15 No.15-- [k_S2_Diff_Exc]
Differential coefficient of side 2 of exciter for differential protection of exciter.
All settings of calculated differential coefficient are accessible in the following path:
Main Menu -> SETTINGS -> CALC SETTINGS -> DIFF CORR COEF -> [setting symbol]
7.4.4.4 Implicit configuration settings
The settings in the following list can not be seen on LCD of equipment and only be viewed and
configured on PC through RCSPC software.
1. Inner parameters of differential coefficient
Table 7-50 List of inner parameters of differential coefficient
No. Symbol Range Notes

1 k2_TrHVS1_Diff_Tr 0-60
2 k2_TrHVS2_Diff_Tr 0-60
3 k2_TrLVS_Diff_Tr 0-60
4 k2_ST_Diff_Tr 0-60
5 k2_TrHVS_Diff_GTU 0-60
6 k2_NP_Diff_GTU 0-60
7 k2_ST_Diff_GTU 0-60
8 k2_Term_Diff_Gen 0-60
9 k2_SP1_Diff_Gen 0-60
10 k2_SP2_Diff_Gen 0-60
11 k2_HVS_Diff_ST 0-60
12 k2_Br1_Diff_ST 0-60
13 k2_Br2_Diff_ST 0-60
14 k2_S1_Diff_Exc 0-60
15 k2_S2_Diff_Exc 0-60
2. Inner parameters of secondary rated current
Table 7-51 List of inner parameters of secondary rated current
No. Symbol Range Notes

1 I2b2_SnTr_CT_HVS1_Tr 0-600 A
2 I2b2_SnTr_CT_HVS2_Tr 0-600 A
3 I2b2_SnTr_CT_LVS_Tr 0-600 A
4 I2b2_SnTr_CT#_HVS_ST 0-600 A
5 I2b2_SnTr_CT_HVS_GTU 0-600 A
6 I2b2_SnTr_CT_LVS_GTU 0-600 A
7 I2b2_SnTr_CT_ST_GTU 0-600 A
316
Chapter 7 Settings
8 I2b2_SnGen_CT_Term_Gen 0-600 A
9 I2b2_SnGen_CT_SP1_Gen 0-600 A
10 I2b2_SnGen_CT_SP2_Gen 0-600 A
11 I2b2_SnST_CT#_HVS_ST 0-600 A
12 I2b2_SnST_CT_HVS_ST 0-600 A
13 I2b2_SnST_CT_Br1_ST 0-600 A
14 I2b2_SnST_CT_Br2_ST 0-600 A
15 I2b2_SnExc_CT_S1_Exc 0-600 A
16 I2b2_SnExc_CT_S2_Exc 0-600 A
Corresponding explanation about the meaning of these settings can refer to section 7.4.2.2 and
section 7.4.4.2 respectively.

317
Chapter 7 Settings

318
Chapter 8 Human Machine Interface

User can access the relay from the front panel of the device. Local communication with the relay is
possible using a computer (PC) with the RCSPC software via an RS232 port on the front panel.
Furthermore, remote communication is also possible switched-in substation automatic system via
a RS485 port.
This chapter describes human machine interface (HMI), menu tree and LCD display. At the same
time how to input settings using keypad is described in detail. Finally, this chapter introduces the
RCSPC software and wave analysis software.
8.1 User interfaces and menu structure

The settings and functions of the RCS-985A protection relay can be accessed both from the front
panel keypad and LCD, and via the front and rear communication ports. Information on each of
these methods is given in this section to describe how to start using the relay.
8.2 Introduction to the relay

8.2.1 Front panel
The front panel of the relay is shown in Figure 8.2-1. The human-machine interface consists of a
human-machine interface (HMI) module which allows a communication as simple as possible for
the user.

319
Figure 8.2-1 Front view of the protection
The front panel of the relay includes the following, as indicated in Figure 8.2-1:
Table 8-1 Description of each part
No. Brief description

1 A 320*240 dots liquid crystal display (LCD)
2 The relay front panel features control pushbutton switches with LEDs that facilitate local
control. Factory default settings associate specific relay functions with these 9
direct-action pushbuttons and LEDs e.g.
3 A 9-key keypad comprising 4 arrow keys (,, and ), an plus key (+), a minus key
(-), a escape key ( ESC) and a active group setting key (GRP)
4 A 9-pin female D-type front port for communication with a PC locally to the relay (up to
15m distance) via an EIA(RS)232 serial data connection, which providing internal signal
monitoring and high speed local downloading of software.
5 Name of protection
6 Name of manufacture

320
8.2.2 LCD
A 320*240 dots liquid crystal display (LCD) with LED backlight. The backlight can be switched on
automatically whenever the keypad is operated or operation or alarm issued. Backlight will be
turned off after a while.
8.2.2.1 Default Display
The front panel menu has a default display under normal state after powered-up. If there is no
keypad activity for the 5 minutes timeout period, the default will return again and the LCD backlight
will turn off. When the equipment is switched on or during normal operation condition, based on
actual connection of the generator-transformer unit, the LCD will display different connection
diagrams and related information.
If the unit comprises a 3/2 bus at HV side of main transformer and an stepdown transformer with
two windings, the LCD will display:
Figure 8.2-2 Default display 1 of RCS-985A
If the unit comprises a main transformer with single outlet and an stepdown transformer with three
windings, the LCD will display:

321
If the unit comprises a breaker between main transformer and generator, the LCD will display:
8.2.2.2 Fault report
Whenever there is an un-eliminated fault record in the relay, the default display will be replaced by
fault report.

322
NO. of SOE No. 002 Trip Report

Real Time: 2006 - 06 - 15 14 : 15 : 00 : 003
hh--mm--ss--ms
0025ms Op_Diff_Gen
Relative Time
Protection element
Figure 8.2-5 Fault display of RCS-985A
All the protection elements listed below may be displayed.
Table 8-2 List of operation elements
NO. Protection Element Note

Operation of instantaneous unrestraint differential protection
1 Op_InstDiff_Gen
of generator
2 Op_PcntDiff_Gen Operation of percentage differential protection of generator
Operation of DPFC (Deviation of Power Frequency
3 Op_DPFC_Diff_Gen
Component) differential protection of generator
Operation of instantaneous phase-splitting transverse
4 Op_InstSPTDiff_Gen
Operation of percentage phase-splitting transverse
5 Op_PcntSPTDiff_Gen
6 Op_InstDiff_Exciter Operation of instantaneous differential protection of exciter
7 Op_PcntDiff_Exciter Operation of percentage differential protection of exciter
Operation of instantaneous differential protection of
8 Op_InstDiff_ET
excitation transformer
Operation of percentage differential protection of excitation
9 Op_PcntDiff_ET
transformer
10 Op_DPFC_IntTurn_Gen Operation of DPFC interturn protection of generator
11 Op_SensTrvDiff_Gen Operation of transverse differential protection of generator
Operation of unsensitive stage of transverse differential
12 Op_InsensTrvDiff_Gen
protection of generator
13 Op_SensIntTurn_Gen Operation of any of the interturn protection of generator
Operation of any of the unsensitive stage of interturn
14 Op_InsensIntTurn_Gen
Operation of sensitive stage zero sequence over voltage
15 Op_SensROV_Sta
element of earth fault protection of stator

323

Operation of unsensitive stage zero sequence over voltage
16 Op_InsensROV_Sta
element of earth fault protection of stator
Operation of 3rd harmonics ratio earth fault protection of
17 Op_V3rdHRatio_Sta
stator
Operation of 3rd harmonics differential earth fault protection
18 Op_V3rdHDiff_Sta
of stator
19 Op_1PEF_RotWdg Operation of 1 point earth fault protection of rotor
20 Op_2PEF_RotWdg Operation of 2 point earth fault protection of rotor
21 Op_OvLd_Sta Operation of definitive time overload protection of stator
22 Op_InvOvLd_Sta Operation of inverse time overload protection of stator
Operation of negative sequence overcurrent protection of
23 Op_NegOC_Gen
rotor
Operation of inverse time negative sequence overcurrent
24 Op_InvNegOC_Gen
protection of rotor
Operation of definitive time overload protection of rotor
25 Op_OvLd_RotWdg
winding
Operation of inverse time overload protection of rotor
26 Op_InvOvLd_RotWdg
winding
27 Op_OC1_Gen Operation of stage 1 of overcurrent protection of generator
28 Op_OC2_Gen Operation of stage 2 of overcurrent protection of generator
29 Op_OV1_Gen Operation of stage 1 of overvoltage protection of generator
30 Op_OV2_Gen Operation of stage 2 of overvoltage protection of generator
31 Op_UV_Gen Operation of undervoltage protection of generator
Operation of stage 1 of overexcitation protection of
32 Op_OvExc1_Gen
generator
Operation of stage 2 of overexcitation protection of
33 Op_OvExc2_Gen
generator
Operation of inverse time stage of overexcitation protection
34 Op_InvOvExc_Gen
of generator
Operation of stage 1 of underfrequency protection of
35 Op_UF1_Gen
generator
36 Op_UF2_Gen
generator
37 Op_UF3_Gen
generator
38 Op_UF4_Gen
generator
Operation of stage 1 of overfrequency protection of
39 Op_OF1_Gen
generator
Operation of stage 2 of overfrequency protection of
40 Op_OF2_Gen
generator
41 Op_Z1_Gen Operation of stage 1 of distance protection of generator

324

42 Op_Z2_Gen Operation of stage 2 of distance protection of generator
Operation of stage 1 of loss-of-excitation protection of
43 Op_LossExc1_Gen
generator
44 Op_LossExc2_Gen
generator
45 Op_LossExc3_Gen
generator
Operation of out-of-step protection outside zone of
46 Op_Ext_OOS_Gen
generator
47 Op_Int_OOS_Gen Operation of out-of-step protection inside zone of generator
48 Op_RevP_Gen Operation of reverse power protection of generator
49 Op_UP_Gen Operation of under power protection of generator
Operation of sequence tripping with reverse power
50 Op_SeqTrpRevP_Gen
controlled protection of generator
Operation of stage 1 of accidental energization protection of
51 Op_AccEnerg1_Gen
generator
Operation of stage 2 of accidental energization protection of
52 Op_AccEnerg2_Gen
generator
Operation of stage 1 of flashover protection of circuit
53 Op_Flash1_TCB
breaker
Operation of stage 2 of flashover protection of circuit
54 Op_Flash2_TCB
breaker
Operation of differential current element of startup and shut
55 Op_GenDiff_StShut_Gen
off protection of generator
Operation of spilt phase transverse differential current
56 Op_SPTDiff_StShut_Gen
element of startup and shut off protection of generator
Operation of differential current element of excitation
57 Op_ETDiff_StShut_Gen
transformer during startup and shutoff of generator
Operation of residual over voltage element of startup and
58 Op_StaROV_StShut_Gen
shut off protection of generator
Operation of stage 1 of overcurrent protection of excitation
59 Op_OC1_ET
transformer
Operation of stage 2 of overcurrent protection of excitation
60 Op_OC2_ET
transformer
Operation element of instantaneous unrestrained differential
61 Op_InstDiff_Tr
protection of main transformer
Operation element of percentage differential protection of
62 Op_PcntDiff_Tr
main transformer
Operation element of DPFC percentage differential
63 Op_DPFC_Diff_Tr
protection of main transformer
Operation element of stage 1 with time delay 1 of
64 Op_OC11_Tr
overcurrent protection at HV side of main transformer

325

65 Op_OC12_Tr
66 Op_OC21_Tr
67 Op_OC22_Tr
Operation element of stage 1 with time delay 1 of zero
68 Op_ROC11_Tr sequence overcurrent protection at HV side of main
transformer
transformer
transformer
transformer
transformer
transformer
Operation of differential current element of main transformer
74 Op_TrDiff_StShut_Gen
during startup and shut off of generator
Operation of differential current element of auxiliary
75 Op_STDiff_StShut_Gen
transformer during startup and shut off of generator
76 Op_InstDiff_GTU
protection of generator-transformer unit
77 Op_PcntDiff_GTU
generator-transformer unit
78 Op_Z11_Tr phase-to-phase impedance protection at HV side of main
transformer
transformer
transformer

326

transformer
Operation element of stage 1 of residual over voltage
82 Op_ROV1_Gap_Tr
protection of air gap of main transformer
Operation element of stage 2 of residual over voltage
83 Op_ROV2_Gap_Tr
Operation element of stage 1 of residual over current
84 Op_ROC1_Gap_Tr
Operation element of stage 2 of residual over current
85 Op_ROC2_Gap_Tr
Operation element of stage 1 of pole disagreement
86 Op_PD11
protection at HV side of main transformer
Operation element of stage 2 of pole disagreement
87 Op_PD12
protection at HV side of main transformer
88 Op_InstDiff_ST
protection of stepdown transformer
89 Op_PcntDiff_ST
stepdown transformer
Operation element of stage 1 of overcurrent protection at
90 Op_OC1_HVS_ST
HV side of stepdown transformer
Operation element of stage 2 of overcurrent protection at
91 Op_OC2_HVS_ST
HV side of stepdown transformer
Operation element of stage 1 of overcurrent protection at LV
92 Op_OC1_Br1_ST
side branch 1 of stepdown transformer
93 Op_OC2_Br1_ST
Operation element of stage 1 of residual overcurrent
94 Op_ROC1_Br1_ST
protection at LV side branch 1 of stepdown transformer
95 Op_ROC2_Br1_ST
Operation element of stage 1 of over excitation protection of
96 Op_OvExc1_Tr
main transformer
Operation element of stage 2 of over excitation protection of
97 Op_OvExc2_Tr
main transformer
Operation element of reverse time over excitation protection
98 Op_InvOvExc_Tr
of main transformer
99 Op_OC1_Br2_ST
100 Op_OC2_Br2_ST

327

101 Op_ROC1_Br2_ST
102 Op_ROC2_Br2_ST
103 Op_MechRly1 Operation of repeater of external mechanical input 1
107 Op_UrgBrake Operation of urgency brake of generator
8.2.2.3 Alarm report
Whenever there is an un-eliminated internal failure record in the relay, the default display will be
replaced by alarm report.
Figure 8.2-6 Alarm display of RCS-985A
All the alarm elements listed below may be displayed.
Table 8-3 List of alarm elements
NO. Alarm Element Brief description

Alarm indicating VT1 circuit failure and start to switch over
1. Alm_SwOv_VTS1_Gen
voltage circuit.
Alarm indicating VT2 circuit failure and start to switch over
2. Alm_SwOv_VTS2_Gen
voltage circuit.
Alarm indicating VT1 circuit failure and blocking 3rd
3. Alm_BlkV3rdHDiff_VTS1
harmonics voltage differential protection.
Alarm indicating VT2 circuit failure and blocking interturn
4. Alm_BlkIntTurn_VTS2
protection.
Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of VT at HV side
5. Alm_VTS_HVS_Tr
of main transformer.

328

Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of VT1 at
6. Alm_VTS1_Term_Gen
generator terminal.
Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of VT2 at
7. Alm_VTS2_Term_Gen
generator terminal.
Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of VT at the
8. Alm_VTS_NP_Gen
Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure at open-delta side
9. Alm_DeltVTS1_Term_Gen
of VT1 at generator terminal.
Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure at open-delta side
10. Alm_DeltVTS2_Term_Gen
of VT2 at generator terminal.
Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of VT for rotor
11. Alm_VTS_RotWdg
earth fault protection.
Alarm indicating the position of circuit breaker of branch 1
12. Alm_Pos_CB_HVS1_Tr
at HV side is abnormal.
Alarm indicating the position of circuit breaker of branch 2
13. Alm_Pos_CB_HVS2_Tr
at HV side is abnormal.
Alarm indicating rotor voltage circuit failure which used by
14. Alm_VTS_LossExc_RotWdg
loss-of-excitation protection.
Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of VT of excitation
15. Alm_VTS_ET
transformer.
16. Alm_PM_DSP1_CPUBrd The DSP chip in CPU board damaged.
Alarm indicating secondary circuit abnormality of CT at
17. Alm_CTS_HVS1_Tr
18. Alm_CTS_HVS2_Tr
19. Alm_CTS_Term_Gen
generator terminal.
Alarm indicating secondary circuit abnormality of CT at the
20. Alm_CTS_NP_Gen
Alarm indicating secondary circuit abnormality of CT
21. Alm_CTS_SP1_Gen installed in splitting-phase branch1 at the neutral point of
generator.
Alarm indicating secondary circuit abnormality of CT
22. Alm_CTS_SP2_Gen installed in splitting-phase branch2 at the neutral point of
generator.
Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of CT at side1 of
23. Alm_CTS_S1_Exc
excitation set used in differential protection of excitation.
Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of CT at side2 of
24. Alm_CTS_S2_Exc
excitation set used in differential protection of excitation.
Alarm indicating the secondary circuit failure of CT for
25. Alm_CTS_TrvDiff_Gen
transverse differential protection of generator.

329

Alarm indicating differential current of generator is in
26. Alm_Diff_Gen
excess of normally endurable level.
Alarm indicating splitting-phase transverse differential
27. Alm_SPTDiff_Gen current of generator is in excess of normally endurable
level.
Alarm indicating differential current of excitation
28. Alm_Diff_ET
transformer is in excess of normally endurable level.
Alarm indicating differential current of exciter is in excess of
29. Alm_Diff_Exciter
normally endurable level.
Alarm indicating operation of DPFC interturn protective
30. Alm_DPFC_IntTurn_Gen
element.
Alarm indicating the position of circuit breaker at terminal of
31. Alm_Pos_GCB
generator is abnormal.
Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of CTs used for
32. Alm_CTS_Diff_Gen
Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of CTs used for
33. Alm_CTS_SPTDiff_Gen splitting-phase transverse differential protection of
generator.
Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of CT used in
34. Alm_CTS_Diff_ET
excitation transformer differential protection.
Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of CT used in
35. Alm_CTS_Diff_Exciter
exciter differential protection.
Alarm indicating operation of overcurrent element used for
36. Alm_BO_OC2_Gen
driving a set of contact to block other circuit.
Alarm indicating 2 points earth fault protection has been put
37. Alm_On_2PEF_RotWdg input operation after operation of 1 point earth fault
protection of rotor.
Alarm indicating out-of-step of system occurs while its
38. Alm_Ext_OOS_Gen
oscillation center is outside protective zone.
Alarm indicating out-of-step of system occurs and its
39. Alm_Int_OOS_Gen
oscillation center is inside protective zone.
40. Alm_Accel_OOS_Gen Alarm indicating accelerate out-of-step occurs.
41. Alm_Decel_OOS_Gen Alarm indicating decelerate out-of-step occurs.

42. Alm_RevP_Gen Alarm indicating operation of reverse power protection.
Alarm indicating operation of loss-of-excitation protective
43. Alm_LossExc_Gen
element.
Alarm indicating operation of over excitation protective
44. Alm_OvExc_Gen
element.
45. Alm_OvLd_Sta Alarm indicating operation of overload element of stator.

330

Alarm indicating operation of negative overcurrent
46. Alm_NegOC_Gen
Alarm indicating operation of overload protective element
47. Alm_OvLd_RotWdg
of rotor winding.
Alarm indicating operation of sensitive stage of ROV
48. Alm_ROV_Sta
protection of stator earth fault.
Alarm indicating operation of 3rd harmonics ratio earth fault
49. Alm_V3rdHRatio_Sta
Alarm indicating operation of 3rd harmonics differential
50. Alm_V3rdHDiff_Sta
earth fault protective element of stator.
Alarm indicating operation of sensitive stage of 1 point
51. Alm_Sens_1PEF_RotWdg
earth fault protective element of rotor.
Alarm indicating operation of normal stage of 1 point earth
52. Alm_1PEF_RotWdg
fault protective element of rotor.
Alarm indicating operation of stage 1 of under frequency
53. Alm_UF1_Gen
protective element of generator.
54. Alm_UF2_Gen
55. Alm_UF3_Gen
56. Alm_UF4_Gen
Alarm indicating operation of stage 1 of over frequency
57. Alm_OF1_Gen
Alarm indicating operation of stage 2 of over frequency
58. Alm_OF2_Gen
59. Alm_RevP_Gen Alarm indicating operation of reverse power protection.
Alarm indicating operation of electric over speed protection
60. Alm_BO_UC_OvSp_Gen
of generator.
Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of VT at generator
61. Alm_VTS_Term_Gen
terminal.
Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of VT at HV side
62. Alm_VTS_HVS_Tr
Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of VT at LV side
63. Alm_VTS_Br1_ST
Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of VT at LV side
64. Alm_VTS_Br2_ST
65. Alm_MechRly1 Alarm indicating operation of mechanical repeater 1.
69. Alm_OvLd_Tr Alarm indicating overload of main transformer.
331

Alarm indicating stage 2 of initiate cooling of main
70. Alm_InitCool2_OvLd_Tr
transformer.
Alarm indicating stage 1 of initiate cooling of main
71. Alm_InitCool1_OvLd_Tr
transformer.
Alarm indicating overcurrent output of stepdown
72. Alm_BO_OC_HVS_ST
transformer.
73. Alm_OvLd_ST Alarm indicating overload of stepdown transformer.
74. Alm_PwrLoss_MechRly Alarm indicating power loss of mechanical relay.
75. Alm_InitCool_OvLd_ST Alarm indicating initiate cooling of stepdown transformer.
76. Alm_PM_DSP2_CPUBrd Alarm indicating DSP2 in CPU module damaged.
Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of CT at branch 1
77. Alm_CTS_HVS1_Tr
of HV side of main transformer.
Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of CT at branch 2
78. Alm_CTS_HVS2_Tr
of HV side of main transformer.
Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of CT at LV side
79. Alm_CTS_LVS_Tr
Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of HV side of main
80. Alm_CTS_HVS_Tr
transformer.
Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of CT at HV side
81. Alm_CTS_Gen
Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of CT with big
82. Alm_CTS#_HVS_ST
ratio at HV side of stepdown transformer.
Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of CT with small
83. Alm_CTS_HVS_ST
ratio at HV side of stepdown transformer.
84. Alm_CTS_Br1_ST
85. Alm_CTS_Br2_ST
Alarm indicating the differential current is abnormal in
86. Alm_Diff_GTU
differential protection of generator and transformer unit.
87. Alm_Diff_Tr
differential protection of main transformer.
88. Alm_Diff_ST
89. Alm_BO_RevRly1 Alarm indicating the operation of reserve relay 1
Alarm indicating secondary circuit failure of CT in
92. Alm_CTS_Diff_GTU
differential protection of generator and transformer unit.
93. Alm_CTS_Diff_Tr
differential protection of main transformer.

332

94. Alm_CTS_Diff_ST
Alarm indicating overload at LV side branch 1 of stepdown
95. Alm_OvLd_Br1_ST
transformer.
Alarm indicating overload at LV side branch 1 of stepdown
96. Alm_OvLd_Br2_ST
transformer.
97. Alm_OvExc_Tr Alarm indicating over excitation of main transformer.
98. Alm_UrgBrake Alarm indicating emergency brake of generator.
99. Alm_Inconsist_MechRly Alarm indicating circuit of mechanical is abnormal.
Alarm indicating the binary input of pole disagreement is in
100. Alm_PD_CB
excess of 10s.
Alarm indicating operation of ROV protection of LV side of
101. Alm_ROV_LVS_Tr
main transformer.
Alarm indicating operation of ROV protection of LV side
102. Alm_ROV_Br1_ST
Alarm indicating operation of ROV protection of LV side
103. Alm_ROV_Br2_ST
104. Alm_RAM_CPUBrd CPU module RAM damaged.
105. Alm_ROM_CPUBrd CPU module flash memory damaged.
CPU module EEPROM damaged judged by the mismatch
106. Alm_EEPROM_CPUBrd
of summation of all the settings with the CRC code .
Without modifying protection setting after modification of
107. Alm_InvalidSetting
rated secondary current of CT.
108. Alm_ModifiedSetting In the proceeding of setting parameters.
Loss of power supply of the optical couplers for binary
109. Alm_PwrLoss_Opto
inputs.
110. Alm_TripOutput Driving transistor of binary output damaged.
Alarm indicating that the communication between MON
111. Alm_InnerComm
and CPU interrupts.
112. Alm_DSP_CPUBrd The DSP chip in CPU board damaged.
Duration of pickup of any fault detector in CPU board is in
113. Alm_PersistFD_CPUBrd
excess of 10s.
Mismatch of pickup of same type fault detectors in CPU
114. Alm_InconsistFD
and MON.
115. Alm_Sample_CPUBrd Failure of sampled data in CPU board.
Any one of binary input sampled directly doesnt match with
116. Alm_BI_CPUBrd
that of recognition of protection itself.
117. Alm_RAM_MONBrd MON module RAM damaged.
118. Alm_ROM_MONBrd MON module flash memory damaged.
119. Alm_EEPROM_MONBrd MON module EEPROM damaged.
120. Alm_DSP_MONBrd The DSP chip in MON board damaged.

333

Duration of pickup of any fault detector in MON board is in
121. Alm_PersistFD_MONBrd
excess of 10s.
122. Alm_MONBrd MON module damaged.
123. Alm_Sample_MONBrd Failure of sampled data in MON board.
8.2.2.4 Change of Binary inputs
Whenever there is change of state of any binary input, the default display will be replaced by
change report of binary input as shown as below.
Figure 8.2-7 Binary input state changing display of RCS-985A
All the binary inputs listed below may be displayed.
Table 8-4 List of binary input change elements
NO. BI_Chg Element Brief description

1 EBI_Diff_Gen
generator
Enabling binary input of turn-to-turn protection of
2 EBI_IntTurn_Gen
generator
Enabling binary input of residual overvoltage stator earth
3 EBI_ROV_Sta
fault protection of generator
Enabling binary input of 3rd harmonics stator earth fault
4 EBI_V3rdH_Sta
Enabling binary input of 1 point rotor earth fault
5 EBI_1PEF_RotWdg
Enabling binary input of 2 point rotor earth fault
6 EBI_2PEF_RotWdg
protection of generator, unavailable in this application
Enabling binary input of stator overload protection of
7 EBI_OvLd_Sta
generator
Enabling binary input of stator negative sequence
8 EBI_NegOC_Gen
overcurrent protection of generator

334

Enabling binary input of loss-of-excitation protection of
9 EBI_LossExc_Gen
generator
Enabling binary input of out-of-step protection of
10 EBI_OOS_Gen
generator
Enabling binary input of overvoltage protection of
11 EBI_VoltProt_Gen
generator
Enabling binary input of overexcitation protection of
12 EBI_OvExc_Gen
generator or main transformer
Enabling binary input of reverse power protection of
13 EBI_PwrProt_Gen
generator
Enabling binary input of frequency protection of
14 EBI_FreqProt_Gen
generator
Enabling binary input of accidental energization
15 EBI_AccEnerg_Gen
Enabling binary input of startup and shutdown protection
16 EBI_StShut_Gen
of generator
17 EBI_Diff_Exc
excitation set
Enabling binary input of backup protection of excitation
18 EBI_Bak_Exc
set
Enabling binary input of tripping function of repeater of
19 EBI_Trp_MechRly1
mechanical input 1
20 EBI_Trp_MechRly2
mechanical input 2
21 EBI_Trp_MechRly3
mechanical input 3
22 EBI_Trp_MechRly4
mechanical input 4
23 EBI_PPF_Gen Enabling binary input of backup protection of generator
Enabling binary input of phase-splitting transverse
24 EBI_SPTDiff_Gen
25 BI_UrgBrake Binary input indicating urgent braking of generator
Binary input indicating synchronism condenser is put into
26 BI_SyncCondenser
operation
27 BI_Reserved Reserved binary input
Binary input indicating working condition of all other
28 BI_Guard_MechRly
binary inputs
Enable binary input of differential protection of
29 EBI_Diff_Tr
transformer.
Enabling binary input of phase-to-phase backup
30 EBI_PPF_Tr

335

Enabling binary input of earth fault protection of
31 EBI_EF_Tr
transformer.
Enabling binary input of gap zero-sequence
32 EBI_ROV/ROC_Gap_Tr
overvoltage/overcurrent protection of main transformer.
33 EBI_Diff_GTU
34 EBI_Reserved1 Reserved binary input 1
35 EBI_Diff_ST
Enabling binary input of backup protection of HV side of
36 EBI_Bak_HVS_ST
Enabling binary input of backup protection of LV side
37 EBI_Bak_Br1_ST
Enabling binary input of backup protection of LV side
38 EBI_Bak_Br2_ST
41 BI_Print Binary input represents the print button.
42 BI_Pulse_GPS Binary input of GPS clock synchronous pulse.
43 BI_RstTarg Binary input of signal reset button.
Binary input indicating the working state of power supply
44 BI_Pwr_Superv
of optical isolators
45 BI_MechRly1 Binary input indicating the position of mechanical input 1
Binary input indicating the working state of power supply
49 BI_Pwr_MechRly
of mechanical input circuit
50 BI_52b_GCB Normally closed auxiliary contact of breaker of generator
Binary input of auxiliary contact of close position of circuit
51 BI_52b_CB_HVS1_Tr
breaker at branch 1 of HV side of transformer.
Binary input of auxiliary contact of close position of circuit
52 BI_52b_CB_HVS2_Tr
breaker at branch 2 of HV side of transformer.
53 BI_PD_CB Binary input of pole disagreement of circuit breaker.
Binary input indicating the valve of steam turbine is in
54 BI_Valve_Turbine
close position.
Internally generated binary input indicating operation of
55 FD_Diff_Tr/GTU fault detector of differential protection of
56 FD_PPF&EF_Tr phase to phase fault and earth fault protection of
transformer.

336

57 FD_Diff_ST
58 FD_Bak_ST
backup protection of stepdown transformer.
59 FD_Diff_Gen
fault detector of differential protection of generator.
Internally generated virtual binary input indicating
60 FD_EF_Sta/RotWdg operation of the fault detector of generator earth fault
protection
61 FD_OvLd_Sta operation of the fault detector of rotor earth fault
protection
62 FD_PPF_Gen
operation of the fault detector of stator overload element
63 FD_OvExc_Gen operation of the fault detector of backup protection of
generator
64 FD_FreqProt_Gen operation of the fault detector of overexcitation protection
of generator
65 FD_LossExc/OOS_Gen operation of the fault detector of frequency protection of
generator
66 FD_Pwr/AccEnerg_Gen operation of the fault detector of loss-of-excitation
67 FD_StShut_Gen operation of the fault detector of power protection or
accidental energization protection of generator
68 FD_Prot_Exc operation of the fault detector of startup and shutdown
69 FD_MechRly operation of the fault detector of any protection of
excitation
70 FD_MechRly
operation of the fault detector of mechanical protection
8.2.3 LED indications

LED indicators include: HEALTHY, VT ALARM, CT ALARM, ALARM, TRIP.

337
Figure 8.2-8 LEDs on faceplate of RCS-985A
Healthy (Green) indicates that the relay is in correct working order, and should be on at all times.
It will be extinguished when some internal error in hardware or software have been detected by
self-diagnosing facilities, such as setting error, RAM or ROM error, power supply failure, output
circuit failure and so on. The state of the healthy LED is reflected by the watchdog contact at the
rear terminals of the relay. The healthy cannot light again automatically even if the failure is
eliminated except that the relay is reset or powered up by manual.
VT Alarm (Yellow) indicates that the relay has found any failure of VT circuit.
CT Alarm (Yellow) indicates that the relay has found any failure of CT circuit.
Alarm (Yellow) indicates that the relay has registered an alarm. This may be triggered by one of
the following failures: defective pickup, failure of analog or digital input circuit, optical isolator
power loss and so on. The LED will constantly illuminate, and will extinguish, when the alarms
have been cleared.
Trip (RED) indicates that the relay has issued a trip signal. It is reset when the reset button on
the front of panel is pushed down or by remote resetting command.
8.2.4 Keypad
A keypad compromises 4 arrow keys (,, and ), two adjusting keys(+-), one enter key
(ENT) and one cancel key (ESC).
Figure 8.2-9 Keypad of RCS-985A
The keypad provides full access to the menu options of the relay, with the information displayed on
the LCD, such as setting configuration, report display, printing and signal reset.
The ,, and keys are used to move the cursor. Push will enter into the main menu.
+- change parameters or setting values. ENT provide Enter/Execute function. ESC is used

338
to exit the present level in the menu tree. Brief description about keypad is given in the following
table.
Key Function
1 , , and , arrow move between selectable branches of the menu tree
buttons
2 +, - change parameters or setting values
3 ENT provide Enter/Execute function
4 GRP setting Group selection
5 ESC exit the present level in the menu tree.
8.2.5 Menu
8.2.5.1 Menu tree
This part presents the main layout of the menu tree for the local human-machine interface (HMI).
The menu tree includes menus of:
VALUES
REPORT
PRINT
SETTINGS
CLOCK
VERSION
DEBUG
VALUES CPU METERING
REPORT CPU BI STATE
PRINT TR METERING
ST METERING
SETTINGS
GTU METERING
CLOCK
GEN METERING
VERSION EXC METERING
DEBUG
Figure 8.2-10 View diagram of menu
The default display can be replaced by the menu when press or ESC.
The menu of this relay is arranged as a tree-shaped cascade structure. See Figure 8.2-11. The
menu can be browsed using the keypad.

339
Press to starting at the default display and to enter into main menu.
To select the required item, use the keys.
To enter the lower level menu, select the required item and press ENT.
To return to the upper level menu, press ESC or select 0. Exit and push ENT.
The menu can be browsed using the four arrow keys, following the structure shown in Figure
8.2-10. Thus, starting at the default display the key will display the first column heading. To
select the required column heading use the and keys. To return to the default display
press the clear key ESC from any of the column headings.

340
Main Menu
VALUES CPU METERING TR METERING DIFF CURR
REPORT CPU BI STATE ST METERING TR CURR
PRINT MON METERING GTU METERING HVS VOLT
SETTINGS MON BI STATE GEN METERING

DIFF CURR
CLOCK PHASE ANGLE EXC METERING
HVS CURR
VERSION
TRIP REPORT TR PROT EBI BR1 METERING
DEBUG
ALARM REPORT GEN PROT EBI BR2 METERING
BI CHG REPORT ET&ST PROT EBI

GTU DIFF PROT
DIFF CURR
MECH RLY EBE
TR DIFF PROT
SETTINGS ACTIVE SETTINGS TRVDIFF CURR
AUX BI
TR PPF BAK PROT
TRIP RECORD EQUIP SETTINGS VOLTAGE
PROT FD
TR EF BAK PROT
ALARM REPORT SYSTEM SETTINGS MISC METERING
PS SUPERV BI
TR OVEXC PROT
BI CHG REPORT PROT SETTINGS
GEN DIFF PROT DIFF CURR
PRESENT WAVE CALC SETTINGS SAME TO CPU METERING
GEN SPTDIFF PROT AC METERING
TRIP LOGIC
GEN INTTURN PROT EQUIP SETTINGS TR PROT EBI
MODIFIED SETTINGS
GEN PPF BAK PROT SYSTEM SETTINGS GEN PROT EBI
OTHER GRP SETTINGS
STA EF PROT PROT SETTINGS ET&ST PROT EBI
ROTWDG EF PROT SETTINGS COPY TRIP REPORT MECH RLY EBE
STA OVLD PROT CALC SETTINGS GTU DIFF WAVE AUX BI
STA NEGOC PROT TR DIFF WAVE MON FD

COMM STATUS
GEN LOSSEXC PROT TR CURR WAVE PS SUPERV BI
MEMORY IMAGE
GEN OOS PROT TR HVS WAVE
TR PHASE ANGLE
GEN VOLT PROT ST DIFF WAVE
PROT CONFIG
ST PHASE ANGLE
GEN OVEXC PROT ST BR1 WAVE
TR SYS SETTINGS
GEN PHASE ANGLE
GEN PWR PROT ST BR2 WAVE
GEN SYS SETTINGS
EXC PHASE ANGLE
GEN FREQ PROT GEN DIFF WAVE
ST SYS SETTINGS
GEN STSHUT PROT GEN TRVDIFF WAVE
EXC SYS SETTINGS
GEN ACCENERG PROT GEN VOLT WAVE
EXC DIFF PROT GEN MISC WAVE

PRI RATED CURR
EXC BAK PROT EXC CURR WAVE
SEC RATED CURR
ROTWDG OVLD PROT
SEC RATED VOLT
TRIGGER
ST DIFF PROT
DIFF CORR COEF
BI STATE
ST HVS BAK PROT
PHASE ANGLE
ST BR1 BAK PROT
GTU DIFF WAVE
ST BR2 BAK PROT
TR DIFF WAVE
MECH RLY PROT
TR CURR WAVE
PD PROT
TR HVS WAVE
ST DIFF WAVE
ST BR1 WAVE
ST BR2 WAVE
GEN DIFF WAVE
GEN TRVDIFF WAVE
GEN VOLT WAVE
GEN MISC WAVE
EXC CURR WAVE
Figure 8.2-11 Relay menu map of RCS-985A
8.2.5.2 Password protection
The menu structure contains two levels of access. The level of access is enabled determines what
users can do by entry of password. The levels of access are summarized in the following table:
Table 8-5 Password level
Access level Operations enabled

341
Level 0 Read access to all settings, alarms, event records

No password required and fault records
Level 1 All settings modified
Password required
The password is 4 digits. The factory default passwords is sequently pressing of the keys +, ,
, - and ENT.
8.2.6 Operation instruction of Menu

The following contents are to tell user how to make use of each submenu in detail.
8.2.6.1 View CPU and MON metering values
Metering data consists of AC sampled data and phase angle in the submenu VALUES. Take
viewing data relevant to differential protection of CPU metering as an example. User can view data
of MON in the same way by entering MON METERING submenu.
Navigate the menu through the following path and you will see the interface of LCD as shown in
Figure 8.2-12.
Main menu -> VALUES -> CPU METERING-> TR METERING ->DIFF CURR
Figure 8.2-12 LCD display of metering data
A scroll bar appears on the right means there are more rows needed to be displayed. Please press
key to see the next page and press key ESC to exit to the upper level submenu.
8.2.6.2 View state of all binary inputs in CPU and MON
The status of binary input comprises enabling binary inputs and other binary inputs of auxiliary
contacts.
For instance, navigate the menu through the following path and you will see the interface of LCD
to see binary inputs related to generators protection sampled by CPU.
Main menu -> CPU BI STATE-> -> GEN PROT EBI -> [symbols]

342
Figure 8.2-13 LCD display of status of binary inputs
Press key ESC to exit to the submenu.
8.2.6.3 View phase angle
Entering into PHASE ANGLE submenu, the calculated angles between sampled voltages or
between sampled voltages and currents by CPU system will be displayed on LCD as shown below,
which can be used to check the correctness of secondary circuit wiring.
The angles displayed is that the former value leading to the later one, which varies from -180
180, as shown as figure below for example.
Figure 8.2-14 Phase angle displayed on LCD
Push key to show the other information.
Push ESC key to return to upper level menu.

343
8.2.6.4 Operation Instruction of Report menu
REPORT
TRIP REPORT
Scrolling the cursor to this submenu and press ENT key, the LCD will display the latest trip report
if exist, otherwise a clew of NO TRIP REPORT will appear. If there are several trip reports stored
in memory, user can look up historical record one by one by pushing key.
RCS-985A can store up to 24 latest trip reports. When the available space is exhausted, the oldest
report is automatically overwritten by the new one .
Push either ENT or ESC key to return to upper level menu.
REPORTALARM REPORT
Scrolling the cursor to this submenu and press ENT key, the LCD will display the latest alarm
report if exist, otherwise a clew of NO ALARM REPORT will appear. If there are several alarm
reports stored in memory, user can look up historical record one by one by pushing key.
RCS-985A can store up to 64 latest alarm reports. When the available space is exhausted, the
oldest report is automatically overwritten by the new one.
Push either ENT or ESC key to revert to upper level menu.
REPORT BI CHG REPORT
Scrolling the cursor to this submenu and press ENT key, the LCD will display the last BI CHG
report if exist, otherwise a clew of NO BI CHG REPORT will appear. If there are several BI CHG
reports stored in memory, user can look up historical record one by one by pushing key.
RCS-985A can store up to 64 latest signaling reports at a resolution of 2ms. When the available
space is exhausted, the oldest report is automatically overwritten by the new one
Push either ENT or ESC key to return to upper level menu.
Delete fault records and event records
If you want to delete the content of fault records or event records, you can follow the operating
steps. Note you cannot select which kind of records or which one record to be deleted but delete
all records.
Operating steps:
Press key to enter the main menu at first.

344
Figure 8.2-15 LCD display of deleting report step 1
Press keys +, -, +, -, ENT in sequence in the main menu to make LCD display Figure
8.2-16.
Press key ENT to delete all records or press key ESC to exit to main menu. If key ENT is
pressed, LCD will display Figure 8.2-17 when equipment is deleting all records. If key ESC is
pressed, Figure 8.2-15 will be displayed. LCD will automatically return to Figure 8.2-15 in 3
seconds without pressing any key.

345
Press key ENT to delete all records or press key ESC to exit to main menu. If key ENT is
pressed, LCD will display Figure 8.2-17 when equipment is deleting all records. If key ESC is
pressed, Figure 8.2-15 will be displayed. LCD will automatically return to Figure 8.2-15 in 3
seconds without pressing any key.
8.2.6.5 Operation Instruction of PRINT menu
PRINT
SETTINGS
[submenu]
Used for printing of settings. The following figure gives an example of the first submenu [ACTIVE
SETTINGS].
Note:
If the protection is disabled by configuring the setting in the <PROT CONFIG>, the settings of this
protection element will not be printed.
The report below is just an example to show the format, and there is something not like the real
one, such as program version displayed on its top. They are only a reference.

346

347

348

349

350
Figure 8.2-18 Example of settings printing

351
PRINT
TRIP REPORT
Used for printing of trip report of protection. User can select the report that he wants to print by
pushing and keys to select the SOE number. Here is an example. The below is an
example for reports and the only difference between this one and the real one is that the program
version displayed at the top of the report.

352
Figure 8.2-19Example of tripping report printing

353
PRINT
ALARM REPORT
Used for printing of alarm. User can select the report that he wants to print by pushing and
keys. Here is an example.
Figure 8.2-20 Example of alarm report printing
PRINTBI CHG REPORT
Used for printing of signaling report. User can select the report that he wants to print by pushing
and keys. Here is an example.

354
Figure 8.2-21 Example of BI CHG report printing
PRINT
PRESENT VALUES
Used for printing of present values of relay, including sampled binary inputs, analog qualities and
so on. If you want to see the normal recording waveform, please follow the operating steps.
Operating steps:
First, please go in to the main menu by pressing key .
Press key or to select PRINT item by scrolling the cursor upward or downward and then
press the ENT to the lower level submenu.
Then press key or to select PRESENT WAVE by scrolling the cursor upward or
downward. Press key ENT to enter the lower level submenu.

355
Press TRIGGER submenu to start recording. The equipment will record 5-cycle waveform after
pressing the key.
Please select the other items in the submenu GTU DIFF WAVE by scrolling cursor to print the
waveform.
Here is an example.
Figure 8.2-22 Example of present values printing
8.2.6.6 Instruction of Settings Manu
Settings
Equip Settings
To change the value of a equipment settings, first navigate the SETTING menu to display the
relevant cell. Press ENT to enter the submenu, then proceed to Equip Settings submenu. Keys
and are used to select which kind of the settings to be modified by scrolling the cursor
upward or downward. Press key or to move the cursor to the digit to be modified. Press
key + and to modify data. Press key ESC to return back without modification. Pressing key
ENT the LCD will prompt to input confirm password, then enter password mentioned in section
8.2.5.2 and quit to default display by pressing ESC key. After a period of extinguishing of the
HEALTHY LED and blocking of relay itself, RCS-985A is ready for new operation to fault
according to new settings, the modification is completed. The following figure shows the path to
access this submenu.
Settings
Protection settings
To change the value of a setting, first navigate the menu to SETTING then corresponding
356
submenu to display the relevant cell. Please locate the setting you want to change after entering
the right submenu by operating the keypad as described before. Then go on to operate as
following steps.
Press key or to move the cursor to the digit to be modified. Pressing key + and to
change the digit. Press key + once to add 1 to the digit and press key once to subtract 1 from
the digit.
Press key ESC to cancel the modification and return to upper level submenu.
Press key ENT to confirm the modification and the LCD will prompt you to input confirm code.
Figure 8.2-23 LCD display of inputting password
Press keys +, , and in sequence to complete the modification. If the password input
is wrong, prompt for password will appear again. If no operation in 3 seconds, LCD will return to
last display.
If the password inputted is right, then equipment will check setting and Figure 8.2-24 will be
displayed temporarily. If there is no error in checking setting, Equipment will modify setting with
Figure 8.2-25 displayed temporarily. Then LCD will return to upper level submenu automatically.

357
Figure 8.2-24 LCD display of equipment checking setting
Figure 8.2-25 LCD display of equipment modifying setting
If errors in settings are detected, the LCD will display wrong setting warning for 3 s.

358
Figure 8.2-26 LCD display of wrong setting warning
Then LCD will display the setting list for the operator to modify the wrong setting. The cursor will
stay at the first wrong setting needed to be modified.
Note:
If the group number or protection system parameter is changed, all protection settings will be
invalid and have to be configured again.
Attentions should be paid that before modifying the protection settings, the active group number in
Equip Settings should modified firstly, otherwise what is modified will be applied to current active
group.
Settings
Settings Copy
The relay stores 2 setting groups from No.0 through No.1. Only present setting group is active, the
others are provided for different operating conditions. The equipment settings are shared for the
two setting groups, but the protection settings are independent. Generally the equipment is
delivered with default settings stored in active setting group 0. The contents of other setting
groups may be invalid. Therefore after application-specific settings for group No.0 have been
ready, it is necessary to copy settings of group No.0 to No. 1 setting groups, and make some
modification afterwards when necessary, so as to avoid entering all settings one by one. Please
copy settings as following steps.
Press key to enter the main menu at first.

359
Figure 8.2-27 LCD display step 1 of copying setting
Move cursor to SETTINGS item and press key ENT or key to enter submenu.
N A RI- R E L A Y S
Move cursor to SETTINGS COPY item and press ENT to display following interface.

360
Press key + and to change digit where the cursor stays. Pressing key + once will add 1 to
the digit and pressing key once will subtract 1 from the digit. (For example: input 01)
Press ENT the LCD will prompt to input confirm code. Please see the figure below.
Figure 8.2-30 Password input interface
Please press keys +, , and in sequence, and then the equipment will copy setting and
display following interface.
Figure 8.2-31 LCD display of equipment copying setting
Then the contents of setting group 0 will be totally copied to setting group 1 and present active
setting group will be switched to Group1.
Note:
Press ENT to confirm, Then settings group 0 will be totally copied to settings group 1 and present

361
active group will be switched to group 01.
8.2.6.7 Clock set
Please set the equipment clock as following steps.
Navigate the menu:
Main menu -> CLOCK
After you press key ENT, the following will be displayed on the LCD.
Figure 8.2-32 LCD display of device clock
2007 02 05: shows the date February 5th 2007.
09: 08: 39: shows the time 09:08:39
Press keys , , and to select the digit to be modified. Press key + and to modify
data. Pressing key + once will add 1 to the digit and pressing key once will subtract 1 from the
digit.
Press key ESC to return to main menu without modification.
Press key ENT to confirm the modification and return to the main menu.
8.2.6.8 View software version
The equipment program has following parts. One is CPU module program, one is MON module
program, and another is HMI module program. There are totally independent.
Navigate the menu:
Main menu -> VERSION
After you press key ENT, the follow will be displayed on the LCD.

362
Figure 8.2-33 LCD display of software information
CPUBrd/MONBrd/HMI : shows CPU/MON/HMI module program information.
RCS-985A3YD: shows the program name of CPU/MON/HMI
3.12: shows the software version number of CPU/MON/HMI.
E17F8231: shows the CRC (check code) of CPU module program.
15A045C6: shows the CRC (check code) of MON module program.
7247: shows the CRC (check code) of HMI module program.
2007-2-28 10:39: shows that CPU software creating time is 10:39 Feb 28th 2007.
2007-2-28 10:44: shows that MON software creating time is 10:44 Feb 28th 2007.
2007-2-28 10:30: shows that HMI software creating time is 10:30 Feb 28th 2007.
T-060707: shows the project number.
SUBQ_ID: 00024882: shows management sequential number of the software
Note:
What Figure 8.2-33 shows is just an example to introduce the meaning of VERSION, the actual
program VERSION is application-specific.
Press key ESC to return to upper level submenu.
8.2.6.9 DEBUG menu
COMM STATUS
This submenu is used to monitor communication condition of the equipment with external system.
Display of this submenu is as follows:

363
485A 485 B
data received N Y
frame received N Y
message received N Y
send data N Y
Figure 8.2-34 Display of communication status
Columns 485A and 485B display communication condition of RS-485 port1 and RS-485 port2
respectively. If communication condition is normal, Y will flash in the related position. If there is
flashing N in the position, it mean there are some problems. Please check the communication.
Table 8-6 Items of DEBUG MENU
item status problem

Receive Data N Communication circuit is open or no data is sent from external
system.
Valid Frame N Baud rate or protocol is wrong.
Valid Address N Communication address is wrong.
Send Data N There is problem in the sent message.
Receive Data means the equipment has received data from external system. If N flashes
means the circuit is open or no data is sent from external system.
Valid Frame means the equipment has received complete frame from external system. If N
flashes means Configuration of the baud rate or protocol is wrong.
Valid Address means the equipment has received related message from external system. If N
flashes means Configuration of the address is wrong.
Send data means the equipment has sent data to external system. If N flashes means there is
problem with the message.
Communication condition is normal if Y of all items flashes.
MEMPRY DEBUG
The LCD displays real time value in memory of CPU, DSP1 and DSP2. These data are used
mainly for program debugging.

364
Chapter 9 Communications
9.1 Introduction
This section outlines the remote communications interfaces of the RCS-985A. The protection
supports a choice of one of three protocols via the rear communication interface, selected via the
model number by setting.
The rear EIA(RS)485 interface is isolated and is suitable for permanent connection whichever
protocol is selected. The advantage of this type of connection is that up to 32 relays can be daisy
chained together using a simple twisted pair electrical connection.
It should be noted that the descriptions contained within this section do not aim to fully detail the
protocol itself. The relevant documentation for the protocol should be referred to for this
information. This section serves to describe the specific implementation of the protocol in the relay.
The following figure shows typical scheme of communication via RS-485 port of RCS-985A used
in substation automation system.
Figure 9.1-1 Typical scheme in substation automation system
9.2 Rear communication port of EIA(RS)485

9.2.1 Rear communication port EIA(RS)485 interface
The rear EIA(RS)485 communication port is provided by a 3-terminal screw connector located on
the back of the relay. See relevant sections for details of the connection terminals. The rear port
provides EIA(RS)485 serial data communication and is intended for use with a permanently wired
connection to a remote control center.

365
Figure 9.2-1 RS485 port interface
The protocol provided by the relay is indicated in the relay menu in the SETTINGS column. Using
the keypad and LCD, check the communication protocol being used by the rear port according to
the definition of relevant settings described in section 7.
9.2.2 EIA(RS)485 bus

The EIA(RS)485 two-wire connection provides a half-duplex fully isolated serial connection to the
product. The connection is polarized and whilst the products connection diagrams indicate the
polarization of the connection terminals it should be borne in mind that there is no agreed definition
of which terminal is which. If the master is unable to communicate with the product, and the
communication parameters match, then it is possible that the two-wire connection is reversed.
9.2.3 Bus termination

The EIA(RS)485 bus must have 120 (Ohm) Watt terminating resistors fitted at either end
across the signal wires see Figure 9.2-1. Some devices may be able to provide the bus
terminating resistors by different connection or configuration arrangements, in which case
separate external components will not be required. However, this product does not provide such a
facility, so if it is located at the bus terminus then an external termination resistor will be required.
9.2.4 Bus connections & topologies

The EIA(RS)485 standard requires that each device be directly connected to the physical cable
that is the communications bus. Stubs and tees are expressly forbidden, as are star topologies.
Loop bus topologies are not part of the EIA(RS)485 standard and are forbidden by it.
Two-core screened cable is recommended. The specification of the cable will be dependent on the
application, although a multi-strand 0.5mm2 per core is normally adequate. Total cable length
must not exceed 1000m. The screen must be continuous and connected to ground at one end,
normally at the master connection point; it is important to avoid circulating currents, especially
when the cable runs between buildings, for both safety and noise reasons.
This product does not provide a signal ground connection. If a signal ground connection is present
in the bus cable then it must be ignored, although it must have continuity for the benefit of other
devices connected to the bus. At no stage must the signal ground be connected to the cables
screen or to the products chassis. This is for both safety and noise reasons.

366
Note:
It is extremely important that the 120 termination resistors are fitted. Failure to do so will result
in an excessive bias voltage that may damage the devices connected to the bus.
As the field voltage is much higher than that required, NR cannot assume responsibility for any
damage that may occur to a device connected to the network as a result of incorrect application of
this voltage.
9.3 IEC60870-5-103 communication

9.3.1 Overview of IEC60870-5-103
The IEC specification IEC60870-5-103: Telecontrol Equipment and Systems, Part 5: Transmission
Protocols Section 103 defines the use of standards IEC60870-5-1 to IEC60870-5-5 to perform
communication with protection equipment. The standard configuration for the IEC60870-5-103
protocol is to use a twisted pair EIA(RS)485 connection over distances up to 1000m. The relay
operates as a slave in the system, responding to commands from a master station.
To use the rear port with IEC60870-5-103 communication, the relays communication settings
must be configured. To do this use the keypad and LCD user interface. Please refer to section
8.2.5 for detail instructions.
Three settings apply to the rear port using IEC60870-5-103 that are described below.
[Protocol] indicates the communication protocol.
[Equip_ID] controls the IEC60870-5-103 address of the relay. Up to 32 relays can be connected to
one IEC60870-5-103 spur, and therefore it is necessary for each relay to have a unique address
so that messages from the master control station are accepted by one relay only. IEC60870-5-103
uses an integer number between 0 and 254 for the relay address. It is important that no two relays
have the same IEC60870-5-103 address. The IEC60870-5-103 address is then used by the
master station to communicate with the relay.
[Com1_Baud (COM2_Baud)]: controls the baud rate to be used. IEC60870-5-103 communication

is asynchronous. It is important that whatever baud rate is selected on the relay is the same as
that set on the IEC60870-5-103 master station.
9.3.2 Messages description in IEC60870-5-103 protocol type

Messages sent to substation automation system are grouped according to IEC60870-5-103
protocol. Operation elements are sent by ASDU2 (time-tagged message with relative time), and
status of Binary Input and Self-Supervision are sent by ASDU1 (time-tagged message).
9.3.2.1 Settings
Settings are transferred via Generic Service.
Note:

367
If the item [En_Remote_Cfg] in Equipment Settings is set as 0, to modify settings remotely will
not be allowed. Moreover, Equipment Settings & System Settings are not allowed to be modified
remotely whether the item [En_Remote_Cfg] is true (=1)or not.
9.3.2.2 Trip Reports
Sent by ASDU2 (time-tagged message with relative time).
FUN INF Item Name FUN INF Item Name

227 171 Op_PcntDiff_ET 227 242 Op_ROC12_Tr
227 172 Op_DPFC_IntTurn_Gen 227 243 Op_ROC21_Tr
227 173 Op_SensTrvDiff_Gen 227 244 Op_ROC22_Tr
227 174 Op_InsensTrvDiff_Gen 227 245 Op_ROC31_Tr
227 175 Op_SensIntTurn_Gen 227 246 Op_ROC32_Tr
227 176 Op_InsensIntTurn_Gen 227 247 Op_TrDiff_StShut_Gen
227 163 Op_InstDiff_Gen 227 248 Op_STDiff_StShut_Gen
227 164 Op_PcntDiff_Gen 227 234 Op_InstDiff_Tr
227 165 Op_DPFC_Diff_Gen 227 235 Op_PcntDiff_Tr
227 166 Op_InstSPTDiff_Gen 227 236 Op_DPFC_Diff_Tr
227 167 Op_PcntSPTDiff_Gen 227 237 Op_OC11_Tr
227 168 Op_InstDiff_Exciter 227 238 Op_OC12_Tr
227 169 Op_PcntDiff_Exciter 227 239 Op_OC21_Tr
227 170 Op_InstDiff_ET 227 240 Op_OC22_Tr
227 183 Op_OvLd_Sta 229 216 Op_ROV1_Gap_Tr
227 184 Op_InvOvLd_Sta 229 217 Op_ROV2_Gap_Tr
227 185 Op_NegOC_Gen 229 18 Op_ROC1_Gap_Tr
227 186 Op_InvNegOC_Gen 229 19 Op_ROC2_Gap_Tr
227 187 Op_OvLd_RotWdg 231 106 Op_PD11
227 188 Op_InvOvLd_RotWdg 231 107 Op_PD12
227 177 Op_SensROV_Sta 227 249 Op_InstDiff_GTU
227 178 Op_InsensROV_Sta 227 250 Op_PcntDiff_GTU
227 179 Op_V3rdHRatio_Sta 227 251 Op_Z11_Tr
227 180 Op_V3rdHDiff_Sta 227 252 Op_Z12_Tr
227 181 Op_1PEF_RotWdg 227 253 Op_Z21_Tr
227 182 Op_2PEF_RotWdg 227 254 Op_Z22_Tr
227 201 Op_UF1_Gen 229 20 Op_InstDiff_ST
227 203 Op_UF2_Gen 229 21 Op_PcntDiff_ST
227 204 Op_UF3_Gen 229 22 Op_OC1_HVS_ST
227 205 Op_UF4_Gen 229 23 Op_OC2_HVS_ST
233 128 Op_OF1_Gen 229 24 Op_OC1_Br1_ST
233 129 Op_OF2_Gen 229 25 Op_OC2_Br1_ST
227 208 Op_Z1_Gen 229 26 Op_ROC1_Br1_ST
227 209 Op_Z2_Gen 229 27 Op_ROC2_Br1_ST
227 189 Op_OC1_Gen 231 108 Op_MechRly1

368
227 190 Op_OC2_Gen 231 109 Op_MechRly2

227 191 Op_OV1_Gen 231 153 Op_MechRly3
227 192 Op_OV2_Gen 231 154 Op_MechRly4
227 193 Op_UV_Gen 229 218 Op_UrgBrake
227 197 Op_OvExc1_Gen 229 28 Op_OvExc1_Tr
227 198 Op_OvExc2_Gen 229 29 Op_OvExc2_Tr
227 199 Op_InvOvExc_Gen 229 30 Op_InvOvExc_Tr
227 221 Op_RevP_Gen 229 31 Op_OC1_Br2_ST
227 222 Op_UP_Gen 229 32 Op_OC2_Br2_ST
227 224 Op_SeqTrpRevP_Gen 229 33 Op_ROC1_Br2_ST
227 225 Op_AccEnerg1_Gen 229 34 Op_ROC2_Br2_ST
227 226 Op_AccEnerg2_Gen 231 91 TrpOutp8
233 149 Op_Flash1_CB_HVS_Tr 231 92 TrpOutp9
233 150 Op_Flash2_CB_HVS_Tr 231 93 TrpOutp10
227 210 Op_LossExc1_Gen 231 94 TrpOutp11
227 219 Op_Ext_OOS_Gen 231 97 TrpOutp14
227 220 Op_Int_OOS_Gen 231 84 TrpOutp1
Op_GenDiff_StShut_Ge TrpOutp2
227 228 231 85
n
Op_SPTDiff_StShut_Ge TrpOutp3
227 229 231 86
n
227 230 Op_ETDiff_StShut_Gen 231 87 TrpOutp4
Op_StaROV_StShut_G TrpOutp5
227 231 231 88
en
227 232 Op_OC1_ET 231 89 TrpOutp6
227 233 Op_OC2_ET 231 90 TrpOutp7
227 241 Op_ROC11_Tr
9.3.2.3 Alarm Reports
Sent by ASDU1 (time-tagged message);

227 72 Alm_DeltVTS1_Term_Gen 227 132 Alm_InitCool1_OvLd_Tr
227 73 Alm_DeltVTS2_Term_Gen 231 72 Alm_BO_OC_HVS_ST
227 74 Alm_VTS_RotWdg 227 134 Alm_OvLd_ST
227 75 Alm_Pos_CB_HVS1_Tr 227 135 Alm_PwrLoss_MechRly
227 76 Alm_Pos_CB_HVS2_Tr 227 136 Alm_InitCool_OvLd_ST
Alm_VTS_LossExc_RotWd Alm_PM_DSP2_CPUBrd
227 77 227 137
g
227 78 Alm_VTS_ET 227 123 Alm_VTS_Term_Gen
227 79 Alm_PM_DSP1_CPUBrd 227 68 Alm_VTS_HVS_Tr

369
227 64 Alm_SwOv_VTS1_Gen 227 125 Alm_VTS_Br1_ST

227 65 Alm_SwOv_VTS2_Gen 227 126 Alm_VTS_Br2_ST
227 66 Alm_BlkV3rdHDiff_VTS1 231 104 Alm_MechRly2
227 67 Alm_BlkIntTurn_VTS2 231 143 Alm_MechRly4
227 68 Alm_VTS_HVS_Tr 231 142 Alm_MechRly3
227 69 Alm_VTS1_Term_Gen 231 105 Alm_MechRly1
227 70 Alm_VTS2_Term_Gen 227 144 Alm_CTS_Br1_ST
227 71 Alm_VTS_NP_Gen 227 145 Alm_CTS_Br2_ST
227 88 Alm_CTS_TrvDiff_Gen 227 146 Alm_Diff_GTU
227 89 Alm_Diff_Gen 227 147 Alm_Diff_Tr
227 90 Alm_SPTDiff_Gen 227 148 Alm_Diff_ST
227 91 Alm_Diff_ET 227 149 Alm_BO_RevRly1
227 92 Alm_Diff_Exciter 227 150 Alm_BO_RevRly2
227 172 Alm_DPFC_IntTurn_Gen 227 151 Alm_BO_RevRly3
231 17 Alm_Pos_GCB 227 138 Alm_CTS_HVS1_Tr
227 80 Alm_CTS_Term_Gen 227 139 Alm_CTS_HVS2_Tr
227 83 Alm_CTS_NP_Gen 227 140 Alm_CTS_LVS_Tr
227 84 Alm_CTS_SP1_Gen 227 141 Alm_CTS_HVS_Tr
227 85 Alm_CTS_SP2_Gen 227 142 Alm_CTS#_HVS_ST
227 86 Alm_CTS_S1_Exc 227 143 Alm_CTS_HVS_ST
227 87 Alm_CTS_S2_Exc 227 158 Alm_UrgBrake
227 100 Alm_Ext_OOS_Gen 229 215 Alm_Inconsist_MechRly
227 101 Alm_Int_OOS_Gen 229 119 Alm_PD_CB
227 102 Alm_Accel_OOS_Gen 227 160 Alm_ROV_LVS_Tr
227 103 Alm_Decel_OOS_Gen 227 161 Alm_ROV_Br1_ST
227 104 Alm_RevP_Gen 227 162 Alm_ROV_Br2_ST
227 105 Alm_LossExc_Gen 227 152 Alm_CTS_Diff_GTU
227 106 Alm_OvExc_Gen 227 153 Alm_CTS_Diff_Tr
227 93 Alm_CTS_Diff_Gen 227 154 Alm_CTS_Diff_ST
227 94 Alm_CTS_SPTDiff_Gen 227 155 Alm_OvLd_Br1_ST
227 95 Alm_CTS_Diff_ET 227 156 Alm_OvLd_Br2_ST
227 96 Alm_CTS_Diff_Exciter 227 157 Alm_OvExc_Tr
229 213 Alm_BO_OC2_Gen 227 82 Alm_DSP_CPUBrd
229 123 Alm_On_2PEF_RotWdg 227 214 Alm_PersistFD_CPUBrd
227 115 Alm_UF1_Gen 229 250 Alm_InconsistFD
227 116 Alm_UF2_Gen 227 217 Alm_Sample_CPUBrd
227 117 Alm_UF3_Gen 229 246 Alm_BI_CPUBrd
227 118 Alm_UF4_Gen 227 194 Alm_RAM_CPUBrd
233 126 Alm_OF1_Gen 227 195 Alm_ROM_CPUBrd
233 127 Alm_OF1_Gen 227 196 Alm_EEPROM_CPUBrd
227 121 Alm_RevP_Gen 227 223 Alm_InvalidSetting
227 122 Alm_BO_UC_OvSp_Gen 227 81 Alm_ModifiedSetting

370
227 107 Alm_OvLd_Sta 227 202 Alm_PwrLoss_Opto

227 108 Alm_NegOC_Gen 227 200 Alm_TripOutput
227 109 Alm_OvLd_RotWdg 227 211 Alm_InnerComm
227 110 Alm_ROV_Sta 229 202 Alm_DSP_MONBrd
227 111 Alm_V3rdHRatio_Sta 229 203 Alm_PersistFD_MONBrd
227 112 Alm_V3rdHDiff_Sta 227 216 Alm_MONBrd
227 113 Alm_Sens1PEF_RotWdg 229 204 Alm_Sample_MONBrd
227 114 Alm_1PEF_RotWdg 229 205 Alm_RAM_MONBrd
227 131 Alm_OvLd_Tr 229 206 Alm_ROM_MONBrd
235 71 Alm_InitCool2_OvLd_Tr 229 207 Alm_EEPROM_MONBrd
9.3.2.4 Disturbance ACC(Actual Channel)
ACC No. Name ACC No. Name

64 Ida_Diff_GTU 132 I0_NP_Br2_ST
65 Idb_Diff_GTU 133 Uab_Br1_ST
66 Idc_Diff_GTU 134 Ubc_Br1_ST
67 Ia_Corr_HVS_Tr 135 Uca_Br1_ST
68 Ib_Corr_HVS_Tr 136 Uab_Br2_ST
69 Ic_Corr_HVS_Tr 137 Ubc_Br2_ST
70 Ia_Corr_NP_Gen 138 Uca_Br2_ST
71 Ib_Corr_NP_Gen 139 U0_DeltVT_Br1_ST
72 Ic_Corr_NP_Gen 140 U0_DeltVT_Br2_ST
73 Ia_Corr_ST 141 Ia_Corr_LVS_ST
74 Ib_Corr_ST 142 Ib_Corr_LVS_ST
75 Ic_Corr_ST 143 Ic_Corr_LVS_ST
76 Ida_Diff_Tr 144 Ida_Diff_Gen
77 Idb_Diff_Tr 145 Idb_Diff_Gen
78 Idc_Diff_Tr 146 Idc_Diff_Gen
79 Ia_Corr_HVS1_Tr 147 Ia_Term_Gen
80 Ib_Corr_HVS1_Tr 148 Ib_Term_Gen
81 Ic_Corr_HVS1_Tr 149 Ic_Term_Gen
82 Ia_Corr_HVS2_Tr 150 Ia_NP_Gen
83 Ib_Corr_HVS2_Tr 151 Ib_NP_Gen
84 Ic_Corr_HVS2_Tr 152 Ic_NP_Gen
85 Ia_Corr_LVS_Tr 153 Ida_SPTDiff_Gen
86 Ib_Corr_LVS_Tr 154 Idb_SPTDiff_Gen
87 Ic_Corr_LVS_Tr 155 Idc_SPTDiff_Gen
88 Ia_HVS_Tr 156 Ia_SP1_Gen
89 Ib_HVS_Tr 157 Ib_SP1_Gen
90 Ic_HVS_Tr 158 Ic_SP1_Gen
91 Ia_HVS1_Tr 159 Ia_SP2_Gen
92 Ib_HVS1_Tr 160 Ib_SP2_Gen
93 Ic_HVS1_Tr 161 Ic_SP2_Gen
371
94 Ia_HVS2_Tr 162 Id_TrvDiff_Gen

95 Ib_HVS2_Tr 163 P_Gen
96 Ic_HVS2_Tr 164 Q_Gen
97 Ia_LVS_Tr 165 Ua_VT1_Term_Gen
98 Ib_LVS_Tr 166 Ub_VT1_Term_Gen
99 Ic_LVS_Tr 167 Uc_VT1_Term_Gen
100 I0_NP_HVS_Tr 168 Ua_VT2_Term_Gen
101 I0_Gap_HVS_Tr 169 Ub_VT2_Term_Gen
102 U0_DeltVT_HVS_Tr 170 Uc_VT2_Term_Gen
103 U/F_OvExc_Tr 171 U/F_OvExc_Gen
104 Ua_HVS_Tr 172 U0_DeltVT1_Term_Gen
105 Ub_HVS_Tr 173 U0_NP_Gen
106 Uc_HVS_Tr 174 U0_Longl_Gen
107 Ida_Diff_ST 175 U0_3rdH_VT1_Term_Gen
108 Idb_Diff_ST 176 U0_3rdH_NP_Gen
109 Idc_Diff_ST 177 Ud_3rdH_Sta
110 Ia_Corr_HVS_ST 178 U(+)_RotWdg
111 Ib_Corr_HVS_ST 179 U(-)_RotWdg
112 Ic_Corr_HVS_ST 180 U_RotWdg
113 Ia_Corr_Br1_ST 181 I_RotWdg
114 Ib_Corr_Br1_ST 182 Reserved
115 Ic_Corr_Br1_ST 183 Ida_Diff_Exc
116 Ia_Corr_Br2_ST 184 Idb_Diff_Exc
117 Ib_Corr_Br2_ST 185 Idc_Diff_Exc
118 Ic_Corr_Br2_ST 186 Ia_Corr_S1_Exc
119 Ia_CT_HVS_ST 187 Ib_Corr_S1_Exc
120 Ib_CT_HVS_ST 188 Ic_Corr_S1_Exc
121 Ic_CT_HVS_ST 189 Ia_Corr_S2_Exc
122 Ia_CT#_HVS_ST 190 Ib_Corr_S2_Exc
123 Ib_CT#_HVS_ST 191 Ic_Corr_S2_Exc
124 Ic_CT#_HVS_ST 192 Ia_S1_Exc
125 Ia_Br1_ST 193 Ib_S1_Exc
126 Ib_Br1_ST 194 Ic_S1_Exc
127 Ic_Br1_ST 195 Ia_S2_Exc
128 Ia_Br2_ST 196 Ib_S2_Exc
129 Ib_Br2_ST 197 Ic_S2_Exc
130 Ic_Br2_ST 198 f_Gen
131 I0_NP_Br1_ST 199 Reserved
9.3.2.5 Metering
Sent via Generic Service.
The metering values were format as IEEE STD754 R32.23.

372
9.3.2.6 BinaryInput
Sent by ASDU1. (time-tagged message).

227 25 EBI_LossExc_Gen 231 100 EBI_Trp_MechRly1
227 26 EBI_OOS_Gen 227 39 EBI_PPF_Gen
227 27 EBI_VoltProt_Gen 227 40 EBI_SPTDiff_Gen
227 28 EBI_OvExc_Gen 227 52 EBI_Bak_Br1_ST
227 29 EBI_PwrProt_Gen 227 53 EBI_Bak_Br2_ST
227 30 EBI_FreqProt_Gen 229 242 EBI_Reserved2
227 31 EBI_AccEnerg_Gen 229 252 EBI_Reserved3
227 32 EBI_StShut_Gen 227 45 EBI_Diff_Tr
227 16 EBI_Diff_Gen 227 46 EBI_PPF_Tr
227 17 EBI_IntTurn_Gen 227 47 EBI_EF_Tr
227 18 EBI_ROV_Sta 227 48 EBI_ROV/ROC_Gap_Tr
227 19 EBI_V3rdH_Sta 227 49 EBI_Diff_GTU
227 21 EBI_1PEF_RotWdg 229 93 EBI_PD_Tr
227 22 EBI_2PEF_RotWdg 227 50 EBI_Diff_ST
227 23 EBI_OvLd_Sta 227 51 EBI_Bak_HVS_ST
227 24 EBI_NegOC_Gen 227 59 BI_52b_GCB
227 41 BI_UrgBrake 227 60 BI_52b_CB_HVS1_Tr
227 42 BI_SyncCondenser 227 61 BI_52b_CB_HVS2_Tr
229 210 BI_Reserved 229 243 BI_PD_CB
227 44 BI_Pwr_Superv 227 63 BI_Valve_Turbine
231 98 EBI_Diff_Exc 231 102 BI_MechRly2
231 99 EBI_Bak_Exc 231 134 BI_MechRly4
231 129 EBI_Trp_MechRly3 231 133 BI_MechRly3
231 130 EBI_Trp_MechRly4 231 103 BI_MechRly1
231 101 EBI_Trp_MechRly2 227 58 BI_Pwr_MechRly
9.3.2.7 Blocking of monitoring direction
FUN = 227; INF = 20
9.3.2.8 Generic service
Group Group Name Group Group Name

No. No.
1 Setting_Group 8 GTU Diff Prot Settings
2 Equip Settings 9 Tr Diff Prot Settings
3 Protection Config 10 Tr PPF Bak Prot Settings
4 Tr Sys Settings 11 Tr EF Bak Prot Settings
5 Gen Sys Settings 12 Tr OvExc Prot Settings
6 ST Sys Settings 13 Gen Diff Prot Settings
7 Exc Sys Settings 14 Gen SPTDiff Prot Settings
373
Group Group Name Group Group Name

No. No.
15 Gen IntTurn Prot Settings 29 Exc Diff Prot Settings
16 Gen PPF Bak Prot Settings 30 Exc Bak Prot Settings
17 Sta EF Prot Settings 31 RotWdg OvLd Prot Settings
18 RotWdg EF Prot Settings 32 ST Diff Prot Settings
19 Sta OvLd Prot Settings 33 ST HVS Bak Prot Settings
20 Sta NegOC Prot Settings 34 ST BR1 Bak Prot Settings
21 Gen LossExc Prot Settings 35 ST BR2 Bak Prot Settings
22 Gen OOS Prot Settings 36 MechRly Prot Settings
23 Gen Volt Prot Settings 37 PoleDisagr Prot Settings
24 Gen OvExc Prot Settings 65 Prot Metering of Tr
25 Gen Pwr Prot Settings 66 Prot Metering of ST
26 Gen Freq Prot Settings 67 Prot Metering of GTU
27 Gen StShut Prot Settings 68 Prot Metering of Gen
28 Gen AccEnerg Prot Settings 69 Prot Metering of Exc
9.4 MODBUS protocol
9.4.1 Overview
The RCS-985A relay support several communications protocols to allow connection to equipment
such as personal computers, RTUs, SCADA masters, and programmable logic controllers. The
Modicon Modbus RTU protocol is the most basic protocol supported by the RCS-985A. Modbus is
available via RS485 serial links or via Ethernet (using the Modbus/TCP specification). The
following information is provided intended primarily for users who wish to develop their own master
communication drivers and applies to the serial Modbus RTU protocol. The characteristic is listed
below:
Standard: Modicon Modbus Protocol Reference Guide, PI-MBUS-300 Rev.E
Physical Layer Setup:RS485, 1 start bit,8 data bits, no bit for parity,1 stop bit
Link Layer Setup:Only RTU Mode Supported
Frame Length Up limit:256 Bytes
Baud Rate: Configurable
Device Address: Configurable
Parity: no
The following modbus function codes are supported but re-defined by the relay:
02 Read Input Status-Get real-time status (binary)
03 Read Holding Registers- Get Settings
04 Read Input Registers- Get metering values of equipment

374
9.4.2 Fetch real time status (Binary)

Function Code: 02H
Reads the ON/OFF status of discrete inputs in the slave. The status in the response message is
packed as one input per bit of the data field. Status is indicated as: 1 = ON; 0 = OFF. The LSB of
the first data byte contains the input addressed in the query. The other inputs follow toward the
high order end of this byte, and from low order to high order in subsequent bytes.
Example 1: If the master want to fetch Trip Information (0000H~0003H), the query frame would be
as follows(Suppose the slave address was 1):
01 02 00 00 00 04 79 C9
CRC Hi
CRC Lo
Num of Status Lo
Num of Status Hi
Start Register Addr Lo

Start Register Addr Hi
Function Code
Slave Addr
The response fame would be as follows (Suppose the value of 0000H~0003H equal to 1,1,0,1
respectively):
01 02 01 0B E0 4F
CRC Hi
CRC Lo
Status
Length
Function Code
Slave Addr
Example 2: If the master want to fetch Trip Information(0002H~000DH),the query frame would be
as follows(Suppose the slave address was 1):

375
01 02 00 02 00 0C D9 CF
CRC Hi
CRC Lo
Num of Status Lo
Num of Status Hi
Start Register Addr Lo

Start Register Addr Hi
Function Code
Slave Addr
The response fame would be as follows (Suppose the value of 0002H~000DH equal to
1,1,0,1,0,0,1,0,1,1,1,0 respectively):
01 02 02 07 4B FB BF
CRC Hi
CRC Lo
Status Lo
Status Hi
Length
Function Code
Slave Addr
9.4.2.1 Trip information:1 means trip,0 for no trip or draw off.
Address Item Name Address Item Name

0000H Op_InstDiff_Gen 000AH Op_SensTrvDiff_Gen
0001H Op_PcntDiff_Gen 000BH Op_InsensTrvDiff_Gen
0002H Op_DPFC_Diff_Gen 000CH Op_SensIntTurn_Gen
0003H Op_InstSPTDiff_Gen 000DH Op_InsensIntTurn_Gen
0004H Op_PcntSPTDiff_Gen 000EH Op_SensROV_Sta
0005H Op_InstDiff_Exciter 000FH Op_InsensROV_Sta
0006H Op_PcntDiff_Exciter 0010H Op_V3rdHRatio_Sta
0007H Op_InstDiff_ET 0011H Op_V3rdHDiff_Sta
0008H Op_PcntDiff_ET 0012H Op_1PEF_RotWdg
0009H Op_DPFC_IntTurn_Gen 0013H Op_2PEF_RotWdg

376

0014H Op_OvLd_Sta 003DH Op_PcntDiff_Tr
0015H Op_InvOvLd_Sta 003EH Op_DPFC_Diff_Tr
0016H Op_NegOC_Gen 003FH Op_OC11_Tr
0017H Op_InvNegOC_Gen 0040H Op_OC12_Tr
0018H Op_OvLd_RotWdg 0041H Op_OC21_Tr
0019H Op_InvOvLd_RotWdg 0042H Op_OC22_Tr
001AH Op_OC1_Gen 0043H Op_ROC11_Tr
001BH Op_OC2_Gen 0044H Op_ROC12_Tr
001CH Op_OV1_Gen 0045H Op_ROC21_Tr
001DH Op_OV2_Gen 0046H Op_ROC22_Tr
001EH Op_UV_Gen 0047H Op_ROC31_Tr
001FH Op_OvExc1_Gen 0048H Op_ROC32_Tr
0020H Op_OvExc2_Gen 0049H Op_TrDiff_StShut_Gen
0021H Op_InvOvExc_Gen 004AH Op_STDiff_StShut_Gen
0022H Op_UF1_Gen 004BH Op_InstDiff_GTU
0023H Op_UF2_Gen 004CH Op_PcntDiff_GTU
0024H Op_UF3_Gen 004DH Op_Z11_Tr
0025H Op_UF4_Gen 004EH Op_Z12_Tr
0026H Op_OF1_Gen 004FH Op_Z21_Tr
0027H Op_OF2_Gen 0050H Op_Z22_Tr
0028H Op_Z1_Gen 0051H Op_ROV1_Gap_Tr
0029H Op_Z2_Gen 0052H Op_ROV2_Gap_Tr
002AH Op_LossExc1_Gen 0053H Op_ROC1_Gap_Tr
002BH Op_LossExc2_Gen 0054H Op_ROC2_Gap_Tr
002CH Op_LossExc3_Gen 0055H Op_PD11
002DH Op_Ext_OOS_Gen 0056H Op_PD12
002EH Op_Int_OOS_Gen 0057H Op_InstDiff_ST
002FH Op_RevP_Gen 0058H Op_PcntDiff_ST
0030H Op_UP_Gen 0059H Op_OC1_HVS_ST
0031H Op_SeqTrpRevP_Gen 005AH Op_OC2_HVS_ST
0032H Op_AccEnerg1_Gen 005BH Op_OC1_Br1_ST
0033H Op_AccEnerg2_Gen 005CH Op_OC2_Br1_ST
0034H Op_Flash1_CB_HVS_Tr 005DH Op_ROC1_Br1_ST
0035H Op_Flash2_CB_HVS_Tr 005EH Op_ROC2_Br1_ST
0036H Op_GenDiff_StShut_Gen 005FH Op_OvExc1_Tr
0037H Op_SPTDiff_StShut_Gen 0060H Op_OvExc2_Tr
0038H Op_ETDiff_StShut_Gen 0061H Op_InvOvExc_Tr
0039H Op_StaROV_StShut_Gen 0062H Op_OC1_Br2_ST
003AH Op_OC1_ET 0063H Op_OC2_Br2_ST
003BH Op_OC2_ET 0064H Op_ROC1_Br2_ST
003CH Op_InstDiff_Tr 0065H Op_ROC2_Br2_ST

377

0066H Op_MechRly1 0070H TrpOutp6
006AH Op_UrgBrake 0074H TrpOutp10
006BH TrpOutp1 0075H TrpOutp11
006CH TrpOutp2 0076H TrpOutp12
006DH TrpOutp3 0077H TrpOutp13
006EH TrpOutp4 0078H TrpOutp14
006FH TrpOutp5
9.4.2.2 Alarm information:1 means alarm,0 for no alarm or draw off.

1000H Alm_SwOv_VTS1_Gen 101DH Alm_CTS_Diff_Gen
1001H Alm_SwOv_VTS2_Gen 101EH Alm_CTS_SPTDiff_Gen
1002H Alm_BlkV3rdHDiff_VTS1 101FH Alm_CTS_Diff_ET
1003H Alm_BlkIntTurn_VTS2 1020H Alm_CTS_Diff_Exciter
1004H Alm_VTS_HVS_Tr 1021H Alm_BO_OC2_Gen
1005H Alm_VTS1_Term_Gen 1022H Alm_On_2PEF_RotWdg
1006H Alm_VTS2_Term_Gen 1023H Alm_Ext_OOS_Gen
1007H Alm_VTS_NP_Gen 1024H Alm_Int_OOS_Gen
1008H Alm_DeltVTS1_Term_Gen 1025H Alm_Accel_OOS_Gen
1009H Alm_DeltVTS2_Term_Gen 1026H Alm_Decel_OOS_Gen
100AH Alm_VTS_RotWdg 1027H Alm_RevP_Gen
100BH Alm_Pos_CB_HVS1_Tr 1028H Alm_LossExc_Gen
100CH Alm_Pos_CB_HVS2_Tr 1029H Alm_OvExc_Gen
100DH Alm_VTS_LossExc_RotWdg 102AH Alm_OvLd_Sta
100EH Alm_VTS_ET 102BH Alm_NegOC_Gen
100FH Alm_PM_DSP1_CPUBrd 102CH Alm_OvLd_RotWdg
1010H Alm_CTS_Term_Gen 102DH Alm_ROV_Sta
1011H Alm_CTS_NP_Gen 102EH Alm_V3rdHRatio_Sta
1012H Alm_CTS_SP1_Gen 102FH Alm_V3rdHDiff_Sta
1013H Alm_CTS_SP2_Gen 1030H Alm_Sens1PEF_RotWdg
1014H Alm_CTS_S1_Exc 1031H Alm_1PEF_RotWdg
1015H Alm_CTS_S2_Exc 1032H Alm_UF1_Gen
1016H Alm_CTS_TrvDiff_Gen 1033H Alm_UF2_Gen
1017H Alm_Diff_Gen 1034H Alm_UF3_Gen
1018H Alm_SPTDiff_Gen 1035H Alm_UF4_Gen
1019H Alm_Diff_ET 1036H Alm_OF1_Gen
101AH Alm_Diff_Exciter 1037H Alm_OF1_Gen
101BH Alm_DPFC_IntTurn_Gen 1038H Alm_RevP_Gen
101CH Alm_Pos_GCB 1039H Alm_BO_UC_OvSp_Gen
378

103AH Alm_VTS_Term_Gen 1059H Alm_CTS_Diff_Tr
103BH Alm_VTS_HVS_Tr 105AH Alm_CTS_Diff_ST
103CH Alm_VTS_Br1_ST 105BH Alm_OvLd_Br1_ST
103DH Alm_VTS_Br2_ST 105CH Alm_OvLd_Br2_ST
103EH Alm_MechRly2 105DH Alm_OvExc_Tr
103FH Alm_MechRly4 105EH Alm_UrgBrake
1040H Alm_MechRly3 105FH Alm_Inconsist_MechRly
1041H Alm_MechRly1 1060H Alm_PD_CB
1042H Alm_OvLd_Tr 1061H Alm_ROV_LVS_Tr
1043H Alm_InitCool2_OvLd_Tr 1062H Alm_ROV_Br1_ST
1044H Alm_InitCool1_OvLd_Tr 1063H Alm_ROV_Br2_ST
1045H Alm_BO_OC_HVS_ST 1064H Alm_RAM_CPUBrd
1046H Alm_OvLd_ST 1065H Alm_ROM_CPUBrd
1047H Alm_PwrLoss_MechRly 1066H Alm_EEPROM_CPUBrd
1048H Alm_InitCool_OvLd_ST 1067H Alm_InvalidSetting
1049H Alm_PM_DSP2_CPUBrd 1068H Alm_ModifiedSetting
104AH Alm_CTS_HVS1_Tr 1069H Alm_PwrLoss_Opto
104BH Alm_CTS_HVS2_Tr 106AH Alm_TripOutput
104CH Alm_CTS_LVS_Tr 106BH Alm_InnerComm
104DH Alm_CTS_HVS_Tr 106CH Alm_DSP_CPUBrd
104EH Alm_CTS#_HVS_ST 106DH Alm_PersistFD_CPUBrd
104FH Alm_CTS_HVS_ST 106EH Alm_InconsistFD
1050H Alm_CTS_Br1_ST 106FH Alm_Sample_CPUBrd
1051H Alm_CTS_Br2_ST 1070H Alm_BI_CPUBrd
1052H Alm_Diff_GTU 1071H Alm_RAM_MONBrd
1053H Alm_Diff_Tr 1072H Alm_ROM_MONBrd
1054H Alm_Diff_ST 1073H Alm_EEPROM_MONBrd
1055H Alm_BO_RevRly1 1074H Alm_DSP_MONBrd
1056H Alm_BO_RevRly2 1075H Alm_PersistFD_MONBrd
1057H Alm_BO_RevRly3 1076H Alm_MONBrd
1058H Alm_CTS_Diff_GTU 1077H Alm_Sample_MONBrd
9.4.2.3 BinaryInput Change Information. 1 means binary change,0 for no change or

draw off.

2000H EBI_Diff_Gen 2006H EBI_OvLd_Sta
2001H EBI_IntTurn_Gen 2007H EBI_NegOC_Gen
2002H EBI_ROV_Sta 2008H EBI_LossExc_Gen
2003H EBI_V3rdH_Sta 2009H EBI_OOS_Gen
2004H EBI_1PEF_RotWdg 200AH EBI_VoltProt_Gen
2005H EBI_2PEF_RotWdg 200BH EBI_OvExc_Gen
379

200CH EBI_PwrProt_Gen 201FH EBI_ROV/ROC_Gap_Tr
200DH EBI_FreqProt_Gen 2020H EBI_Diff_GTU
200EH EBI_AccEnerg_Gen 2021H EBI_PD_Tr
200FH EBI_StShut_Gen 2022H EBI_Diff_ST
2010H EBI_Diff_Exc 2023H EBI_Bak_HVS_ST
2011H EBI_Bak_Exc 2024H EBI_Bak_Br1_ST
2012H EBI_Trp_MechRly3 2025H EBI_Bak_Br2_ST
2013H EBI_Trp_MechRly4 2026H EBI_Reserved2
2014H EBI_Trp_MechRly2 2027H EBI_Reserved3
2015H EBI_Trp_MechRly1 2028H BI_MechRly2
2016H EBI_PPF_Gen 2029H BI_MechRly4
2017H EBI_SPTDiff_Gen 202AH BI_MechRly3
2018H BI_UrgBrake 202BH BI_MechRly1
2019H BI_SyncCondenser 202CH BI_Pwr_MechRly
201AH BI_Reserved 202DH BI_52b_GCB
201BH BI_Pwr_Superv 202EH BI_52b_CB_HVS1_Tr
201CH EBI_Diff_Tr 202FH BI_52b_CB_HVS2_Tr
201DH EBI_PPF_Tr 2030H BI_PD_CB
201EH EBI_EF_Tr 2031H BI_Valve_Turbine
9.4.3 Fetch metering values of equipment

Function Code: 04H
The metering values in the response message are packed as two bytes per register. For each
register, the first byte contains the high order bits and the second contains the low order bits.
9.4.3.1 Tr Metering
Address Analog Name Unit

0000H Ida_Diff_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
0001H Idb_Diff_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
0002H Idc_Diff_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
0003H Ira_Diff_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
0004H Irb_Diff_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
0005H Irc_Diff_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
0006H Ida_2ndH_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
0007H Idb_2ndH_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
0008H Idc_2ndH_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
0009H Ida_5thH_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
000AH Idb_5thH_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
000BH Idc_5thH_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
000CH Ia_Corr_HVS1_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
000DH Ib_Corr_HVS1_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie

380
000EH Ic_Corr_HVS1_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie

000FH Ia_Corr_HVS2_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
0010H Ib_Corr_HVS2_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
0011H Ic_Corr_HVS2_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
0012H Ia_Corr_LVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
0013H Ib_Corr_LVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
0014H Ic_Corr_LVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
0015H Ia_Corr_HVS_ST(decimal digits=2) Ie
0016H Ib_Corr_HVS_ST(decimal digits=2) Ie
0017H Ic_Corr_HVS_ST(decimal digits=2) Ie
0018H Ia_HVS1_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
0019H Ib_HVS1_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
001AH Ic_HVS1_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
001BH I1_HVS1_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
001CH I2_HVS1_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
001DH I0_HVS1_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
001EH Ia_HVS2_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
001FH Ib_HVS2_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
0020H Ic_HVS2_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
0021H I1_HVS2_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
0024H Ia_LVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
0025H Ib_LVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
0026H Ic_LVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
0027H I1_LVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
002AH Ia_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
002BH Ib_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
002CH Ic_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
002DH Iab_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
002EH Ibc_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
002FH Ica_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
0030H I1_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
0033H I0_NP_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
0034H I0_Gap_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
0035H Ua_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) V
0036H Ub_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) V
0037H Uc_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) V

381
0038H Uab_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) V

0039H Ubc_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) V
003AH Uca_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) V
003BH U1_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) V
003CH U2_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) V
003DH U0_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) V
003EH U0_DeltVT_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) V
003FH U0_DeltVT_LVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) V
0040H U/F_OvExc_Tr(decimal digits=3)
0041H Accu_InvOvExc_Tr(decimal digits=3) %

382
9.4.3.2 ST Metering

1000H Ida_Diff_ST(decimal digits=2) Ie
1001H Idb_Diff_ST(decimal digits=2) Ie
1002H Idc_Diff_ST(decimal digits=2) Ie
1003H Ira_Diff_ST(decimal digits=2) Ie
1004H Irb_Diff_ST(decimal digits=2) Ie
1005H Irc_Diff_ST(decimal digits=2) Ie
1006H Ida_2ndH_ST(decimal digits=2) Ie
1007H Idb_2ndH_ST(decimal digits=2) Ie
1008H Idc_2ndH_ST(decimal digits=2) Ie
1009H Ia_Corr_HVS_ST(decimal digits=2) Ie
100AH Ib_Corr_HVS_ST(decimal digits=2) Ie
100BH Ic_Corr_HVS_ST(decimal digits=2) Ie
100CH Ia_Corr_Br1_ST(decimal digits=2) Ie
100DH Ib_Corr_Br1_ST(decimal digits=2) Ie
100EH Ic_Corr_Br1_ST(decimal digits=2) Ie
100FH Ia_Corr_Br2_ST(decimal digits=2) Ie
1010H Ib_Corr_Br2_ST(decimal digits=2) Ie
1011H Ic_Corr_Br2_ST(decimal digits=2) Ie
1012H Ia_CT_HVS_ST(decimal digits=2) A
1013H Ib_CT_HVS_ST(decimal digits=2) A
1014H Ic_CT_HVS_ST(decimal digits=2) A
1015H I1_CT_HVS_ST(decimal digits=2) A
1018H Ia_CT#_HVS_ST(decimal digits=2) A
1019H Ib_CT#_HVS_ST(decimal digits=2) A
101AH Ic_CT#_HVS_ST(decimal digits=2) A
101BH I1_CT#_HVS_ST(decimal digits=2) A
101CH I2_CT#_HVS_ST(decimal digits=2) A
101DH I0_CT#_HVS_ST(decimal digits=2) A
101EH Ia_Br1_ST(decimal digits=2) A
101FH Ib_Br1_ST(decimal digits=2) A
1020H Ic_Br1_ST(decimal digits=2) A
1021H I1_Br1_ST(decimal digits=2) A
1024H I0_NP_Br1_ST(decimal digits=2) A
1025H Uab_Br1_ST(decimal digits=2) V
1026H Ubc_Br1_ST(decimal digits=2) V
1027H Uca_Br1_ST(decimal digits=2) V

383
1028H U1_Br1_ST(decimal digits=2) V

102AH U0_DeltVT_Br1_ST(decimal digits=2) V
102BH Ia_Br2_ST(decimal digits=2) A
102CH Ib_Br2_ST(decimal digits=2) A
102DH Ic_Br2_ST(decimal digits=2) A
102EH I1_Br2_ST(decimal digits=2) A
102FH I2_Br2_ST(decimal digits=2) A
1031H I0_NP_Br2_ST(decimal digits=2) A
1032H Uab_Br2_ST(decimal digits=2) V
1033H Ubc_Br2_ST(decimal digits=2) V
1034H Uca_Br2_ST(decimal digits=2) V
1037H U0_DeltVT_Br2_ST(decimal digits=2) V
9.4.3.3 GTU Metering

2000H Ida_Diff_GTU(decimal digits=2) Ie
2001H Idb_Diff_GTU(decimal digits=2) Ie
2002H Idc_Diff_GTU(decimal digits=2) Ie
2003H Ira_Diff_GTU(decimal digits=2) Ie
2004H Irb_Diff_GTU(decimal digits=2) Ie
2005H Irc_Diff_GTU(decimal digits=2) Ie
2006H Ida_2ndH_GTU(decimal digits=2) Ie
2007H Idb_2ndH_GTU(decimal digits=2) Ie
2008H Idc_2ndH_GTU(decimal digits=2) Ie
2009H Ida_5thH_GTU(decimal digits=2) Ie
200AH Idb_5thH_GTU(decimal digits=2) Ie
200BH Idc_5thH_GTU(decimal digits=2) Ie
200CH Ia_Corr_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
200DH Ib_Corr_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
200EH Ic_Corr_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
200FH Ia_Corr_NP_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
2010H Ib_Corr_NP_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
2011H Ic_Corr_NP_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
2012H Ia_Corr_ST(decimal digits=2) Ie
2013H Ib_Corr_ST(decimal digits=2) Ie
2014H Ic_Corr_ST(decimal digits=2) Ie
2015H Ia_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
2016H Ib_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
2017H Ic_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
384

201AH I0_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
9.4.3.4 Gen Metering

3000H Ida_Diff_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
3001H Idb_Diff_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
3002H Idc_Diff_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
3003H Ira_Diff_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
3004H Irb_Diff_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
3005H Irc_Diff_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
3006H Ia_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
3007H Ib_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
3008H Ic_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
3009H I1_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
300AH I2_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
300BH I0_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
300CH Ia_NP_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
300DH Ib_NP_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
300EH Ic_NP_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
300FH I1_NP_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
3010H I2_NP_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
3011H I0_NP_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
3012H Id_TrvDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
3013H Id_3rdH_TrvDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
3014H Ida_SPTDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
3015H Idb_SPTDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
3016H Idc_SPTDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
3017H Ira_SPTDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
3018H Irb_SPTDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
3019H Irc_SPTDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
301AH Ia_Corr_SP1_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
301BH Ib_Corr_SP1_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
301CH Ic_Corr_SP1_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
301DH Ia_Corr_SP2_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
301EH Ib_Corr_SP2_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
301FH Ic_Corr_SP2_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
3020H Ia_SP1_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
3021H Ib_SP1_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
3022H Ic_SP1_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
3023H I1_SP1_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
385

3026H Ia_SP2_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
3027H Ib_SP2_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
3028H Ic_SP2_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
302AH I2_SP2_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
302BH I0_SP2_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
302CH Ua_VT1_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
302DH Ub_VT1_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
302EH Uc_VT1_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
302FH U1_VT1_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
3030H U2_VT1_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
3032H Ua_VT2_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
3033H Ub_VT2_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
3034H Uc_VT2_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
3038H Uab_VT1_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
3039H Ubc_VT1_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
303AH Uca_VT1_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
303BH Uab_VT2_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
303CH Ubc_VT2_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
303DH Uca_VT2_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
303EH U0_DeltVT1_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
303FH U0_NP_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
3040H U0_3rdH_VT1_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
3041H U0_3rdH_NP_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
3042H Ud_3rdH_Sta(decimal digits=2) V
3043H U0_Longl_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
3044H U0_3rdH_Longl_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
3045H P_Gen(signed/decimal digits=2) %
3046H Q_Gen(signed/decimal digits=2) %
3047H Accu_InvOvLd_Sta(decimal digits=2) %
3048H Accu_Therm_RotBody(decimal digits=2) %
3049H U/F_OvExc_Gen(decimal digits=3)
304AH Accu_InvOvExc_Gen(decimal digits=2) %
304BH f_Gen(decimal digits=2) Hz
304CH Accu_UF1_Gen(decimal digits=2) Min
304DH Accu_UF2_Gen(decimal digits=2) Min
304EH U_RotWdg(signed/decimal digits=1) V

386
304FH Rg_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) k

3050H Location_EF_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) %
3051H U1_2ndH_VT1_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
3052H U2_2ndH_VT1_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
9.4.3.5 Exc Metering

4000H Ida_Diff_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
4001H Idb_Diff_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
4002H Idc_Diff_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
4003H Ira_Diff_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
4004H Irb_Diff_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
4005H Irc_Diff_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
4006H Ida_2ndH_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
4007H Idb_2ndH_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
4008H Idc_2ndH_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
4009H Ia_Corr_S1_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
400AH Ib_Corr_S1_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
400BH Ic_Corr_S1_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
400CH Ia_Corr_S2_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
400DH Ib_Corr_S2_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
400EH Ic_Corr_S2_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
400FH Ia_S1_Exc(decimal digits=2) A
4010H Ib_S1_Exc(decimal digits=2) A
4011H Ic_S1_Exc(decimal digits=2) A
4012H I1_S1_Exc(decimal digits=2) A
4015H Ia_S2_Exc(decimal digits=2) A
4016H Ib_S2_Exc(decimal digits=2) A
4017H Ic_S2_Exc(decimal digits=2) A
401AH I0_S2_Exc(decimal digits=2) A
401BH Uab_ET(decimal digits=2) V
401CH Ubc_ET(decimal digits=2) V
401DH Uca_ET(decimal digits=2) V
401EH U1_ET(decimal digits=2) V
401FH U2_ET(decimal digits=2) V
4020H I_RotWdg(signed/integer) A
4021H I_Exc(decimal digits=2) A
4022H Accu_Therm_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) %

387
9.4.4 Fetch settings value of equipment

Function Code: 03H
9.4.4.1 Equipment Settings
Address Setting Name Unit

0000H Setting_Group
0001H Equip_ID(ASCII Hi Word)
0002H Equip_ID(ASCII Mi Word)
0003H Equip_ID(ASCII Lo Word)
0004H Comm_Addr
0005H COM1_Baud bps
0006H COM2_Baud bps
0007H Printer_Baud bps
Bit0: COM1 870-5-103 Protocal
Bit1: COM1 LFP Protocal
Bit2: COM1 Modbus Protocal
0008H Protocol
Bit4: COM2 870-5-103 Protocal
Bit5: COM2 LFP Protocal
Bit6: COM2 Modbus Protocal
Bit0: En_Auto_Print
Bit1: En_Net_Print
0009H Logic setting
Bit3: En_Remote_Cfg
Bit4: GPS_Pulse
9.4.4.2 System Settings
(1) Protection Configuration

Bit0:En_Diff_GTU
Bit1:En_Diff_Tr
Bit2:En_PPF_Tr
Bit3:En_EF_Tr
Bit4:En_OvExc_Tr
Bit5:En_Diff_Gen
Bit6:En_SPTDiff_Gen
Protection Config
1000H Bit7:En_IntTurn_Gen
Word 1
Bit8:En_PPF_Gen
Bit9:En_EF_Sta
Bit10:En_EF_RotWdg
Bit11:En_OvLd_Sta
Bit12:En_NegOC_Gen
Bit13:En_LossExc_Gen
Bit14:En_OOS_Gen

388

Bit15:En_VoltProt_Gen
Bit0:En_OvExc_Gen
Bit1:En_PwrProt_Gen
Bit2:En_FreqProt_Gen
Bit3:En_StShut_Gen
Bit4:En_AccEnerg_Gen
Bit6:En_Diff_Exc
Bit7:En_Bak_Exc
Protection Config
1001H Bit8:En_OvLd_RotWdg
Word 2
Bit9:En_Diff_ST
Bit10:En_Bak_HVS_ST
Bit11:En_Bak_Br1_ST
Bit12:En_Bak_Br2_ST
Bit13:En_MechRly
Bit14:En_PoleDisagr_CB
Bit15:En_VTComp_Term_Gen
1002H Reserved
(2) Tr System Settings

1003H Sn_Tr(decimal digits=1) MVA
1004H U1n_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) kV
1005H U1n_LVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) kV
1006H U1n_VT_HVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) kV
1007H U2n_VT_HVS_Tr V
1008H U2n_DeltVT_HVS_Tr V
1009H I1n_CT_HVS1_Tr(integer) A
100AH I2n_CT_HVS1_Tr A
100BH I1n_CT_HVS2_Tr(integer) A
100CH I2n_CT_HVS2_Tr A
100DH I1n_CT_HVS_Tr(integer) A
100EH I2n_CT_HVS_Tr A
100FH I1n_CT_LVS_Tr(integer) A
1010H I2n_CT_LVS_Tr A
1011H I1n_CT_NP_Tr(integer) A
1012H I2n_CT_NP_Tr A
1013H I1n_CT_Gap_Tr(integer) A
1014H I2n_CT_Gap_Tr A
Bit0:Yd11_Conn_Tr
Bit1:Yyd11_Conn_Tr
1015H Logic setting
Bit2:Opt_GCB
Bit3:Yd1_Conn_Tr
389

Bit4:Yyd1_Conn_Tr
(3) Gen System Settings

1016H fn_Gen Hz
1017H Sn_Gen(decimal digits=1) MW
1018H PF_Gen(decimal digits=2)
1019H U1n_Gen(decimal digits=2) kV
101AH U1n_VT_Term_Gen(decimal digits=2) kV
101BH U2n_VT_Term_Gen V
101CH U2n_DeltVT_Term_Gen V
101DH U1n_VT_NP_Gen(decimal digits=2) kV
101EH U2n_VT_NP_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
101FH I1n_CT_Term_Gen(integer) A
1020H I2n_CT_Term_Gen A
1021H k_SP1_Gen(decimal digits=2) %
1022H k_SP2_Gen(decimal digits=2) %
1023H I1n_CT_SP1_Gen(integer) A
1024H I2n_CT_SP1_Gen A
1025H I1n_CT_SP2_Gen(integer) A
1026H I2n_CT_SP2_Gen A
1027H I1n_CT_TrvDiff_Gen(integer) A
1028H I2n_CT_TrvDiff_Gen A
1029H I1n_RotWdg(integer) A
102AH U2n_Shunt_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) mV
102BH U1n_Exc(decimal digits=2) V
(4) ST System Settings

102CH Sn_ST(decimal digits=2) MVA
102DH U1n_HVS_ST(decimal digits=2) kV
102EH U1n_LVS_ST(decimal digits=2) kV
102FH U1n_Br2_ST(decimal digits=2) (Reserved) kV
1030H U1n_VT_LVS_ST(decimal digits=2) kV
1031H U2n_VT_LVS_ST V
1032H U2n_DeltVT_LVS_ST V
1033H U1n_VT_Br2_ST(decimal digits=2)(Reserved) kV
1034H U2n_VT_Br2_ST(Reserved) V
1035H U2n_DeltVT_Br2_ST(Reserved) V
1036H I1n_CT2_HVS_ST(integer) A
1037H I2n_CT2_HVS_ST A
1038H I1n_CT1_HVS_ST(integer) A
390

1039H I2n_CT1_HVS_ST A
103AH I1n_CT_LVS_ST(integer) A
103BH I2n_CT_LVS_ST A
103CH I1n_CT_Br2_ST(integer) (Reserved) A
103DH I2n_CT_Br2_ST(Reserved) A
103EH I1n_CT_NP_LVS_ST(integer) A
103FH I2n_CT_NP_LVS_ST A
1040H I1n_CT_NP_Br2_ST(integer) (Reserved) A
1041H I2n_CT_NP_Br2_ST(Reserved) A
Bit0:Yyy12_Conn_ST
Bit1:Ddd12_Conn_ST
1042H Logic setting Bit2:Dyy11_Conn_ST
Bit3:Ydd11_Conn_ST
Bit4:Dyy1_Conn_ST
(5) Exc System Settings

1043H fn_Exciter Hz
1044H Sn_Exc(decimal digits=2) MVA
1045H U1n_S1_Exc(decimal digits=2) kV
1046H U1n_S2_Exc(decimal digits=2) kV
1047H U1n_VT_Exc(decimal digits=2) kV
1048H U2n_VT_Exc V
1049H U2n_DeltVT_Exc V
104AH I1n_CT_S1_Exc(integer) A
104BH I2n_CT_S1_Exc A
104CH I1n_CT_S2_Exc(integer) A
104DH I2n_CT_S2_Exc A
Bit0:Opt_Exc
Bit1:Yy12_Conn_ET
Bit2:Dd12_Conn_ET
104EH Logic setting
Bit3:Dy11_Conn_ET
Bit4:Yd11_Conn_ET
Bit5:Dy1_Conn_ET
9.4.4.3 Prot Settings
(1) GTU Diff Prot Settings

2000H I_Pkp_PcntDiff_GTU(decimal digits=2) Ie
2001H I_InstDiff_GTU(decimal digits=2) Ie
2002H Slope1_PcntDiff_GTU(decimal digits=2)

391

2003H Slope2_PcntDiff_GTU(decimal digits=2)
2004H k_Harm_PcntDiff_GTU(decimal digits=2)
2005H TrpLog_Diff_GTU
Bit0:En_InstDiff_GTU
Bit1:En_PcntDiff_GTU
2006H Logic setting
Bit2:Opt_Inrush_Ident_GTU
Bit3:Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_GTU
(2) Tr Diff Prot Settings

2007H I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
2008H I_InstDiff_Tr(decimal digits=2) Ie
2009H Slope1_PcntDiff_Tr(decimal digits=2)
200AH Slope2_PcntDiff_Tr(decimal digits=2)
200BH k_Harm_PcntDiff_Tr(decimal digits=2)
200CH TrpLog_Diff_Tr
Bit0:En_InstDiff_Tr
Bit1:En_PcntDiff_Tr
200DH Logic setting Bit2:En_DPFC_Diff_Tr
Bit3:Opt_Inrush_Ident_Tr
Bit4:Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Tr
(3) Tr PPF Bak Prot Settings

200EH V_NegOV_VCE_Tr(decimal digits=2) V
200FH Vpp_VCE_Tr(decimal digits=2) V
2010H I_OC1_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
2011H t_OC11_Tr(decimal digits=2) S
2012H TrpLog_OC11_Tr
2015H I_OC2_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
201AH Z1_Fwd_Tr(decimal digits=2)
201BH Z1_Rev_Tr(decimal digits=2)
201CH t_Z11_Tr(decimal digits=2) S
201DH TrpLog_Z11_Tr
201EH t_Z12_Tr(decimal digits=2) S
201FH TrpLog_Z12_Tr
392

2020H Z2_Fwd_Tr(decimal digits=2)
2021H Z2_Rev_Tr(decimal digits=2)
2022H t_Z21_Tr(decimal digits=2) S
2023H TrpLog_Z21_Tr
2024H t_Z22_Tr(decimal digits=2) S
2025H TrpLog_Z22_Tr
2026H I_Alm_OvLd_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
2027H t_Alm_OvLd_Tr(decimal digits=2) S
2028H I_InitCool1_OvLd_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
2029H t_InitCool1_OvLd_Tr(decimal digits=2) S
202AH I_InitCool2_OvLd_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
202BH t_InitCool2_OvLd_Tr(decimal digits=2) S
Bit0:En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_Tr
Bit1:En_VCE_Ctrl_OC2_Tr
Bit2:En_LVS.VCE_Ctrl_OC_Tr
202CH Logic setting Bit3:En_Mem_Curr_Tr
Bit4:Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Tr
Bit5:En_OvLd_Tr
Bit6:En_InitCool_OvLd_Tr
(4) Tr EF Bak Prot Settings

202DH V_ROV_VCE_Tr(decimal digits=2) V
202EH I_ROC1_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
202FH t_ROC11_Tr(decimal digits=2) S
2030H TrpLog_ROC11_Tr
2031H t_ROC12_Tr(decimal digits=2) S
2033H I_ROC2_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
2038H I_ROC3_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
203AH TrpLog_ROC31_Tr
203BH t_ROC32_Tr(decimal digits=2) S
203CH TrpLog_ROC32_Tr
203DH V_ROV_Gap_Tr(decimal digits=2) V
203EH t_ROV1_Gap_Tr(decimal digits=2) S
203FH TrpLog_ROV1_Gap_Tr
2040H t_ROV2_Gap_Tr(decimal digits=2) S
393

2041H TrpLog_ROV2_Gap_Tr
2042H I_ROC_Gap_Tr(decimal digits=2) A
2043H t_ROC1_Gap_Tr(decimal digits=2) S
2044H TrpLog_ROC1_Gap_Tr
2045H t_ROC2_Gap_Tr(decimal digits=2) S
2046H TrpLog_ROC2_Gap_Tr
2047H V_Alm_ROV_LVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) V
2048H t_Alm_ROV_LVS_Tr(decimal digits=2) S
Bit0:En_VCE.ROV _Ctrl_ROC1_Tr
Bit1:En_Dir_Ctrl_ROC1_Tr
Bit2:En_VCE.ROV_Ctrl_ROC2_Tr
Bit3:En_Dir_Ctrl_ROC2_Tr
2049H Logic setting
Bit5:En_Alm_ROV_LVS_Tr
Bit7:En_BI_Ctrl_ROC_Gap_Tr
Bit8:En_InstREF_Tr
Bit9:En_PcntREF_Tr
(5) Tr OvExc Prot Settings

204AH k_OvExc1_Tr(decimal digits=2)
204BH t_OvExc1_Tr(decimal digits=1) S
204CH TrpLog_OvExc1_Tr
204DH k_OvExc2_Tr(decimal digits=2)
204EH t_OvExc2_Tr(decimal digits=1) S
204FH TrpLog_OvExc2_Tr
2050H k_Alm_OvExc_Tr(decimal digits=2)
2051H t_Alm_OvExc_Tr(decimal digits=1) S
2052H k0_InvOvExc_Tr(decimal digits=2)
2053H t0_InvOvExc_Tr(decimal digits=1) S
205AH k4_InvOvExc_Tr(decimal digits=2)
205BH t4_InvOvExc_Tr(decimal digits=1) S
205CH k5_InvOvExc_Tr(decimal digits=2)
205DH t5_InvOvExc_Tr(decimal digits=1) S
205EH k6_InvOvExc_Tr(decimal digits=2)
205FH t6_InvOvExc_Tr(decimal digits=1) S
394

2062H TrpLog_InvOvExc_Tr
(6) Gen Diff Prot Settings

2063H I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
2064H I_InstDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
2065H Slope1_PcntDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2)
2066H Slope2_PcntDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2)
2067H TrpLog_Diff_Gen
Bit0:En_InstDiff_Gen
Bit1:En_PcntDiff_Gen
2068H Logic setting
Bit2:En_DPFC_Diff_Gen
Bit3:Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Gen
(7) Gen SPTDiff Prot Settings

2069H I_Pkp_PcntSPTDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
206AH I_InstSPTDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
206BH Slope1_PcntSPTDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2)
206CH Slope2_PcntSPTDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2)
206DH TrpLog_SPTDiff_Gen
Bit0:En_InstSPTDiff_Gen
206EH Logic setting Bit1:En_PcntSPTDiff_Gen
Bit2:Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntSPTDiff_Gen
(8) Gen IntTurn Prot Settings

206FH I_SensTrvDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
2070H I_InsensTrvDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
2071H t_TrvDiff_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
2072H V_SensROV_Longl_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
2073H V_InsensROV_Longl_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
2074H t_ROV_Longl_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
2075H TrpLog_IntTurn_Gen
Bit0:En_SensTrvDiff_Gen
Bit1:En_InsensTrvDiff_Gen
2076H Logic setting Bit2:En_SensROV_Longl_Gen
Bit3:En_InsensROV_Longl_Gen
Bit4:En_DPFC_IntTurn_Gen
(9) Gen PPF Bak Prot Settings

395

2077H V_NegOV_VCE_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
2078H Vpp_VCE_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
2079H I_OC1_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
207AH t_OC1_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
207BH TrpLog_OC1_Gen
207CH I_OC2_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
207DH t_OC2_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
207EH TrpLog_OC2_Gen
207FH Z1_Fwd_Gen(decimal digits=2)
2080H Z1_Rev_Gen(decimal digits=2)
2081H t_Z1_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
2082H TrpLog_Z1_Gen
2083H Z2_Fwd_Gen(decimal digits=2)
2084H Z2_Rev_Gen(decimal digits=2)
2085H t_Z2_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
2086H TrpLog_Z2_Gen
Bit0:En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_Gen
Bit1:En_VCE_Ctrl_OC2_Gen
Bit2:En_HVS.VCE_Ctrl_OC_Gen
2087H Logic setting
Bit3:Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_gen
Bit4:Opt_ExcMode_Gen
Bit5:En_BO_OC2_Gen
(10) Sta EF Prot Settings

2088H V_SensROV_Sta(decimal digits=2) V
2089H V_InsensROV_Sta(decimal digits=2) V
208AH t_ROV_Sta(decimal digits=2) S
208BH k_V3rdHRatio_PreSync_Sta(decimal digits=2)
208CH k_V3rdHRatio_PostSync_Sta(decimal digits=2)
208DH k_V3rdHDiff_Sta(decimal digits=2)
208EH t_V3rdH_Sta(decimal digits=2) S
208FH TrpLog_EF_Sta
Bit0:En_Alm_ROV_Sta
Bit1:En_Trp_ROV_Sta
Bit2:En_Alm_V3rdHRatio_Sta
2090H Logic setting
Bit3:En_Alm_V3rdHDiff_Sta
Bit4:En_Trp_V3rdHRatio_Sta
Bit5:En_Trp_InsensRov_Sta
(11) RotWdg EF Prot Settings

396

2091H R_Sens_1PEF_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) k
2092H R_1PEF_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) k
2093H t_1PEF_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) S
2094H V2ndH_VCE_2PEF_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) v
2095H t_2PEF_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) S
2096H TrpLog_EF_RotWdg
Bit0:En_Alm_Sens_1PEF_RotWdg
Bit1:En_Alm_1PEF_RotWdg
2097H Logic setting Bit2:En_Trp_1PEF_RotWdg
Bit3:En_2PEF_RotWdg
Bit4:En_VCE_2PEF_RotWdg
(12) Sta OvLd Prot Settings

2098H I_OvLd_Sta(decimal digits=2) A
2099H t_OvLd_Sta(decimal digits=2) S
209AH TrpLog_OvLd_Sta
209BH I_Alm_OvLd_Sta(decimal digits=2) A
209CH t_Alm_OvLd_Sta(decimal digits=2) S
209DH I_InvOvLd_Sta(decimal digits=2) A
209EH tmin_InvOvLd_Sta(decimal digits=2) S
209FH A_Therm_Sta(decimal digits=2)
20A0H Kb_Therm_Sta(decimal digits=2)
20A1H TrpLog_InvOvLd_Sta
(13) Sta NegOC Prot Settings

20A2H I_NegOC_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
20A3H t_NegOC_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
20A4H TrpLog_NegOC_Gen
20A5H I_Alm_NegOC_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
20A6H t_Alm_NegOC_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
20A7H I_InvNegOC_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
20A8H I2_Perm_Sta(decimal digits=2) A
20A9H tmin_InvNegOC_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
20AAH A_Therm_RotBody(decimal digits=2)
20ABH TrpLog_InvNegOC_Gen
(14) Gen LossExc Prot Settings

20ACH X1_LossExc_Gen(decimal digits=2)
20ADH X2_LossExc_Gen(decimal digits=2)
397

20AEH Q_RevQ_LossExc_Gen(decimal digits=2) %
20AFH V_RotUV_LossExc_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
20B0H V_RotNoLoad_LossExc_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
20B1H k_RotUV_LossExc_Gen(decimal digits=2)
20B2H V_BusUV_LossExc_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
20B3H P_UP_LossExc_Gen(decimal digits=2) %
20B4H t_LossExc1_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
20B7H TrpLog_LossExc1_Gen
Bit0:En_Z_LossExc1_Gen
Bit1:En_RotUV_LossExc1_Gen
Bit2:En_P_LossExc1_Gen
Bit3:En_BusUV_LossExc2_Gen
20BAH Logic setting
Bit8:En_Alm_LossExc1_Gen
Bit9:Opt_Z_LossExc_Gen
Bit10:En_RevQ_LossExc_Gen
Bit11:Opt_UV_LossExc_Gen
(15) Gen OOS Prot Settings

20BBH Za_OOS_Gen(decimal digits=2)
20BCH Zb_OOS_Gen(decimal digits=2)
20BDH Zc_OOS_Gen(decimal digits=2)
20BEH _Reach_OOS_Gen(decimal digits=2)
20BFH _Inner_OOS_Gen(decimal digits=2)
20C0H n_Slip_Ext_OOS_Gen(integer)
20C1H n_Slip_Int_OOS_Gen(integer)
20C2H Ibrk_TCB(decimal digits=2) A
20C3H TrpLog_OOS_Gen
Bit0:En_Alm_Ext_OOS_Gen
Bit1:En_Trp_Ext_OOS_Gen
20C4H Logic setting
Bit2:En_Alm_Int_OOS_Gen
Bit3:En_Trp_Int_OOS_Gen
(16) Gen Volt Prot Settings

398

20C5H V_OV1_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
20C6H t_OV1_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
20C7H TrpLog_OV1_Gen
20C8H V_OV2_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
20C9H t_OV2_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
20CAH TrpLog_OV2_Gen
20CBH V_UV_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
20CCH t_UV_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
20CDH TrpLog_UV_Gen
(17) Gen OvExc Prot Settings

20CEH k_OvExc1_Gen(decimal digits=2)
20CFH t_OvExc1_Gen(decimal digits=1) S
20D0H TrpLog_OvExc1_Gen
20D1H k_OvExc2_Gen(decimal digits=2)
20D2H t_OvExc2_Gen(decimal digits=1) S
20D3H TrpLog_OvExc2_Gen
20D4H k_Alm_OvExc_Gen(decimal digits=2)
20D5H t_Alm_OvExc_Gen(decimal digits=1) S
20D6H k0_InvOvExc_Gen(decimal digits=2)
20D7H t0_InvOvExc_Gen(decimal digits=1) S
20D8H k1_InvOvExc_Gen(decimal digits=2)
20D9H t1_InvOvExc_Gen(decimal digits=1) S
20DAH k2_InvOvExc_Gen(decimal digits=2)
20DBH t2_InvOvExc_Gen(decimal digits=1) S
20DCH k3_InvOvExc_Gen(decimal digits=2)
20DDH t3_InvOvExc_Gen(decimal digits=1) S
20DEH k4_InvOvExc_Gen(decimal digits=2)
20DFH t4_InvOvExc_Gen(decimal digits=1) S
20E0H k5_InvOvExc_Gen(decimal digits=2)
20E1H t5_InvOvExc_Gen(decimal digits=1) S
20E6H TrpLog_InvOvExc_Gen
(18) Gen Pwr Prot Settings

20E7H P_RevP_Gen(decimal digits=2) %
20E8H t_Alm_RevP_Gen(decimal digits=1) S
399

20E9H t_Trp_RevP_Gen(decimal digits=1) S
20EAH TrpLog_RevP_Gen
20EBH P_UP_Gen(decimal digits=2) %
20ECH t_UP_Gen(decimal digits=2) M
20EDH TrpLog_UP_Gen
20EEH P_SeqTrp_RevP_Gen(decimal digits=2) %
20EFH t_SeqTrp_RevP_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
20F0H TrpLog_SeqTrp_RevP_Gen
(19) Gen Freq Prot Settings

20F1H f_UF1_Gen(decimal digits=2) Hz
20F2H t_UF1_Gen(decimal digits=2) M
20F4H t_UF2_Gen(decimal digits=2) M
20F6H t_UF3_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
20F8H t_UF4_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
20F9H TrpLog_UF_Gen
20FAH f_OF1_Gen(decimal digits=2) Hz
20FBH t_OF1_Gen(decimal digits=2) M
20FCH f_OF2_Gen(decimal digits=2) Hz
20FDH t_OF2_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
20FEH TrpLog_OF_Gen
Bit0:En_Alm_UF1_Gen
Bit1:En_Trp_UF1_Gen
Bit2:En_Alm_UF2_Gen
Bit3:En_Trp_UF2_Gen
Bit4:En_Alm_UF3_Gen
Bit5:En_Trp_UF3_Gen
20FFH Logic setting Bit6:En_Alm_UF4_Gen
Bit7:En_Trp_UF4_Gen
Bit8:En_Alm_OF1_Gen
Bit9:En_Trp_OF1_Gen
Bit10:En_Alm_OF2_Gen
Bit11:En_Trp_OF2_Gen
Bit12:En_BO_UC_OvSp_Gen
(20) Gen StShut Prot Settings

2100H f_UF_StShut_Gen(decimal digits=2) Hz
400

2101H I_TrDiff_StShut_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
2102H I_STDiff_StShut_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
2103H I_GenDiff_StShut_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
2104H I_SPTDiff_StShut_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
2105H I_ExcDiff_StShut_Gen(decimal digits=2) Ie
2106H TrpLog_Diff_StShut_Gen
2107H V_StaROV_StShut_Gen(decimal digits=2) V
2108H t_StaROV_StShut_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
2109H TrpLog_StaROV_StShut_Gen
Bit0:En_TrDiff_StShut_Gen
Bit1:En_STDiff_StShut_Gen
Bit2:En_GenDiff_StShut_Gen
210AH Logic setting Bit3:En_SPTDiff_StShut_Gen
Bit4:En_ExcDiff_StShut_Gen
Bit5:En_StaROV_StShut_Gen
Bit6:En_UF_Ctrl_StShut_Gen
(21) Gen AccEnerg Prot Settings

210BH f_UF_AccEnerg_Gen(decimal digits=2) Hz
210CH I_OC_AccEnerg_Gen(decimal digits=2) A
210DH Ibrk_TCB(decimal digits=2) A
210EH t_AccEnerg_Gen(decimal digits=2) S
210FH TrpLog_AccEnerg_Gen
2110H I_NegOC_Flash_TCB(decimal digits=2) A
2111H t_Flash1_TCB(decimal digits=2) S
2112H TrpLog_Flash1_TCB
2113H t_Flash2_TCB(decimal digits=2) S
2114H TrpLog_Flash2_TCB
Bit0:En_UF_Ctrl_AccEnerg_Gen
2115H Logic setting Bit1:En_CB_Ctrl_AccEnerg_Gen
Bit2:En_Ibrk_Ctrl_Trp_TCB
(22) Exc Diff Prot Settings

2116H I_Pkp_PcntDiff_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
2117H I_InstDiff_Exc(decimal digits=2) Ie
2118H Slope1_PcntDiff_Exc(decimal digits=2)
2119H Slope2_PcntDiff_Exc(decimal digits=2)
211AH k_Harm_PcntDiff_Exc(decimal digits=2)
211BH TrpLog_Diff_Exc
211CH Logic setting Bit0:En_InstDiff_Exc
401

Bit1:En_PcntDiff_Exc
Bit2:Opt_Inrush_Ident_Exc
Bit3:Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_Exc
(23) Exc Bak Prot Settings

211DH V_NegOV_VCE_Exc(decimal digits=2) V
211EH Vpp_VCE_Exc(decimal digits=2) V
211FH I_OC1_Exc(decimal digits=2) A
2120H t_OC1_Exc(decimal digits=2) S
2121H TrpLog_OC1_Exc
2122H I_OC2_Exc(decimal digits=2) A
2123H t_OC2_Exc(decimal digits=2) S
2124H TrpLog_OC2_Exc
Bit0:En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_Exc
Bit1:En_VCE_Ctrl_OC2_Exc
Bit2:En_Mem_Curr_Exc
2125H Logic setting
Bit3:Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Exc
Bit4:Opt_AC_Input_S1_Exc
Bit5:Opt_AC_Input_S2_Exc
(24) RotWdg OvLd Prot Settings

2126H I_OvLd_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) A
2127H t_OvLd_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) S
2128H TrpLog_OvLd_RotWdg
2129H I_Alm_OvLd_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) A
212AH t_Alm_OvLd_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) S
212BH I_InvOvLd_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) A
212CH tmin_InvOvLd_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) S
212DH A_Therm_RotWdg(decimal digits=2)
212EH Ib_InvOvLd_RotWdg(decimal digits=2) A
212FH TrpLog_InvOvLd_RotWdg
Bit0:Opt_AC_Input_RotWdg
Bit1:Opt_DC_Input_RotWdg
2130H Logic setting
Bit2:Opt_AC_Input_S1_RotWdg
Bit3:Opt_AC_Input_S2_RotWdg
(25) ST Diff Prot Settings

2131H I_Pkp_PcntDiff_ST(decimal digits=2) Ie

402

2132H I_InstDiff_ST(decimal digits=2) Ie
2133H Slope1_PcntDiff_ST(decimal digits=2)
2134H Slope2_PcntDiff_ST(decimal digits=2)
2135H k_Harm_PcntDiff_ST(decimal digits=2)
2136H TrpLog_Diff_ST
Bit0:En_InstDiff_ST
Bit1:En_PcntDiff_ST
2137H Logic setting
Bit2:Opt_Inrush_Ident_ST
Bit3:Opt_CTS_Blk_PcntDiff_ST
(26) ST HVS Bak Prot Settings

2138H V_NegOV_VCE_HVS_ST(decimal digits=2) V
2139H Vpp_VCE_HVS_ST(decimal digits=2) V
213AH I_OC1_HVS_ST(decimal digits=2) A
213BH t_OC1_HVS_ST(decimal digits=2) S
213CH TrpLog_OC1_HVS_ST
213DH I_OC2_HVS_ST(decimal digits=2) A
213EH t_OC2_HVS_ST(decimal digits=2) S
213FH TrpLog_OC2_HVS_ST
2140H I_Alm_OvLd_HVS_ST(decimal digits=2) A
2141H t_Alm_OvLd_HVS_ST(decimal digits=2) S
2142H I_InitCool1_OvLd_HVS_ST(decimal digits=2) A
2143H t_InitCool1_OvLd_HVS_ST(decimal digits=2) S
2144H I_InitCool2_OvLd_HVS_ST(decimal digits=2) A
2145H t_InitCool2_OvLd_HVS_ST(decimal digits=2) S
Bit0:En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_HVS_ST
Bit1:En_VCE_Ctrl_OC2_HVS_ST
Bit2:En_Mem_Curr_HVS_ST
2146H Logic setting Bit3:Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_HVS_ST
Bit4:En_Alm_OvLd_HVS_ST
Bit5:En_InitCool_OvLd_HVS_ST
Bit7:En_LVSProt_Blk_OC1_HVS_ST
(27) ST Br1 Bak Prot Settings

2147H V_NegOV_VCE_Br1_ST(decimal digits=2) V
2148H Vpp_VCE_Br1_ST(decimal digits=2) V
2149H I_OC1_Br1_ST(decimal digits=2) A
214AH t_OC1_Br1_ST(decimal digits=2) S
214BH TrpLog_OC1_Br1_ST
214CH I_OC2_Br1_ST(decimal digits=2) A
403

214DH t_OC2_Br1_ST(decimal digits=2) S
214EH TrpLog_OC2_Br1_ST
214FH I_ROC1_Br1_ST(decimal digits=2) A
2150H t_ROC1_Br1_ST(decimal digits=2) S
2151H TrpLog_ROC1_Br1_ST
2152H I_ROC2_Br1_ST(decimal digits=2) A
2155H I_OvLd_Br1_ST(decimal digits=2) A
2156H t_OvLd_Br1_ST(decimal digits=2) S
2157H V_ROV_Br1_ST(decimal digits=2) V
2158H t_ROV_Br1_ST(decimal digits=2) S
Bit0:En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_Br1_ST
Bit1:En_VCE_Ctrl_OC2_ Br1_ST
2159H Logic setting Bit2:Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_ Br1_ST
Bit3:En_Alm_OvLd_ Br1_ST
Bit4:En_Alm_ROV_ Br1_ST
(28) ST Br2 Bak Prot Settings

215AH V_NegOV_VCE_Br2_ST(decimal digits=2) V
215BH Vpp_VCE_Br2_ST(decimal digits=2) V
215CH I_OC1_Br2_ST(decimal digits=2) A
215DH t_OC1_Br2_ST(decimal digits=2) S
215EH TrpLog_OC1_Br2_ST
215FH I_OC2_Br2_ST(decimal digits=2) A
2160H t_OC2_Br2_ST(decimal digits=2) S
2161H TrpLog_OC2_Br2_ST
2168H I_OvLd_Br2_ST(decimal digits=2) A
2169H t_OvLd_Br2_ST(decimal digits=2) S
216AH V_ROV_Br2_ST(decimal digits=2) V
216BH t_ROV_Br2_ST(decimal digits=2) S
Bit0:En_VCE_Ctrl_OC1_Br2_ST
216CH Logic setting Bit1:En_VCE_Ctrl_OC2_Br2_ST
Bit2:Opt_VTS_Ctrl_OC_Br2_ST

404

Bit3:En_Alm_OvLd_Br2_ST
Bit4:En_Alm_ROV_Br2_ST
(29) MechRly Prot Settings

216DH t_MechRly1(decimal digits=1) S
216EH TrpLog_MechRly1
216FH t_MechRly2(decimal digits=1) S
2170H TrpLog_MechRly2
2171H t_MechRly3(decimal digits=1) S
2173H t_MechRly4(decimal digits=1) S
2175H Logic setting Bit0:En_Supv_MechRly
(30) PoleDisagr Prot Settings

2176H I_OC_PD(decimal digits=2) A
2177H I_NegOC_PD(decimal digits=2) A
2178H I_ROC_PD(decimal digits=2) A
2179H t_PD1(decimal digits=2) S
217AH TrpLog_PD1
217BH t_PD2(decimal digits=2) S
217CH TrpLog_PD2
Bit0:En_NegOC_PD
Bit1:En_ROC_PD
217DH Logic setting
Bit2:En_ExTrp_Ctrl_PD2
Bit3:En_OC_PD2
9.4.5 Diagnostics (Function Code: 08H)

Modbus function 08 provides a series of tests for checking the communication system between the
master and slave, or for checking various internal error conditions within the slave.
The function uses a twobyte sub function code field in the query to define the type of test to be
performed. The slave echoes both the function code and sub function code in a normal response.
The listing below shows the sub function codes supported by the equipment.
Code Name
00H Return Query Data
01H Restart Comm Option
04H Force Listen Only Mode
0BH Return Bus Message Count

405
Code Name
0CH Return Bus Comm. Error Count
0DH Return Bus Exception Error Cnt
0EH Return Slave Message Count
0FH Return Slave No Response Cnt
9.4.6 Exception Responses

Except for broadcast messages, when a master device sends a query to a slave device it expects
a normal response. If the slave receives the query without a communication error, but cannot
handle it (for example, if the request is to read a nonexistent coil or register), the slave will return
an exception response informing the master of the nature of the error.
The listing below shows the exception codes supported by the equipment.
Code Description
01H Illegal Function
02H Illegal Data Address
03H Illegal Data Value
07H Negative Acknowledge
9.5 EIA(RS)232 Interface

The front communication port is provided by a DB9 female D-type connector located under the
small hinged cover on the front panel. It provides RS232 serial data communication and is
intended for use with a PC locally to the relay (up to 15m distance). This port supports the courier
communication protocol only. Courier is the communication language developed by NR to allow
communication with its range of protection relays. The front port is particularly designed for use
with relays settings program RCSPC which is a Windows-based software package.
The pin connections of relays DB9 front port are as follows:
Pin No.2 Tx Transmit data

Pin No.3 Rx Receive data
Pin No.5 common
None of the other pins are connected in the relays. The relays should be connected to the serial
port of a PC, usually called as COM1 or COM2. The serial port pin connections, which is DB9 male,
is as below (if in doubt check you PC manual):
Pin No.2 Rx Transmit data

Pin No.3 Tx Receive data
Pin No.5 common
For successful data communication, the Tx pin on the relays must be connected to the Rx pin on
the PC, and Rx pin on the relay must be connected to Tx pin on the PC as shown in Figure 9.5-1.
Note:

406
The baud rate for this port is fixed at 9600 bps.
9 pin front communication port
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9
serial communication port

( COM1 or COM2) of local PC
Figure 9.5-1 RS232 Faceplate Port Connection
9.6 Communication with printer

When communicating locally with a printer using the rear series port, a special connection line is
necessary which is provided by manufacture of the equipment.
There are two parameters need to be set in RCS-985A for communication with printer,
[Printer_Baud] and [En_AutoPrint], the former decides the communication speed and the later
decides the printers activating way. Please refer to chapter 7 for details.
9.7 Communication with External GPS pulse Source

The clock function (Calendar clock) is used for time-tagging for the following purposes:
---Event recording
---Fault recording
---Present recording
---Self-supervision
When the relays are connected to the GPS clock, all the relay clocks are synchronized with the
external time standard. There are two way to adjust the relay clock.
---Time synchronization via RS-485 serial port
---Time synchronization via binary input

407

408
Chapter 10 Installation
10.1 Receipt of Relays
Upon receipt, relays should be examined immediately to ensure no external damage has been
sustained in transit. If damage has been sustained, a claim should be made to the transport
contractor and NR should be promptly notified. Relays that are supplied unmounted and not
intended for immediate installation should be returned to their protective bags and delivery carton.
Section 10.3 of this chapter gives more information about the storage of relays.
10.2 Handling of Electronic Equipment

A persons normal movements can easily generate electrostatic potentials of several thousand
volts. Discharge of these voltages into semiconductor devices when handling electronic circuits
can cause serious damage that, although not always immediately apparent, will reduce the
reliability of the circuit. The relays electronic circuits are protected from electrostatic discharge
when housed in the case. Do not expose them to risk by removing the front panel or printed circuit
boards unnecessarily.
Each printed circuit board incorporates the highest practicable protection for its semiconductor
devices. However, if it becomes necessary to remove a printed circuit board, the following
precautions should be taken to preserve the high reliability and long life for which the relay has
been designed and manufactured.
Before removing a printed circuit board, ensure that you are at the same electrostatic potential as
the equipment by touching the case.
Handle analog input modules by the front panel, frame or edges of the circuit boards.
Printed circuit boards should only be handled by their edges. Avoid touching the electronic
components, printed circuit tracks or connectors.
Do not pass the module to another person without first ensuring you are both at the same
electrostatic potential. Shaking hands achieves equipotential.
Place the module on an anti-static surface, or on a conducting surface that is at the same potential
as you.
If it is necessary to store or transport printed circuit boards removed from the case, place them
individually in electrically conducting anti-static bags.
In the unlikely event that you are making measurements on the internal electronic circuitry of a
relay in service, it is preferable that you are earthed to the case with a conductive wrist strap. Wrist
straps should have a resistance to ground between 500k to 10M. If a wrist strap is not available
you should maintain regular contact with the case to prevent a build-up of electrostatic potential.
Instrumentation which may be used for making measurements should also be earthed to the case
whenever possible.

409
More information on safe working procedures for all electronic equipment can be found in BS EN
100015: Part 1:1992. It is strongly recommended that detailed investigations on electronic circuitry
or modification work should be carried out in a special handling area such as described in the
British Standard document.
10.3 Storage
If relays are not to be installed immediately upon receipt, they should be stored in a place free from
dust and moisture in their original cartons. Where de-humidifier bags have been included in the
packing they should be retained.
To prevent battery drain during transportation and storage a battery isolation strip is fitted during
manufacture. With the lower access cover open, presence of the battery isolation strip can be
checked by a red tab protruding from the positive polarity side.
Care should be taken on subsequent unpacking that any dust, which has collected on the carton,
does not fall inside. In locations of high humidity the carton and packing may become impregnated
with moisture and the de-humidifier crystals will lose their efficiency.
Prior to installation, relays should be stored at a temperature of between 25C to +70C (-13F to
+158F).
10.4 Unpacking
Care must be taken when unpacking and installing the relays so that none of the parts are
damaged and additional components are not accidentally left in the packing or lost. Ensure that
any Users CDROM or technique documentation is NOT discarded this should accompany the
relay to its destination substation.
Note:
With the lower access cover open, the red tab of the battery isolation strip will be seen protruding
from the positive (+) side of the battery compartment. Do not remove this strip because it prevents
battery drain during transportation and storage and will be removed as part of the commissioning
tests. Relays must only be handled by skilled persons.
The site should be well lit to facilitate inspection, clean, dry and reasonably free from dust and
excessive vibration.
10.5 Relay Mounting

RCS-985A is dispatched either individually or as part of a panel/rack assembly. Individual relays
are normally supplied accompanied with this manual showing the dimensions for panel cutouts
and whole centers. This information can also be found in the product publication.
10.5.1 Rack Mounting

RCS-985A may be rack mounted using single tier rack frames, as illustrated in Figure 10.5-1 and

410
Figure 10.5-2. The frames must have been designed to have dimensions in accordance with
IEC60297 and are supplied pre-assembled ready to use. On a standard 483mm rack system this
enables combinations of widths of case up to a total equivalent of size 80TE to be mounted side by
side.
Once the tier is complete, the frames are fastened into the racks using mounting angles at each
end of the tier.
487
5
28
465
R C S - 9 8 5
GENERATOR PROTECTION
530.4
GRP
457.2
190.5
ENT
ESC
NARI RELAYS ELECTRIC CO., LD
8 - 6.8

411
Figure 10.5-1 Rack mounting of relaysfront face

531.5
457.2
190.5
Figure 10.5-2 Rack mounting of relaysrear face
Relays can be mechanically grouped into single tier (12U) or multi-tier arrangements by means of
the rack frame.
Where the case size summation is less than 80TE on any tier, or space is to be left for installation
of future relays, blanking plates may be used. These plates can also be used to mount ancillary
components.
10.5.2 Panel mounting

The relays can be flush mounted into panels using M4 self-tapping screws with captive 3mm thick
washers.
For applications where relays need to be semi-projection or projection mounted, a range of collars
are available. Where several relays are mounted in a single cutout in the panel, it is advised that
412
they are mechanically grouped together horizontally and/or vertically to form rigid assemblies prior
to mounting in the panel.
Note:
It is not advised that RCS-985A are fastened using pop rivets as this will not allow the relay to be
easily removed from the panel in the future if repair is necessary.
If it is required to mount a relay assembly on a panel complying to IEC 60529 IP51 enclosure
protection, it will be necessary to fit a metallic sealing strip between adjoining relays and a sealing
ring around the complete assembly.
10.6 RELAY WIRING

This section serves as a guide to selecting the appropriate cable and connector type for each
terminal on the RCS-985A.
10.6.1 Medium and heavy duty terminal block connections

Heavy duty terminal block: CT circuits.
Medium duty: All other terminal blocks.
Loose relays are supplied with sufficient M4 screws for making connections to the rear mounted
terminal blocks using jointing terminals.
The following minimum wire sizes are recommended:
Current transformers 2.5mm2
Auxiliary Supply, Vx 1.5mm2
EIA(RS)485 Port See separate section
Other Circuits 1.0mm2
Due to the limitations of the jointing terminal, the maximum wire size that can be used for any of
the medium or heavy duty terminals is 4.0mm2 using jointing terminals that are not pre-insulated.
Where it required to only use pre-insulated ring terminals, the maximum wire size that can be used
is reduced to 2.5mm2 per ring terminal.
The wire used for all connections to the medium and heavy duty terminal blocks, except the
EIA(RS)485 port, should have a minimum voltage rating of 300Vrms.
It is recommended that the auxiliary supply wiring should be protected by a 16A high rupture
capacity (HRC) fuse of type NIT or TIA. For safety reasons, current transformer circuits must
never be fused. Other circuits should be appropriately fused to protect the wire used.
10.6.2 EIA (RS) 485 port

Connections to the EIA (RS) 485 port are made using ring terminals. It is recommended that a 2
core screened cable is used with a maximum total length of 1000m or 200nF total cable

413
capacitance. A typical cable specification would be:
Each core: 16/0.2mm copper conductorsPVC insulated
Nominal conductor area: 0.5mm2 per core
Screen: Overall braid, PVC sheathed
10.6.3 IRIG-B connections (if applicable)

The IRIG-B input and BNC connector have a characteristic impedance of 50. It is recommended
that connections between the IRIG-B equipment and the relay are made using coaxial cable of
type RG59LSF with a halogen free, fire retardant sheath.
10.6.4 EIA(RS)232 front port of downloading/monitoring

Short term connections to the EIA(RS)232 port, located at the bottom of face cover, can be made
using a screened multi-core communication cable up to 15m long, or a total capacitance of
2500pF. The cable should be terminated at the relay end with a 9-way, metal shelled, D-type male
plug. The pin allocations are detailed in section 5.4 about connectors.
10.6.5 Ethernet port (if applicable)

Fiber Optic Port
The relays can have an optional 10 or 100 Mbps Ethernet port. FO connection is recommended for
use in permanent connections in a substation environment. The 10Mbit port uses type ST
connector and the 100Mbit port uses type SC connector, both compatible with 850nm multi-mode
fiber-optic cable.
RJ-45 Metallic Port
The user can connect to either a 10Base-T or a 100Base-TX Ethernet hub; the port will
automatically sense which type of hub is connected. Due to possibility of noise and interference on
this part, it is recommended that this connection type be used for short-term connections and over
short distance. Ideally where the relays and hubs are located in the same cubicle.
The connector for the Ethernet port is a shielded RJ-45. The table shows the signals and pins on
the connector.
Table 10-1 Signals on the Ethernet connector
Pin Signal Name Signal Definition

1 TXP Transmit (positive)
2 TXN Transmit (negative)
3 RXP Receive (positive)
4 - Not used
5 - Not used
6 RXN Receive (negative)
7 - Not used

414
Pin Signal Name Signal Definition

8 - Not used
10.6.6 Test port

Short term connections to the download/monitor port, located on the front access cover, can be
made using a screened 9-core communication cable up to 4m long. The cable should be
terminated at the relay end with a 9-way, metal shelled, D-type male plug and linked as a serial
data connection.
10.6.7 Earth connection

Every relay must be connected to the cubicle earth bar using the M4 earth studs in the rear
faceplate of the relay case. The minimum recommended wire size is 2.5mm2 and should have a
ring terminal at the relay end.

415

416
Chapter 11 Commission
11.1 Introduction
This relay is fully numerical in their design, implementing all protection and non-protection
functions in software. The relay employ a high degree of self-checking and in the unlikely event of
a failure, will give an alarm. As a result of this, the commissioning test does not need to be as
extensive as with non-numeric electronic or electro-mechanical relays.
To commission numerical relays, it is only necessary to verify that the hardware is functioning
correctly and the application-specific software settings have been applied to the relay. It is
considered unnecessary to test every function of the relay if the settings have been verified by one
of the following methods:
-extracting the settings applied to the relay using appropriate setting software (preferred method)
-via the operator interface
Blank commissioning test and setting records are provided at the end of this manual for
completion as required.
WARNING!
Before carrying out any work on the equipment, the user should be familiar with the contents of the
safety and technical data sections and the ratings on the equipments rating label.
11.2 Precautions
WARNING!
Hazardous voltages are present in this electrical equipment during operation. Non- observance of
the safety rules can result in severe personal injury or property damage.
Only qualified personnel shall work on and around this equipment after becoming thoroughly
familiar with all warnings and safety notices of this manual as well as with the applicable safety
regulations.
Particular attention must be drawn to the following:
The earthing screw of the device must be connected solidly to the protective earth conductor
before any other electrical connection is made.
Hazardous voltages can be present on all circuits and components connected to the supply
voltage or to the measuring and test quantities.
Hazardous voltages can be present in the device even after disconnection of the supply voltage
(storage capacitors!).

417
The limit values stated in the technique data (Chapter 2) must not be exceeded at all, not even
during testing and commissioning.
When testing the device with secondary test equipment, make sure that no other measurement
quantities are connected. Take also into consideration that the trip circuits and maybe also close
commands to the circuit breakers and other primary switches are disconnected from the device
unless expressly stated.
DANGER!
Current transformer secondary circuits must have been short-circuited before the current leads to
the device are disconnected.
WARNING!
Primary test may only be carried out by qualified personnel, who are familiar with the
commissioning of protection system, the operation of the plant and safety rules and regulations
(switching, earthing, etc.)
11.3 Relay commission tools

Minimum equipment required
--Multifunctional dynamic current and voltage injection test set with interval timer
--Multimeter with suitable AC current range and AC/DC voltage ranges of 0-200V and 0-250V
respectively.
--Continuity tester (if not included in the multimeter)
--Phase angle meter
--Phase rotation meter
Note:
Modern test set may contain many of the above features in one unit.
Optional equipment
--An electronic or brushless insulation tester with a DC output not exceeding 500 V (for insulation
resistance test when required);
--A portable PC, with appropriate software (this enables the rear communications port to be tested,
if this is to be used, and will also save considerable time during commissioning).
--RCSPC software.
--EIA(RS)485 to EIA(RS)232 converter (if EIA(RS)485 IEC60870 port is being tested).

418
-- A printer.
- RCS-900 serials dedicated protection tester TEST or HELP-90.
11.4 Setting Familiarization

When commissioning a RCS-985A relay for the first time, sufficient time should be allowed to
become familiar with the method by which the settings are applied. The Chapter 8 contains a
detailed description of the menu structure of RCS-985A relays.
With the front cover in place all keys are accessible. All menu cells can be read. LEDs and alarms
can be reset. Protection or configuration settings can be changed, or fault and event records
cleared. However, menu cells will require the appropriate password to be entered before changes
can be made.
Alternatively, if a portable PC is available together with suitable setting software (such as RCSPC),
the menu can be viewed a page at a time to display a full column of data and text. This PC
software also allows settings to be entered more easily, saved to a file on disk for future reference
or printed to produce a setting record. Refer to the PC software user manual for details. If the
software is being used for the first time, allow sufficient time to become familiar with its operation.
11.5 Product checks

These product checks cover all aspects of the relay which should be checked to ensure that it has
not been physically damaged prior to commissioning, is functioning correctly and all input quantity
measurements are within the stated Accuracys.
If the application-specific settings have been applied to the relay prior to commissioning, it is
advisable to make a copy of the settings so as to allow them restoration later. This could be done
by extracting the settings from the relay itself via printer or manually creating a setting record.
11.5.1 With the relay de-energized

The RCS-985 serial plant transformer protection is fully numerical and the hardware is
continuously monitored. Commissioning tests can be kept to a minimum and need only include
hardware tests and conjunctive tests. The function tests are carried out according to users
correlative regulations.
The following tests are necessary to ensure the normal operation of the equipment before it is first
put into use.
Hardware tests
These tests are performed for the following hardware to ensure that there is no hardware
defect. Defects of hardware circuits other than the following can be detected by
self-monitoring when the DC power is supplied.
User interfaces test
Binary input circuits and output circuits test
AC input circuits test

419
Function tests
These tests are performed for the following functions that are fully software-based. Tests
of the protection schemes and fault locator require a dynamic test set.
Measuring elements test
Timers test
Metering and recording test
Conjunctive tests
The tests are performed after the relay is connected with the primary equipment and
other external equipment.
On-load test
Phase sequence check and polarity check.
11.5.1.1 Visual inspection.
After unpacking the product, check for any damage to the relay case. If there is any damage, the
internal module might also have been affected, contact the vendor. Following items listed is
necessary.
1. Protection panel
Carefully examine the protection panel, protection equipment inside and other parts inside to
see that no physical damage has occurred since installation.
The rated information of other auxiliary protections should be checked to ensure it is correct
for the particular installation.
2. Panel wiring
Check the conducting wire used in the panel to assure that their cross section meet the
requirement.
Carefully examine the wiring to see that they are no connection failure exists.
3. Label
Check all the isolator binary inputs, terminal blocks, indicators, switches and push buttons to
make sure that their labels meet the requirements of this project.
4. Equipment plug-in modules
Check each plug-in module of the equipments on the panel to make sure that they are well
installed into the equipment without any screw loosened.

420
Figure 11.5-1 RCS-985A rear plug-in connector locations(viewed from rear)
5. Earthing cable
Check whether the earthing cable from the panel terminal block is safely screwed to the panel
steel sheet.
6. Switch, keypad, isolator binary inputs and push button:
Check whether all the switches, equipment keypad, isolator binary inputs and push buttons
work normally and smoothly.
11.5.1.2 Insulation
Insulation resistances tests are only necessary during commission if it is required for them to be
done and they have not been performed during installation.
Isolate all wiring from the earth and test the insulation with an electronic or brushless insulation
tester at a DC voltage not exceeding 500V, terminals of the same circuits should be temporarily
connected together.
The main groups of the relay terminals are:
-Voltage transformer circuits
-Current transformer circuits

421
-Field voltage output and opto-isolated control inputs
-Relay contacts
-EIA(RS)485 communication port
-Case earth
The insulation resistance should be greater than 100M at 500V. On completion of the insulation
resistance tests, ensure all external wiring is correctly reconnected to the relay.
11.5.1.3 External wiring
Check that the external wiring is correct to the relevant relay diagram and scheme diagram.
Ensure as far as practical that phasing/phase rotation appears to be as expected.
Check the wiring against the schematic diagram for the installation to ensure compliance with the
customers normal practice.
11.5.1.4 Auxiliary supply
The relay can be operated from either 110/125Vdc or 220/250Vdc auxiliary supply depending on
the relays nominal supply rating. The incoming voltage must be within the operating range
specified in the following table, before energizing the relay, measure the auxiliary supply to ensure
it is within the operating range.
Rated Voltage 110/125VDC 220/250VDC
Variation 88 - 144 VDC 176 - 288 VDC
It should be noted that the relay can withstand an AC ripple of up to 12% of the upper rated voltage
on the DC auxiliary supply.
Energize the relay only if the auxiliary supply is within the specified operating ranges.
11.5.2 With the relay energized

The following groups of tests verify that the protection hardware and software is functioning
correctly and should be carried out with the auxiliary supply applied to the protection.
The current and voltage transformer connections must remain isolated from the protection for
these checks. The trip circuit should also remain isolated to prevent accidental operation of the
associated circuit breaker.
11.5.2.1 User interface
This test ensures that the LCD, LEDs and keys function correctly.
LCD display
Only apply the rated DC voltage and check whether the LCD displays normal operation status
report as mentioned former. If there is a failure, for example VT circuit fail because of not

422
applying voltage, the LCD displays failure report. If the LCD displays failure report, press the
ECS key for 1 second and the LCD will return to normal operation status report.
LED display
Apply the rated DC voltage and check that the "HEALTHY" LED is lighting in green. We need
to emphasize that the "HEALTHY" LED is always lighting in operation course except that the
equipment find serious problems listed in chapter 4.
Keypad
Press key ESC or and enter the command menu. Do some jobs to ensure that all buttons
are in good condition.
11.5.2.2 Watchdog contacts (Equipment being blocked, BSJ)
Using a continuity tester, check the watchdog contacts (equipment being blocked, BSJ) are in
the states given in Table 11-1 below.
Table 11-1 Watchdog contact status
Contacts
Terminals
Relay de-energized Relay energized
4A1-4A3
4A2-4A4 Closed Open
4B4-4B26
11.5.2.3 Date and time
The method of setting will depend on whether accuracy is being maintained via the RS-485 port
(from GPS in the substation) on the rear of the protection or via the front panel user interface
manually.
Turn on the DC power supply of the equipment and check the software version and time through
the LCD Manual.
11.5.2.4 Binary input check
This test checks that all the binary inputs on the protection are functioning correctly. The binary
inputs should be energized one at a time. Ensuring correct polarity, connect the field supply
voltage to the appropriate terminals for the input being tested.
There two voltage levels of opto-couple for binary inputs, one is 24V DC and the other is
250/220/125/110V DC. The negative pole of DC 24V and negative pole of DC 250/220/125/110V
have been connected with the corresponding negative pole of opto-couplers through the inner rear
board in equipment. The positive pole terminals of opto-couplers have been connected to the rear
connectors for binary input connecting, and common positive pole has also be connected to the
rear connector.
Please see the panel diagram carefully and find the right connector terminal numbers of common
positive pole of DC 24V and DC 250/220/125/110V.

423
Note:
The binary inputs may be energized from an external DC auxiliary supply (e.g. the station battery)
in some installations. Check that this is not the case before connecting the field voltage otherwise
damage to the protection may result. The status of each binary input can be viewed using either
RCSPC software installed in a portable PC or by checking the front man-machine interface LCD.
When each binary input is energized the display will change to indicate the new status of the
inputs. Please check binary input both on CPU module and MON module and ensure they are
consistent.
Please note only the positive pole of opto-coupler for binary inputs are listed in following tables.
1) Main transformer protection contacts (24V opto-couplers)
Path: Main Menu -> VALUES-> CPU(MON) BI STATE ->TR PROT EBI
Equipment Wiring CPU MON

No. Signal name
terminal number connector number status status
1 EBI_Diff_GTU 6B17-6B5
2 EBI_Diff_Tr 6B17-6B1
3 EBI_PPF_Tr 6B17-6B2
4 EBI_EF_Tr 6B17-6B3
5 EBI_ROV/ROC_Gap_Tr 6B17-6B4
2) Generator protection contacts (24V opto-couplers)
Path: Main Menu -> VALUES-> CPU(MON) BI STATE ->GEN PROT EBI

No. Signal name
1 EBI_Diff_Gen 5B29-5B3
2 EBI_SPTDiff_Gen 5B29-5B26
3 EBI_PPF_Gen 5B29-5B25
4 EBI_IntTurn_Gen 5B29-5B4
5 EBI_ROV_Sta 5B29-5B5
6 EBI_V3rdH_Sta 5B29-5B6
7 EBI_1PEF_RotWdg 5B29-5B7
8 EBI_2PEF_RotWdg 5B29-5B8
9 EBI_OvLd_Sta 5B29-5B9
10 EBI_NegOC_Gen 5B29-5B10
11 EBI_LossExc_Gen 5B29-5B11
12 EBI_OOS_Gen 5B29-5B12
13 EBI_VoltProt_Gen 5B29-5B13
14 EBI_OvExc_Gen 5B29-5B14

424

No. Signal name
15 EBI_PwrProt_Gen 5B29-5B15
16 EBI_FreqProt_Gen 5B29-5B16
17 EBI_AccEnerg_Gen 5B29-5B17
18 EBI_StShut_Gen 5B29-5B18
3) Exciter and stepdown transformer protection contacts (24V opto-couplers)
Path: Main Menu -> VALUES-> CPU(MON) BI STATE ->ET&ST PROT EBI

No. Signal name
1 EBI_Diff_Exc 5B29-5B19
2 EBI_Bak_Exc 5B29-5B20
3 EBI_Diff_ST 6B17-6B7
4 EBI_Bak_HVS_ST 6B17-6B8
5 EBI_Bak_Br1_ST 6B17-6B9
6 EBI_Bak_Br2_ST 6B17-6B10
3) Mechanical protection contacts (220/110V opto-couplers)
Path: Main Menu -> VALUES-> CPU(MON) BI STATE ->MECH RLY EBI

No. Signal name
1 EBI_Trp_MechRly1 5B29-5B24
5 BI_MechRly 1 5A27-5A20
9 BI_SyncCondenser 6B25-6B20
4) Auxiliary binary inputs (220/110V opto-couplers)
Path: Main Menu -> VALUES-> CPU(MON) BI STATE -> AUX BI

No. Signal name
1 BI_52b_GCB 5A27-5A22
2 BI_52b_CB_HVS1_Tr 5A27-5A23
3 BI_52b_CB_HVS1_Tr 5A27-5A24

425

No. Signal name
4 BI_Valve_Turbine 5A27-5A26
5 BI_PD_CB 5A27-5A25
6 BI_UrgBrake 6B25_6B19
7 BI_Reserved 6B25_6B22
8 BI_Pwr_Superv 6B25_6B23
4) Binary inputs for power supply supervise (24V opto-couplers)
Path: Main Menu -> VALUES-> CPU(MON) BI STATE -> PS SUPERV BI

No. Signal name
1 BI_Print 6B17-6B13
2 BI_Pulse_GPS 6B17-6B14
3 BI_RstTarg 6B17-6B15
11.5.2.5 Binary output check
Check alarm signal contacts
When detecting a hardware failure in self-supervise, the relay will block all the output and black the
HEALTY LED.
All the operation element for alarm operates, the ALARM LED will illuminate. At the same time,
the BJJ contact and other alarm contacts will be closed. According to the below table we can
check these contacts.
Remote Yes or NO
No Signal name Local signal SOE signal
signal
1 BO_FAIL 4A1-4A3 4A2-4A4 4B4-4B26
2 BO_Alm_Abnor 4A1-4A5 4A2-4A6 4B4-4B28
3 BO_Alm_CTS 4A1-4A7 4A2-4A8 4B4-4B6
4 BO_Alm_VTS 4A1-4A9 4A2-4A10 4B4-4B8
5 BO_Alm_OvLd 4A1-4A11 4A2-4A12 4B4-4B10
6 BO_Alm_NegOC_Gen 4A1-4A13 4A2-4A14 4B4-4B12
7 BO_Alm_OvLd_Exc 4A1-4A15 4A2-4A16 4B4-4B14
8 BO_Alm_EF_Sta 4A1-4A17 4A2-4A18 4B4-4B16
9 BO_Alm_1PEF_Gen 4A1-4A19 4A2-4A20 4B4-4B18
10 BO_Alm_LossExc_Gen 4A1-4A21 4A2-4A22 4B4-4B20
11 BO_Alm_OOS_Gen 4A1-4A23 4A2-4A24 4B4-4B22
12 BO_Alm_FreqProt_Gen 4A1-4A25 4A2-4A26 4B4-4B24
13 BO_Alm_PwrProt_Gen 4A1-4A27 4A2-4A28 4B4-4B29
14 BO_Alm_OvExc_Gen 4A1-4A29 4A2-4A30 4B4-4B30

426
Check tripping signal contacts
All the operation element for tripping operates, the TRIP LED will illuminate. At the same time,
the tripping signal contacts will be closed. According to the below table we can check these
contacts.
No Signal name Local signal Remote signal SOE signal Yes or NO

The first group:
1 BO_Diff_Gen 2A1-2A7 2A3-2A9 2A5-2A11
2 BO_EF_Sta 2A1-2A13 2A3-2A15 2A5-2A17
3 BO_OvLd_Sta 2A1-2A19 2A3-2A21 2A5-2A23
4 BO_LossExc_Gen 2A1-2A25 2A3-2A27 2A5-2A29
5 BO_LossExc1_Gen 2A1-2B1 2A3-2B3 2A5-2B5
6 BO_OV_Gen 2A1-2B7 2A3-2B9 2A5-2B11
7 BO_RevPwr_Gen 2A1-2B13 2A3-2B15 2A5-2B17
8 BO_StShut_Gen 2A1-2B19 2A3-2B21 2A5-2B23
9 BO_AccEnerg_Gen 2A1-2B25 2A3-2B27 2A5-2B29
The second group:
1 BO_Diff_GTU 2A2-2A8 2A4-2A10 2A6-2A12
2 BO_Diff_Tr 2A2-2A14 2A4-2A16 2A6-2A18
3 BO_PPF_Tr 2A2-2A20 2A4-2A22 2A6-2A24
4 BO_EF_Tr 2A2-2A26 2A4-2A28 2A6-2A30
5 BO_Gap_Tr 2A2-2B2 2A4-2B4 2A6-2B6
6 BO_MechRly 2A2-2B8 2A4-2B10 2A6-2B12
7 BO_Diff_Exc 2A2-2B14 2A4-2B16 2A6-2B18
The third group:
1 BO_InerTurn_Gen 3A1-3A7 3A3-3A9 3A5-3A11
2 BO_EF_RotWdg 3A1-3A13 3A3-3A15 3A5-3A17
3 BO_NegOC_Gen 3A1-3A19 3A3-3A21 3A5-3A23
4 BO_OOS_Gen 3A1-3A25 3A3-3A27 3A5-3A29
5 BO_Reserved1 3A1-3B1 3A3-3B3 3A5-3B5
6 BO_OvExc_GTU 3A1-3B7 3A3-3B9 3A5-3B11
7 BO_PwrProt_Gen 3A1-3B13 3A3-3B15 3A5-3B17
8 BO_PPF_Gen 3A1-3B19 3A3-3B21 3A5-3B23
9 BO_FreqProt_Gen 3A1-3B25 3A3-3B27 3A5-3B29
The fourth group:
1 BO_Diff_ST 3A2-3A8 3A4-3A10 3A6-3A12
2 BO_Bak_HVS_ST 3A2-3A14 3A4-3A16 3A6-3A18
3 BO_Bak_Br1_ST 3A2-3A20 3A4-3A22 3A6-3A24
4 BO_Bak_Br2_ST 3A2-3A26 3A4-3A28 3A6-3A30

427
No Signal name Local signal Remote signal SOE signal Yes or NO

7 BO_OvLd_RotWdg 3A2-3B14 3A4-3B16 3A6-3B18
Check tripping output contacts
Setting the tripping logic settings refer to chapter 7. The output x will be closed only when the
correspond bit [Output x] is set as 1. According to the below table we can check these contacts.
Equipment Wiring Yes or No

No Output name
terminal number connector number
1A3-1A51A7-1A9
1 TripOutP 1
1A11-1A131A15-1A17
1A19-1A211A23-1A25
2 TripOutP 2
1A27-1A291B1-1B3
1A2-1A41A6-1A8
3 TripOutP 3
1A10-1A121A14-1A16
4 TripOutP 4 1A18-1A201A22-1A24
1A26-1A281B2-1B4
5 TripOutP 5
1B6-1B81B10-1B12
1B5-1B71B9-1B11
6 TripOutP 6
1B13-1B15
7 TripOutP 7 1B17-1B19
11 TripOutP 11 1B14-1B161B18-1B20
12 TripOutP 12 1B22-1B241B26-1B28
13 TripOutP 13 2B24-2B262B28-2B30
14 TripOutP 14 3B24-3B263B28-3B30
Check other output contacts
Equipment Wiring Yes or No

No Output name
terminal number connector number
1 BO_Alm_InitCool_Tr_1 4B9-4B11
2 BO_Alm_InitCool_Tr_2 4B13-4B15
3 BO_Alm_InitCool_ST_1 4B17-4B19
4 BO_Alm_InitCool_ST_2 4B21-4B23
5 BO_OUT1 2B20-2B22
6 BO_OUT2 3B20-3B22
7 BO_Alm_BlkOLTC_ST_1 4B1-4B3
8 BO_Alm_BlkOLTC_ST_2 4B5-4B7

428
11.5.2.6 Communications port
This test should only be performed where the protection is to be accessed from a remote location
and will vary depending on the communications standard being adopted.
It is not the intention of the test to verify the operation of the complete system from the relay to the
remote location, just the protections rear communications port and any protocol converter
necessary.
Courier communications
Ensure that the RS-232 wire link the RS-232 port in front of the RCS-985A and the communication
baud rate in RCSPC must be set as 9600.
Check that communications can be established with this protection using the portable PC.
Remote communication
This test is to check the status of communications between RCS-985A and the engineers
workstation in SAS(Substation automation system) if it is applicable. Before test, the
communication baud rate in RCS-985A must be set as 1200-38400 depends on Substation
Automation System, and the protections [Comm_Adrr] must be set to a value between 1 and 254.
In the menu of DEBUG->COMM STATUS on the LCD display, 485Aor 485B indicates the
communication status of 485A port or 485B port. If Receive Data is N, it means the equipment
has not received data from external system. If Valid Frame is N, it indicates the setting error of
baud rate or protocol while Valid Address is N, it means the communication address is set
wrongly. Send Data is "N means datagram sent from the equipment is wrong. If all those status
are Y, it means communication is established successfully.
11.5.2.7 AC Current inputs check
This test verifies that the accuracy of current measurement is within the acceptable Accuracys.
All protections will leave the factory set for operation at a system frequency of 50Hz or 60Hz.
All relays will be set for operation at a system frequency of 50Hz. If operation at 60Hz is required
then this must be set at menu.
Apply current equal to the current transformer secondary winding rating to each current
transformer input of the corresponding rating in turn, see the following table or external connection
diagram for appropriate terminal numbers, checking its magnitude using a multimeter/test set
readout. The corresponding reading can then be checked in the relays menu.
The measurement accuracy of the relay is 5%. However an additional allowance must be made
for the accuracy of the test equipment being used.
Table 11-2 Current linearity and precision check out
Displayed on LCD
Input Angle Angle
No. Items
value Phase A Phase B Phase C between A between A
and B and C

429
Displayed on LCD
Input Angle Angle
No. Items
value Phase A Phase B Phase C between A between A
and B and C
Phase currents at bushing In
1
CT of HVS of main Tr 4In
Phase currents at side 1 of In
2
HVS of main Tr 4In
3
HVS of main Tr 4In
4
HVS of ST 4In
Phase currents at terminal of In
5
Gen 4In
In
6 Phase currents at NP of Gen
4In
In
7 Phase currents at HVS of ST
4In
In
8 Phase currents at LVS of ST
4In
9
Exc 4In
10
Exc 4In
Zero sequence transverse In *******************
11
current of Gen 4In *******************
In *******************
12 Zero sequence current of Tr
4In *******************
Gap Zero sequence current In *******************
13
of Tr 4In *******************
Note:
To avoid damage the equipment, we cant inject a high value current (such as 4In or more) to the
equipment for long time, we suggest that the time in high current condition should not over 3
second every time.
The measurement accuracy of the protection is 5%. However, an additional allowance must be
made for the accuracy of the test equipment being used.
11.5.2.8 AC Voltage inputs check
This test only needs to be performed on models with voltage transformer inputs as it verifies that
the accuracy of voltage measurement is within the acceptable Accuracys.

430
Apply rated voltage to voltage transformer input, checking its magnitude using a multimeter/test
set readout. The corresponding reading can then be checked in the relays menu.
The measurement accuracy of the relay is 5%. However an additional allowance must be made
for the accuracy of the test equipment being used.
Table 11-3 Voltage linearity and precision check out
Displayed in LCD
Input Angle Angle
No. Items
value PhA PhB PhC between A between A
and B and C
Terminal TV1 of 58V
1
generator 20V
Terminal TV2 of 58V
2
generator 20V
58V
3 HVS TV of transformer
20V
HVS TV of stepdown 58V
4
transformer 20V
zero sequence voltage 100V
5 at terminal TV2 of
20V
generator
6 at terminal TV2 of
20V
generator
7
at NP of generator 20V
8
of transformer 20V
9 at LVS of stepdown
20V
transformer
Note:
The measurement accuracy of the protection is 5%. However, an additional allowance must be
made for the accuracy of the test equipment being used.
11.5.3 Setting Testing

The setting checks ensure that the entire application-specific relay, for the particular installation,
has been correctly applied to the relay.
Note:

431
The trip circuit should remain isolated during these checks to prevent accidental operation of the
associated circuit breaker.
If the application-specific settings are not available, ignore sections 11.5.3.
Apply application-specific settings
There are two methods of applying the settings to the relay:
Transferring them from a pre-prepared setting file to the relay using a portable PC running the
appropriate software via the relays RS232 port, located on the front plate of the relay. This
method is preferred for transferring function settings as it is much faster and there is less margin
for error.
Enter them manually via the relays operator interface.
Demonstrate correct relay operation
Tests mentioned above have already demonstrated that the relay is within calibration, thus the
purpose of these tests is as follows:
To determine that the primary protection functions, such as generator differential protection,
overcurrent protection and so on, can trip according to the correct application settings.
To verify correct assignment of the trip contacts, by monitoring the response to a selection of
fault injections.
11.5.4 Rear communications port EIA(RS) 485

This test should only be performed where the relay is to be accessed from a remote location and
will vary depending on the communications standard being adopted.
It is not the intension of the test to verify the operation of the complete system from the relay to the
remote location, just the relays rear communications port and any protocol converter necessary.
Connect a portable PC to the relay via a EIA(RS) 485-232 converter. Ensure that the relay
address and the baud rate settings in the application software are set the same as those in relay.
If the relay has the optional fiber optic communications port, then an fiber optic-RS232 converter
shall be applied.
11.5.5 On-load checks

The objectives of the on-load checks are to:
-Confirm the external wiring to the current and voltage inputs is correct.
-Check the polarity of the current transformers at each side is consistent.
Remove all test leads, temporary shorting leads, etc. and replace any external wiring that has
been removed to allow testing.
If it has been necessary to disconnect any of the external wiring from the relay in order to perform
any the foregoing tests. It should be ensured that all connections are replaced in accordance with

432
the relevant external connection or scheme diagram.
Voltage connections
Using a multimeter measure the voltage generator secondary voltages to ensure they are correctly
rated. Check that the system phase rotation is correct using a phase rotation meter.
Comparing the values of the secondary phase voltages with the relays measured values, which
can be found in the menu.
Current connections
Measure the current transformer secondary values for each input using a multimeter connected in
series with the corresponding current input. (It is preferable to use a tong-test ammeter instead)
Check that the current transformer polarities are correct by measuring the phase angle between
the current and voltage either against a phase meter already installed on site and known to be
correct or by determining the direction of power flow by contacting the networks control center
(NCC).
Compare the values of the secondary phase currents and phase angle with the relays measured
values, which can be found in menu.
11.5.6 Final check

The tests are now complete.
Remove all test or temporary shorting leads, etc. If it has been necessary to disconnect any
of the external wiring from the relay in order to perform the wiring verification tests, it
should be ensured that all connections (wiring, fuses and links) are replaced in accordance
with the relevant external connection or scheme diagram.
Ensure that all event records, fault records, disturbance records, alarms and LEDs have been
reset before leaving the relay.
11.6 Use of assistant test software RCSPC

11.6.1 Function summary of RCSPC communication software
RCSPC configuration and testing program (user version) is developed for the user to configure,
test and maintain RCS-985A generator protection equipment on site. It comprises four parts:
sampled value display, settings reading and modification, report process and test. These four
parts correspond to 4 files RCS-985A_status, RCS-985A_set, RCS-985A_rpt and RCS-985A_tst
respectively and are described hereinafter. We have to say that the four configuration file is
relevant with special version of protection program. That is, when the protection program is
upgrade, the above mentioned four configuration files must upgrade at the same time, otherwise it
may bring confusion of settings to the equipment at the time of setting.
Connect RS-232 communication port of the computer and that of RCS-985A protection equipment
by a cable with DB-9 connectors on both ends. Run the program RCSPC. If the connection is
correct, the screen will show RCS-985A connected, see Figure 11.6-1. Even if the computer is

433
off line, this picture will be still shown but the words about connection will disappear.
Figure 11.6-1 Display of connection status of RCSPC with RCS-985A
11.6.2 Connection way of protection equipment and personal computer

A 9-pin RS232C serial port is located on the relays front panel for communication with personal
computer. All that is required to use this interface is a personal computer running the RCSPC
software provided with the equipment. Cabling for the RS232 port is shown in the following figure
for 9 pin connectors.
Figure 11.6-2 Definition of RS-232 wiring cable
11.6.3 Configuration of PC and the software before use

11.6.3.1 PC configuration
Set the PC com ports baud rate which is connected with front series port of RCS-985A as
9600bps.
11.6.3.2 Software configuration
There are 3 bars on top of the screen, from top to bottom: title bar, menu bar and tool bar, see
Figure 11.6-3.

434
Figure 11.6-3 Title bar, menu bar and tool bar
First, click the first button of tool bar parameter, dialog box of communication parameters is
displayed, see Figure 11.6-4. Only the parameter of [COM port] shall be configured as the port of
computer which is actually connected with the equipment, all other parameters shall be configured
as the same as displayed in Figure 11.6-4.
Figure 11.6-4 Dialog box of communication Parameters
11.6.4 Operation instruction of the software
Here is only brief description of usage. Please refer to dedicated manual of RCSPC for detail.
11.6.4.1 Protection parameters setting
Offline protection parameters settingA convenient function of the software
The function is used for offline parameter setting. First, input setting parameters and saves it in PC,
then connects PC with the protection equipment, executive DOWNLOAD command, and the
settings saved in PC will be transferred to the protection equipment, so most part of the setting
operation can be finished in office instead of in substation.
Here is the procedure to input settings offline. Before connect PC with RCS-985A, run the
software of RCSPCclick on setting icon, a popup dialog box will appear which asks user
whether or not to set parameter offline, click yes and input 985Axxx (xxx represents program
version, point ignored) to confirm the relay type and version of the protection program, then
parameter setting interface will appear. The settings displayed first are default settings, user can
replace them with application-specific settings. After modification, save the settings into a file.
When PC is connected with the protection equipment, open the setting file and transfer setting to
435
protection.
Online setting by RCSPC
When PC is connecting with RCS-985A, run RCSPC, the PC screen will display RCS-985Axxx
connected, click on SETTING icon, then parameter setting interface will appear, the settings
uploaded from RCS-985A will be displayed, user can modify them to application-specific settings.
11.6.4.2 Status
Click button, user can observe real time sampled data and binary inputs status.
11.6.4.3 Report
Click button, entering report view part of the program, choose a report in the table, and click
report record, save report data according to following clue on instruction. The data can be used
in the auxiliary analyze software to show us the fault course of power system and the logic
calculation course of RCS-985A again.
11.6.4.4 SIG RESET
Click button, all magnetic latched output relays and signal relays will be reset.
11.6.4.5 Trip test (if available)
Click button, entering trip test part of the program, click contacts to change the status of
relays displayed, a same operation command to breaker circuit will be issued. This function is
used to test breaker circuit without apply electric quantities to the protection equipment.

436
Chapter 12 Maintenance
12.1 Maintenance period
It is recommended that products supplied by NR receive periodic monitoring after installation. In
view of the critical nature of protective relays and their infrequent operation, it is desirable to
confirm that they are operating correctly at regular intervals.
NR protective relays are designed for a life in excess of 10 years.
RCS series relays are self-supervising and so require less maintenance than earlier designs of
relay. Most problems will result in an alarm so that remedial action can be taken. However, some
periodic tests should be done to ensure that the relay is functioning correctly and the external
wiring is intact.
12.2 Maintenance checks

Although some functionality checks can be performed from a remote location by utilizing the
communications ability of the relays, these are predominantly restricted to checking that the relay
is measuring the applied currents and voltages accurately. Therefore it is recommended that
maintenance checks are performed locally (i.e. at the substation itself).
Before carrying out any work on the equipment, the user should be familiar with the
contents of the Safety and technique Data sections and the ratings on the equipments
rating label.
12.2.1 Alarms
The alarm status LED should first be checked to identify if any alarm conditions exist. If so, try to
find the cause to the alarm and eliminate it and clear the alarms to extinguish the LED.
12.2.2 Binary Inputs

The opto-isolated inputs can be checked to ensure that the relay responds to their energization.
12.2.3 Binary output

The output relays can be checked to ensure that they operate by repeating the commissioning
test.
12.2.4 Analog inputs

If the power system is energized, the values measured by the relay can be compared with known
system values to check that they are in the approximate range that is expected. If they are, then
the analog/digital conversion and calculations are being performed correctly by the relay.
Alternatively, the values measured by the relay can be checked against known values injected into
the relay via the test block, if fitted, or injected directly into the relay terminals. Suitable test
methods can be found in relevant manuals. These tests will prove the calibration accuracy is being

437
maintained.
12.3 Method of Repair

If the relay should develop a fault whilst in service, depending on the nature of the fault, the
watchdog contacts will change state and an alarm condition will be flagged. Due to the extensive
use of surface-mount components faulty PCBs should be replaced, as it is not possible to perform
repairs on damaged circuits. Thus either the complete relay or just the faulty PCB, identified by the
in-built diagnostic software, can be replaced. Advice about identifying the faulty PCB can be found
in section 12.3.2.
The preferred method is to replace the complete relay as it ensures that the internal circuitry is
protected against electrostatic discharge and physical damage at all times and overcomes the
possibility of incompatibility between replacement PCBs.
Replacing PCBs can reduce transport costs but requires clean, dry conditions on site and higher
skills from the person performing the repair. However, if the repair is not performed by an
approved service center, the warranty will be invalidated.
Safety and technique Data sections and the ratings on the equipments rating label. This should
ensure that no damage is caused by incorrect handling of the electronic components.
12.3.1 Replacing the complete relay

The case and rear terminal blocks have been designed to facilitate removal of the complete relay
should replacement or repair become necessary without having to disconnect the scheme wiring.
Before working at the rear of the relay, isolate all voltage and current supplies to the relay.
Note:
The RCS serials relays have integral current transformer shorting switches which will close when
the connecting terminal is removed.
Disconnect the relay earth, IRIG-B and fiber optic connections, as appropriate, from the rear of the
relay.
Note:
The use of a magnetic bladed screwdriver is recommended to minimize the risk of the screws
being left in the terminal block or lost.
Without exerting excessive force or damaging the scheme wiring, pull the terminal blocks away
from their internal connectors.
Remove the screws used to fasten the relay to the panel, rack, etc. These are the screws with the
larger diameter heads on front of the faceplate of the relay.

438
Withdraw the relay carefully from the panel, rack, etc. because it will be heavy due to the internal
transformers.
To reinstall the repaired or replacement relay, follow the above instructions in reverse, ensuring
that each terminal block is relocated in the correct position and the case earth, and fiber optic
connections are replaced.
Once reinstallation is complete the relay should be re-commissioned using the instructions in
sections 11 of this manual.
12.3.2 Replacing a PCB

Replacing printed circuit boards and other internal components of protective relays must be
undertaken only by Service Centers approved by NR. Failure to obtain the authorization of NR
After Sales Engineers prior to commencing work may invalidate the product warranty.
Before replacing a PCB the auxiliary supply must be removed, and wait 5s for capacitors to
discharge. It is also strongly recommended that the voltage and current transformer connections
and trip circuit are isolated.
The relay, being modular in design, allows for the withdrawal and insertion of modules. Modules
must only be replaced with like modules in their original factory configured slots.
Figure 12.3-1 RCS-985A Module Withdrawal/Insertion
NR Support teams are available world-wide, and it is strongly recommended that any repairs be
entrusted to those trained personnel. For this reason, details on product disassembly and
re-assembly are not included here.
12.4 Changing the relay battery

Each relay has a battery to maintain status data and the correct time when the auxiliary supply
voltage fails. The data maintained includes event, fault and disturbance records.

439
This battery will periodically need changing. If the battery-backed facilities are not required to be
maintained during an interruption of the auxiliary supply, the steps below can be followed to
remove the battery.
safety and technique data sections and the ratings on the equipments rating label.
12.4.1 Instructions for replacing the battery

Withdraw the CPU board from RCS-985A.
Gently extract the battery from its socket. If necessary, use a small, insulated screwdriver to prize
the battery free.
Ensure that the metal terminals in the battery socket are free from corrosion, grease and dust.
The replacement battery should be removed from its packaging and placed into the battery holder,
taking care to ensure that the polarity markings on the battery agree with those adjacent to the
socket as shown as below.
Figure 12.4-1 Battery replacement
Note:
Ensure that the battery is securely held in its socket and that the battery terminals are making
good contact with the metal terminals of the socket.
Insert the CPU module into RCS-985A.
12.4.2 Battery disposal

The battery that has been removed should be disposed of in accordance with the disposal
procedure for Lithium batteries in the country in which the relay is installed.
12.5 Cleaning
Before cleaning the equipment ensure that all AC and DC supplies, current transformer and
voltage transformer connections are isolated to prevent any chance of an electric shock whilst
cleaning.
The equipment may be cleaned using a lint-free cloth moistened with clean water. The use of
detergents, solvents or abrasive cleaners is not recommended as they may damage the relays

440
surface and leave a conductive residue.

441

442
Chapter 13 Decommissioning and Disposal

13.1 Decommissioning
1. Switching off
To switch off the protective device, switch off the external miniature circuit breaker of the power
supply.
2. Disconnecting Cables
Disconnect the cables in accordance with the rules and recommendations made by relational
department.
Danger!
Before disconnecting the power supply cables that connected with the DC module of the
protective device, make sure that the external miniature circuit breaker of the power supply
is switched off.
Danger!
Before disconnecting the cables that are used to connect analog input module with the
primary CTs and VTs, make sure that the circuit breaker for the primary CTs and VTs is
switched off.
3. Dismantling
The protective device rack may now be removed from the system cubicle, after which the cubicles
may also be removed.
Danger!
When the station is in operation, make sure that there is an adequate safety distance to
live parts, especially as dismantling is often performed by unskilled personnel.
13.2 Disposal
In every country there are companies specialized in the proper disposal of electronic waste.
Note!
Strictly observe all local and national regulations when disposing of the device.

443

444
Chapter 13 Ordering Form

14.1 Loose Equipment
Essential information should be provided when user orders loose equipment, such as:
1. Equipment type;
2. Amount of equipment to be ordered;
3. AC rated current and rated voltage input;
4. DC power source supply rated voltage;
To be simplified, user can provide such information by finishing the following table and send it to
manufacture.
Table 14-1 Ordering information of RCS-985A
NR Ordering form RCS-985A

Item RCS-985A * * * * * * *
Protective Functions
Standard Configuration
Communication Port
EIA-232 and 2 x EIA-485 A
EIA-232 and 2 x Optical converter B
EIA-232 and 2 x Ethernet*
Rated parameters of AC input module

57.7V/Phase; 1 Amp Phase; 50 Hz 1
57.7V/Phase ; 5 Amp Phase; 50 Hz 3
57.7V/Phase ; 5 Amp Phase; 60 Hz 4
63.5V Phase; 1 Amp Phase; 60 Hz 6
63.5V Phase ; 5 Amp Phase; 50 Hz 7
63.5V Phase ; 5 Amp Phase; 60 Hz 8
Auxiliary Voltage rating

110/125 Vdc 1
220/250 Vdc 2
Binary input power source supply

445
External 24Vdc 1
External 48Vdc* 2
External 110/125Vdc 3
External 220/250Vdc 4
Communication medium
Shielded twisted pair wires T
Optical Fiber O
Communication Protocol
IEC 60870-5-103 S
MODBUS M
IEC 61850* E
Terminal Type
Jointing Terminal C
Screw terminal Block S
14.2 Panel installed

If user orders panels too, following information in addition to what is mentioned in table 13.1.1
should be provided. Manufacture should be informed as early as possible if special requirement is
included. The general information includes but not all:
1. Amount and type of the panels;
2. Dimension of the panel (standard dimension is 800mm(W)*600mm(D)*2200mm(H));
3. Color of panel (Inter Grey, Apple green and light camel grey are recommended colors).

446
Chapter 14 Manual Version History
Chapter 15 Manual Version History

In the manual version 1.01 of RCS-985A, several descriptions on existing features have been
modified. These are described with reference to the table listed below:
Software Version Manual Version Source Documentation

R3.20 R1.00 RCS-985A Generator Protection
R3.21 R1.01 StandarR1.00 RCS-985A Generator Protection
Manual Version Section Page No. Description of change Note

Earth fault protection with
Deleted
injection principle
Appendix Deleted
Main transformer/stepdown
transformer restrict earth fault Deleted
protection (REF)
Meterings of stator earth fault
Deleted
protection with injection principle
Gap zero-sequence overcurrent
3.3.6.4 63-64 Added
protection
Meterings of main transformer in
4.2.7.1 127-128 Amended
CPU module and MON module
Meterings of stepdown
4.2.7.4 130-131 transformer differential current in Amended
CPU module and MON module
R1.01 Meterings of stepdown
4.2.7.5 131-132 transformer HV side in CPU Amended
module and MON module
Meterings of stepdown
4.2.7.6 132-134 transformer LV side in CPU Re-writen
module and MON module
Phase angle of stepdown
4.2.7.15 142-143 Amended
transformer auxiliary meterings
5.2.4 169-170 Pin definition of 2A Amended
5.2.6 171-173 Pin definition of 3A Amended
5.2.7 173-175 Pin definition of 3B Amended
5.2.15 183-184 Pin definition of 9C Amended
5.3.2 191-193 Contact definition of output signal Amended
7.3.4 241-247 Settings of earth fault protection Amended

447
Chapter 15 ANNEX
for main transformer

Settings of stepdown transformer
7.3.27 303-307 Amended
backup protection for LV side
Settings of stepdown transformer
7.3.26 301-303 Amended
backup protection for HV side
Calculated parameters of
7.4.2 311-313 Amended
secondary current
Calculated parameters of
7.4.4 314-316 Amended
differential coefficient
7.4.4.4 316-319 Implicit configuration settings Added
8.2.2.2 323-328 Fault reports list Amended
8.2.2.3 328-334 Alarm reports list Amended
8.2.2.4 334-337 Binay inputs list Amended
8.2.5.1 339-341 Menu tree Re-writen
Chapter 13 443-445 Decommissioning and Disposal Added
Chapter 15 447 Manual Version History Re-writen

448

RCS-985A Generator Protection Instruction Manual (EN - YJBH2011.0086.0002)

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

RCS-985A Generator Protection Instruction Manual (EN - YJBH2011.0086.0002)

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

RCS-985A

NR Electric Co., Ltd.

Documentation for equipment ordered from NR is dispatched separately from manufactured

Health and Safety

Qualified personnel are individuals who:

Are trained in emergency procedures (first aid).

Instructions and Warnings

The following indicators and standard definitions are used:

NR ELECTRIC CO., LTD.

NR ELECTRIC CO., LTD.

The earthing terminal of the equipment must be securely earthed

Printed circuit board

Carefully handle the connection cable without applying excessive force.

The information in this manual is carefully checked periodically,

NR ELECTRIC CO., LTD.

Health and Safety ..................................................................................................................... i

Instructions and Warnings...................................................................................................... i

Table of contents ........................................................................................................................... iv

Chapter 1 Introduction ................................................................................................................... 1

1.1 Application ......................................................................................................................... 1

1.1.1 Typical applications ............................................................................................... 1

1.1.2 Constitution of the scheme ................................................................................... 3

1.2 Functions ........................................................................................................................... 5

1.3 Features ............................................................................................................................. 8

1.3.1 High performance hardware .................................................................................. 8

1.3.2 New philosophy used in RCS-985A ...................................................................... 9

1.3.3 Intellectuality ......................................................................................................... 12

Chapter 2 Technical Data ............................................................................................................ 15

2.1 Electrical Specifications................................................................................................. 15

2.1.1 Power supply ........................................................................................................ 15

2.1.2 Analog current input ratings ............................................................................... 15

2.1.3 Analog voltage input ratings ............................................................................... 15

2.1.4 Binary input ........................................................................................................... 16

2.1.5 Binary output ........................................................................................................ 16

2.1.6 Power supply output for Optical isolators......................................................... 16

2.2 Mechanical Specifications ............................................................................................. 16

2.3 Atmospheric Environment tests ................................................................................... 17

2.4 Communication Interface ............................................................................................... 17

2.5 Type test........................................................................................................................... 18

2.5.1 Environmental tests ............................................................................................. 18

2.5.2 Mechanical tests ................................................................................................... 18

NR ELECTRIC CO., LTD.

2.5.3 Electrical tests ...................................................................................................... 18

2.5.4 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) ................................................................. 18

2.6 Certifications ................................................................................................................... 19

2.7 Protective functions ....................................................................................................... 19

main transformer differential protection ......... 19

2.7.2 Generator differential protection, split phase transverse differential

2.7.3 Stepdown transformer and excitation transformer differential protection .... 21

2.7.4 High sensitive transverse differential protection.............................................. 22

2.7.6 Earth fault protection of stator ............................................................................ 23

2.7.7 External voltage injecting earth fault protection of stator ............................... 23

2.7.8 Earth fault protection of rotor ............................................................................. 24

2.7.9 Overload protection of stator .............................................................................. 24

2.7.10 Negative sequence overload protection .......................................................... 24

2.7.11 Overload protection of excitation winding (AC quantity) .............................. 25

2.7.12 Overload protection of excitation winding (DC quantity) .............................. 25

2.7.13 Loss of excitation protection of generator ...................................................... 25

2.7.14 Out-of-step protection of generator ................................................................. 26

2.7.15 Voltage protection of generator ........................................................................ 26

2.7.16 Over excitation protection ................................................................................. 27

2.7.17 Power protection of generator .......................................................................... 27

2.7.18 Frequency protection of generator................................................................... 27